Table of Contents

UNITED STATES

SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION

Washington, D.C. 20549

 


 

FORM 10-K

 

(Mark One)

 

x ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

 

For the fiscal year ended December 31, 2004

 

OR

 

¨ TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

 

For the transition period from                     to                    

 

Commission file number 000-19627

 


 

BIOLASE TECHNOLOGY, INC.

(Exact Name of Registrant as Specified in Its Charter)

 

Delaware   87-0442441
(State or Other Jurisdiction
of Incorporation or Organization)
  (I.R.S. Employer
Identification No.)

 

981 Calle Amanecer

San Clemente, California 92673

(Address of Principal Executive Offices, including zip code)

 

(949) 361-1200

(Registrant’s Telephone Number, Including Area Code)

 


 

Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act:

 

None.

 

Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act:

 

Common Stock, par value $0.001 per share

(Title of class)

 


 

Indicate by check mark whether the Registrant: (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to file such reports) and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days.    Yes   ¨     No   x

 

Indicate by check mark if disclosure of delinquent filers pursuant to Item 405 of Regulation S-K is not contained herein, and will not be contained, to the best of Registrant’s knowledge, in the definitive proxy or information statements incorporated by reference in Part III of this Form 10-K or any amendment to this Form 10-K.     ¨

 

Indicate by check mark whether the Registrant is an accelerated filer (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Act).    Yes   x     No   ¨

 

State the aggregate market value of the voting and non-voting common equity held by non-affiliates computed by reference to the price at which the common equity was last sold, or the average bid and asked price of such common equity, as of the last business day of the Registrant’s most recently completed second fiscal quarter:

 

As of June 30, 2004, the aggregate market value of the voting and non-voting common equity held by non-affiliates was $327,150,307 based on the closing price per share of $13.46 for the Registrant’s common stock as reported on the NASDAQ National Market on such date multiplied by 24,305,372 shares of the Registrant’s common stock which were outstanding and held by non-affiliates on such date.

 

Indicate the number of shares outstanding of each of the Registrant’s classes of common stock, as of the latest practicable date: As of May 31, 2005, there were 22,975,937 shares of the Registrant’s common stock, par value $0.001 per share, outstanding.

 



Table of Contents

BIOLASE TECHNOLOGY, INC.

 

ANNUAL REPORT ON FORM 10-K

FOR THE YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2004

 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

     PART I     
     Explanatory Note    1

Item 1.

   Business    2

Item 2.

   Properties    18

Item 3.

   Legal Proceedings    18

Item 4.

   Submission of Matters to a Vote of Security Holders    19
     PART II     

Item 5.

   Market for Registrant’s Common Equity, Related Stockholder Matters and Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities    20

Item 6.

   Selected Consolidated Financial Data    21

Item 7.

   Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations    23

Item 7A.

   Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk    56

Item 8.

   Financial Statements and Supplementary Data    56

Item 9.

   Changes in and Disagreements with Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosure    56

Item 9A.

   Controls and Procedures    57
     PART III     

Item 10.

   Directors and Executive Officers of the Registrant    61

Item 11.

   Executive Compensation    64

Item 12.

   Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Stockholder Matters    73

Item 13.

   Certain Relationships and Related Transactions    75

Item 14.

   Principal Accountant Fees and Services    75
     PART IV     

Item 15.

   Exhibits and Financial Statement Schedules    77

 


 

BIOLASE ® , Millennium ® , Pulsemaster ® and WaterLase ® are registered trademarks, and LaserSmile , Diolase Plus , Comfort Jet , HydroPhotonics , LaserPal , MD Flow , YSGG , Soft Touch , WaterLase MD , HydroBeam and SensaTouch are trademarks, of BIOLASE Technology, Inc. All other product and company names are registered trademarks or trademarks of their respective companies.


Table of Contents

EXPLANATORY NOTE

 

In addition to providing financial statements and other required information for our fiscal year ended December 31, 2004, this Annual Report on Form 10-K also includes restated consolidated financial statements for the fiscal years ended December 31, 2003 and 2002, as discussed in Note 3 to our consolidated financial statements. Our previously issued financial statements for each of these periods should not be relied upon.

 

As reported in the Form 8-K filed May 20, 2005, we decided to restate our financial statements after reaching the conclusion that we had under accrued sales tax and related penalties and interest for fiscal 2002. The impact of these sales tax and related adjustments that impacted 2002, 2003 and the first three quarters of 2004, as well as other adjustments in the areas of value-added tax (“VAT”), payroll and related accruals, deferred revenue, and other accrued liabilities have led our management to recommend, and our Audit Committee to conclude, that the consolidated financial statements as of and for the years ended December 31, 2003 and 2002, the four quarters of 2003 and the first three quarters of 2004 also need to be restated.

 

We are restating the consolidated financial statements for the years ended December 31, 2003 and 2002 in this Form 10-K to correct for the following items:

 

    Under accrual of sales tax, and penalties and interest, and the reflection of the subsequent abatement of a portion of the penalties and interest

 

    Refunds that were recorded for VAT, understating our VAT payable

 

    Training services and consumables in our multiple element arrangements for which these applicable elements of revenue were overstated

 

    Recognition of revenue on a Waterlase system that was not fully functional at the time of shipment

 

    Accruals for payroll expenses

 

    Recording cost of raw materials

 

    Sales tax on warranty items

 

    Adjustments identified but not originally recorded that were previously determined to be immaterial

 

The disclosures in the following items related to the years ended December 31, 2003 and 2002 have likewise been updated as a result of the restatement:

 

Part II – Item 6 – Selected Consolidated Financial Data

 

Part II – Item 7 – Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations

 

Part II – Item 8 – Financial Statements and Supplementary Data

 

The restated consolidated financial statements as of December 31, 2003 and for the years ended December 31, 2003 and 2002 are included in this Form 10-K. The restatement of the quarterly and year-to-date periods for 2004 and 2003 are included in Amendments on Form 10-Q/A for the quarters ended March 31, 2004, June 30, 2004, and September 30, 2004.

 

Refer to “Selected Quarterly Financial Data” on page 39 to see the effect of the noted restatements in the quarters of 2003 and 2004.

 

Concurrently with the filing of this Form 10-K, we are filing with the SEC the Form 10-Q/A for the first, second, and third quarters of 2004 to reflect the changes required as a result of the restatements described above. No amendments have been made to our previously filed Annual Reports on Form 10-K for fiscal years 2003 or 2002, or the Quarterly Reports on Form 10-Q for the quarters ended March 31, 2003, June 30, 2003 and September 30, 2003, and therefore they should not be relied upon.

 

1


Table of Contents

CAUTIONARY STATEMENT

 

This Annual Report contains forward-looking statements that involve a number of risks and uncertainties, These forward-looking statements include, but are not limited to, statements and predictions regarding our operating expenses, sales and operations, anticipated cash needs, capital requirements and capital expenditures, needs for additional financing, use of working capital, plans for future products and services and for enhancements of existing products and services, anticipated growth strategies, ability to attract customers, sources of net revenue, anticipated trends and challenges in our business and the markets in which we operate, the adequacy of our facilities, the impact of economic and industry conditions on our customers and our business, customer demand, our competitive position, the outcome of any litigation against us, the perceived benefits of any technology acquisitions, critical accounting policies and the impact of recent accounting pronouncements. Additional forward-looking statements include, but are not limited to, statements pertaining to other financial items, plans, strategies or objectives of management for future operations, our financial condition or prospects, and any other statement that is not historical fact, including any statement which is preceded by the word “may,” “might,” “will,” “intend,” “should,” “could,” “can,” “would,” “expect,” “believe,” “estimate,” “predict,” “potential,” “plan,” or similar words. For all of the foregoing forward-looking statements, we claim the protection of the Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995. Actual events or results may differ materially from our expectations. Important factors that could cause actual results to differ materially from those stated or implied by our forward-looking statements include, but are not limited to, the impact of changes in demand for our products, our effectiveness in managing manufacturing costs and expansion of our operations, the impact of competition and of technological advances, and the risks set forth under “Risk Factors” in Item 7. These forward-looking statements represent our judgment as of the date hereof. We undertake no obligation to revise or update publicly any forward-looking statements for any reason.

 

The information contained in this Annual Report is not a complete description of our business or the risks associated with an investment in our common stock. We urge you to carefully review and consider the various disclosures made by us in this Annual Report and in our other reports filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission (the “SEC”).

 

PART I

 

Item 1.    Business

 

We are the world’s leading dental laser company. We design, manufacture and market proprietary dental laser systems that allow dentists, periodontists, endodontists, oral surgeons and other specialists to perform a broad range of dental procedures, including cosmetic and complex surgical applications. Our systems are designed to provide clinically superior performance for many types of dental procedures, with less pain and faster recovery times than are generally achieved with drills, scalpels and other dental instruments. We have clearance from the U.S. Food and Drug Administration, or FDA, to market our laser systems in the United States and also have the necessary approvals to sell our laser systems in Canada, the European Union and other international markets. We are currently pursuing regulatory approval to market and sell our Waterlase ® system in Japan. Since 1998, we have sold more than 3,350 Waterlase systems and approximately 4,500 laser systems in over 45 countries.

 

We offer two categories of laser system products: (i) Waterlase system and (ii) Diode system. Our flagship product category, the Waterlase system, uses a patented combination of water and laser to perform most procedures currently performed using dental drills, scalpels and other traditional dental instruments for cutting soft and hard tissue. We also offer a family of Diode laser system products to perform soft tissue and cosmetic procedures, including tooth whitening.

 

Waterlase system .    We refer to our patented interaction of water with laser as YSGG Laser HydroPhotonics . YSGG is a shortened abbreviation referring to the unique crystal (Er, Cr: YSGG) laser used in

 

2


Table of Contents

the Waterlase system, which contains the elements erbium, chromium and yttrium, scandium, gallium and garnet. This unique crystal laser produces energy with specific absorption and tissue interaction characteristics optimized for dental applications. HydroPhotonics refers to the interaction of laser with water to produce energy to cut tissue. Through YSGG Laser HydroPhotonics, the Waterlase system can precisely cut hard tissue, such as bone and teeth, and soft tissue, such as gums, with minimal or no damage to surrounding tissue. The Waterlase system is one of the world’s best selling dental laser systems, and we estimate it currently accounts for a majority of all dental lasers sold worldwide.

 

Diode system.     We also offer a family of Diode system products, which use a semiconductor diode laser to perform soft tissue and cosmetic procedures, including tooth whitening. Our Diode system serves the growing markets for cosmetic and hygiene procedures.

 

The Diode system, together with our Waterlase system, offer practitioners a broad product line with a range of features and price points. We also manufacture and sell accessories and disposables for our laser systems, such as hand pieces, laser tips and tooth whitening gel. The Waterlase system comprised 84%, 83% and 77% of our total revenue for the years ended December 31, 2004, 2003 and 2002, respectively. The Diode system comprised 11%, 12% and 18% of our total revenue for the same periods.

 

We believe there is a large market for our products in the United States and abroad. According to the American Dental Association, there are over 160,000 practicing dentists in the United States. According to the World Federation of Dentistry, an international dental organization, there are at least 700,000 dentists worldwide, and we believe that a substantial percentage of them practice in major international markets outside the United States. The use of lasers in dentistry is growing. However, we believe only a small percentage of dentists currently use laser systems, and that there is a significant opportunity to increase sales of our products worldwide.

 

Our goal is to establish our laser systems as essential tools in dentistry and to continue our leading position in the dental laser market. Our sales and marketing efforts focus on educating dental professionals and patients on the benefits of our laser systems, particularly our Waterlase system. In 2002, we founded the World Clinical Laser Institute, an association that includes prominent dental industry leaders, to formalize our efforts to educate and train dentists and surgeons in laser dentistry. We participate in numerous other symposia and dental industry events to stimulate demand for our products. We have also developed numerous relationships with dental schools, research facilities and dental institutions, in the United States and abroad, which use our products for education and training. More than 25 institutions use our products, including St. Barnabas Hospital and the dental schools of Columbia University, Loma Linda University, Tufts University, University of California at Los Angeles, University of Southern California and Oklahoma University. We are in the process of adding nine more institutions over the coming months. We believe this will expand awareness of our products among new generations of dental professionals.

 

Company Background and Recent Events

 

From inception in 1987 until 1998, we were engaged primarily in the research and development of the use of water and laser technology. We were originally formed as Societe Endo Technic, SA, or SET, in 1984 in Marseilles, France, to develop and market various endodontic and laser products developed by Dr. Guy Levy, then chairman of the Endodontics Department at the University of Marseilles. In 1987, SET was moved to the United States and was merged with a public holding company, Pamplona Capital Corp. In 1994, we changed our name to BIOLASE ® Technology, Inc. Through the end of fiscal 2000, we were financed by approximately $42 million in stockholder investments through a series of private placements of stock and the exercise of warrants and stock options.

 

Since 1998, our objective has been to become the leading designer, manufacturer and marketer of laser systems for the dental industry. We have focused our efforts on receiving governmental clearances with the

 

3


Table of Contents

U.S. Food and Drug Administration as well as furthering the commercial success and viability of our water and laser technology via our direct sales campaign initiatives, intellectual property advancements and strategic acquisitions. In 1998, we began the commercialization of our systems based on water and laser technology.

 

The selective pursuit of acquisitions represents an important component of our business strategy. We focus primarily on those candidates that will enable us to consolidate positions of leadership in our existing markets, further develop our portfolio of intellectual property, expand our strategic partnerships with leading companies and increase our capability and capacity to derive value for our customers and stockholders.

 

In December 2001, we formed BIOLASE Europe GmbH, a wholly owned subsidiary based in Germany. In February 2002, BIOLASE Europe acquired a laser manufacturing facility in Germany and commenced manufacturing operations at that location. This acquisition has enabled us to initiate an expansion of our sales in Europe and neighboring regions. We purchased the facility for cash consideration in October 2003 for approximately €986,000 (approximately $845,000) plus applicable taxes.

 

On May 21, 2003, we acquired the American Dental Laser product line and other dental laser assets of American Medical Technologies, Inc., or AMT, for approximately $5.8 million. The acquired assets included dental laser patents, customer lists, brand names and other intellectual property as well as laser systems, including the DioLase and Pulsemaster ® systems.

 

In May 2004, we launched the DioLase Plus laser system, which is our first dental laser product that resulted from the integration of the American Dental Laser value proposition and BIOLASE’s cutting-edge technology platform. The DioLase Plus is a fully-featured, entry-level cosmetic, soft tissue and periodontal laser. The DioLase Plus delivers more power and features than competing entry-level diode lasers, with 7 watts of power vs. 3-5 watts found in competing systems. The DioLase Plus has many cosmetic and soft tissue applications; soft tissue curettage; laser removal of diseased, infected, inflamed and necrosed soft tissue within the periodontal pocket; and removal of highly inflamed edematous tissue affected by bacteria penetration of the pocket lining and junctional epithelium.

 

In May 2004, we opened our new manufacturing facility in San Clemente, California. The new facility is located adjacent to our headquarters. The building brings our U.S. leased facility capacity to approximately 40,000 square feet.

 

In July 2004, we announced that our Board of Directors authorized a 1.25 million share repurchase program. On August 9, 2004, we announced that our Board of Directors authorized the repurchase of an additional 750,000 shares of our common stock, increasing the total share repurchase program to 2.0 million shares of our common stock. During 2004, we repurchased approximately 1,964,000 shares at an average price of $8.35 per share.

 

In July 2004, we announced a dividend policy to pay a regular cash dividend of $0.01 per share every other month payable to the stockholders of record at the time when declared by the Board of Directors.

 

In October 2004, we launched the Waterlase MD , a new clinical and technological platform for dentistry. The Waterlase MD, which features exclusive, proprietary technology from BIOLASE, has a very broad range of clinical capabilities both in dentistry and other medical disciplines. The Waterlase MD platform is intended to deliver on the “wish list” of clinical capabilities requested by dentists and comfort sought by patients. Notable features include the HydroBeam LED illumination with a contra-angle 360 degree rotating handpiece as well as a SensaTouch laser control system with easy touch screen functionality. The new system provides powerful cutting action, allowing the dentist to select up to 50 pulses per second. Another key advancement of the new system is two distinct pulse modes. Dual-mode capability gives the dentist the ability to do procedures with more comfort and control. These new features coupled with innovative, ergonomic styling and design are part of BIOLASE’s proprietary MD technology platform upon which the Waterlase MD is based. The Waterlase MD

 

4


Table of Contents

all-tissue dental laser is the new premium price-point product of BIOLASE’s dental laser product portfolio, serving to expand our existing dental laser product line.

 

In January 2005, we acquired the intellectual property portfolio of Diodem LLC (“Diodem”), consisting of certain U.S. and international patents of which four were asserted against us, and settled the existing litigation between us and Diodem for consideration of $3.0 million in cash, 361,664 shares of common stock, and a five-year warrant exercisable into 81,037 shares of common stock at an exercise price of $11.06 per share. In addition, if certain criteria specified in the purchase agreement are satisfied on or before July 2006, 45,208 additional shares we have placed in escrow may be released to Diodem and we will incur an expense equal to the fair market value of those shares at the time of their release. These escrowed shares had a fair market value of $500,000 at the time of the Binding Letter of Intent. The total consideration was estimated to have a value of $7.0 million, excluding the value of the shares held in escrow. As of December 31, 2004, we accrued $6.4 million for the settlement of the existing litigation. In January 2005, we recorded an intangible asset of $530,000 representing the estimated fair value of the intellectual property acquired. As a result of the acquisition, Diodem immediately withdrew its patent infringement claims against us and the case was formally dismissed on May 31, 2005. We did not pay and have no obligation to pay any royalties to Diodem on past or future sales of our products.

 

More recently, we have embarked on conducting research and development activities outside the field of dentistry. In particular, we have been researching a laser procedure for the permanent reversal of presbyopia, which is the phenomenon of natural aging that results in the loss of near-reading ability over the age of 40 years old. According to the Wall Street Journal article “Reading the Fine Print,” published on February 14, 2005, 110 million Americans suffer from presbyopia. In March 2005, we acquired a fully paid license related to patents owned or licensed by SurgiLight, Inc. As a result of the acquisition, BIOLASE received fully paid license rights in the U.S. and International markets to patents in the field of presbyopia and other patents related to the field of Ophthalmology. BIOLASE acquired the fully paid license for a total consideration of $2.0 million in cash, of which $1.8 million was paid during the first quarter of 2005 and $200,000 remains outstanding.

 

Industry Background

 

General

 

More than 200 million hard tissue procedures are performed annually in the United States, according to a 2001 survey, released in 2003, by the American Dental Association. Hard tissue procedures include cavity preparation, inlays, crowns, root canals and other procedures involving bone or teeth. Based on this survey, more than 1.2 million soft tissue procedures are performed annually in the United States. Soft tissue procedures include gum line alteration, gum grafts and other procedures involving soft dental tissue. According to statistics compiled by the American Dental Association, over 90% of hard tissue procedures and 60% of soft tissue procedures in the United States are performed by general dentists, and the rest are performed by oral surgeons, periodontists and other specialists.

 

The American Dental Association estimates that the demand for dental services in the United States will continue to grow due to population growth and the increased awareness of the benefits associated with preventive dentistry in reducing the incidence of oral disease. According to the American Dental Association, annual expenditures in the United States in 2002 for dental treatment costs were $70 billion, and are expected to increase to approximately $100 billion by 2010.

 

Recently, the emergence of popular reality television programming focused on “extreme makeovers” has resulted in a growing awareness among consumers of the value and importance of a healthy smile. As such, the dental industry has entered an era of growth and consideration of advanced technologies that allow dentists to perform simple or complex cosmetic dental procedures with minimal trauma, patient acceptance and clinically superior results. We believe our product mix corresponds with this trend, and we expect incremental growth from these pressures in the marketplace.

 

5


Table of Contents

Traditional Dental Instruments

 

Dental procedures are performed on hard tissue, such as bone and teeth, and soft tissue, such as gum and other oral tissue. Dentists and other specialists choose from a variety of instruments depending on the tissue involved and the type of procedure. Most procedures require the use of multiple instruments to achieve the desired result.

 

High Speed Drills .    Most dentists use high speed drills for hard tissue procedures, such as preparing cavities for filling and gaining access for performing root canals or shaving and contouring oral bone tissue. Adverse effects associated with drills include thermal heat transfer, vibration, pressure and noise. The cutting and grinding action of high speed drills can cause damage to the patient’s dental structure. Additionally, this grinding action of high speed drills on teeth can potentially provide an entry point for the bacteria that causes tooth decay and weakens the tooth’s underlying structure, which leads to fractures and broken cusps. Crowns and root canals may become necessary as a result of damage caused during previous dental procedures.

 

Cutting Instruments .    Soft tissue procedures, such as reshaping gum lines and grafting on new gum tissue, are typically performed by oral surgeons or periodontists using scalpels, scissors and other cutting tools. Due to the pain and discomfort associated with procedures performed with these instruments, most soft tissue procedures require the use of local anesthetic which results in numbness and discomfort, and often require stitches. Use of scalpels, scissors and other cutting tools typically cause bleeding, post-operative swelling and discomfort. Bleeding reduces the practitioner’s visibility and efficiency, and generally makes procedures more cumbersome. Bleeding is a particular problem for patients with immune deficiencies or blood disorders, and patients taking blood-thinning medications.

 

Alternative Dental Instruments

 

Alternative technologies have been developed over the years to address the problems associated with traditional methods used in dentistry. Most alternatives have addressed either hard or soft tissue applications. The predominant alternative technologies and their limitations are discussed below.

 

Air Abrasion Systems .    Air abrasion systems were introduced as an alternative to the high speed drill for hard tissue procedures. Air abrasion systems blow a powerful air stream of aluminum oxide particles to erode hard tissue and remove the harder forms of decay. Air abrasion is most commonly used to repair cracks and discolorations, clean out pits and fissures, prepare cavities to be filled with composites and prepare tooth surfaces for bonding. However, air abrasion is not suitable for a variety of hard tissue procedures including bone, and cannot be used on, or very near to, soft tissue. In addition, the use of air abrasion is time consuming and scatters particles that can be inhaled by patients and staff, as well as damage equipment and instruments. Due to these limitations, we believe the popularity of these systems has declined over the last few years.

 

Electrosurge Systems.     A commonly used technology, known as electro surge, was developed to cut soft tissue. Electro surge systems use an electrical spark that simultaneously cuts and cauterizes tissue, resulting in less bleeding than occurs with scalpels. Traditional electro surge results in deep penetration, which can cause unwanted damage to surrounding tissue, and is generally less precise than lasers. Electro surge is not suitable for hard tissue procedures and, due to the depth of penetration, generally requires use of anesthesia and involves a lengthy healing process. Use of most electro surge units is restricted near metal fillings and dental implants. Additionally, electro surge generally cannot be used with patients with implanted pacemakers and defibrillators.

 

Traditional Laser Systems.     More recently, lasers have gained acceptance for use in general and cosmetic dentistry. Most lasers used in dentistry have been adapted from other medical applications, such as dermatology, and were not designed to perform a wide range of common dental procedures. Most dental lasers use thermal energy to cut tissue and are used primarily for soft tissue procedures.

 

6


Table of Contents

Due to the limitations associated with traditional and alternative dental instruments, we believe there is a large market opportunity for dental laser systems that provide superior clinical results and help reduce the trauma, pain and discomfort associated with dental procedures.

 

The BIOLASE Solution

 

We believe the potential for increased patient satisfaction, improved outcomes and enhanced practice profitability that can be achieved through use of our products will position our laser systems as the instruments of choice among practitioners and patients for a broad range of dental procedures. We have developed our laser systems and related products specifically for the dental market to more effectively perform a broad range of dental procedures. The skill level and dexterity necessary to operate our laser systems are similar to those necessary to operate conventional drills and other dental equipment. Our laser systems also have the advantage of being able to perform procedures in narrow spaces where access for conventional instruments often is limited. Our systems are intended to complement traditional tools, such as dental drills, which perform functions that our systems do not address, such as cutting metal fillings and certain polishing and grinding functions.

 

Our primary product category, the Waterlase system, is one of the best selling dental laser system in the world. The Waterlase system precisely cuts hard tissue, such as bone and teeth, and soft tissue, such as gums, with minimal or no damage to surrounding tissue and dental structure. Our Diode system is designed to complement the Waterlase system, and is used in soft tissue procedures and cosmetic applications, such as tooth whitening. The Diode system, together with our Waterlase system, offers practitioners a broad product line with a range of features and price points.

 

A small percentage of dental professionals worldwide currently use lasers. Moreover, our laser systems are more expensive than traditional dental tools. However, we believe that the significant performance advantages of our systems, the potential return on investment that our systems offer practitioners and the options available to finance the purchase of our systems will enable us to continue to penetrate the dental market segment.

 

We believe the demand for our systems will continue to expand as we increase awareness of the benefits to patients and dental professionals.

 

Benefits to Dental Professionals

 

    Additional procedures through increased efficiency .    Our systems often shorten and reduce the number of patient visits, providing dental professionals with the ability to service more patients. For hard tissue procedures, the Waterlase system reduces the need for anesthesia and enables dental practitioners to perform multiple procedures in one visit. An advantage of the Waterlase system is that it can be used to perform cavity preparations in multiple quadrants. In contrast, many dentists using high speed drills usually do not perform cavity preparations in more than one quadrant per visit because of concerns relating to use of anesthesia in multiple regions. For soft tissue procedures, the Waterlase and Diode systems allow tissue to be cut more precisely and with minimal bleeding. Additionally, our tooth whitening laser, LaserSmile , performs tooth whitening faster than competing non-laser systems due to its high power and fast activation of our proprietary whitening gel.

 

    Expanded range of procedures and revenue opportunities .    Our laser systems often allow general dentists to perform surgical and cosmetic procedures that they are unable or unwilling to perform with conventional methods, and which would typically be referred to a specialist. These procedures include crown lengthening, frenectomy and biopsy. Our systems allow dentists to perform these procedures easily and efficiently, increasing their range of skills and professional satisfaction.

 

    Increased loyalty and expanded patient base .    We believe the improved patient comfort and convenience offered by our systems will improve patient retention, attract new patients and increase demand for elective procedures.

 

7


Table of Contents
    Fewer post-operative complications .    Our laser systems can reduce trauma, swelling and general discomfort, resulting in fewer post-operative complications that require follow up treatment. Practitioners can devote time to new cases, rather than treating complications from prior procedures.

 

Benefits to Patients

 

    Comfort .    With our Waterlase system, patients can experience dramatically improved comfort during and after most procedures. In most cases, procedures can be performed without local anesthesia, which eliminates the pain associated with injections and the feeling of numbness following the procedure.

 

    Convenience .    Dentists generally prefer to perform procedures that require local anesthesia in no more than one or two quadrants of the mouth in a single visit because of concerns related to the use of local anesthesia in multiple quadrants. Our Waterlase system does not require anesthesia in most cases, which allows procedures to be performed in multiple quadrants during a single office visit. This reduces the number of visits necessary to complete the patient’s treatment plan.

 

    Reduced trauma .    Trauma to the dental structure can be reduced because the Waterlase system avoids the thermal heat transfer, vibration and grinding action associated with the high speed dental drill. For soft tissue applications, our laser systems cut with more precision and less bleeding than typically achieved with conventional instruments.

 

    Broader range of available procedures .    Due to the improved comfort and convenience of our Waterlase system, we believe patients are more likely to consider cosmetic and other elective procedures that would generally be time consuming and uncomfortable.

 

Business Strategy

 

Our objectives are to increase our leadership position in the dental laser market and to establish our laser systems as essential tools in dentistry. Our business strategy consists of the following key elements:

 

    Increase awareness of our laser systems among dental practitioners and patients .    We intend to further penetrate the dental market by educating dental practitioners and patients about the clinical benefits of our laser systems, particularly the Waterlase system. We plan to increase adoption of our laser systems by practitioners through our continued participation in key industry trade shows, the World Clinical Laser Institute, dental schools and other educational forums. We also intend to market our systems to practitioners through our direct sales force and advertising. We have recently begun and plan to continue our marketing efforts aimed directly at patients.

 

    Expand sales and distribution capabilities .    In the United States, we intend to continue to build a direct sales force and marketing team. Internationally, we intend to use established dental and medical device distributors and to use a direct sales force in select countries. We are developing an infrastructure to support growth in sales and marketing. This infrastructure includes information technology systems and personnel to manage our sales force, compile sales and marketing data and better serve our customers and distributors.

 

    Expand product platform and applications .    We plan to expand our product line and product applications by developing product enhancements and new laser technologies. Additionally, we may strategically acquire complementary products and technologies. For example, we acquired the American Dental Laser product line, which has enabled us to increase market penetration by offering a broad line of laser systems with a range of features and price points.

 

   

Continue high quality manufacturing and customer service .    Our manufacturing operations in California and Germany are focused on producing high quality dental laser systems. We intend to continually develop and refine our manufacturing processes to increase production efficiencies and product quality. We provide high quality maintenance and support services through our support hotline and dedicated staff of in-house and field service personnel. Additionally, we plan to maintain and

 

8


Table of Contents
 

expand our network of factory-trained service technicians to provide maintenance and support services to customers in Europe and other markets outside the United States.

 

    Strengthen and defend technology leadership .    We believe our proprietary Waterlase system and YSGG Laser HydroPhotonic technology represent significant advancements in dentistry. We will pursue the protection of our intellectual property rights by expanding our existing patent portfolio in the United States and abroad. We intend to strategically enforce our intellectual property rights worldwide.

 

Products

 

We have two principal product lines. Our family of products includes the Waterlase and Diode systems, which we developed through our own research and development.

 

We currently sell our products in over 45 countries. The U.S. Food and Drug Administration (FDA) has cleared all of our laser systems for the applications listed below, which enables us to market the systems in the United States. Our systems have the CE Mark and may be sold in the European Union. Additionally, we have approval to sell our Waterlase system in Canada, Australia, New Zealand and other Pacific Rim countries.

 

PRODUCT


  

SELECTED APPLICATIONS


  

KEY FEATURES


Waterlase System

         

Waterlase MD

 

Laser Technology

Solid State Crystal, Erbium, Chromium: Yttrium, Scandium, Gallium, Garnet (Er, Cr: YSGG), Laser with Air-Water Spray

 

Laser Wavelength

2780 nm

 

Power

0.1 – 8.0 Watts

 

Repetition Rate

10 – 50 Hz

  

 

Hard Tissue: Cavity preparation, caries removal, roughening or etching, root canal and other hard tissue surgical applications.

 

Bone: Cutting, shaping, contouring, resection, crown lengthening (restorative), apicoectomy or amputation of root end, and other oral osseous or bone procedures.

 

Soft Tissue: Incision, excision and biopsy of soft tissue, frenectomy, troughing, fibroma removal, hemostasis, aphthous oral ulcers, operculectomy and other soft tissue surgical applications.

 

Cosmetic: Gingivectomy, gingivoplasty and crown lengthening.

  

 

•     HydroBeam Illuminated Handpiece

•     SensaTouch Laser Control System

•     MD Flow – water level laser sensor

•     Laser Operatory Management System – 40% smaller footprint

•     360-degree contra-angle, rotatable handpiece

•     ComfortJet air/water delivery system

•     Windows ® CE operating system

•     16 optimized, factory loaded pre-sets

•     LaserPal help system

Waterlase YSGG

 

Laser Technology

Solid State Crystal, Erbium, Chromium: Yttrium, Scandium, Gallium, Garnet (Er, Cr: YSGG), Laser with Air-Water Spray

 

Laser Wavelength

2780 nm

  

 

Hard Tissue: Cavity preparation, caries removal, roughening or etching, root canal and other hard tissue surgical applications.

 

Bone: Cutting, shaping, contouring, resection, crown lengthening (restorative), apicoectomy or amputation of root end, and other oral osseous or bone procedures.

  

 

•     Advanced fiber delivery system

•     Ergonomic handpiece

•     Soft Touch front panel display with precise preset functionality

•     Extensive control panel – providing precise digital control of the air and water spray for maximum flexibility

 

9


Table of Contents

PRODUCT


  

SELECTED APPLICATIONS


  

KEY FEATURES


Power

0.1 – 6.0 Watts

 

Repetition Rate

20 Hz

   Soft Tissue: Incision, excision and biopsy of soft tissue, frenectomy, troughing, fibroma removal, hemostasis, aphthous oral ulcers, operculectomy and other soft tissue surgical applications.   

•      Ease of maneuverability from operatory to operatory

     Cosmetic: Gingivectomy, gingivoplasty and crown lengthening.     

Diode System

         

LaserSmile System

 

Laser Technology

Semiconductor Diode Laser

 

Laser Wavelength

810 nm

 

Power

10.0 Watts

  

 

Soft Tissue: Incision, excision and biopsy of soft tissue, frenectomy, troughing, gingivoplasty and other soft tissue surgical applications.

 

Cosmetic: Gingivectomy, gingivoplasty and tooth whitening.

  

 

•      LaserSmile whitening handpiece

•      “No revenue” sharing professional in-office tooth whitening treatment

•      Adjustable aiming beam

•      Extensive control panel – providing precise digital control of pulse count

•      Fully adjustable pulse modes

•      Optimized, pre-set functionality

•      Ease of maneuverability from operatory to operatory

DioLase Plus System

 

Laser Technology

Semiconductor Diode Laser

 

Laser Wavelength

810 nm

 

Power

7.0 Watts

  

 

Soft Tissue: Incision, excision and biopsy of soft tissue, frenectomy, troughing and other soft tissue surgical applications.

 

Cosmetic: Gingivectomy and gingivoplasty.

  

 

•      Extensive control panel – providing precise digital control of pulse count

•      Fully adjustable pulse modes

•      Optimized, pre-set functionality

•      Ease of maneuverability from operatory to operatory

 

Related Accessories and Disposable Products

 

We also manufacture and sell disposable products and accessories for our laser systems. Our Waterlase system uses disposable laser tips of differing sizes and shapes depending on the procedures being performed. We also market aftercare products, such as flexible fibers and hand pieces. Our Diode system also uses flexible fibers and hand pieces as well as tooth whitening gel kits for our LaserSmile system.

 

10


Table of Contents

Warranties and Insurance

 

Our laser systems sold to end users and distributors are covered by one-year and fourteen-month warranties, respectively, against defects in material and workmanship. Our warranty covers parts and service for direct sales and parts only for distributor sales. We sell service contracts to our end users that cover the period after the expiration of our standard warranty coverage for our laser systems. Extended warranty coverage provided under our service contracts varies by the type of system and the level of service desired by the customer. In addition, we maintain product liability insurance with respect to our products with a general coverage limit of $12 million in the aggregate.

 

Manufacturing

 

We manufacture, assemble and test our products at manufacturing facilities located in San Clemente, California and Floss, Germany. We acquired our German manufacturing facility in 2002. We manufacture and install our systems and provide maintenance services for products sold in Europe and other international markets through both our California and German operations. Sales of products manufactured at our German facility accounted for 13% of our revenue in 2004, 12% of our revenue in 2003 and 9% of our revenue in 2002.

 

We use an integrated approach to manufacturing, including the assembly of laser heads, electronics and cabinetry, which allows us to maintain high quality and control cost. We obtain components and subassemblies for our products from third party suppliers, most of which are located in the United States. We generally purchase components and subassemblies from a limited group of suppliers through purchase orders. We have no written supply contracts with our key suppliers. Three key components used in our Waterlase system, which accounted for approximately 84% of our revenue in 2004, 83% of our revenue in 2003 and approximately 77% of our revenue in 2002, are each supplied by a separate single-source supplier. A leading European supplier of precision hand tools manufactures the Waterlase hand pieces and the laser crystal and fiber components are each made by a separate supplier. We have not experienced material delays from the suppliers of these three key components and we have identified and tested alternative suppliers for each of these components. However, an unexpected interruption in a single source supplier could create manufacturing delays and disrupt sales as we take the necessary steps to replace the supplier, which we estimate could take up to three months.

 

Our manufacturing facilities are ISO 13485 certified. ISO 13485 certification provides guidelines for quality of company systems associated with the design, manufacturing, installation and servicing of company products. In addition, both the U.S. and German facilities are registered with the U.S. Food and Drug Administration and are compliant with the FDA’s Good Manufacturing Practice guidelines.

 

Marketing and Sales

 

Marketing

 

We currently market our laser systems in the United States, Canada, Australia and various countries throughout Europe and the Pacific Rim. Our marketing efforts are focused on increasing brand and specific product awareness among dental practitioners. We recently began efforts to increase awareness of the benefits of our products by marketing directly to patients.

 

Dental Practitioners.     We currently market our laser systems directly to dental practitioners through regional, national and international trade publications, events, meetings and seminars. We also use brochures, direct mailers, press releases, posters and other promotional materials, as well as print and electronic media news coverage. In 2002, we founded the World Clinical Laser Institute to formalize our efforts to educate and train dental practitioners in laser dentistry. The Institute conducts and sponsors educational programs domestically and internationally for dental practitioners, researchers and academicians, including two or three-day seminars and training sessions involving in-depth discussions on the use of lasers in dentistry. In addition, we have developed relationships with research institutions, dental schools and clinical laboratories, which use our products in training and demonstrations. We believe these relationships will increase awareness of our products.

 

11


Table of Contents

Patients.     We recently began to market the benefits of our laser systems directly to patients through marketing and advertising programs, including print and broadcast media, local television news and radio spots, as well as product placements of our laser systems on popular reality television “makeover” programs. We believe that making patients aware of our laser systems and their benefits will increase demand for our products.

 

Sales

 

We currently sell our products primarily to dentists in general practice. The majority of the dentists in the United States, as well as the majority of our customers, are sole practitioners. We also expect our laser systems to gain acceptance among oral surgeons and other dental specialists, as they become better aware of the clinical benefits and new treatment options available through use of our laser systems.

 

International revenue accounts for a significant portion of our total revenue. International revenue accounted for approximately 19%, 20%, and 23% of our total revenue in 2004, 2003, and 2002, respectively. Revenue in Asia, Latin America, Pacific Rim countries and Australia accounted for approximately 8%, 9%, and 12% of our total revenue in 2004, 2003, and 2002, respectively. Revenue in Europe accounted for approximately 11%, 11%, and 11% of total revenue in 2004, 2003, and 2002, respectively.

 

Direct Sales.     We sell products in the United States and Canada through our direct sales force, which is organized by region. As of December 31, 2004, we had one regional manager and 30 sales representatives. Each of our direct sales employees receives a base salary and commissions on sales. We plan to expand our direct sales force in territories that represent growing markets.

 

Distributors.     Except for sales in Canada, Germany, Spain and Italy, we sell products outside the United States primarily through a network of independent distributors located in Europe, Asia and Australia. Generally, our distributors enter into exclusive agreements in which they purchase systems and disposables from us at a wholesale dealer price and resell them to dentists in their sales territories. All sales to distributors are final and we can terminate our arrangements with dealers and distributors for cause or non-performance. We have exclusive arrangements with certain distributors for select territories, under which distributors are generally required to satisfy certain minimum purchase requirements to maintain exclusivity. Typically, sales to new distributors are generally paid in advance or secured with a letter of credit.

 

Seasonality.     We have experienced a distinct seasonal pattern over the past several years. The fourth quarter, ending December 31, has generally been the strongest quarter, and in 2004 accounted for approximately 32% of our 2004 revenue. By contrast, the first quarter is generally the slowest sales quarter and in 2004 accounted for only 24% of our 2004 revenue. The second quarter is generally stronger than the first quarter however in 2004, it also accounted for approximately 24% of our 2004 revenue. The third quarter has generally been flat to down compared to the second quarter, accounting for approximately 20% of our revenue in 2004. We believe the seasonality demonstrated in the fourth and first quarters is due to the buying patterns of many dentists, including the response to certain tax advantages offered in the United States for capital equipment purchases. During 2004, our third quarter was significantly impacted by two items. We believe that many customers delayed purchasing decisions pending the anticipated launching of our new Waterlase product, the Waterlase MD. In addition, some of our U.S. trade shows and seminars were impacted in the southeast by the region’s major hurricanes. Trade shows and seminars are a significant sales-generating process for us. As a result of this seasonality, our growth metrics compare growth in a quarter to the same quarter in the prior year and are not focused on growth in consecutive quarters which has been and we expect will continue to be skewed by this seasonality effect.

 

Customer Service.     We provide maintenance and support services through our support hotline, service personnel and network of factory-trained service technicians. We provide maintenance and support services in the United States and Germany through our employee service technicians. We train and maintain a network of service technicians trained at our factory locations, who provide maintenance and support services in all other

 

12


Table of Contents

countries where we do business. Our distributors are responsible for providing maintenance and support services for products sold by them. We provide parts to distributors at no additional charge for products covered under warranty.

 

Financing Options.     Many dentists finance their purchases through third-party leasing companies or banks. In these transactions, the dentist first enters into a purchase order with us. We then enter into a purchase order with the leasing company, which purchases the product from us, and the dentist enters into a lease agreement with the leasing company. We receive payment in full for the product at the time of purchase from the leasing company, and we are not a party to the lease. The dentist pays the leasing company or bank in installments, and we do not bear the credit risk that the dentist might not make payments. The leasing companies and banks do not have recourse to us for a dentist’s failure to make payments, nor do we have any obligation to take back the product at the end of the lease. Approximately 28% of our revenue in 2004 was generated from sales to dentists who financed their purchase through National Technology Leasing Corporation, an equipment leasing broker. National Technology Leasing arranges financing through banks.

 

We have an agreement with National Technology Leasing under which we agreed to offer National Technology Leasing first right of refusal when dentists desire to use a finance or lease company. Our customers are under no obligation to finance the purchase or lease of any equipment through National Technology Leasing, and we refer only those customers that request a referral from us. In exchange, National Technology Leasing agreed to give us first priority on scheduling personnel in support of our sales functions, and on processing lease or financing transactions for our customers. National Technology Leasing further agreed to sponsor marketing programs from time to time for our benefit and the benefit of our customers. Additionally, National Technology Leasing agreed to accept the terms of our customer purchase order in transactions in which it is a party pursuant to the revised agreement entered into August 5, 2003. The agreement is for one year intervals and automatically renews if no action is taken to terminate. The agreement is now in effect until August 5, 2005. The agreement also may be terminated by either party upon 45 days written notice. If leasing arrangements were no longer available through National Technology Leasing or the banks with which it deals, we believe our customers would be able to obtain financing through a variety of other leasing companies or banks that frequently approach us to provide financing for our products.

 

Research and Product Development

 

Research and development activities are essential to maintaining and enhancing our business. We believe our research and development team has demonstrated its ability to develop innovative products that meet evolving market needs. Our research and development group consists of 15 individuals with medical device and laser development experience and other relevant backgrounds, the majority of whom have degrees in physics or engineering, including three Ph.Ds. During the years ended December 31, 2004, 2003 and 2002, our research and development expenses were approximately $3.6 million, $2.5 million and $1.7 million, respectively. We intend to focus our research and development activities on improving our existing products and extending our product range in order to provide dental practitioners and patients with less painful and clinically superior laser systems.

 

More recently, we have embarked on conducting research and development activities outside the field of dentistry. In particular, we have been researching a laser procedure for the permanent reversal of presbyopia, which is the phenomenon of natural aging that results in the loss of near-reading ability for those over the age of 40. According to the Wall Street Journal article “Reading the Fine Print,” published on February 14, 2005, 110 million Americans suffer from presbyopia.

 

Intellectual Property and Proprietary Rights

 

We rely, in part, on a combination of patents, trademarks, trade secrets, copyrights and other intellectual property rights to protect our technology. We have 92 issued patents and numerous pending patent applications. Approximately two-thirds of our patents were granted in the United States, and the rest were granted in Europe

 

13


Table of Contents

and other countries around the world. Our patents cover the use of laser technologies and fluids for dental, medical and industrial applications, as well as laser characteristics, accessories, future technological developments, fluid conditioning and other technologies and methods for dental, medical and aesthetic applications. We have numerous patent applications pending worldwide and plan to apply for other patents in the future as we develop new technologies. While we hold a variety of patents that cover a broad range of technologies and methods, approximately 67% of these patents provide market protection for our core technologies incorporated in our laser systems, including the Waterlase system, which accounted for approximately 84% of our revenue in 2004 and approximately 83% of our revenue in 2003. Our patents provide market protection for our core technologies and will end their lifetime given by the granting patent offices as follows: One in 2006, three in 2008, eleven in 2009, and the balance have expiration dates ranging from 2010 to 2022.

 

In January 2005, we acquired the intellectual property portfolio of Diodem LLC (“Diodem”), consisting of certain U.S. and international patents of which four were asserted against us, and settled the existing litigation between us and Diodem, for consideration of $3.0 million in cash, 361,664 shares of common stock, and a five-year warrant exercisable into 81,037 shares of common stock at an exercise price of $11.06 per share. In addition, if certain criteria specified in the purchase agreement are satisfied on or before July 2006, 45,208 additional shares we have placed in escrow may be released to Diodem and we will incur an expense equal to the fair market value of those shares at the time of their release. These escrowed shares had a fair market value of $500,000 at the time of the Binding Letter of Intent. The total consideration was estimated to have a value of $7.0 million, excluding the value of the shares held in escrow. As of December 31, 2004, we accrued $6.4 million for the settlement of the existing litigation. In January 2005, we recorded an intangible asset of $530,000 representing the estimated fair value of the intellectual property acquired. As a result of the acquisition, Diodem immediately withdrew its patent infringement claims against us and the case was formally dismissed on May 31, 2005. We did not pay and have no obligation to pay any royalties to Diodem on past or future sales of our products.

 

In March 2005, we acquired a fully-paid license related to patents owned or licensed by SurgiLight, Inc. As a result of the acquisition, BIOLASE received fully-paid license rights in the U.S. and international markets to patents in the field of presbyopia and other patents related to the field of ophthalmology. BIOLASE acquired the fully paid license for a total consideration of $2.0 million in cash, of which $1.8 million was paid during the first quarter of 2005 and $200,000 remains outstanding.

 

Competition

 

We compete with a number of companies that market traditional dental products, such as dental drills, as well as other companies that market laser technologies in dental and other medical markets. In the domestic hard tissue dental market, we believe our Waterlase system primarily competes with laser systems manufactured by Hoya ConBio, a subsidiary of Hoya Photonics, a large Japanese manufacturer primarily of optics and crystals, and OpusDent Ltd., a subsidiary of Lumenis, an Israeli company. In the international market, our Waterlase system competes primarily with products manufactured by several other companies, including KaVo, Deka Dental Corporation and Fotona d.d.

 

The Waterlase system also competes with non-laser based systems, including traditional high and low-speed dental drills and air abrasion systems that are used for dental procedures. Our Diode system competes with other semiconductor diode lasers, as well as with scalpels, scissors and a variety of other cutting tools that have been traditionally used to perform soft tissue procedures. In the market for tooth whitening, the LaserSmile competes with other products and instruments used by dentists, as well as tooth whitening strips and other over the counter products.

 

Traditional and commonly used cutting tools are less expensive for performing dental procedures. For example, a high speed drill or an electro surge device can be purchased for less than $1,000 each. However, we believe our systems offer substantial benefits that outweigh cost concerns. In addition, our systems are not

 

14


Table of Contents

designed to perform certain functions that high speed drills can perform, such as cutting metal fillings and certain polishing and grinding functions. High speed drills will still be needed for these functions, and our systems are not intended to replace all applications of the high speed drill.

 

In general, our ability to compete in the market depends in large part on our

 

    product performance

 

    product pricing

 

    intellectual property protections

 

    customer support

 

    timing of new product research

 

    development of successful national and international distribution channels

 

Some of the manufacturers that develop competing laser systems have greater financial, marketing and technical resources than we do. In addition, some competitors have developed, and others may attempt to develop, products with applications similar to those performed by our laser systems.

 

Government Regulation

 

Our products are medical devices. Accordingly, our product development, testing, labeling, manufacturing processes and promotional activities are regulated extensively by government agencies in the United States and other countries in which we market and sell our products. We have clearance from the U.S. Food and Drug Administration, or FDA, to market our laser systems in the United States. We have the clearances necessary to sell our WaterLase, Waterlase MD and LaserSmile laser systems in Canada. We also have the necessary CE Marks or clearances to sell our laser systems in the European Union and other international markets.

 

United States

 

In the United States, the FDA regulates the design, manufacture, distribution, quality standards and marketing of medical devices. We have clearance from the FDA to market our Waterlase and Diode systems in the United States for dental procedures on both adult and pediatric patients. In 1998, we received FDA clearance to market the Millennium ® , the earlier generation of our current Waterlase system, for certain dental hard tissue applications. This clearance allowed us to commence domestic sales and marketing of our technology for hard and soft tissue applications. During 1999 and 2000, to meet the demand for soft-tissue and cosmetic dentistry applications, we designed a semiconductor diode laser system, which is now marketed as our LaserSmile system. We received FDA clearance to market the system for a variety of soft tissue medical applications in September 1999. In 2001, we received FDA clearance to market the LaserSmile system for cosmetic tooth whitening. In October 2003, the LaserSmile received clearance for periodontal procedures for both early and advanced stages of periodontal disease.

 

In 2002, 2003 and in January 2004, our Waterlase system became the first laser system to receive FDA clearance for several new types of dental procedures. In 2002, we received clearance to market the Waterlase system for root canal, encompassing all four of the fundamental steps of the procedure. We also received clearance in 2002 to market this system for cutting, shaving, contouring and resection of oral osseous tissues, or bone. In January 2003, we received FDA clearance to market the Waterlase system for use in apicoectomy surgery, a procedure for root canal infections and complications that includes cutting gum, bone (to access the infected area) and the apex of the tooth to access the infected area. The clearance also encompasses flap surgical procedures. Flaps are frequently created in conjunction with many procedures, including periodontal, implant placement and recovery, extraction of wisdom teeth, and exposure of impacted teeth. In January 2004, our Waterlase system received FDA clearance for several new bone, periodontal and soft tissue procedures, including removal of bone to correct defects and create physiologic contours of bone, resection of bone to restore architecture, resection of bone for grafting, preparing full, partial and split thickness flaps for periodontal surgery and removal of granulation tissue from bony defects. Additionally, the Waterlase system became the first hard tissue laser to receive clearance for soft tissue curettage.

 

15


Table of Contents

As we develop new products and applications or make any significant modifications to our existing products or labeling, we will need to obtain the regulatory clearances or approvals necessary to market such products for dental, cosmetic and other medical procedures in our target markets.

 

There are two principal methods by which FDA regulated devices may be marketed in the United States: pre-market approval, or PMA, and 510(k) clearance. A PMA application is required for a device that does not qualify for clearance under 510(k) provisions. The FDA is required by law to review a PMA application within 180 days, but the FDA typically takes much longer to complete the review. As part of the approval of a PMA application, the FDA typically requires human clinical testing to determine safety and efficacy of the device. To conduct human clinical testing, typically the FDA must approve an Investigational Device Exemption, or an IDE. To date, none of our products have required a PMA application to support marketing approval.

 

To obtain 510(k) clearance, we must demonstrate that our device is substantially equivalent to a previously cleared 510(k) device or a device that was in commercial distribution before May 28, 1976 for which the FDA has not yet called for the submission of PMA applications. By statute and regulation, the FDA is required to clear, deny or request additional information on a 510(k) request within 90 days of submission of the application. As a practical matter, 510(k) clearance often takes significantly longer. Domestic marketing of the product must be deferred until clearance is received from the FDA. In some instances, an IDE is required for clinical trials for a 510(k) clearance. If a request for 510(k) clearance is turned down by the FDA, then a PMA application may be required. We intend to utilize the 510(k) notification procedure whenever possible. To date, all of our regulated products have qualified for 510(k) clearance.

 

After a device receives 510(k) clearance, any modification that could significantly affect its safety or effectiveness, or that would constitute a major change in its intended use, will require a new 510(k) clearance, or could require a PMA application. The FDA requires each manufacturer to make this determination initially, but the FDA can review any such decision and can disagree with a manufacturer’s determination. If the FDA disagrees with a manufacturer’s determination, the FDA can require the manufacturer to cease marketing and/or recall the modified device until 510(k) clearance or PMA is obtained.

 

After a device is placed on the market, numerous regulatory requirements apply. These include:

 

    Quality system regulations, or QSRs, which require manufacturers, including third-party manufacturers, to follow stringent design, testing, control, documentation and other quality assurance procedures during all aspects of the manufacturing process

 

    Labeling regulations, which prohibit the promotion of products for uncleared, unapproved or “off label” uses

 

    Medical device reporting regulations, which require that manufacturers report to the FDA if their device may have caused or contributed to a death or serious injury or malfunctioned in a way that would likely cause or contribute to a death or serious injury if it were to recur

 

    Correction and removal regulations, which require that manufacturers report to the FDA any corrections to or removals of distributed devices that are made to reduce a risk to health

 

    Post-market surveillance regulations, which apply when necessary to protect the public health or to provide additional safety and effectiveness data for the device

 

We will need to invest significant time and other resources to ensure ongoing compliance with FDA quality system regulations and other postmarket regulatory requirements.

 

We also are subject to unannounced inspections by the FDA for both the U.S. and BIOLASE Europe offices, and the Food and Drug Branch of the California Department of Health Services for our California manufacturing facilities, and these inspections may include the manufacturing facilities of our subcontractors.

 

16


Table of Contents

Failure to comply with applicable regulatory requirements can result in an enforcement action by the FDA, which may include any of the following sanctions:

 

    fines, injunctions and civil penalties

 

    recall or seizure of our products

 

    operating restrictions, partial suspension or total shutdown of production

 

    refusing our request for 510(k) clearance of or PMA application for new products

 

    withdrawing 510(k) clearance or PMA applications that are already granted

 

    criminal prosecution

 

We are also subject to regulation under the Radiation Control for Safety and Health Act of 1968, or the Safety Act, administered by the FDA. The Safety Act regulates the energy emissions of light and sound and electronic waves from electronic products. Regulations implementing the Safety Act require a laser manufacturer to file new product and annual reports, to maintain quality control, product testing and sales records, to distribute product operation manuals, to incorporate certain design and operating features in lasers sold to end users and to certify and label each laser sold to end users as one of four classes of lasers based on the level of radiation emitted from the laser. In addition, various warning labels must be affixed to the product and certain protective features must be installed, depending upon the class of product.

 

Various state dental boards are considering the adoption of restrictions on the use of lasers by dental hygienists. Approximately 30 states currently allow dental hygienists to use lasers to perform certain dental procedures. In addition, dental boards in a number of states are considering educational requirements regarding the use of dental lasers. The scope of these restrictions and educational requirements is not now known, and they could have an adverse effect on sales of our laser-based products.

 

International

 

Foreign sales of our laser-based products are subject to the regulatory requirements of the foreign country or, if applicable, the harmonized standards of the European Union. These regulatory requirements vary widely among countries and may include technical approvals, such as electrical safety, as well as demonstration of clinical efficacy. We have a CE Mark for our Waterlase MD, Waterlase and LaserSmile systems, which permits us to commercially distribute these systems throughout the European Union. We rely on export certifications from the FDA to comply with certain regulatory requirements in several foreign jurisdictions, such as New Zealand, South Korea and countries in Latin America. We also received clearance to market our Waterlase and LaserSmile systems in Canada and Australia for a variety of applications. We are currently working to meet certain foreign country regulatory requirements for certain of our products, including those in Japan. There can be no assurance that additional approvals in Japan or elsewhere will be obtained.

 

Other Regulatory Requirements

 

In addition to the regulatory framework for product clearances and approvals, we are subject to extensive and frequently changing regulations under many other laws administered by U.S. and foreign governmental agencies on the national, state and local levels, including requirements regarding occupational health and safety and the use, handling and disposing of toxic or hazardous substances.

 

Third Party Reimbursement

 

Many procedures performed with our laser systems are covered by insurance to the same extent as they would be if performed using traditional dental instruments. Most therapeutic procedures performed with our laser

 

17


Table of Contents

systems are reimbursable to a certain extent under dental insurance plans, whereas cosmetic procedures are not. Market acceptance for our products depends, in part, on the availability of reimbursement within prevailing health care payment systems. Reimbursement and health care payment systems in international markets vary significantly by country, and include both government-sponsored health care and private insurance.

 

Employees

 

At December 31, 2004, we employed approximately 189 people, of which there are 75 in manufacturing and quality and control, 15 in research and development, 61 in sales and sales support, 18 in customer technical support and 20 in administration. Our employees are not represented by any collective bargaining agreement and we believe our employee relations are good.

 

Available Information

 

Copies of our Annual Report on Form 10-K, Quarterly Reports on Form 10-Q/A, Current Reports on Form 8-K and amendments to those reports filed or furnished pursuant to Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (the “Exchange Act”) are available free of charge through our Web site (www.biolase.com) as soon as reasonably practicable after we electronically file the material with, or furnish it to, the SEC. You may read and copy any document we file with the SEC at the SEC’s Public Reference Room at 450 Fifth Street, N.W., Washington, D.C. 20549. Please call the SEC at 1-800-SEC-0330 for further information on the Public Reference Room. Our SEC filings are also available to the public at the SEC’s web site at http://www.sec.gov . Refer to the Introductory Note to Amendment No. 2 to our Annual Report on Form 10-K/A for the year ended December 31, 2002, which was filed with the SEC on December 16, 2003, for information concerning previously filed financial statements and reports on which you should not rely. Also refer to the Introductory Note to this Form 10-K and the Introductory Notes to our Form 10-Q/As for the quarters ended March 31, 2004, June 30, 2004 and September 30, 2004, which are being filed concurrently with the filing of this Form 10-K.

 

Item 2.    Properties

 

Our corporate headquarters are located at 981 Calle Amanecer, San Clemente, California, where we lease 25,000 square feet of space for research and development and administrative functions. Additionally, we lease 14,500 square feet of space for manufacturing functions, which is located within the same corporate business park of our headquarters, at 1001 Calle Amanecer, San Clemente, California. The lease on these facilities expires on February 28, 2006. Our wholly owned subsidiary, BIOLASE Europe, owns a manufacturing facility totaling approximately 20,000 square feet of space in Floss, Germany. We believe that our facilities are sufficient for our current needs and that suitable additional or substitute space will be available as needed to accommodate foreseeable expansion of our operations. Other than the land and building in Germany, with a recorded net book amount of $1.2 million, the majority of our long-lived assets are located in the United States.

 

Item 3.    Legal Proceedings

 

In August 2004, we and certain of our current and former officers were named as defendants in several putative shareholder class action lawsuits filed in the United States District Court for the Central District of California. The complaints purport to seek unspecified damages on behalf of an alleged class of persons who purchased our common stock between October 29, 2003 and July 16, 2004. The complaints allege that we and our officers violated federal securities laws by failing to disclose material information about the demand for our products and the fact that we would not achieve the alleged forecasted growth. The claimed misrepresentations include certain statements in our press releases and the registration statement we filed in connection with our public offering of stock in March 2004. In addition, three stockholders have filed derivative actions in the state court in California seeking recovery on behalf of BIOLASE, alleging, among other things, breach of fiduciary duties by those individual defendants and by the members of our Board of Directors.

 

18


Table of Contents

We have not yet formally responded to any of the actions and no discovery has been conducted by any of the parties. However, based on the facts presently known, our management believes we have meritorious defenses to these actions and intend to vigorously defend them. As of December 31, 2004, no amounts have been recorded in our consolidated financial statements for these matters since management believes that it is not probable that we have incurred a loss.

 

In January 2005, we acquired the intellectual property portfolio of Diodem LLC (“Diodem”), consisting of certain U.S. and international patents of which four were asserted against us, and settled the existing litigation between us and Diodem, for consideration of $3.0 million in cash, 361,664 shares of common stock, and a five-year warrant exercisable into 81,037 shares of common stock at an exercise price of $11.06 per share. In addition, if certain criteria specified in the purchase agreement are satisfied on or before July 2006, 45,208 additional shares we have placed in escrow may be released to Diodem and we will incur an expense equal to the fair market value of those shares at the time of their release. These shares had a fair market value of $500,000 at the time of the Binding Letter of Intent. The total consideration was estimated to have a value of $7.0 million, excluding the value of the shares held in escrow. As of December 31, 2004, we accrued $6.4 million for the settlement of the existing litigation. In January 2005, we recorded an intangible asset of $530,000 representing the estimated fair value of the intellectual property acquired. As a result of the acquisition, Diodem immediately withdrew its patent infringement claims against us and the case was formally dismissed on May 31, 2005. We did not pay and have no obligation to pay any royalties to Diodem on past or future sales of our products.

 

In late 2004, we were notified by Refocus Group, Inc., or Refocus, that certain of our planned activities in the field of presbyopia may infringe one or more claims of a patent held by Refocus. In late 2004 through early 2005, we engaged in negotiations with Refocus with the intent of obtaining a license to the patent at issue. Given that we were unsuccessful in reaching an agreement with respect to a license, on February 24, 2005, we filed a lawsuit in the U.S. District Court for the Central District of California against Refocus in order to obtain declaratory relief that certain of our planned activities in the field of presbyopia will not infringe the claims of a patent held by Refocus and/or that the claims are invalid. These claims were dismissed by the court in July 2005 without prejudice on the basis that we do not have a product that has been commercialized and, therefore, Refocus’ alleged infringement claims are not ripe. As of December 31, 2004, no amounts have been recorded in our consolidated financial statements for this matter since management believes that it is not probable that we have incurred a loss.

 

From time to time, we are involved in other legal proceedings incidental to our business, but at this time we are not party to any other litigation that is material to our business.

 

Item 4.    Submission of Matters to a Vote of Security Holders

 

None.

 

19


Table of Contents

PART II

 

Item 5.    Market for the Registrant’s Common Stock, Related Stockholder Matters and Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities

 

Market Information

 

Our common stock is listed on the NASDAQ National Market under the symbol “BLTI.” During the period in 2005 in which we have not been in compliance with Nasdaq rules, our stock has traded under the symbol “BLTIE.” The following table sets forth the high and low closing sale prices of our common stock as reported by the NASDAQ National Market for each quarter of 2004 and 2003:

 

     High

   Low

Fiscal Year Ended December 31, 2004

             

First Quarter

   $ 21.29    $ 15.14

Second Quarter

     18.79      11.39

Third Quarter

     13.21      8.02

Fourth Quarter

     11.94      5.98

Fiscal Year Ended December 31, 2003

             

First Quarter

   $ 8.29    $ 5.30

Second Quarter

     14.78      8.18

Third Quarter

     14.93      10.50

Fourth Quarter

     17.60      11.45

 

As of May 31, 2005, the total number of record holders of our common stock was approximately 275. Based on information provided by our transfer agent and registrar, we believe that there are approximately 13,000 beneficial owners of our common stock.

 

In July 2004, we announced that our Board of Directors authorized a 1.25 million share repurchase program. On August 9, 2004, we announced that our Board of Directors authorized the repurchase of an additional 750,000 shares of our common stock, increasing the total share repurchase program to 2.0 million shares of our common stock. During 2004, we repurchased approximately 1,964,000 shares at an average price of $8.35 per share.

 

In the fourth quarter of 2004, we repurchased 438,500 shares in open-market transactions. Below is a summary of the repurchase activity:

 

Period


   Total
Number
of Shares
Purchased


   Average Price
Paid per
Share


   Total Number of
Shares Purchased
as Part of Publicly
Announced Plans
or Programs


   Maximum Number of
Shares that May Yet
Be Purchased Under
the Plans or
Programs


October 1 – 31, 2004

   247,000    $ 6.60    247,000    228,000

November 1 – 30, 2004

   191,500      6.96    191,500    36,500

 

Dividend Policy

 

In July 2004, the Board of Directors approved a dividend policy to pay a cash dividend of $0.01 per share every other month to the stockholders of record at the time when declared by the Board of Directors. Any future changes in our dividend policy or payments of cash dividends on our common stock will be at the discretion of our Board of Directors and will be dependent upon our financial condition, operating results, capital requirements and other factors that our board deems relevant.

 

20


Table of Contents

Equity Compensation Plan Information

 

Information regarding our equity compensation plans, including both plans approved by security holders and plans not approved by security holders, is contained herein in Part III.

 

Item 6.    Selected Consolidated Financial Data

 

The following selected consolidated financial data should be read in conjunction with our consolidated financial statements and related notes contained elsewhere in this report and in our subsequent reports filed with the SEC, as well as Item 7 titled “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations.”

 

See the Explanatory Note to this Annual Report on Form 10-K and Note 3 to the Consolidated Financial Statements for more detailed information regarding the restatement of our consolidated financial statements for the years ended December 31, 2003 and 2002.

 

The following discussion provides information regarding adjustments made to the previously reported consolidated financial information for the years ended December 31, 2001 and 2000:

 

    Our sales tax liability was overstated as of December 31, 2001 due to inaccurate estimates of sales tax. As a result, we recorded an adjustment to decrease general and administrative expense for the sales tax liability in the amount of $78,000.

 

    Our sales tax liability was understated as of December 31, 2000 due to inaccurate estimates of sales tax. As a result, we recorded an adjustment to increase general and administrative expense in the amount of $18,000.

 

    We were late in filing certain sales tax returns and remitting collected amounts from customers to certain states. As a result, we recorded adjustments to increase general and administrative expense for penalties and interest in accordance with applicable state statues in the amount of $83,000 and $31,000 for the years ended December 31, 2001 and 2000, respectively.

 

21


Table of Contents
     Years Ended December 31,

 
           (Restated)

 
     2004

    2003(1)

   2002

   2001

    2000

 
     (in thousands, except per share data)  

Consolidated Statements of Operations Data:

                                      

Net revenue

   $ 60,651     $ 48,783    $ 27,257    $ 16,546     $ 9,495  

Cost of revenue

     24,642       17,533      10,403      6,938       4,816  
    


 

  

  


 


Gross profit

     36,009       31,250      16,854      9,608       4,679  
    


 

  

  


 


Other income

     32       76      63      79       —    
    


 

  

  


 


Operating expenses:

                                      

Sales and marketing

     23,126       16,800      10,702      7,314       4,211  

General and administrative

     11,506       5,096      3,566      2,016       1,890  

Engineering and development

     3,576       2,505      1,684      1,520       2,288  

Patent infringement legal settlement(2)

     6,446       —        —        —         —    

Impairment of intangible asset(3)

     747       —        —        —         —    
    


 

  

  


 


Total operating expenses

     45,401       24,401      15,952      10,850       8,389  
    


 

  

  


 


(Loss) income from operations

     (9,360 )     6,925      965      (1,163 )     (3,710 )

Non-operating income (loss)

     559       226      86      (123 )     (94 )
    


 

  

  


 


(Loss) income before cumulative effect of change in accounting principle

     (8,801 )     7,151      1,051      (1,286 )     (3,804 )

Cumulative effect of change in accounting principle(4)

     —         —        —        —         (34 )
    


 

  

  


 


(Loss) income before income taxes

     (8,801 )     7,151      1,051      (1,286 )     (3,838 )

Income tax (provision) benefit

     (14,413 )     11,898      —        —         —    
    


 

  

  


 


Net (loss) income as reported

   $ (23,214 )   $ 19,049    $ 1,051    $ (1,286 )   $ (3,838 )
    


 

  

  


 


(Loss) income per share before cumulative effect of change in accounting principle:

                                      

Basic

   $ (1.00 )   $ 0.91    $ 0.05    $ (0.07 )   $ (0.20 )

Diluted

   $ (1.00 )   $ 0.84    $ 0.05    $ (0.07 )   $ (0.20 )

Cumulative effect of change in accounting principle per share:

                                      

Basic

   $ —       $ —      $ —      $ —       $ —    

Diluted

   $ —       $ —      $ —      $ —       $ —    

Net (loss) income per share:

                                      

Basic

   $ (1.00 )   $ 0.91    $ 0.05    $ (0.07 )   $ (0.20 )

Diluted

   $ (1.00 )   $ 0.84    $ 0.05    $ (0.07 )   $ (0.20 )

Shares used in computing net (loss) income per share:

                                      

Basic

     23,181       20,993      19,929      19,510       19,171  

Diluted

     23,181       22,689      21,349      19,510       19,171  

Consolidated Balance Sheet Data:

                                      

Working capital (deficit)

   $ 29,950     $ 10,139    $ 983    $ 167     $ (297 )

Total assets

     58,746       44,636      16,048      8,253       6,822  

Long-term liabilities

     3,623       79      142      205       1,175  

Stockholders’ equity

     33,978       31,238      2,686      611       965  

(1) On May 21, 2003, we acquired the American Dental Laser product line and related dental laser assets of American Medical Technologies, Inc. for approximately $5.8 million. Refer to Note 7 in the notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements.
(2) Refer to Note 10 in the notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements.
(3) Refer to Note 6 in the notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements.
(4) The cumulative effect of change in accounting principle was attributable to the adoption of Staff Accounting Bulletin No. 101.

 

22


Table of Contents

Item 7.    Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations

 

The following discussion of our results of operations and financial condition should be read together with the consolidated financial statements and the notes to those statements included elsewhere in this report and other information incorporated by reference in this report, if any. This discussion may contain forward-looking statements that involve risks and uncertainties. Our actual results could differ materially from the results anticipated in any forward-looking statements as a result of a variety of factors, including those discussed in “Risk Factors” and elsewhere in this report.

 

Restatement of Financial Statements

 

The following discussion and analysis gives effect to the restatement discussed in the Explanatory Note to this Annual Report on Form 10-K and in Note 3 to our consolidated financial statements. Accordingly, some of the data set forth in this section is not comparable to discussions and data in our previously filed annual reports for the corresponding period.

 

Overview

 

We are the world’s leading dental laser company. We design, manufacture and market proprietary dental laser systems that allow dentists, periodontists, endodontists, oral surgeons and other specialists to perform a broad range of dental procedures, including cosmetic and complex surgical applications. Our systems are designed to provide clinically superior performance for many types of dental procedures, with less pain and faster recovery times than are generally achieved with drills, scalpels and other dental instruments. We have clearance from the U.S. Food and Drug Administration, or FDA, to market our laser systems in the United States and also have the necessary approvals to sell our laser systems in Canada, the European Union and other international markets. We are currently pursuing regulatory approval to market and sell our Waterlase system in Japan. Since 1998, we have sold more than 3,350 Waterlase systems and approximately 4,500 laser systems in over 45 countries.

 

We offer two categories of laser system products: (i) Waterlase system and (ii) Diode system. Our flagship product category, the Waterlase system, uses a patented combination of water and laser to perform most procedures currently performed using dental drills, scalpels and other traditional dental instruments for cutting soft and hard tissue. We also offer a family of Diode laser system products to perform soft tissue and cosmetic procedures, including tooth whitening.

 

Waterlase system .    We refer to our patented interaction of water with laser as YSGG Laser HydroPhotonics. YSGG is a shortened abbreviation referring to the unique crystal (Er, Cr: YSGG) laser used in the Waterlase, which contains the elements erbium, chromium, yttrium, scandium, gallium and garnet. This unique crystal laser produces energy with specific absorption and tissue interaction characteristics optimized for dental applications. HydroPhotonics refers to the interaction of laser with water to produce energy to cut tissue. Through YSGG Laser HydroPhotonics, the Waterlase system can precisely cut hard tissue, such as bone and teeth, and soft tissue, such as gums, with minimal or no damage to surrounding tissue. The Waterlase system is the best selling dental laser system, and we estimate it currently accounts for a majority of all dental lasers sold worldwide.

 

Diode system.     We also offer a family of Diode system products, which use a semiconductor diode laser to perform soft tissue and cosmetic procedures, including tooth whitening. Our Diode system serves the growing markets for cosmetic and hygiene procedures.

 

The Diode system, together with our Waterlase system, offer practitioners a broad product line with a range of features and price points. We also manufacture and sell accessories and consumables for our laser systems, such as hand pieces, laser tips and tooth whitening gel. The Waterlase system comprised 84%, 83% and 77% of our total revenue for the years ended December 31, 2004, 2003 and 2002 respectively. The Diode system comprised 11%, 12% and 18% of our total revenue for the same periods.

 

23


Table of Contents

Principal Factors Considered by Our Management

 

Among other things, in managing our business, our management is particularly focused on the following factors and considerations:

 

    the need to ensure that our products are designed to meet existing and anticipated customer needs

 

    the need to continuously extend our reach of technology

 

    the need to leverage our intellectual property to expand our end market applications

 

Critical Accounting Policies

 

Our discussion and analysis of our financial condition and results of operations are based upon our consolidated financial statements, which have been prepared in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States. The preparation of these financial statements requires us to make estimates and judgments that affect the reported amount of assets and liabilities and disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the financial statements and the reported amount of revenues and expenses for each period.

 

The following represents a summary of our critical accounting policies, defined as those policies that we believe are: (i) the most important to the portrayal of our financial condition and results of operations, and (ii) that require our most difficult, subjective or complex judgments, often as a result of the need to make estimates about the effects of matters that are inherently uncertain.

 

Revenue recognition.     We sell products domestically to customers through our direct sales force, and internationally through a direct sales force and through distributors. We recognize revenue in accordance with SEC Staff Accounting Bulletin No. 104, “Revenue Recognition,” which requires that four basic criteria must be met before revenue can be recognized: (1) persuasive evidence of an arrangement exists; (2) delivery has occurred and title and the risks and rewards of ownership have been transferred to our customer or services have been rendered; (3) the price is fixed or determinable; and (4) collectibility is reasonably assured.

 

Through August 2003, the terms of our purchase orders for products sold domestically required payment in full before title was transferred. Accordingly, with all other criteria being met, we recognized revenue when payment was received. For products sold internationally through our direct sales force we recognized revenue when all other criteria was met and we completed installation, which was when the customer became obligated to pay. In August 2003, we modified the sales arrangements with our customers so that title transfers to the customer upon shipment for domestic sales, and there is an enforceable obligation to pay upon shipment for international direct sales. Beginning in August 2003, we have been recording revenue for domestic sales and international direct sales upon shipment. As a result, during 2003 we recorded $19.9 million in revenue before the modification to our sales arrangements and $21.8 million (restated) in revenue after the modification to our sales arrangements. We recognize revenue for products sold through our distributors internationally when the product is delivered. Revenue unaffected by the changes in our customer agreements with distributors was $7.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2003.

 

We adopted EITF 00-21, “Accounting for Revenue Arrangements with Multiple Deliverables,” on July 1, 2003, which requires us to evaluate whether the separate deliverables in our arrangements can be unbundled. We determined that the sales of our Waterlase system include separate deliverables consisting of the product, disposables used with the Waterlase, installation and training. For these sales, we apply the residual value method, which requires us to allocate the total arrangement consideration less the fair value of the undelivered elements to the delivered elements. We determined that the sales of our Diode system include separate deliverables consisting of the product, disposables and training. For these sales, we apply the relative fair value method, which requires us to allocate the total arrangement consideration to the relative fair value of each element. Deferred revenue attributable to the undelivered elements, primarily training, installation and

 

24


Table of Contents

disposables, are included in deferred revenue when the product is shipped and are recognized when the related items are delivered or the service is performed.

 

The key judgment related to our revenue recognition relates to the collectibility of payment from the customer. We evaluate the customer’s credit worthiness prior to the shipment of the product. Based on our assessment of the credit information available to us, we may determine the credit risk is higher than normally acceptable, and we will either decline the purchase or defer the revenue until payment is reasonably assured.

 

Although all sales are final, we accept returns of products in certain, limited circumstances and record a provision for sales returns based on historical experience concurrent with the recognition of revenue. The sales returns allowance is recorded as a reduction of accounts receivable, revenue and cost of revenue.

 

We recognize revenue for royalties under licensing agreements for our patented technology when the product using our technology is sold. We estimate and recognize the amount earned based on historical performance and current knowledge about the business operations of our licensees. Our estimates have been historically consistent with amounts reported by the licensees.

 

Valuation of Accounts Receivable.     We maintain an allowance for uncollectible accounts receivable to estimate the risk of extending credit to customers. We evaluate our allowance for doubtful accounts based upon our knowledge of customers and their compliance with credit terms. The evaluation process includes a review of customers’ accounts on a regular basis which incorporates input from sales, service and finance personnel. The review process evaluates all account balances with amounts outstanding 60 days and other specific amounts for which information obtained indicates that the balance may be uncollectible. The allowance for doubtful accounts is adjusted based on such evaluation, with a corresponding provision included in general and administrative expenses. Account balances are charged off against the allowance when we feel it is probable the receivable will not be recovered. We do not have any off-balance-sheet credit exposure related to our customers.

 

Valuation of Inventory.     Inventory is valued at the lower of cost (determined using the first-in, first-out method) or market. We periodically evaluate the carrying value of inventory and maintain an allowance for excess and obsolete inventory to adjust the carrying value as necessary to the lower of cost or market. We evaluate quantities on hand, physical condition and technical functionality, as these characteristics may be impacted by anticipated customer demand for current products and new product introductions. Unfavorable changes in estimates of excess and obsolete inventory would result in an increase in cost of revenue and a decrease in gross profit.

 

Valuation of Long-Lived Assets.     Property, plant and equipment, and certain intangibles with finite lives are amortized over their useful lives. Useful lives are based on our estimate of the period that the assets will generate revenue or otherwise productively support our business goals. We monitor events and changes in circumstances, which could indicate that the carrying balances of long-lived assets may exceed the undiscounted expected future cash flows from those assets. If such a condition were to exist, we will recognize an impairment loss based on the excess of the carrying amount over the fair value of the assets.

 

Valuation of Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets.     Goodwill and other intangible assets with indefinite lives are not amortized but are tested for impairment annually or whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the asset might be impaired. We conducted our annual impairment analysis of our goodwill and trade names as of June 30, 2004 and concluded there had not been an impairment. During the fourth quarter of 2004, we changed our strategy to focus our sales efforts on high-end laser products such as the new Waterlase MD product, which was first sold during the fourth quarter of 2004. This conclusion was due to the increased competition for relatively low-priced laser devices. As a result, the actual sales of Diolase Plus were below our original expectations and we expect this trend to continue. We estimated the fair value of the Diolase Plus trade name based on a relief from royalty approach using discounted cash flows from revised projected Diolase Plus revenue. The $747,000 excess of the carrying value over the asset’s estimated fair value has been recorded as a charge to operations in the fourth quarter of 2004.

 

25


Table of Contents

Warranty Cost.     Products sold directly to end users are covered by a warranty against defects in material and workmanship for a period of one year. Products sold internationally to distributors are covered by a warranty on parts for up to fourteen months. Estimated warranty expenses are recorded as an accrued liability, with a corresponding provision to cost of revenue. This estimate is recognized concurrent with the recognition of revenue. The accrual is based on our historical experience and our expectation of future conditions. An increase in warranty claims or in the costs associated with servicing those claims would result in an increase in the accrual and a decrease in gross profit.

 

Litigation and Other Contingencies.     We regularly evaluate our exposure to threatened or pending litigation and other business contingencies. Because of the uncertainties related to the amount of loss from litigation and other business contingencies, the recording of losses relating to such exposures requires significant judgment about the potential range of outcomes. As additional information about current or future litigation or other contingencies becomes available, we will assess whether such information warrants the recording of expense relating to contingencies. To be recorded as expense, a loss contingency must be both probable and reasonably estimable. If a loss contingency is material but is not both probable and estimable, we will disclose the matter in the notes to the financial statements. During the year ended December 31, 2004, we recorded a $6.4 million charge to operations for a patent infringement legal settlement related to the lawsuit between us and Diodem LLC.

 

Income Taxes.     We estimate our actual current tax expense together with assessing any temporary differences resulting from the different treatment of certain items, such as the timing for recognizing revenue and expenses, for tax and financial reporting purposes. These differences may result in deferred tax assets and liabilities, which are included in our consolidated balance sheet. We are required to assess the likelihood that our deferred tax assets, which include net operating loss carryforwards and temporary differences that are expected to be deductible in future years, will be recoverable from future taxable income or tax planning strategies. If we conclude that our deferred tax assets are more likely than not to be realized (a probability level of more than 50%), a valuation allowance is not recorded.

 

During the year ended December 31, 2004, we determined that it was more likely than not that our deferred tax assets, which consist primarily of net operating loss, or NOL, carryforwards, would not be realized. In this determination, we considered factors such as our earnings history, future projections and tax planning strategies. If sufficient evidence of our ability to generate sufficient future taxable income in certain jurisdictions becomes apparent, we may reduce our valuation allowance, resulting in income tax benefits in our statement of operations and in additional paid-in-capital. Management evaluates the potential realization of our deferred tax assets and assesses the need for releasing the valuation allowance periodically.

 

26


Table of Contents

Results of Operations

 

The following table sets forth certain data from our consolidated income statements for the years ended December 31, 2004, 2003 and 2002, expressed as a percentage of revenue:

 

     Years Ended December 31,

 
           (Restated)

 
     2004

    2003

    2002

 

Consolidated Statements of Operations Data:

                  

Net revenue

   100.0 %   100.0 %   100.0 %

Cost of revenue

   40.6     35.9     38.2  
    

 

 

Gross profit

   59.4     64.1     61.8  
    

 

 

Other income

   0.1     0.1     0.2  
    

 

 

Operating expenses:

                  

Sales and marketing

   38.2     34.4     39.2  

General and administrative

   19.0     10.5     13.0  

Engineering and development

   5.9     5.1     6.2  

Patent infringement legal settlement

   10.6     —       —    

Impairment of intangible asset

   1.2     —       —    
    

 

 

Total operating expenses

   74.9     50.0     58.4  
    

 

 

(Loss) income from operations

   (15.4 )   14.2     3.6  

Non-operating income

   0.9     0.5     0.3  
    

 

 

(Loss) income before income taxes

   (14.5 )   14.7     3.9  

Income tax (provision) benefit

   (23.8 )   24.4     —    
    

 

 

Net (loss) income

   (38.3 )%   39.1 %   3.9 %
    

 

 

 

Net Revenue.     Revenue consists of sales of our laser systems, related disposables and accessories, service revenue, training revenue and royalty revenue. We have at various times experienced fluctuations in revenue due to seasonality. In our experience, revenue in the first quarter typically is lower than average, and revenue in the fourth quarter typically is higher than average, due to the buying patterns of dental professionals. The fourth quarter of 2004 accounted for 32% of our revenue for the year, whereas the first quarter of 2004 accounted for 24% of revenue for the year. The third quarter accounted for 20% of our revenue in 2004, whereas the second quarter accounted for 24% of our revenue in 2004. During 2004, our third quarter was significantly impacted by two items. We believe that many customers delayed purchasing decisions pending the anticipated launching of our new Waterlase product, the Waterlase MD. In addition, some of our U.S. trade shows and seminars were impacted in the southeast by the region’s major hurricanes. Trade shows and seminars are a significant sales-generating process for us. Our historical seasonality pattern is a recurring trend that we expect to continue. Since many of our costs are fixed in the short term, if we have a shortfall in revenue resulting from a change in our historical seasonality pattern, or otherwise, we may be unable to reduce expenses quickly enough to avoid losses.

 

Many dentists finance their purchases through third-party leasing companies or banks. In these transactions, the dentist first enters into a purchase order with us. We then enter into a purchase order with the leasing company, which purchases the product from us, and the dentist enters into a lease agreement with the leasing company. We receive payment in full for the product by the leasing company, and we are not a party to the lease with the dentist. The dentist pays the leasing company or bank in installments, and we do not bear the credit risk that the dentist might not make payments. The leasing companies and banks do not have recourse to us for a dentist’s failure to make payments, nor do we have any obligation to take back the product at the end of the lease. Approximately 28% of our revenue in 2004, 34% of our revenue in 2003, and 36% of our revenue in 2002 were generated from dentists who financed their purchase through National Technology Leasing Corporation, an

 

27


Table of Contents

equipment leasing broker. We are regularly approached by leasing companies seeking to finance purchases of our products and do not believe the loss of National Technology Leasing or any other current financing source would materially harm our business.

 

Cost of Revenue.     Cost of revenue is comprised of all costs to manufacture our products, including materials, labor and related overhead costs such as depreciation, warranty and service costs.

 

Other Income, Net.     Other income consists of gain (loss) on sale of assets. The gain on sale of assets primarily related to the sale and leaseback of our manufacturing facility in San Clemente, California in March 2001. This sale resulted in a gain of $316,000 and is being recognized over the remaining term of the lease, which expires in 2006. Other income in 2004 and 2003 included the amortization of deferred gain offset by a gain (loss) on the sale of certain fixed assets.

 

Sales and Marketing.     Sales and marketing expenses consist of salaries and benefits, commissions, and other costs related to our direct sales force, advertising costs and expenses related to trade shows and seminars.

 

General and Administrative.     General and administrative expenses consist of salaries and benefits of administrative personnel as well as insurance, professional and regulatory fees, provisions for doubtful accounts, penalties and interest on amounts collected from customers but not timely remitted to the states, and subsequent gain for the amount of the liability relieved by the state.

 

Engineering and Development.     Engineering and development expenses consist of engineering personnel salaries and benefits, prototype supplies, contract services and consulting fees related to product development.

 

Patent Infringement Legal Settlement.     In January 2005, we acquired the intellectual property portfolio of Diodem LLC (“Diodem”), consisting of certain U.S. and international patents of which four were asserted against us, and settled the existing litigation between us and Diodem, for consideration of $3.0 million in cash, 361,664 shares of common stock, and a five-year warrant exercisable into 81,037 shares of common stock at an exercise price of $11.06 per share. In addition, if certain criteria specified in the purchase agreement are satisfied on or before July 2006, 45,208 additional shares we have placed in escrow may be released to Diodem and we will incur an expense equal to the fair market value of those shares at the time of their release. These escrowed shares had a fair market value of $500,000 at the time of the Binding Letter of Intent. The total consideration was estimated to have a value of $7.0 million, excluding the value of the shares held in escrow. As of December 31, 2004, we accrued $6.4 million for the settlement of the existing litigation. In January 2005, we recorded an intangible asset of $530,000 representing the estimated fair value of the intellectual property acquired. As a result of the acquisition, Diodem immediately withdrew its patent infringement claims against us and the case was formally dismissed on May 31, 2005. We did not pay and have no obligation to pay any royalties to Diodem on past or future sales of our products.

 

Impairment of Intangible Asset .    During 2004, we determined that our intangible assets associated with trade names were impaired based on circumstances that arose in the fourth quarter surrounding future expected sales of our Diolase product. The underlying factors contributing to our revised estimate included a reduced projected rate of sales growth for this product as a result of increased competition for relatively low-priced laser devices resulting in management’s decision to focus our sales efforts on high-end laser products such as the new Waterlase MD product launched in the fourth quarter of 2004. An expense of $747,000 was recorded related to this impairment.

 

Non-Operating Income (Loss).     Non-operating income (loss) consists of interest income and expense, foreign currency gains and losses and items not directly related to our operations. Interest income relates to interest earned on our cash balances and short-term investments, and interest expense relates to interest costs on our line of credit. We generate a substantial portion of our revenue from the sale of products outside the United States. Our sales in Europe are denominated principally in Euros, and our sales in other international markets are denominated in dollars. As we do not engage in hedging transactions to offset foreign currency fluctuations, we

 

28


Table of Contents

are at risk for changes in the value of the dollar relative to the value of the Euro. An increase in the relative value of the dollar would lead to less income from sales denominated in Euros unless we increase prices, which may not be possible due to competitive conditions in Europe. Conversely, a decrease in the relative value of the dollar would lead to more income from sales denominated in Euros. Additionally, we are obligated to pay expenses relating to our German facility in Euros. Thus, we are also at risk for changes in the value of the dollar relative to the Euro with respect to our obligation to pay expenses relating to our operations in Germany. An increase in the value of the dollar relative to the Euro would reduce the expenses associated with the operations of our German facility, whereas a decrease in the relative value of the dollar would increase the cost associated with the operations of our German facility.

 

Income Taxes.     We estimate our actual current tax expense together with assessing any temporary differences resulting from the different treatment of certain items, such as the timing for recognizing revenue and expenses, for tax and financial reporting purposes. These differences may result in deferred tax assets and liabilities, which are included in our consolidated balance sheet. We are required to assess the likelihood that our deferred tax assets, which include net operating loss carryforwards and temporary differences that are expected to be deductible in future years, will be recoverable from future taxable income or tax planning strategies. If we conclude that our deferred tax assets are more likely than not to be realized (a probability level of more than 50%), a valuation allowance is not recorded.

 

Based upon our operating losses during 2004 and the available evidence, management determined that it is more likely than not that the deferred tax assets as of December 31, 2004 will not be realized. Consequently, we recorded a valuation allowance for our net deferred tax asset in the amount of $21.1 million as of December 31, 2004. In this determination, we considered factors such as our earnings history, future projected earnings and tax planning strategies. If sufficient evidence of our ability to generate sufficient future taxable income becomes apparent, we may reduce our valuation allowance, resulting in income tax benefits in our statement of operations and in additional paid-in-capital. Management evaluates the potential realization of our deferred tax assets and assesses the need for reducing the valuation allowance periodically.

 

During the year ended December 31, 2003, we determined that it was more likely than not that our deferred tax assets, which consist primarily of NOL carryforwards, would be realized, resulting in an $11.9 million net deferred tax benefit. This deferred tax benefit does not include $2.2 million for stock option deduction benefits recorded as a credit to additional paid-in-capital. We considered factors such as our profitable operating history, three years of cumulative income and projections of continued profitability at that time in making this determination.

 

The utilization of NOL and credit carryforwards may be limited under the provisions of Internal Revenue Code Section 382 and similar state provisions. Section 382 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986 generally imposes an annual limitation on the amount of NOL carryforwards that may be used to offset taxable income where a corporation has undergone significant changes in its stock ownership. In October 2003, we completed an analysis to determine the potential applicability of any annual limitations imposed by Section 382. Based on our analysis, we believe that, as of December 31, 2004, we have, for federal income tax purposes, approximately $39.0 million of NOL carryforwards. Of this amount, approximately $34.5 million is available to offset 2005 federal taxable income and the taxable income generated in future years. Additional NOL carryforwards will become available at the rate of approximately $1.0 million per year for the years 2005 through 2009. However, any future ownership changes qualifying under Section 382 may limit our ability to use remaining NOL carryforwards.

 

Year Ended December 31, 2004 Compared With Year Ended December 31, 2003 (Restated)

 

Net Revenue.     Revenue for the year ended December 31, 2004 was $60.7 million, an increase of $11.9 million, or 24%, as compared with revenue of $48.8 million for the year ended December 31, 2003. The increase of $11.9 million consists of increases in the number of products and services sold as a result of a greater

 

29


Table of Contents

marketing and sales focus. However, the rate of increase in revenue growth year over year represents a decrease from the recent historical trend. This decrease in the historical rate of growth was first observed in the second quarter of 2004 and has continued through the fourth quarter of 2004. While we have identified during the year a number of factors that could have influenced the change in the rate of growth, at this point in time we believe that the change is not an aberration but rather a shift in our growth rate. We believe this shift involves the makeup of our end customer, whereby we are in a transition from selling to “innovators” to a larger more sustainable “early adapter” market segment. This market segment is typically associated with a longer selling cycle. The size of the potential market, our position within that market and the quality and reliability of our product offerings are fundamentally unchanged; however, the change in the rate of growth has caused us to examine our sales and marketing strategies. Although we do not expect our revenue growth to reach previous historical rates that were in excess of 50%, we do expect modest revenue growth in 2005.

 

The results for 2003 were favorably impacted due to a change in the timing of revenue recognition. In August 2003, we modified our sales arrangements with our customers and began recognizing revenue upon shipment for our domestic sales, or on an accrual basis, which had previously been recognized upon receipt of payment in full, or on a cash basis. Additionally, we began to recognize revenue upon shipment for our international direct sales, which had previously been recognized after completion of installation. As a result, during 2003 we recorded $19.9 million in revenue under the revenue recognition policy in effect before the modification to our sales arrangements and $21.8 million in revenue under our revenue recognition policy in effect after the modification to our sales arrangements. Net revenues unaffected by the changes in our revenue recognition policy were $7.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2003.

 

Our Waterlase system comprised 84% and 83% of our total revenue for the years ended December 31, 2004 and 2003, respectively. Our Diolase system comprised 11% and 12% of our revenue for the years ended December 31, 2004 and 2003, respectively. We expect the Waterlase system will continue to account for the majority of our sales.

 

Many dentists finance their purchases through third party leasing companies. Approximately 28% of our revenue for the year ended December 31, 2004 and 34% of our revenue for the year ended December 31, 2003 were generated from dentists who financed their purchases through National Technology Leasing Corporation, an independent equipment leasing company. The recent history of low interest rates over the past several years may have benefited purchasers of our products by reducing the interest expense to finance the purchase or lease of our products, although we do not believe it is possible to measure the effect of lower interest rates on our sales.

 

International revenue for the year ended December 31, 2004 was $11.5 million, or 19% of revenue, as compared with $9.8 million, or 20% of revenue, for the year ended December 31, 2003. Sales to Asia, Latin America, Pacific Rim countries and Australia were approximately $4.9 million while sales to Europe, Middle East and Africa (EMEA) were approximately $6.6 million for the year ended December 31, 2004 compared to $4.5 million and $5.3 million, respectively, for the year ended December 31, 2003. We expected our international revenue to remain at approximately 20% of our total revenue for 2005.

 

Gross Profit .    Gross profit for the year ended December 31, 2004 was $36.0 million, or 59% of revenue, an increase of $4.7 million, as compared with gross profit of $31.3 million, or 64% of revenue for the year ended December 31, 2003. Gross profit for the year ended December 31, 2003 included $12.3 million of gross profit for domestic sales recognized on a cash basis and $13.4 million recognized on an accrual basis. Gross profit for the year ended December 31, 2003 included $1.1 million recognized for international direct sales upon completion of installation and $1.1 million recognized upon shipment. The decrease in gross profit as a percentage of revenue was due to an increase in manufacturing costs related to the launch of the new Waterlase MD product in the fourth quarter of 2004 as well to an increase in fixed manufacturing infrastructure, including quality control, materials management and other support activities. We are generating a lower gross margin on the initial production quantities of the Waterlase MD due to these factors. We expect that increased manufacturing costs associated with the new Waterlase MD will continue until our factory has achieved a proper balance between all

 

30


Table of Contents

products and throughput efficiency is maximized. We also experienced an increase in excess and obsolete inventory of $441,000 associated with slow-moving raw materials, which decreased our gross margin approximately 1%. Additionally, included in cost of revenue is $1.9 million and $0 of expenses for the years ended December 31, 2004 and 2003, respectively, for training and WCLI seminars related to our multiple element arrangements, which decreased our gross margin by approximately 2%. Once maximization of efficiency is achieved, we expect that our gross margins will stabilize in the low to mid 60% range.

 

Other Income, Net .    Other income consists of gain on sale of assets. The gain on sale of assets for the years ended December 31, 2004 and 2003 of $63,000 each year related to the sale and leaseback of our manufacturing facility in San Clemente, California in March 2001. This sale resulted in a gain of $316,000 and is being recognized over the remaining term of the lease, which expires in 2006. Other income in 2004 included the amortization of deferred gain of $63,000 offset by a loss of $31,000 on the sale of certain fixed assets. Other income in 2003 included the amortization of deferred gain of $63,000 plus a gain of $13,000 on the sale of certain fixed assets.

 

Operating Expenses .    Operating expenses for the year ended December 31, 2004 were $45.4 million, or 75% of revenue, a $21.0 million increase as compared with $24.4 million, or 50% of revenue for the year ended December 31, 2003. The increases in operating expenses were, for the most part, related to planned marketing expenses geared to an expected higher level of sales and general and administrative expenses driven mainly by high levels of legal and compliance costs as described below. Other increases in operating expenses represent increases in fixed organizational infrastructure costs necessary to support our growth. We expect to be able to leverage the fixed nature of these costs as our revenue increases.

 

Sales and Marketing .    Sales and marketing expenses for the year ended December 31, 2004 were $23.1 million, or 38% of revenue, as compared with $16.8 million, or 34% of revenue, for the year ended December 31, 2003. Approximately $3.7 million of the increase was due to personnel related costs, including commission expense on higher sales, increase in our sales force and related travel and support costs. Marketing expense, including advertising, direct mailing fees, trade shows and seminars increased approximately $2.6 million, of which approximately half related to the launch of our new Waterlase MD product. We expect our sales and marketing expenses to continue to increase, in large part due to increases in expenses associated with education and training of potential customers which is an essential component of our effort to increase market acceptance of laser technology and our products. We expect sales and marketing expense to remain relatively consistent as a percentage of revenue in 2005.

 

General and Administrative .    General and administrative expenses for the year ended December 31, 2004 were $11.5 million, or 19% of revenue, as compared with $5.1 million, or 10% of revenue, for the year ended December 31, 2003. Legal fees, related principally to the Diodem litigation, totaled $4.3 million, an increase of $3.4 million from the prior year. Costs related to compliance with the Sarbanes-Oxley Act, including professional expenses as well as temporary labor, were approximately $1.3 million, the majority of which were expended in the last six months of 2004. Other personnel and related costs increased approximately $848,000, representing increased infrastructure in finance, information technology, human resources and administration both in response to our growth as well as to meet the ongoing compliance standards related to the Sarbanes- Oxley Act. We expect professional fee expense to continue in response to maintenance and improvements of internal controls under the Sarbanes-Oxley Act, albeit at a lesser amount than 2004. Additionally, our general and administrative expense for the year ended December 31, 2004, included amounts accrued for sales tax liability and related penalties and interest totaling $269,000 compared to $375,000 for the same period of 2003. In 2004, we also recognized a gain of $372,000 for the abatement of certain penalties and interest related to the sales tax compared to $17,000 for the same period of 2003. Costs associated with general liability insurance, employee group insurance and workers compensation insurance increased by approximately $618,000 in 2004 as compared to 2003. We expect these insurance costs to continue to increase significantly as a function of our growth and insurance market conditions in general. We recorded a reserve for uncollectible accounts totaling $354,000 in 2004, an increase of $106,000 compared to 2003. Bank charges relating to credit card sales increased by

 

31


Table of Contents

$124,000 as compared to 2003 and will likely continue to grow commensurate with our sales growth. Overall, general and administrative costs are expected to decrease as a percentage of revenue primarily through reduced legal related expenses as a result of the conclusion of our patent litigation with Diodem.

 

Engineering and Development .    Engineering and development expenses for the year ended December 31, 2004 were $3.6 million, or 6% of revenue, as compared with $2.5 million, or 5% of revenue, for the year ended December 31, 2003. Approximately half of the increase in absolute dollars is due to materials and consulting fees related to the development of the Waterlase MD product, with the balance resulting from an increase in the level of research projects and patent development. We expect engineering and development expenses to increase during 2005 as we develop new applications for our technology and expand on the usage of recently acquired patents.

 

Patent Infringement Legal Settlement .     In January 2005, we acquired the intellectual property portfolio of Diodem LLC (“Diodem”), consisting of certain U.S. and international patents of which four were asserted against us, and settled the existing litigation between us and Diodem, for consideration of $3.0 million in cash, 361,664 shares of common stock, and a five-year warrant exercisable into 81,037 shares of common stock at an exercise price of $11.06 per share. In addition, if certain criteria specified in the purchase agreement are satisfied on or before July 2006, 45,208 additional shares we have placed in escrow may be released to Diodem and we will incur an expense equal to the fair market value of those shares at the time of their release. These escrowed shares had a fair market value of $500,000 at the time of the Binding Letter of Intent. The total consideration was estimated to have a value of $7.0 million, excluding the value of the shares held in escrow. As of December 31, 2004, we accrued $6.4 million for the settlement of the existing litigation. In January 2005, we recorded an intangible asset of $530,000 representing the estimated fair value of the intellectual property acquired. As a result of the acquisition, Diodem immediately withdrew its patent infringement claims against us and the case was formally dismissed on May 31, 2005. We did not pay and have no obligation to pay any royalties to Diodem on past or future sales of our products.

 

Impairment of Intangible Asset .    During 2004, we determined that our intangible assets associated with certain trade names were impaired based on circumstances that arose in the fourth quarter surrounding future expected sales of our Diolase product. The underlying factors contributing to our revised estimate included a reduced projected rate of sales growth for this product as a result of increased competition for relatively low-priced laser devices resulting in management’s decision to focus our sales efforts on high-end laser products such as the new Waterlase MD product launched in the fourth quarter of 2004. An expense of $747,000 was recorded related to this impairment.

 

Non-Operating Income (Loss)

 

Gain on Foreign Currency Transactions .    We realized an $86,000 gain on foreign currency transactions for the year ended December 31, 2004, compared to $232,000 for the year ended December 31, 2003 due to the changes in exchange rates between the United States dollar and Euro. Due to the relatively low volume of transactions denominated in currencies other than the U.S. dollar, we have not engaged in hedging transactions to offset foreign currency fluctuations. Therefore, we are at risk for changes in the value of the dollar relative to the value of the Euro, which is the only non-U.S. dollar denominated currency in which we have transacted business.

 

Gain on Sale of Marketable Securities.     Our investments are comprised of U.S. government securities and have been classified as available-for-sale. We realized a $91,000 gain on sale of marketable securities for the year ended December 31, 2004, compared to $0.0 for the year ended December 31, 2003. As a result of the $41.9 million in net proceeds received from our public offering in the first quarter of 2004, we engaged in investment transactions throughout 2004.

 

Interest Income .    Interest income relates to interest earned on our cash and investment balances. Interest income for the year ended December 31, 2004 was $470,000 as compared with $27,000 for the year ended December 31, 2003 due to an increase in our investment balances resulting from our public offering in the first quarter of 2004.

 

32


Table of Contents

Interest Expense .    Interest expense for the year ended December 31, 2004 was $88,000 as compared to $55,000 for the year ended December 31, 2003. Interest expense in 2004 consisted of interest on our outstanding balance on our line of credit, standby fees relating to our increased borrowing capacity under the line of credit, and the periodic use of the line during the year.

 

Income Taxes .    An income tax provision of $14.4 million was recognized for the year ended December 31, 2004. A significant component of this income tax provision was the recording of the $21.1 million valuation allowance against our deferred tax assets. For the year ended December 31, 2003, we recognized an income tax benefit of $11.9 million and a credit of $2.2 million to additional paid-in capital. The income tax benefit for the year ended December 31, 2003 was due to the reduction of the valuation allowance in the amount of $16.2 million. The credit to additional paid in capital was the result of a stock option deduction available to us in 2003 and prior year deductions included in the deferred tax assets which were previously offset by the valuation allowance. In assessing the realizability of deferred tax assets, management considers whether it is more likely than not that some portion or all of the deferred tax assets will not be realized. The realization of deferred tax assets is dependent upon the generation of future taxable income during the periods in which those temporary differences become deductible. Management considers the projected future taxable income and tax planning strategies in making this assessment. Based upon our operating losses and the weight of the available evidence, management believes it is more likely than not that we will not realize all of these deductible differences. As of December 31, 2004, we had net operating loss carryforwards for federal and state purposes of approximately $39.0 million and $11.3 million, respectively, which will begin expiring in 2005. As of December 31, 2004, we had research and development credit carryforwards for federal and state purposes of approximately $558,000 and $250,000, respectively, which will begin expiring in 2011 for federal purposes and carryforward indefinitely for state purposes. The utilization of net operating loss and credit carryforwards may be limited under the provisions of Internal Revenue Code Section 382 and similar state provisions.

 

Year Ended December 31, 2003 (Restated) Compared With Year Ended December 31, 2002 (Restated)

 

Net Revenue.     Revenue for the year ended December 31, 2003 was $48.8 million, an increase of $21.5 million, or 79%, as compared with revenue of $27.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2002. Approximately $16.2 million of the increase resulted from a 59% increase in sales of products and services and the balance was due to a change in the timing of revenue recognition described below.

 

In August 2003, we modified our sales arrangements with our customers and began recognizing revenue upon shipment for our domestic sales, or on an accrual basis, which had previously been recognized upon receipt of payment in full, or on a cash basis. Additionally, we began to recognize revenue upon shipment for our international direct sales, which had previously been recognized after completion of installation. As a result of the change in our revenue recognition policy during the third quarter of 2003, our revenue is not directly comparable to the year ended December 31, 2002. During the year ended December 31, 2002 domestic sales were recognized on a cash basis and international direct sales were recognized after completion of installation.

 

Revenue during the year ended December 31, 2003 included $18.3 million of revenue for domestic sales recognized on a cash basis and $20.1 million recognized on an accrual basis. Revenue during the year ended December 31, 2003 included $1.6 million recognized for international direct sales upon completion of installation and $1.7 million recognized upon shipment. As of December 31, 2003 our balance sheet reflects approximately $144,000 that has been deferred on product shipments for which payment has not been received in full for domestic sales and where installation has not been completed for international direct sales. We cannot provide any assurance as to the timing or whether the deferred revenue will ultimately be collected, or when or whether installations will be completed. Other than the possible recognition of this deferred revenue balance, the positive impact to revenue for the year ended December 31, 2003 that resulted from the change in our revenue recognition policy will not occur in future periods.

 

The Waterlase and LaserSmile systems accounted for approximately 83% and 12% of our revenue for the year ended December 31, 2003, respectively.

 

33


Table of Contents

Many dentists finance their purchases through third party leasing companies. Approximately 34% of our revenue for the year ended December 31, 2003 and 36% of our revenue for the year ended December 31, 2002 were generated from dentists who financed their purchases through National Technology Leasing Corporation, an independent equipment leasing company. The decline in interest rates between 2003 and 2002 may have benefited purchasers of our products by reducing the interest expense to finance the purchase or lease of our products, although we do not believe it is possible to measure the effect of lower interest rates on our sales.

 

International revenue for the year ended December 31, 2003 was $9.8 million, or 20% of revenue, as compared with $6.2 million, or 23% of revenue, for the year ended December 31, 2002. Revenue to Asia and Europe was $4.5 million and $5.3 million, respectively, for the year ended December 31, 2003 compared to $3.3 million and $2.9 million, respectively, for the year ended December 31, 2002. We had expected international revenue to grow as a percentage of total revenue in 2003 and in the future. Although international revenue grew 58% year over year, in line with our overall expectations for total revenue, domestic revenue growth was stronger due to higher than expected demand in the United States. During 2003, we invested more resources in international sales and marketing and related infrastructure.

 

Gross Profit .    Gross profit for the year ended December 31, 2003 was $31.3 million, or 64% of revenue, an increase of $14.4 million, as compared with gross profit of $16.9 million, or 62% of revenue for the year ended December 31, 2002. Gross profit for the year ended December 31, 2003 included $12.3 million of gross profit for domestic revenue recognized on a cash basis and $13.4 million recognized on an accrual basis. Gross profit for the year ended December 31, 2003 included $1.1 million recognized for international direct revenue upon completion of installation and $1.1 million recognized upon shipment. The increase in gross profit is attributable to leveraging the increase in revenue against fixed and partially fixed manufacturing costs, reflecting better absorption of fixed manufacturing costs. The increase is also due to the relative increase in domestic revenue as a percentage of total revenue, which generated higher gross margins. The gross margin associated with revenue to international distributors is generally lower as the selling price is lower in order to compensate dealers for the marketing and sales costs they must incur. International revenue increased as a percentage of total revenue from 2001 to 2002 but then decreased as a percentage in 2003. Therefore, while gross margin may continue to increase due to manufacturing efficiencies, relative increases in international revenue compared to domestic revenue may offset the effect of manufacturing efficiencies on gross profit. Revenue of the Diolase and Pulsemaster systems did not have a significant impact on gross profit.

 

Other Income, Net .     Other income consists of gain on sale of assets. The gain on sale of assets for the years ended December 31, 2003 and 2002 of $63,000 each year related to the sale and leaseback of our manufacturing facility in San Clemente, California in March 2001. This sale resulted in a gain of $316,000 and is being recognized over the remaining term of the lease, which expires in 2006. Other income in 2003 included the amortization of deferred gain of $63,000 plus a gain of $13,000 on the sale of certain other assets.

 

Operating Expenses .    Operating expenses for the year ended December 31, 2003 were $24.4 million, or 50% of revenue as compared with $16.0 million, or 58% of revenue for the year ended December 31, 2002. Approximately 72% of the increase, or $6.1 million, consists of sales and marketing costs incurred to generate the increase in revenue.

 

Sales and Marketing .    Sales and marketing expenses for the year ended December 31, 2003 were $16.8 million, or 34% of revenue, as compared with $10.7 million, or 39% of revenue, for the year ended December 31, 2002. Approximately 40% of the increase in absolute dollars was due to the increase in our direct sales force, development of our infrastructure for international sales, and higher commission expense related to the increase in sales, including recognition, of approximately $334,000 in deferred commission expense related to revenue recognized that had been deferred. Marketing expense increased $1.4 million due to increased staff and additional direct marketing activities in Europe. Expenses related to trade shows, seminars and the World Clinical Laser Institute increased approximately $1.0 million due to an expansion in the scope of activities related to those programs. We expect our sales and marketing expenses to continue to increase, in large part due

 

34


Table of Contents

to increases in expenses associated with education and training of potential customers, which is an essential component of our effort to increase market acceptance of laser technology and our products. Overall, sales and marketing expense is expected to decrease slightly as a percentage of revenue, assuming sales continue to grow in line with our expectations. Incremental costs relating to the marketing and sale of the American Dental Laser products have not had and are not expected to have a significant impact on total sales and marketing expense.

 

General and Administrative .    General and administrative expenses for the year ended December 31, 2003 were $5.1 million, or 10% of revenue, as compared with $3.6 million, or 13% of revenue, for the year ended December 31, 2002. Professional expenses accounted for approximately 50% of the dollar increase, including approximately $450,000 in expenses related to the restatement of our consolidated financial statements, fees related to legal proceedings and fees incurred on various consulting projects. We expect professional fee expense to continue to increase as a cost of compliance with new regulatory requirements, such as those generated from the Sarbanes-Oxley Act. Costs associated with general liability coverage, employee group insurance and workers compensation insurance increased by $465,000 in 2003 as compared to 2002. We expect these insurance costs to continue to increase significantly as a function of our growth and insurance market conditions in general. Bank charges relating to credit card sales increased by $140,000 as compared to 2002 and will likely continue to grow commensurate with our sales growth. No significant additional general and administrative expenses have been incurred or are expected from the acquisition and production of the American Dental Laser products except for amortization expense related to certain intangible assets acquired.

 

Engineering and Development .    Engineering and development expenses for the year ended December 31, 2003 were $2.5 million, or 5% of revenue, as compared with $1.7 million, or 6% of revenue, for the year ended December 31, 2002. The increase in absolute dollars was due to materials and consulting fees related to product development and enhancement. The change in engineering and development expenses as a percentage of revenue reflects the larger sales base and normal fluctuations in the scope of current research and development projects.

 

Non-Operating Income (Loss)

 

Gain on Foreign Currency Transactions .    We realized a $232,000 gain on foreign currency transactions for the year ended December 31 2003, compared to $51,000 for the year ended December 31, 2002 due to the changes in exchange rates between the United States dollar and Euro.

 

Gain on Forward Exchange Contracts .    In the years ended December 31, 2003 and 2002, we realized gains of $22,000 and $152,000, respectively, due to the increase in the fair market value of our forward exchange contracts which we purchased in connection with the debt incurred to acquire our facility in Germany. On February 3, 2003, the contracts expired and were not renewed.

 

Interest Income .    Interest income relates to interest earned on our cash balances. Interest income for the year ended December 31, 2003 was $27,000 as compared with $18,000 for the year ended December 31, 2002 due to an increase in our cash balance.

 

Interest Expense .    Interest expense decreased $80,000, or 59%, to $55,000 for the year ended December 31, 2003, as compared with the year ended December 31, 2002 due to a decrease in the effective interest rate on our credit facility. In May 2003, we entered into a $5.0 million credit facility with a bank to replace our existing line of credit. The new line of credit bears interest at LIBOR plus 2.25% as compared with the previous line of LIBOR plus 0.5%. Although the nominal rate on the new facility is higher, the previous facility was burdened by the amortization of the cost of a third-party guaranty.

 

Income Taxes .    An income tax benefit of $11.9 million and a credit of $2.2 million to additional paid in capital was recognized for the year ended December 31, 2003. This was primarily due to the reduction of the valuation allowance in the amount of $16.2 million. The credit to additional paid-in-capital was the result of a stock option deduction available to use in the current year and prior year deductions included in the deferred tax

 

35


Table of Contents

assets which were previously offset by the valuation allowance. In assessing the realizability of deferred tax assets, management considers whether it is more likely than not that some portion or all of the deferred tax assets will not be realized. The realization of deferred tax assets is dependent upon the generation of future taxable income during the periods in which those temporary differences become deductible. Management considers the projected future taxable income, and tax planning strategies in making this assessment. Based upon the level of historical taxable income and the projection for future taxable income over the periods when the deferred tax assets are deductible, management believes it is more likely than not that we will realize all of these deductible differences. As of December 31, 2003, we had net operating loss carryforwards for federal and state purposes of approximately $32.4 million and $7.4 million, respectively, which will begin expiring in 2004. As of December 31, 2003, we had research and development credit carryforwards for federal and state purposes of approximately $437,000 and $54,000, respectively, which will begin expiring in 2011 for federal purposes and carryforward indefinitely for state purposes. The utilization of net operating loss and credit carryforwards may be limited under the provisions of Internal Revenue Code Section 382 and similar state provisions.

 

Liquidity and Capital Resources

 

At December 31, 2004, we had $30.0 million in net working capital, an increase of $19.9 million from $10.1 million (restated) at December 31, 2003. Our principal source of liquidity at December 31, 2004 consisted of our cash balance of $6.1 million and investments in marketable securities of $25.3 million. For the year ended December 31, 2004, our sources of cash were net proceeds of $41.9 million from our public offering and $1.3 million from the exercise of stock options. Principal uses of cash for the year ended December 31, 2004 were investments in marketable securities of $25.2 million, funds used to repurchase common stock of $16.4 million, payments totaling approximately $2.7 million to pay off debt outstanding at December 31, 2003, additions to long term assets of approximately $1.4 million and dividends paid of $689,000. Cash used in operating activities was $1.6 million for the year ended December 31, 2004. The net effect on cash of operating, investing, and financing activities for the year ended December 31, 2004 was a decrease of $5.0 million. Cash and cash equivalents and short-term investments increased $20.4 million from December 31, 2003 to December 31, 2004.

 

Principal among the changes in assets and liabilities which used cash were increases in accounts receivable and inventory. Net accounts receivable at December 31, 2004 increased approximately $3.9 million from December 31, 2003. The increase is primarily attributable to the increase in the sales volume experienced in 2004. Specifically, our revenue increased $3.2 million in the fourth quarter of 2004 when compared to the fourth quarter of 2003. Days sales outstanding (DSO) in accounts receivable lengthened from 40 days for the year ended December 31, 2003 to 46 days when measured at December 31, 2004 primarily attributable to the increase in the sales volume generated in the latter part of the fourth quarter of 2004 as compared to the fourth quarter of 2003. Net inventory increased approximately $4.4 million from December 31, 2003. This increase was primarily due to increased levels of production in the fourth quarter which was geared to meet revenue at a level comparable with our expected rates of growth and the introduction of our new product, the Waterlase MD during the fourth quarter of 2004. Inventory turnover declined to 4.1 turns per year when measured at December 31, 2004 compared to 5.3 (restated) turns per year when measured at December 31, 2003. As increased efficiencies in the manufacturing process of the Waterlase MD occur, we believe we will be able to manage inventory levels consistent with revenue growth. This is not anticipated to occur until the later part of 2005.

 

Principal among the changes in assets and liabilities which provided cash were accounts payable, accrued liabilities and deferred revenue. Accounts payable increased $3.4 million in relation to the growth in the business year over year. In addition, we incurred an obligation for 2005 insurance premiums at the end of 2004, a portion of which is reflected in accounts payable. Deferred revenue increased $1.2 million during the year due to certain deliverables we must provide under customer purchase orders. The customer is billed for these deliverables at the time of product shipment. An example of a future deliverable is training. Of these obligations, approximately $493,000 will expire if the customer does not utilize them within six months from the time the product shipped. Revenue is recorded when these deliverables are satisfied.

 

36


Table of Contents

Several key indicators of liquidity are summarized in the following table (in thousands, except ratio amounts):

 

           (Restated)

     Fiscal Years Ended December 31,

     2004

    2003

   2002

Working capital

   $ 29,950     $ 10,139    $ 983

Cash (used in) provided by operations

     (1,571 )     6,514      412

Proceeds from the exercise of stock options and warrants

     1,250       3,577      1,035

Current ratio

     2.4       1.8      1.1

Accounts receivable collection period (days)

     46       40      48

Inventory turnover

     4.1       5.3      4.4

 

On March 3, 2004, we completed a public offering of 2.5 million shares of common stock. Net proceeds from the offering were $41.9 million. We incurred legal, accounting and related costs of approximately $1.5 million which we had recorded as a reduction to additional paid-in capital upon closing. We used a portion of the net proceeds to repay $1.8 million on the line of credit and $888,000 in debt. The balance was invested in marketable securities consisting of U.S. Treasury Bills with durations not exceeding two years. The balance of the net proceeds of the offering have been used for general corporate purposes, working capital, and capital expenditures, including expenditures for expansion of our production capabilities, and the acquisition or investment in complementary businesses or products or the right to use complementary technologies. In addition, the Board of Directors concluded that a stock repurchase program represented a use of capital that can enhance stockholder value. Therefore, in July of 2004, we announced a stock repurchase program to acquire up to 1.25 million shares over the next 12 months. In August of 2004, the Board of Directors authorized the repurchase of an additional 750,000 shares of our common stock, increasing the total share repurchase program to 2.0 million shares of our common stock. As of December 31, 2004 we have repurchased on the open market substantially all of the 2.0 million shares at an average price of $8.35 per share. Also in July of 2004, the Board of Directors established a dividend policy that will remain in effect for an indefinite period of time and pays a regular cash dividend of $0.01 per share every other month when declared by the Board of Directors. The first dividend totaling $235,000 was declared on July 27, 2004 and paid on August 30, 2004 to stockholders of record on August 16, 2004. The second dividend totaling $229,000 was declared on October 7, 2004 and paid on October 27, 2004 to stockholders of record on October 13, 2004. The third dividend totaling $225,000 was declared on December 9, 2004 and paid on December 29, 2004 to stockholders of record on December 15, 2004.

 

At December 31, 2003, we had $1.8 million outstanding under a $5.0 million revolving credit facility with a bank, which was due to expire at June 30, 2004. In the first quarter of 2004, we used a portion of the net proceeds from our March 3, 2004 public offering to repay the $1.8 million outstanding on the line of credit. As of December 31, 2004, there were no amounts borrowed on the credit facility, however the facility was used and paid down at various times during the year. Borrowings under the facility bear interest at LIBOR plus 2.25% for minimum borrowing amounts of $500,000 and with two business days notice or at a variable rate equivalent to Prime rate for amounts below $500,000 or with less than two business days notice and are payable on demand upon expiration of the facility. All borrowings during 2004 were at Prime rate. Borrowings also subject us to certain covenants, including, among other things, maintaining a minimum balance of cash (including investments in U.S. Treasuries) and tangible net worth, a specified ratio of current assets to current liabilities and a covenant to remain profitable. In June 2004, this credit facility was extended to June 30, 2005 and increased to $10.0 million. In June 2005, this credit facility was extended to September 30, 2005. We were compliant with the covenants under the agreement with the exception to remain profitable on a quarterly basis. In February 2005, we notified our bank that we were in default under our covenants as of December 31, 2004 due to our operating loss for both the three months ended September 30, 2004 and December 31, 2004. In February 2005, we obtained a waiver to this covenant as of December 31, 2004. A similar waiver was obtained for our third quarter of 2004. As of April 20, 2005 we became non-compliant with our covenant relating to timely reporting and certification requirements due to the late filing of our Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2004. In July 2005, we

 

37


Table of Contents

obtained a waiver to this covenant which extended until July 21, 2005. We intend to seek additional waivers until all of our late periodic reports have been filed and for any other non-compliant covenants when and if any become necessary.

 

In January 2005, we acquired the intellectual property portfolio of Diodem LLC (“Diodem”), consisting of certain U.S. and international patents of which four were asserted against us, and settled the existing litigation between us and Diodem, for consideration of $3.0 million in cash, 361,664 shares of common stock, and a five-year warrant exercisable into 81,037 shares of common stock at an exercise price of $11.06 per share. In addition, if certain criteria specified in the purchase agreement are satisfied on or before July 2006, 45,208 additional shares we have placed in escrow may be released to Diodem and we will incur an expense equal to the fair market value of those shares at the time of their release. These escrowed shares had a fair market value of $500,000 at the time of the Binding Letter of Intent. The total consideration was estimated to have a value of $7.0 million, excluding the value of the shares held in escrow. As of December 31, 2004, we accrued $6.4 million for the settlement of the existing litigation. In January 2005, we recorded an intangible asset of $530,000 representing the estimated fair value of the intellectual property acquired. As a result of the acquisition, Diodem immediately withdrew its patent infringement claims against us and the case was formally dismissed on May 31, 2005. We did not pay and have no obligation to pay any royalties to Diodem on past or future sales of our products.

 

The following table presents our expected cash requirements for contractual obligations outstanding as of December 31, 2004 for the years ending as indicated below:

 

     2005

   2006

   2007

   2008

Operating leases

   $ 584,000    $ 141,000    $ 38,000    $ 6,000

Diodem Asset Purchase Agreement

   $ 3,000,000      —        —        —  
    

  

  

  

     $ 3,584,000    $ 141,000    $ 38,000    $ 6,000
    

  

  

  

 

We believe that our current cash balances and marketable securities plus cash expected to be generated from our operations will be adequate to meet our capital requirements and sustain our operations, including the payment of our planned dividend and payments under the stock repurchase plan, for at least the next twelve months. Our capital requirements will depend on many factors, including among other things, the effects of any acquisitions we may pursue as well as the rate at which our business continues to grow, with corresponding demands for working capital and manufacturing capacity. During the quarter ended March 31, 2005, we paid Diodem the $3.0 million in accordance with the asset purchase agreement and purchased a license for technology from SurgiLight for $2.0 million of which $1.8 million has been paid, as more fully described in Item 1. Business of this Form 10-K. We could be required or may elect to seek additional funding through public or private equity or debt financing. However, additional funds may not be available on terms acceptable to us or at all.

 

38


Table of Contents

Selected Quarterly Financial Data

 

The Selected Quarterly Financial data set forth in this section has been revised to reflect the restatement as discussed in “Note 3. Restatement of Financial Statements” to our consolidated financial statements.

 

    (in thousands, except per share data)

 
    March 31,

  June 30,

  September 30,

    December 31,

 
    As Previously
Reported


  As Restated

  As Previously
Reported


  As Restated

 

As Previously

Reported


    As Restated

       

2004

                                               

Net revenue

  $ 14,425   $ 14,530   $ 14,805   $ 14,738   $ 12,038     $ 12,310     $ 19,073  

Gross profit

    9,287     8,844     9,701     9,122     7,059       7,143       10,900  

Other income, net

    —       16     —       16     —         16       (16 )

Legal settlement(3)

    —       —       —       —       —         —         (6,446 )

Impairment of intangible asset(1)

    —       —       —       —       —         —         (747 )

Income (loss) from operations

    1,170     1,085     965     1,208     (2,304 )     (2,144 )     (9,509 )

Net income (loss)

    672     616     716     853     (1,233 )     (1,125 )     (23,558 )

Net income (loss) per share(2):

                                               

Basic

    0.03     0.03     0.03     0.04     (0.05 )     (0.05 )     (1.04 )

Diluted

    0.03     0.03     0.03     0.03     (0.05 )     (0.05 )     (1.04 )
    (in thousands, except per share data)

    March 31,

  June 30,

  September 30,

  December 31,

    As Previously
Reported


  As Restated

  As Previously
Reported


  As Restated

  As Previously
Reported


  As Restated

  As Previously
Reported


  As Restated

2003

                                               

Net revenue

  $ 9,214   $ 9,198   $ 10,375   $ 10,346   $ 13,453   $ 13,377   $ 16,090   $ 15,862

Gross profit

    5,867     5,820     6,360     6,247     8,429     8,357     10,946     10,826

Other income, net

    —       16     —       16     —       19     —       25

Income from operations

    886     839     1,195     1,047     2,544     2,438     2,816     2,601

Net income

    940     893     1,253     1,092     2,567     2,436     14,298     14,628

Net income per share(2):

                                         

Basic

    0.05     0.04     0.06     0.05     0.12     0.11     0.66     0.68

Diluted

    0.04     0.04     0.05     0.05     0.11     0.10     0.61     0.64

(1) Refer to Note 5 to the consolidated financial statements.
(2) Net income per common share calculations for each of the quarters were based upon the weighted average number of shares outstanding for each period, and the sum of the quarters may not necessarily be equal to the full year net income per common share amount.
(3) Refer to Note 10 to the consolidated financial statements.

 

The Selected Quarterly Financial data have been restated to correct for the following errors:

 

For the three months ended March 31, 2004:

 

    premature recognition of revenue for the undelivered training element and consumables in our multiple element arrangements

 

    premature recognition of revenue on a Waterlase system not fully functional when shipped in the fourth quarter of 2003 that was delivered in the first quarter of 2004

 

    write-off of an accounts receivable balance for which revenue was improperly recognized

 

    under accrual of sales tax liability

 

39


Table of Contents
    failure to record interest and penalties in accordance with state statutes for taxes collected from customers but not timely remitted to the state

 

    failure to record the subsequent abatement of certain interest and penalties on sales tax that was not paid timely

 

    recognition of value added tax (“VAT”) refund

 

    under accrual of commissions and payroll with a corresponding understatement of employee compensation expense

 

    over accrual of bonuses and health and dental insurance with a corresponding overstatement of employee compensation expense

 

    understatement of excess and obsolete inventory reserve with a corresponding understatement of cost of revenue

 

    understatement of additional paid-in-capital and deferred tax assets for the tax benefit of employee stock option exercises

 

For the three months ended June 30, 2004:

 

    premature recognition of revenue for the undelivered training element and consumables in our multiple element arrangements

 

    under accrual of sales tax liability

 

    failure to record interest and penalties in accordance with state statutes for taxes collected from customers but not timely remitted to the state

 

    failure to record the subsequent abatement of certain interest and penalties on sales tax that was not paid timely

 

    recognition of VAT refund

 

    over accrual of commissions, payroll, health and dental insurance and vacation with a corresponding overstatement of employee compensation expense

 

    under accrual of bonuses with a corresponding understatement of employee compensation expense

 

    recording the cost for raw materials purchased resulting in an overstatement of inventory and a corresponding understatement of cost of revenue

 

    understatement of additional paid-in-capital and deferred tax assets for the tax benefit of employee stock option exercises

 

For the three months ended September 30, 2004:

 

    recognition of revenue for the training element and consumables in our multiple element arrangements

 

    sales tax on warranty items resulting in an overstatement of cost of revenue

 

    under accrual of sales tax liability

 

    failure to record interest and penalties in accordance with state statutes for taxes collected from customers but not timely remitted to the state

 

    failure to record the subsequent abatement of certain interest and penalties on sales tax that was not paid timely

 

    recognition of VAT refund

 

40


Table of Contents
    under accrual of bonuses with a corresponding understatement of employee compensation expense

 

    over accrual of vacation with a corresponding overstatement of employee compensation expense

 

    understatement of additional paid-in-capital and deferred tax assets for the tax benefit of employee stock option exercises

 

For the three months ended March 31, 2003:

 

    under accrual of sales tax liability

 

    failure to record interest and penalties in accordance with state statutes for taxes collected from customers but not timely remitted to the state

 

    under accrual of bonuses with a corresponding understatement of employee compensation expense

 

    over accrual of payroll with a corresponding overstatement of employee compensation expense

 

    adjustments identified but not originally recorded that were previously determined to be immaterial individually and in the aggregate

 

For the three months ended June 30, 2003:

 

    premature recognition of revenue for undelivered consumables in our multiple element arrangements

 

    over accrual of sales tax liability

 

    failure to record interest and penalties in accordance with state statutes for taxes collected from customers but not timely remitted to the state

 

    recognition of VAT refund

 

    under accrual of bonuses with a corresponding understatement of employee compensation expense

 

    over accrual of payroll with a corresponding overstatement of employee compensation expense

 

    adjustments identified but not originally recorded that were previously determined to be immaterial individually and in the aggregate

 

For the three months ended September 30, 2003:

 

    premature recognition of revenue for undelivered consumables in our multiple element arrangements

 

    under accrual of sales tax liability

 

    failure to record interest and penalties in accordance with state statutes for taxes collected from customers but not timely remitted to the state

 

    failure to record the subsequent abatement of certain penalties on sales tax that was not paid timely

 

    recognition of VAT refund

 

    under accrual of bonuses with a corresponding understatement of employee compensation expense

 

    over accrual of payroll with a corresponding overstatement of employee compensation expense

 

    recording the cost for raw materials purchased resulting in an overstatement of inventory and a corresponding understatement of cost of revenue

 

For the three months ended December 31, 2003:

 

    premature recognition of revenue for undelivered training element and consumables in our multiple element arrangements

 

41


Table of Contents
    premature recognition of revenue on a Waterlase system not fully functional when shipped overstating revenue

 

    sales tax on warranty items resulting in an overstatement of cost of revenue

 

    under accrual of sales tax liability

 

    failure to record interest and penalties in accordance with state statutes for taxes collected from customers but not timely remitted to the state

 

    failure to record the subsequent abatement of certain interest and penalties on sales tax that was not paid timely

 

    recognition of VAT refund

 

    under accrual of payroll with a corresponding understatement of employee compensation expense

 

    over accrual of bonuses with a corresponding understatement of employee compensation expense

 

    recording the cost for raw materials purchased resulting in an overstatement of inventory and a corresponding understatement of cost of revenue

 

Recent Accounting Pronouncements

 

In March 2004, the Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) approved the consensus reached on the Emerging Issues Task Force (“EITF”) Issue No. 03-1, “The Meaning of Other-Than-Temporary Impairment and Its Application to Certain Investments.” The Issue’s objective is to provide guidance for identifying other-than-temporarily impaired investments. EITF 03-1 also provides new disclosure requirements for investments that are deemed to be temporarily impaired. The accounting provisions of EITF 03-1 are effective for all reporting periods beginning after June 15, 2004, while the disclosure requirements are effective for annual periods ending after June 15, 2004. In September 2004, the FASB issued a FASB Staff Position (“FSP”) EITF 03-1-1 that delays the effective date of the measurement and recognition guidance in EITF 03-1 on certain impaired debt securities until after further deliberations by the FASB. The adoption of this pronouncement did not impact our consolidated financial position, results of operations or cash flows.

 

In December 2004, the FASB issued Statement of Financial Accounting Standards (“SFAS”) No. 123R (revised 2004), “Share-Based Payment,” which revised SFAS No. 123, “Accounting for Stock-Based Compensation.” This statement supersedes APB Opinion No. 25, “Accounting for Stock Issued to Employees.” The revised statement addresses the accounting for share-based payment transactions with employees and other third parties, eliminates the ability to account for share-based compensation transactions using APB 25 and requires that the compensation costs relating to such transactions be recognized in the consolidated statement of operations. The revised statement is effective as of the first annual period beginning after June 15, 2005. In accordance with the revised statement, we will be required to recognize the expense attributable to stock options granted or vested subsequent to December 31, 2005. We are currently evaluating the impact of this pronouncement on our consolidated financial position, results of operations and cash flows.

 

In November 2004, the FASB issued SFAS No. 151, “Inventory Costs,” which amends part of ARB 43, “Inventory Pricing,” concerning the treatment of certain types of inventory costs. The provisions of ARB No. 43 provided that certain inventory-related costs, such as double freight and re-handling might be “so abnormal” that they should be charged against current earnings rather than be included in the cost of inventory. As amended by SFAS No. 151, the “so-abnormal” criterion has been eliminated. Thus, all such (abnormal) costs are required to be treated as current-period charges under all circumstances. In addition, fixed production overhead should be allocated based on the normal capacity of the production facilities, with unallocated overhead charged to expense when incurred. SFAS 151 is required to be adopted for fiscal years beginning after June 15, 2005. We do not believe its adoption will have a material impact on our financial position, results of operations or cash flows.

 

42


Table of Contents

In December 2004, the FASB issued FASB Staff Position No. FAS 109-1, or FAS 109-1, “Application of FASB Statement No. 109, ‘Accounting for Income Taxes,’ to the Tax Deduction on Qualified Production Activities Provided by the American Jobs Creation Act of 2004.” The American Jobs Creation Act, or AJCA, introduces a special 9% tax deduction on qualified production activities. FAS 109-1 clarifies that this tax deduction should be accounted for as a special tax deduction in accordance with Statement 109. Pursuant to the AJCA, we will not be entitled to this special deduction in 2005, as the deduction is applied to taxable income after taking into account net operating loss carryforwards, and we have significant net operating loss carryforwards that will fully offset taxable income. We do not expect the adoption of this new tax provision to have a material impact on our consolidated financial position, results of operations or cash flows.

 

In December 2004, the FASB issued FASB Staff Position No. FAS 109-2, or FAS 109-2, “Accounting and Disclosure Guidance for the Foreign Earnings Repatriation Provision within the American Jobs Creations Act of 2004.” The AJCA introduces a limited time 85% dividends received deduction on the repatriation of certain foreign earnings to a U.S. taxpayer (repatriation provision), provided certain criteria are met. FAS No. 109-2 provides accounting and disclosure guidance for the repatriation provision. To achieve the deduction, the repatriation must occur by the end of 2005. We have not completed our analysis and do not expect to be able to make a decision on the amount of such repatriations, if any, until the fourth quarter of 2005. Among other things, the decision will depend on the level of earnings outside the United States, the debt level between our U.S. and non-U.S. affiliates, and administrative guidance from the Internal Revenue Service.

 

In December 2004, the FASB issued SFAS No. 153, “Exchanges of Nonmonetary Assets” (“SFAS 153”), which eliminates the exception from fair value measurement for nonmonetary exchanges of similar productive assets and replaces it with a general exception from fair value measurement for exchanges of nonmonetary assets that do not have commercial substance. SFAS 153 is required to be adopted in fiscal periods beginning after June 15, 2005. We do not believe its adoption will have a material impact on our financial position, results of operations or cash flows.

 

In June 2005, the FASB issued SFAS No. 154, “Accounting Changes and Error Corrections—a replacement of APB No. 20 and FAS No. 3” (“SFAS 154”). SFAS 154 provides guidance on the accounting for and reporting of accounting changes and error corrections. It establishes, unless impracticable, retrospective application as the required method for reporting a change in accounting principle in the absence of explicit transition requirements specific to the newly adopted accounting principle. SFAS 154 also provides guidance for determining whether retrospective application of a change in accounting principle is impracticable and for reporting a change when retrospective application is impracticable. The correction of an error in previously issued financial statements is not an accounting change. However, the reporting of an error correction involves adjustments to previously issued financial statements similar to those generally applicable to reporting an accounting change retrospectively. Therefore, the reporting of a correction of an error by restating previously issued financial statements is also addressed by SFAS 154. SFAS 154 is required to be adopted in fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2005. We do not believe its adoption will have a material impact on our financial position, results of operations and cash flows.

 

43


Table of Contents

FACTORS THAT MAY AFFECT OUR OPERATING RESULTS

 

An investment in our common stock involves significant risk. You should carefully consider the following risks and all the other information in this report, in addition to other information contained in our other filings with the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission, or SEC, before you decide to buy our common stock. Our business, financial condition and results of operations could be harmed by any of the following risks. The trading price of our common stock could decline due to any of these risks, and you could lose part or all of your investment.

 

Risks Relating to Our Business

 

Dentists and patients may be slow to adopt laser technologies, which could limit the market acceptance of our products.

 

Our dental laser systems represent relatively new technologies in the dental market. Currently, only a small percentage of dentists use lasers to perform dental procedures. Our future success will depend on our ability to increase demand for our products by demonstrating the potential performance advantages of our laser systems over traditional methods of treatment and over competitive laser systems to a broad spectrum of dentists and patients. Historically, we have experienced long sales cycles because dentists have been, and may continue to be, slow to adopt new technologies on a widespread basis. As a result, we generally are required to invest a significant amount of time and resources to educate customers about the benefits of our products in comparison to competing products and technologies before completing a sale, if any.

 

Factors that may inhibit adoption of laser technologies by dentists include cost and concerns about the safety, efficacy and reliability of lasers. For example, the selling price of our Waterlase product is approximately $50,000, which is substantially above the cost of competing non-laser technologies. In order to make an investment in a Waterlase product, a dentist generally would need to invest time to understand the technology, the benefits of such technology with respect to clinical outcomes and patient satisfaction, and the return on investment of the product. Absent an immediate competitive motivation, a dentist may not feel compelled to invest the time required to learn about the potential benefits of using a laser system. In addition, economic pressure, caused for example by an economic slowdown, changes in healthcare reimbursement or by competitive factors in a specific market place, may make dentists reluctant to purchase substantial capital equipment or invest in new technologies. Patient acceptance will depend the recommendations of dentists and specialists, as well as other factors, including without limitation, the relative effectiveness, safety, reliability and comfort of our systems as compared to other instruments and methods for performing dental procedures. The failure of dental lasers to achieve broad market acceptance would limit sales of our products and have an adverse effect on our business and results of operations.

 

Fluctuations in our revenue and operating results on a quarterly and annual basis could cause the market price of our common stock to decline.

 

Our revenue and operating results fluctuate from quarter to quarter due to a number of factors, many of which are beyond our control. Historically, we have experienced fluctuations in revenue from quarter to quarter due to seasonality. Revenue in the first quarter typically is lower than average and revenue in the fourth quarter typically is stronger than average due to the buying patterns of dental professionals. In addition, revenue in the third quarter may be affected by vacation patterns which can cause revenue to be flat or lower than in the second quarter of the year. If our quarterly revenue or operating results fall below the expectations of investors, analysts or our previously stated financial guidance, the price of our common stock could decline substantially. Factors that might cause quarterly fluctuations in our revenue and operating results include, among others, the following:

 

    variation in demand for our products, including seasonality

 

    our ability to research, develop, market and sell new products and product enhancements in a timely manner

 

44


Table of Contents
    our ability to control costs

 

    the size, timing, rescheduling or cancellation of orders from distributors

 

    the introduction of new products by competitors

 

    the length of and fluctuations in sales cycles

 

    the availability and reliability of components used to manufacture our products

 

    changes in our pricing policies or those of our suppliers and competitors, as well as increased price competition in general

 

    the mix of our domestic and international sales and the risks and uncertainties associated with international business

 

    costs associated with any future acquisitions of technologies and businesses

 

    limitations on our ability to use net operating loss carryforwards under the provisions of Internal Revenue Code Section 382 and similar provisions under applicable state laws

 

    developments concerning the protection of our intellectual property rights

 

    natural catastrophic events such as hurricanes, floods and earthquakes, which can affect our ability to advertise, sell and distribute our products, including through national conferences held in regions in which these disasters strike.

 

    global economic, political and social events, including international conflicts and acts of terrorism

 

The expenses we incur are based, in large part, on our expectations regarding future revenue. In particular, we expect to continue to incur substantial expenses relating to the marketing and promotion of our products. Since many of our costs are fixed in the short term, we may be unable to reduce expenses quickly enough to avoid losses if we experience a decrease in revenue. Accordingly, you should not rely on quarter-to-quarter comparisons of our operating results as an indication of our future performance. Furthermore, as a result of the change in our revenue recognition policy in the third quarter of 2003, our quarterly revenue and operating results for each of the four quarters ending December 31, 2004 may not be directly comparable to corresponding periods in the preceding year due to the difference in the timing of revenue recognition.

 

We may have difficulty achieving profitability and may experience additional losses.

 

Although we recorded gross profit of $36.0 million in 2004, we also recorded a net loss of $23.2 million, due in large part to our patent infringement legal settlement of approximately $6.4 million and income tax provision associated with a valuation allowance against of our deferred tax asset in the net amount of $14.4 million. In order to achieve profitability, we must control our costs and increase net revenue through new sales. Failure to increase our net revenue and decrease our costs could cause our stock price to decline.

 

Any failure to significantly expand sales of our products will negatively impact our business.

 

We currently handle a majority of the marketing, distribution and sales of our products. In order to achieve our business objectives, we intend to significantly expand our marketing and sales efforts on a domestic and international basis. We face significant challenges and risks in expanding, training, managing and retaining our sales and marketing teams, including managing geographically dispersed operations. In addition, we rely on independent distributors to market and sell our products in a number of countries outside of the United States. These distributors may not commit the necessary resources to effectively market and sell our products, and they may terminate their relationships with us at any time with limited notice. If we are unable to expand our sales and marketing capabilities domestically and internationally, we may not be able to effectively commercialize our products, which could harm our business and cause the price of our common stock to decline.

 

45


Table of Contents

Components used in our products are complex in design, and any defects may not be discovered prior to shipment to customers, which could result in warranty obligations, reducing our revenue and increasing our cost.

 

In manufacturing our products, we depend upon third parties for the supply of various components. Many of these components require a significant degree of technical expertise to produce. If our suppliers fail to produce components to specification, or if the suppliers, or we, use defective materials or workmanship in the manufacturing process, the reliability and performance of our products will be compromised.

 

If our products contain defects that cannot be repaired easily and inexpensively, we may experience:

 

    loss of customer orders and delay in order fulfillment

 

    damage to our brand reputation

 

    increased cost of our warranty program due to product repair or replacement

 

    inability to attract new customers

 

    diversion of resources from our manufacturing and research and development departments into our service department

 

    legal action

 

The occurrence of any one or more of the foregoing could materially harm our business.

 

Our distributors have and may continue to cancel, reduce or delay orders of our products, any of which could reduce our revenue.

 

We employ direct sales representatives in certain European countries; however, we rely on independent distributors for a substantial portion of our sales outside of the United States. For the year ended December 31, 2004, revenue to distributors accounted for approximately 13% of our total sales, and no distributor accounted for more than 10% of our revenue. Our ability to maintain or increase our revenue will depend in large part on our success in developing and maintaining relationships with our distributors. The loss of a substantial number of our distributors or a substantial reduction in, cancellation of or change in the size or timing of orders from our distributors or any problems collecting accounts receivable from our distributors could reduce our revenue. In addition, we may experience lengthy delays and incur substantial costs if we are required to replace distributors or retain direct sales representatives for such territories in the future.

 

We must continue to procure materials and components on commercially reasonable terms and on a timely basis to manufacture our products profitably. We have some single-source suppliers.

 

We have no written supply contracts with our key suppliers; instead, we purchase certain materials and components included in our products from a limited group of suppliers using purchase orders. Our business depends in part on our ability to obtain timely deliveries of materials and components in acceptable quality and quantities from our suppliers. Certain components of our products, particularly specialized components used in our lasers, are currently available only from a single source or limited sources. For example, the crystal, fiber and hand pieces used in our Waterlase system are each supplied by a separate single supplier. We have not experienced material delays from these suppliers; however, an unexpected interruption in a single source supplier could create manufacturing delays, disrupt revenue and cause additional expense relating to the procurement of another supplier. We may not be successful in the future in managing any shortage or delay of materials or components that we may experience, and any such an interruption could cause our business and results of operations to suffer.

 

We may not be able to compete successfully, which will cause our revenue and market share to decline.

 

We compete with a number of domestic and foreign companies that market traditional dental products, such as dental drills, as well as companies that market laser technologies in the dental and medical markets, including

 

46


Table of Contents

Hoya ConBio, a subsidiary of Hoya Photonics, OpusDent Ltd., a subsidiary of Lumenis, KaVo, Deka Dental Corporation, Ivoclar Vivadent AG, and Fotona d.d. If we do not compete successfully, our revenue and market share may decline. Some of our competitors have greater financial, technical, marketing or other resources than us, which may allow them to respond more quickly to new or emerging technologies and to devote greater resources to the acquisition or development and introduction of enhanced products than we can. The ability of our competitors to devote greater financial resources to product development requires us to work harder to distinguish our products through improving our product performance and pricing, protecting our intellectual property, continuously improving our customer support, accurately timing the introduction of new products and developing sustainable distribution channels worldwide. In addition, we expect the rapid technological changes occurring in the healthcare industry to lead to the entry of new competitors, particularly if dental and medical lasers gain increasing market acceptance. We must be able to anticipate technological changes and introduce enhanced products on a timely basis in order to grow and remain competitive. New competitors or technological changes in laser products and methods could cause commoditization of our products, require price discounting or otherwise adversely affect our gross margins and our financial condition.

 

Rapidly changing standards and competing technologies could harm demand for our products or result in significant additional costs.

 

The markets in which our products compete are subject to rapid technological change, evolving industry standards, changes in the regulatory environment, frequent introductions of new devices and evolving dental and surgical techniques. Competing products may emerge which could render our products uncompetitive or obsolete. The process of developing new medical devices is inherently complex and requires regulatory approvals or clearances that can be expensive, time consuming and uncertain. We cannot guarantee that we will successfully identify new product opportunities, identify new and innovative applications of our technology or be financially or otherwise capable of completing the research and development required to bring new products to market in a timely manner. An inability to expand our product offerings or the application of our technology could limit our growth. In addition, we may incur higher manufacturing costs if manufacturing processes or standards change, and we may need to replace, modify, design or build and install equipment, all of which would require additional capital expenditures.

 

If we are unable to attract and retain personnel necessary to operate our business, our ability to develop and market our products successfully could be harmed.

 

We are heavily dependent on our current executive officers and management. The loss of any key employee or the inability to attract or retain qualified personnel, including engineers and sales and marketing personnel, could delay the development and introduction of, and harm our ability to sell, our products and harm our reputation. We believe that our future success is highly dependent on the contributions of Robert E. Grant, our President and Chief Executive Officer, Jeffrey W. Jones, our Chief Technology Officer and John W. Hohener, our Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer. We have employment agreements with each of these individuals, which provide us with the ability to terminate their employment at will, subject to certain severance rights; however, their knowledge of our business and industry would be extremely difficult to replace. Our future success also depends on our ability to attract and retain additional qualified management, engineering, sales and marketing, and other highly skilled technical personnel.

 

Any problems that we experience with our manufacturing operations may harm our business.

 

We manufacture our products at our California and German facilities. In order to grow our business, we must significantly expand our manufacturing capabilities to produce the systems and accessories necessary to meet demand. We may encounter difficulties in increasing production of our products, including problems involving production capacity and yields, quality control and assurance, component supply and shortages of qualified personnel. In addition, our manufacturing facilities are subject to periodic inspections by the U.S. Food and Drug Administration, state agencies and foreign regulatory agencies. Our success will depend in part upon

 

47


Table of Contents

our ability to manufacture our products in compliance with the U.S. Food and Drug Administration’s Quality System regulations and other regulatory requirements. If we do not succeed in manufacturing our products on a timely basis and with acceptable manufacturing costs while at the same time maintaining good quality control and complying with applicable regulatory requirements, our business will be harmed.

 

Changes in government regulation or the inability to obtain or maintain necessary government approvals could harm our business.

 

Our products are subject to extensive government regulation, both in the United States and in other countries. To clinically test, manufacture and market products for human use, we must comply with regulations and safety standards set by the U.S. Food and Drug Administration and comparable state and foreign agencies. Regulations adopted by the U.S. Food and Drug Administration are wide ranging and govern, among other things, product design, development, manufacture and testing, labeling, storage, advertising and sales. Generally, products must meet regulatory standards as safe and effective for their intended use before being marketed for human applications. The clearance process is expensive, time-consuming and uncertain. Failure to comply with applicable regulatory requirements of the U.S. Food and Drug Administration can result in an enforcement action which may include a variety of sanctions, including fines, injunctions, civil penalties, recall or seizure of our products, operating restrictions, partial suspension or total shutdown of production and criminal prosecution. The failure to receive or maintain requisite approvals for the use of our products or processes, or significant delays in obtaining such approvals, could prevent us from developing, manufacturing and marketing products and services necessary for us to remain competitive. In addition, unanticipated changes in existing regulatory requirements or the adoption of new requirements could impose significant costs and burdens on us, which could increase our operating expenses and harm our financial condition.

 

Regulatory proceedings relating to the restatement of our consolidated financial statements could divert management’s attention and resources.

 

We restated our previously issued financial statements in September of 2003 to reflect a change in the timing of revenue recognition. In addition, we are now restating our consolidated financial statements for the 2002 and 2003 fiscal years, the four quarters of 2003 and the first three fiscal quarters of 2004 due to a number of factors discussed in Note 3 to our audited consolidated financial statements for the year ended December 31, 2004 included elsewhere in this Form 10-K. We have received informal requests from the SEC to voluntarily provide information relating to the September 2003 restatement of our consolidated financial statements. We have provided information to the SEC and, when we receive any additional requests for information, we intend to continue to do so. In accordance with its normal practice, the SEC has not advised us when its inquiry might be concluded. If the SEC elects to request additional information from us or commences further proceedings, including as a result of our current restatements, responding to such requests or proceedings could divert management’s attention and resources. Additionally, any negative developments arising from such requests or proceedings could harm our business and cause the price of our common stock to decline.

 

We may have difficulty managing any growth that we might experience.

 

If we continue to experience growth in our operations, our operational and financial systems, procedures and controls may need to be expanded, which will place significant demands on our management, distract management from our business plan and increase expenses. Our success will depend substantially on the ability of our management team to manage any growth effectively. These challenges may include, among others:

 

    maintaining our cost structure at an appropriate level based on the revenue we generate

 

    managing manufacturing expansion projects

 

    implementing and improving our operational and financial systems, procedures and controls

 

    managing operations in multiple locations and multiple time zones

 

48


Table of Contents

In addition, we incur significant legal, accounting, insurance and other expenses as a result of being a public company. The Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, as well as new rules subsequently implemented by the SEC and NASDAQ, have required changes in corporate governance practices of public companies. We expect these new rules and regulations to increase our legal and financial compliance costs and to make some activities more time-consuming and costly. We also expect these new rules and regulations to make it more difficult and more expensive for us to maintain director and officer insurance and, from time to time, we may be required to accept reduced policy limits and coverage or incur significantly higher costs to maintain the same or similar coverage. As a result, it may be more difficult for us to attract and retain qualified persons to serve on our board of directors or as executive officers. We continue to evaluate and monitor developments with respect to these rules, and we cannot predict or estimate the amount of additional costs we may incur or the timing of such costs.

 

If we fail to secure or protect our intellectual property rights, competitors may be able to use our technologies, which could weaken our competitive position, reduce our revenue or increase our costs.

 

Our future success will depend, in part, on our ability to obtain and maintain patent protection for our products and technology, to preserve our trade secrets and to operate without infringing the intellectual property of others. We rely on patents to establish and maintain proprietary rights in our technology and products. We currently possess a number of issued patents and patent applications with respect to our products and technology; however, we cannot assure you that any additional patents will be issued, that the scope of any patent protection will be effective in helping us address our competition or that any of our patents will be held valid if subsequently challenged. It is also possible that our competitors may independently develop similar products, duplicate our products or design products that circumvent our patents. Additionally, the laws of foreign countries may not protect our products or intellectual property rights to the same extent as the laws of the United States. If we fail to protect our intellectual property rights adequately, our competitive position and financial condition may be harmed.

 

We may be sued by third parties for alleged infringement of their proprietary rights.

 

We face substantial uncertainty regarding the impact that other parties’ intellectual property positions will have on the markets for dental and other medical lasers. The medical technology industry has in the past been characterized by a substantial amount of litigation and related administrative proceedings regarding patents and intellectual property rights. From time to time, we have received, and expect to continue to receive, notices of claims of infringement, misappropriation or misuse of other parties’ proprietary rights. Some of these claims may lead to litigation. We may not prevail in any future intellectual property infringement litigation given the complex technical issues and inherent uncertainties in litigation. Any claims, with or without merit, may be time-consuming and distracting to management, result in costly litigation or cause product shipment delays. Adverse determinations in litigation could subject us to significant liability and could result in the loss of proprietary rights. A successfully lawsuit against us could also force us to cease selling or redesign products that incorporate the infringed intellectual property. Additionally, we could be required to seek a license from the holder of the intellectual property to use the infringed technology, and it is possible that we may not be able to obtain a license on acceptable terms, or at all. Any of the foregoing adverse events could seriously harm our business.

 

We have significant international revenue and are subject to risks associated with operating in international markets.

 

International revenue comprise a significant portion of our revenue and we intend to continue to pursue and expand our international business activities. For the fiscal 2004, international sales accounted for approximately 19% of our revenue, as compared to approximately 20% of our revenue in fiscal 2003 and approximately 23% of our revenue in fiscal 2002. Political and economic conditions outside the United States could make it difficult for us to increase our international revenue or to operate abroad. International operations, including our operations in Germany, are subject to many inherent risks, including among others:

 

    adverse changes in tariffs and trade restrictions

 

    political, social and economic instability and increased security concerns

 

49


Table of Contents
    fluctuations in foreign currency exchange rates

 

    longer collection periods and difficulties in collecting receivables from foreign entities

 

    exposure to different legal standards

 

    transportation delays and difficulties of managing international distribution channels

 

    reduced protection for our intellectual property in some countries

 

    difficulties in obtaining domestic and foreign export, import and other governmental approvals, permits and licenses and compliance with foreign laws

 

    the imposition of governmental controls

 

    unexpected changes in regulatory or certification requirements

 

    difficulties in staffing and managing foreign operations

 

    potentially adverse tax consequences and the complexities of foreign value-added tax systems

 

We believe that international revenue will continue to represent a significant portion of our revenue, and we intend to further expand our international operations. Our direct revenue in Europe is denominated principally in Euros, while our revenue in other international markets is in U.S. dollars. As a result, an increase in the relative value of the dollar against the euro would lead to less income from sales denominated in Euros, unless we increase prices, which may not be possible due to competitive conditions in Europe. We could experience losses from European transactions if the relative value of the dollar were to increase in the future. We do not currently engage in any transactions as a hedge against risks of loss due to foreign currency fluctuations, although we may consider doing so in the future.

 

Revenue generated from products manufactured at our German facility accounted for 13% of our revenue in fiscal 2004, 12% of our revenue in fiscal 2003 and approximately 9% of our revenue in fiscal 2002. Expenses relating to our manufacturing operations in Germany are paid in Euros; therefore, an increase in the value of the Euro relative to the dollar would increase the expenses associated with our German manufacturing operations and reduce our earnings. In addition, we may experience difficulties associated with managing our operations remotely and complying with German regulatory and legal requirements for maintaining our manufacturing operations in that country. Any of these factors may adversely affect our future international revenue and manufacturing operations and, consequently, negatively impact our business and operating results.

 

We may not address successfully problems encountered in connection with any future acquisition.

 

We expect to continue to consider opportunities to acquire or make investments in other technologies, products and businesses that could enhance our capabilities, complement our current products or expand the breadth of our markets or customer base. We have limited experience in acquiring other businesses and technologies. Potential and completed acquisitions and strategic investments involve numerous risks, including, among others:

 

    problems assimilating the purchased technologies, products or business operations

 

    problems maintaining uniform standards, procedures, controls and policies

 

    unanticipated costs associated with the acquisition

 

    diversion of management’s attention from our core business

 

    adverse effects on existing business relationships with suppliers and customers

 

    risks associated with entering new markets in which we have no or limited prior experience

 

    potential loss of key employees of acquired businesses

 

    increased legal and accounting costs as a result of the newly adopted rules and regulations related to the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002

 

50


Table of Contents

If we fail to properly evaluate and execute acquisitions and strategic investments, our management team may be distracted from our day-to-day operations, our business may be disrupted and our operating results may suffer. In addition, if we finance acquisitions by issuing equity or convertible debt securities, our stockholders would be diluted.

 

If our customers cannot obtain third party reimbursement for their use of our products, they may be less inclined to purchase our products.

 

Our products are generally purchased by dental or medical professionals who have various billing practices and patient mixes. Such practices range from primarily private pay to those who rely heavily on third party payors, such as private insurance or government programs. In the United States, third party payors review and frequently challenge the prices charged for medical services. In many foreign countries, the prices for dental services are predetermined through government regulation. Payors may deny coverage and reimbursement if they determine that the procedure was not medically necessary, such as a cosmetic procedure, or that the device used in the procedure was investigational. We believe that most of the procedures being performed with our current products generally are reimbursable, with the exception of cosmetic applications, such as tooth whitening. For the portion of dentists who rely heavily on third party reimbursement, the inability to obtain reimbursement for services using our products could deter them from purchasing or using our products. We cannot predict the effect of future healthcare reforms or changes in financing for health and dental plans. Any such changes could have an adverse effect on the ability of a dental or medical professional to generate a return on investment using our current or future products. Such changes could act as disincentives for capital investments by dental and medical professionals and could have a negative impact on our business and results of operations.

 

We are party to securities and derivative litigation that distracts our management, is expensive to conduct and seeks a damage award against us.

 

We and certain of our current and former officers have been recently named as defendants in several putative shareholder class action lawsuits filed in the United States District Court for the Central District of California. The complaints purport to seek unspecified damages on behalf of an alleged class of persons who purchased our common stock between October 29, 2003 and July 16, 2004. The complaints allege that we and our officers violated federal securities laws by failing to disclose material information about the demand for our products and the fact that we would not achieve the alleged forecasted growth. The claimed misrepresentations include certain statements in our press releases and the registration statement we filed in connection with our public offering of stock in March 2004. In addition, three stockholders have filed derivative actions in the state court in California seeking recovery on behalf of BIOLASE, alleging, among other things, breach of fiduciary duties by those individual defendants and members of the BIOLASE board of directors. We have not yet formally responded to any of the actions and no discovery has been conducted by any of the parties. This litigation presents a distraction to our management, is expensive to conduct, and if we are unsuccessful in defending this litigation, may result in damage awards against us that would harm our financial condition and operating results.

 

Material increases in interest rates may harm our sales.

 

We currently sell our products primarily to dentists in general practice. These dentists often purchase our products with funds they secure through various financing arrangements with third party financial institutions, including credit facilities and short-term loans. If interest rates increase, these financing arrangements will be more expensive to our dental customers, which would effectively increase the price of our products to our customers and, thereby, may decrease overall demand for our products. Any reduction in the sales of our products would cause our business to suffer.

 

Product liability claims against us could be costly and could harm our reputation.

 

The sale of dental and medical devices involves the inherent risk of product liability claims against us. We currently maintain product liability insurance on a per occurrence basis with a limit of $11.0 million per

 

51


Table of Contents

occurrence and $12.0 million in the aggregate for all occurrences. The insurance is subject to various standard coverage exclusions, including damage to the product itself, losses from recall of our product and losses covered by other forms of insurance such as workers compensation. We cannot be certain that we will be able to successfully defend any claims against us, nor can we be certain that our insurance will cover all liabilities resulting from such claims. In addition, there is no assurance that we will be able to obtain such insurance in the future on terms acceptable to us, or at all. Any product liability claims brought against us could harm our reputation and cause our business to suffer.

 

Our ability to use net operating loss carryforwards may be limited.

 

Section 382 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986 generally imposes an annual limitation on the amount of net operating loss carryforwards that may be used to offset taxable income when a corporation has undergone significant changes in its stock ownership. In 2003, we completed an analysis to determine the applicability of the annual limitations imposed by Section 382 caused by previous changes in our stock ownership and determined that such limitations should not be significant. Based on our analysis, we believe that, as of December 31, 2003, approximately $32.4 million of net operating loss carryforwards were available to us for federal income tax purposes. Of this amount, approximately $27.7 million is available to offset 2004 federal taxable income or the taxable income generated in future years. Additional net operating loss carryforwards will become available at the rate of approximately $1.0 million per year for the years 2005 through 2009. However, any ownership changes qualifying under Section 382 including changes resulting from or affected by our recent public offering or our stock repurchase plan may adversely affect our ability to use our remaining net operating loss carryforwards. If we lose our ability to use net operating loss carryforwards, any income we generate will be subject to tax earlier than it would be if we were able to use net operating loss carryforwards, resulting in lower profits.

 

Our business is capital intensive and the failure to obtain capital could require that we curtail capital expenditures.

 

To remain competitive, we must continue to make significant investments in the development of our products, the expansion of our sales and marketing activities and the expansion of our operating and management infrastructure as we increase sales domestically and internationally. We expect that substantial capital will be required to expand our operations and fund working capital for anticipated growth. We may need to raise additional funds through further debt or equity financings, which may affect the percentage ownership of existing holders of common stock and which may have rights, preferences or privileges senior to those of the holders of our common stock or may be issued at a discount to the market price of our common stock thereby resulting in dilution to our existing stockholders. We may not be able to raise additional capital on reasonable terms, or at all. If we cannot raise the required capital when needed, we may not be able to satisfy the demands of existing and prospective customers and may lose revenue and market share.

 

The following factors among others could affect our ability to obtain additional financing on favorable terms, or at all:

 

    our results of operations

 

    general economic conditions and conditions in the electronics industry

 

    the perception of our business in the capital markets

 

    our ratio of debt to equity

 

    our financial condition

 

    our business prospects

 

    interest rates

 

52


Table of Contents

If we are unable to obtain sufficient capital in the future, we may have to curtail our capital expenditures. Any curtailment of our capital expenditures could result in a reduction in revenue, reduced quality of our products, increased manufacturing costs for our products, harm to our reputation, reduced manufacturing efficiencies or other harm to our business.

 

We have adopted anti-takeover defenses that could delay or prevent an acquisition of our company and may affect the price of our common stock. Certain provisions of our certificate of incorporation and stockholder rights plan could make it difficult for any party to acquire us, even though an acquisition might be beneficial to our stockholders. These provisions could limit the price that investors might be willing to pay in the future for shares of our common stock. In December 1998, we adopted a stockholder rights plan pursuant to which one preferred stock purchase right is distributed to our stockholders for each share of our common stock held by them. In connection with the stockholder rights plan, the Board of Directors may issue up to 500,000 shares of Series B Junior Participating Cumulative Preferred Stock (which may be increased by up to 500,000 more shares out of undesignated preferred stock described in the paragraph below that is available under our certificate of incorporation). If any party acquires 15% or more of our outstanding common stock or commences a tender offer to acquire 15% or more of our outstanding stock, the holders of these rights (other than the party acquiring the 15% position or commencing the tender offer) will be able to purchase the underlying junior participating preferred stock as a way to discourage, delay or prevent a change in control of our company. Following the acquisition of 15% or more of our stock by any person, if we are acquired by or merged with any other entity, holders of these rights (other than the party acquiring the 15% position) will be able to purchase shares of common stock of the acquiring or surviving entity as a further means to discourage, delay or prevent a change in control of our company.

 

In addition, under our certificate of incorporation, the Board of Directors has the power to authorize the issuance of up to 500,000 shares of preferred stock that is currently undesignated, and to designate the price, rights, preferences, privileges and restrictions, including voting rights, of those shares without further vote or action by the stockholders. Accordingly, our Board of Directors may issue preferred stock with terms that could have preference over and adversely affect the rights of holders of our common stock.

 

The issuance of any preferred stock may:

 

    delay, defer or prevent a change in control of our Company

 

    discourage bids for the common stock at a premium over the market price of our common stock

 

    adversely affect the voting and other rights of the holders of our common stock

 

    discourage acquisition proposals or tender offers for our shares

 

Our common stock could be diluted by the conversion of outstanding convertible securities.

 

We have issued and will continue to issue outstanding convertible securities in the form of options and warrants as incentive compensation for services performed by our employees, directors, consultants and others. We have options to purchase 4,070,000 shares of our common stock outstanding, of which options to purchase 2,677,000 shares of common stock are exercisable. In addition, we have issued warrants to purchase an aggregate of 81,037 shares of common stock at an exercise price of $11.06 per share. If these options or warrants were exercised, it would dilute the ownership of our stock and could adversely affect our common stock’s market price.

 

Our financial outlook could be affected by changes in the accounting rules which govern the recognition of stock-based compensation expenses.

 

We measure compensation expense for our employee stock compensation plans under the intrinsic value method of accounting prescribed by APB Opinion No. 25, “Accounting for Stock Issued to Employees.” Under this method, we recognized no compensation charges related to stock compensation plans in 2004 because the exercise price of all options granted under these plans was equal to the fair market value of the underlying

 

53


Table of Contents

common stock on the grant date, and therefore no stock-based employee compensation cost is recognized in the consolidated statements of operations. The Financial Accounting Standards Board has announced changes to accounting rules concerning the recognition of stock option compensation expense. Beginning in the first quarter of fiscal 2006 when these changes are expected to be implemented, we and other companies will be required to measure compensation expense using the fair value method, which will adversely affect our results of operations by increasing our losses by the additional amount of such stock option charges.

 

Our internal controls and procedures need to be improved.

 

Management is responsible for establishing and maintaining adequate internal control over financial reporting. Our internal control over financial reporting is a process designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles. In making its assessment of internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2004, management used the criteria described in Internal Control—Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission. A material weakness is a control deficiency, or combination of control deficiencies, that results in a more than remote likelihood that a material misstatement of the annual or interim financial statements will not be prevented or detected.

 

Management determined that material weaknesses in our internal control over financial reporting existed as of December 31, 2004, and these material weaknesses contributed to the restatement of our consolidated financial statements for the full 2002 fiscal year, the first, second, third and fourth quarters of 2003, the full 2003 fiscal year and the first, second and third fiscal quarters of 2004. These material weaknesses are discussed under Item 9A, “Controls and Procedures.” Because of these material weaknesses, management concluded that our internal control over financial reporting was not effective as of December 31, 2004 based on the criteria of the Internal Control—Integrated Framework. Further, the material weaknesses identified resulted in an adverse opinion by our independent registered public accounting firm on the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting.

 

If we are unable to substantially improve our internal controls, our ability to report our financial results on a timely and accurate basis will continue to be adversely affected, which could have a material adverse affect on our ability to operate our business. Please see Item 9A “Controls and Procedures” for more information regarding the measures we have undertaken to implement, and which we intend to implement during the course of 2005, which are designed to remediate the deficiencies in our internal controls described in the Management’s Report On Internal Control Over Financial Reporting. The costs of remediating such deficiencies in our internal controls will adversely affect our results of operations. In addition, even after the remedial measures discussed in Item 9A “Controls and Procedures” are fully implemented, our internal controls will not prevent all potential error and fraud, because any control system, no matter how well designed, can only provide reasonable and not absolute assurance that the objectives of the control system will be achieved.

 

Our failure to comply with certain conditions required for our common stock to be listed on The Nasdaq National Market could result in the delisting of our common stock from The Nasdaq National Market.

 

As a result of our failure to timely file our Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2004 and our Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the fiscal quarter ended March 31, 2005, and certain required restatements of our financial statements for prior periods, we were not in full compliance with Nasdaq Marketplace Rule 4310(c)(14), which requires us to make, on a timely basis, all filings with the SEC required by the Exchange Act. We are required to comply with Nasdaq Marketplace Rule 4310(c)(14) as a condition for our common stock to continue to be listed on The Nasdaq National Market (the “Nasdaq Market”).

 

We received notice on July 5, 2005 that the Nasdaq Market has granted us an extension of time until August 1, 2005 in which to file our Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2004 (“2004 Form 10-K”), certain restatements with respect to our historical financial statements, the Form 10-Q for the fiscal quarter ended March 31, 2005 (“first quarter 2005 Form 10-Q”) and to otherwise meet all necessary listing standards of the Nasdaq Market.

 

54


Table of Contents

We have restated our historical financial statements and have filed (i) this 2004 Form 10-K that includes, in addition to our consolidated financial statements for the year ended December 31, 2004, restated consolidated financial statements as of December 31, 2003 and the two years then ended and (ii) amended Form 10-Qs for the fiscal quarters ended March 31, 2004, June 30, 2004 and September 30, 2004 (the “2004 Form 10-Q/As”) that include restated financial statements for the prior comparative periods as well.

 

At this time, we intend to seek an additional extension from Nasdaq to file our first quarter 2005 Form 10-Q. There is no assurance that Nasdaq will grant any extension to file our first quarter 2005 Form 10-Q.

 

We cannot give any assurances as to what actions Nasdaq may take, but such actions could include delisting our shares from the Nasdaq Market. In addition, if we are unable to comply with any conditions for continued listing required by Nasdaq, then our shares of common stock are subject to immediate delisting from the Nasdaq Market. If our shares of common stock are delisted from the Nasdaq Market, they may not be eligible to trade on any national securities exchange or the over-the-counter market. If our common stock is no longer traded through a market system, it may not be liquid, which could affect its price. In addition, we may be unable to obtain future equity financing, or use our common stock as consideration for mergers or other business combinations. We intend to appeal any decision to delist our shares from the Nasdaq Market, but cannot provide any assurance that our appeal will be successful. Any such appeal will not stay the decision to delist our shares.

 

Risks Relating to Our Industry

 

Changes in government regulation or the inability to obtain or maintain necessary government approvals could harm our business.

 

Our products are subject to extensive government regulation, both in the United States and in other countries. To clinically test, manufacture and market products for human use, we must comply with regulations and safety standards set by the U.S. Food and Drug Administration and comparable state and foreign agencies. Regulations adopted by the U.S. Food and Drug Administration are wide ranging and govern, among other things, product design, development, manufacture and testing, labeling, storage, advertising and sales. Generally, products must meet regulatory standards as safe and effective for their intended use before being marketed for human applications. The clearance process is expensive, time-consuming and uncertain. Failure to comply with applicable regulatory requirements of the U.S. Food and Drug Administration can result in an enforcement action which may include a variety of sanctions, including fines, injunctions, civil penalties, recall or seizure of our products, operating restrictions, partial suspension or total shutdown of production and criminal prosecution. Failure to receive or maintain requisite approvals for the use of our products or processes and failure to receive clearance for the modification of existing products, or significant delays in obtaining such approvals, could prevent us from developing, manufacturing and marketing products and services necessary for us to remain competitive. In addition, unanticipated changes in existing regulatory requirements or the adoption of new requirements could impose significant costs and burdens on us, which could increase our operating expenses, reduce our revenue and profits, and result in operating losses.

 

If our customers cannot obtain third party reimbursement for their use of our products, they may be less inclined to purchase our products.

 

Our products are generally purchased by dental or medical professionals who have various billing practices and patient mixes. Such practices range from primarily private pay to those who rely heavily on third party payors, such as private insurance or government programs. In the United States, third party payors review and frequently challenge the prices charged for medical services. In many foreign countries, the prices for dental services are predetermined through government regulation. Payors may deny coverage and reimbursement if they determine that the procedure was not medically necessary, such as a cosmetic procedure, or that the device used

 

55


Table of Contents

in the procedure was investigational. Payors may also approve reimbursement for a medical procedure but reduce the amount of reimbursement drastically. We believe that most of the procedures being performed with our current products generally are reimbursable, with the exception of cosmetic applications such as tooth whitening. For the portion of dentists who rely heavily on third party reimbursement, a reduction in reimbursement levels, the inability to obtain reimbursement for services using our products could deter them from purchasing or using our products. We cannot predict the effect of future healthcare reforms or changes in financing for health and dental plans. Any such changes could have an adverse effect on the ability of a dental or medical professional to generate a return on investment using our current or future products. Such changes could act as disincentives for capital investments by dental and medical professionals and could have a negative impact on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

 

Item 7A.    Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk

 

In conjunction with a portion of the debt due in 2003 associated with the purchase of our production facility in Germany, we entered into a forward contract to purchase approximately $700,000 of Euros at an exchange rate of 0.8575. On February 3, 2003, the contracts expired and were not renewed, resulting in a cumulative realized gain on the contracts of $174,000.

 

Since February 3, 2003, we have not engaged in transactions to offset currency fluctuations. In October 2003, we paid off the debt on our German facility. The value of the German facility itself as stated in dollars on our balance sheet will vary as the exchange rate of the dollar and the Euro varies.

 

Our revenue in Europe is denominated principally in Euros, and our revenue in other international markets is denominated in dollars. As a result, an increase in the relative value of the dollar to the Euro would lead to less income from revenue denominated in Euros, unless we increase prices, which may not be possible due to competitive conditions in Europe. Additionally, since expenses relating to our manufacturing operations in Germany are paid in Euros, an increase in the value of the Euro relative to the dollar would increase the expenses associated with our German manufacturing operations and reduce our earnings.

 

We currently have a line of credit in the amount of $10.0 million at the variable interest rate equivalent to the Prime rate for advances less than $500,000 and with less than two business days notice, and at LIBOR plus 2.25% for advances of $500,000 or more and with two business days notice. This line of credit originally expired on June 30, 2005 and was extended to September 30, 2005. There was no outstanding bank debt at December 31, 2004.

 

Our primary objective in managing our cash balances has been preservation of principal and maintenance of liquidity to meet our operating needs. Most of our excess cash balances are invested in a money market account and U.S. treasury securities in which there is minimal interest rate risk.

 

Item 8.    Financial Statements and Supplementary Data

 

All financial statements and supplementary data required by this Item are listed in Part IV, Item 15 of this Form 10-K, are presented beginning on Page F-1 and are incorporated herein by this reference. Selected Quarterly Financial Data (unaudited) are presented in Item 7 (Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations) on page 39 of this Form 10-K and are incorporated herein by this reference.

 

Item 9.    Changes in and Disagreements with Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosure

 

None.

 

56


Table of Contents

Item 9A.    Controls and Procedures

 

Management’s Report on Internal Control over Financial Reporting

 

The management of BIOLASE Technology, Inc. is responsible for establishing and maintaining adequate internal control over financial reporting, as such term is defined in Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f) under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934. A company’s internal control over financial reporting is a process designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles. A company’s internal control over financial reporting includes those policies and procedures that (i) pertain to the maintenance of records that, in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and dispositions of our assets; (ii) provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, and that our receipts and expenditures are being made only in accordance with authorizations of our management and directors; and (iii) provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use, or disposition of our assets that could have a material effect on our financial statements.

 

Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements. Also, projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate.

 

Under the supervision and with the participation of management, including our Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer, management conducted an assessment of the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2004. In making this assessment, management used the criteria set forth in the framework established by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (COSO) entitled “ Internal Control—Integrated Framework .”

 

A material weakness is a control deficiency, or combination of control deficiencies, that results in more than a remote likelihood that a material misstatement of the annual or interim financial statements will not be prevented or detected. Management has identified the following material weaknesses:

 

  1. As of December 31, 2004, the Company did not maintain a sufficient complement of personnel with an appropriate level of accounting knowledge, experience and training in the application of generally accepted accounting principles commensurate with our financial reporting requirements . Specifically, the Company had deficiencies in accounting staff with sufficient depth and skill in the application of U.S. generally accepted accounting principles to meet the objectives that should be expected of these roles. This material weakness contributed to the following individual material weaknesses as of December 31, 2004.

 

  a) The Company did not maintain effective controls over the accounting for taxes other than income taxes. Specifically, the Company’s controls failed to: (i) identify the existence of a liability for penalties and interest on amounts collected from customers that were not timely remitted to the states or have not been remitted to the states, and (ii) account for the gain on the abatement of certain penalties and interest. In addition, the Company’s controls failed to prevent or detect erroneous value added tax refunds that were incorrectly recorded as a receivable. This control deficiency resulted in an understatement of the sales tax and value added tax liabilities and general and administrative expense, which also resulted in the restatement of the Company’s annual 2002 and 2003, and first, second and third quarter 2004 consolidated financial statements.

 

  b) The Company did not maintain effective controls over the identification of events that would trigger the need for an impairment analysis for indefinite-lived and long-lived assets. Specifically, the Company’s controls were ineffective in their design and operation to timely identify and evaluate the impact of a change in circumstances that resulted in the impairment of an acquired trade name. This control deficiency resulted in an adjustment to intangible assets and operating expenses in the Company’s fourth quarter 2004 consolidated financial statements.

 

57


Table of Contents
  c) The Company did not maintain effective controls over certain aspects of revenue recognition. Specifically, the Company did not have effective controls over: (i) revenue recognized on multiple element arrangements that included spares and consumables not shipped as of the balance sheet date, and (ii) the deferral of revenue on units that were not fully functional at the time revenue was recognized. This control deficiency resulted in premature revenue recognition and an adjustment to deferred revenue and revenue in 2003 and in each of the four quarters of the 2004 consolidated financial statements.

 

  d) The Company did not maintain effective controls over the valuation of our inventory. Specifically, the Company did not have effective controls to: (i) identify slow-moving and obsolete inventory, and (ii) ensure the Company’s inventory was properly recorded at historical cost. This control deficiency resulted in adjustments to inventory and cost of revenue in the Company’s first and fourth quarter 2004 consolidated financial statements.

 

  e) The Company did not maintain effective controls over accounts payable, certain accrued liabilities and the related expense accounts. Specifically, the Company did not have effective controls over the completeness, valuation and existence of accounts payable, accrued commissions and bonuses payable, and the related expense accounts. This control deficiency resulted in adjustments to the Company’s consolidated financial statements for each of the four quarters in 2004.

 

  f) The Company did not maintain effective controls over the accounting for foreign currency translation. Specifically, the Company did not have effective controls over the use of appropriate exchange rates for consolidating the financial statements of the Company’s Germany operations. This control deficiency resulted in adjustments to the Company’s second, third and fourth quarter 2004 consolidated financial statements.

 

Additionally, each of these control deficiencies could result in a misstatement of account balances or disclosures that would result in a material misstatement to the annual or interim financial statements that would not be prevented or detected.

 

  2. As of December 31, 2004, the Company did not maintain effective controls over the Company’s cash accounts and cash disbursements in Germany . Specifically, the Company did not: (i) maintain a proper segregation of duties over the approval and payment of vendor invoices at the Company’s operations in Germany (i.e., the same individual who had access to bank accounts also authorized purchases and approved cash disbursements, and certain vendor payments, although valid, were executed by unauthorized individuals), and (ii) have effective controls over the review of bank reconciliations and the completeness, accuracy and validity of cash transactions recorded in the general ledger. This control deficiency did not result in an adjustment to the Company’s consolidated financial statements. However, it could result in a misstatement to cash and other financial statement accounts that would result in a material misstatement to the annual or interim consolidated financial statements that would not be prevented or detected.

 

  3. As of December 31, 2004, the Company did not maintain effective controls over the processing of transactions of the Company’s subsidiary in Germany performed by a third party . Specifically, the Company did not have effective controls over the completeness, valuation and existence of certain financial statement accounts in Germany, such as accounts payable, accrued expenses, and the related sales and marketing, and general and administrative expenses, that are maintained by a third party. This control deficiency did not result in an adjustment to the Company’s consolidated financial statements. However, this control deficiency could result in a misstatement to the aforementioned financial statement accounts that would result in a material misstatement to the annual or interim consolidated financial statements that would not be prevented or detected.

 

  4.

As of December 31, 2004, the Company did not maintain effective controls over the restriction of access to financial application programs and data . The Company did not have effective controls over access to application programs and the underlying financial data. Specifically, there were instances in

 

58


Table of Contents
 

which certain financial accounting personnel had inappropriate access to financial application programs and data and the activities of these individuals were not subject to independent monitoring. This control deficiency did not result in an adjustment to the Company’s consolidated financial statements. However, this control deficiency could result in a material misstatement to the annual or interim consolidated financial statements that would not be prevented or detected.

 

  5. As of December 31, 2004, the Company did not maintain an effective control environment based on criteria established in “Internal Control—Integrated Framework” issued by the COSO . The financial reporting organizational structure was not adequate to support the Company’s activities. Deficiencies, such as an insufficient complement of personnel with an appropriate level of accounting knowledge, experience and training in the application of U.S generally accepted accounting principles have resulted in adjustments to the consolidated financial statements as discussed in Item 1 above. Item 1, together with the material weaknesses described in Items 2, 3, and 4 above indicate that the Company did not maintain an effective control environment as of December 31, 2004. These control deficiencies could result in a misstatement of account balances or disclosures that would result in a material misstatement to the annual or interim consolidated financial statements that would not be prevented or detected.

 

Because of these material weaknesses, management has concluded that the Company did not maintain effective internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2004, based on the criteria in Internal Control—Integrated Framework.

 

Management’s assessment of the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2004 has been audited by PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP, an independent registered public accounting firm, as stated in their report which appears herein.

 

Plan for Remediation of Material Weaknesses

 

Management has reviewed with the Audit Committee of the Board of Directors the internal control deficiencies that constitute significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in our internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2004.

 

Management has adopted, with the Audit Committee’s concurrence, certain remedial measures that are designed to improve our control environment and to address the material weaknesses described in Management’s Report on Internal Control over Financial Reporting beginning on page 57. These remedial measures include, but are not limited to, the following:

 

  1. The addition of properly qualified personnel in the areas of accounting, sales management, manufacturing administration and inventory control

 

  2. The hiring of our new Vice President/Corporate Controller in mid-year 2004

 

  3. The implementation of enhanced training for our finance and accounting personnel to familiarize them with our current and revised, where applicable, accounting policies and procedures

 

  4. The hiring of a tax professional who will oversee all tax matters both within the United States and internationally

 

  5. The establishment of policies and procedures to ensure the proper deferral of revenue for undelivered products and services associated with multiple element revenue arrangements

 

59


Table of Contents
  6. The implementation of proper segregation of duties—or adequate mitigating controls—in the area of accounts payable

 

  7. The implementation of controls to ensure the timely and consistent reconciliation of all significant accounts on a quarterly or more frequent basis as deemed appropriate

 

  8. The restructuring of the German facility which will include the addition of a regional financial management person and an assigned person from corporate to monitor, review and reconcile all German transactions and accounts

 

  9. The establishment of written policies and procedures relating to the access to, and control over, our financial accounting systems

 

  10. The ultimate migration of our financial accounting information technology system application (“system”) to a more robust, current version that will, among other benefits, integrate the inventory management process with the accounting and reporting function. We will also leverage the new system to monitor system access and employee specific transactions utilizing an on-line audit function.

 

At the direction of, and in consultation with the Audit Committee, management currently is implementing certain of the remedial measures and intends to implement the remaining remedial measures during the course of 2005 and 2006, with continued improvements being an ongoing exercise. While this implementation is underway, we are relying on extensive manual procedures and the utilization of outside accounting professionals. While we are implementing changes to our control environment, there remains a risk that the transitional procedures on which we are currently relying will fail to be sufficiently effective. Please see Part I, Item 1. “Business—Risk Factors—Our internal controls and procedures need to be improved.”

 

Changes in Internal Control over Financial Reporting

 

During the fourth quarter of 2004, our chief operating officer and interim chief financial officer was appointed as our chief executive officer, and our current chief financial offer was hired. There were no other changes in internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Rule 13a-15(f) under the Exchange Act) that occurred during our last fiscal quarter that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, our internal control over financial reporting.

 

Disclosure Controls and Procedures

 

Under the supervision and with the participation of our management, including our principal executive officer and principal financial officer, we conducted an evaluation of our disclosure controls and procedures, as such term is defined in Rule 13a-15(e) promulgated under the Exchange Act, as of December 31, 2004. In light of the issues referenced in the Management’s Report on Internal Control over Financial Reporting, our Chief Executive Officer and our Chief Financial Officer concluded that, as of the end of the period covered by this report, our disclosure controls and procedures were not effective at ensuring that the information required to be disclosed by us in the reports that we file or submit under the Exchange Act is (i) recorded, processed, summarized and reported within the time periods specified in the SEC’s rules and forms or (ii) that such information is accumulated and communicated to our management, including our principal executive and principal financial officer, as appropriate, to allow timely decisions regarding required financial disclosure. However, our Chief Executive Officer, as our principal executive officer, and our Chief Financial Officer, as our principal financial officer, believe that, once the Remedial Measures described above are implemented, our internal controls will be effective to address the internal control deficiencies described in Management’s Report on Internal Control over Financial Reporting and allow us to conclude that our disclosure controls and procedures are effective at a reasonable level of assurance at future filing dates. In addition, in light of the material weaknesses identified, we performed additional analysis and other post-closing procedures in connection with the preparation of our consolidated financial statements in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles. Accordingly, we believe that the financial statements included in this Annual Report on Form 10-K fairly present, in all material respects, our financial position, results of operations and cash flows for the periods presented.

 

60


Table of Contents

PART III

 

Item 10.    Directors and Executive Officers of the Registrant

 

The following table sets forth certain information regarding our directors and executive officers as of May 31, 2005:

 

Name


  

Age


  

Positions with the Company


Federico Pignatelli (1)

   52    Chairman of the Board

George V. d’Arbeloff (1)

   60    Director

Robert M. Anderton, DDS (1)

   68    Director

Jeffrey W. Jones

   47    Vice Chairman and Chief Technology Officer

Robert E. Grant

   36    President, Chief Executive Officer and Director

John W. Hohener

   50    Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer

James M. Haefner

   39    Executive Vice President of Global Sales

Keith G. Bateman

   52    Executive Vice President Marketing

(1) Member of Audit, Compensation, and Nominating and Governance Committees

 

The following is a brief description of the present and past business experience of each of our current directors and executive officers. The directors serve one-year terms which expire at the annual meeting of stockholders. The executive officers are elected by the Board of Directors on an annual basis and serve at the discretion of the Board, subject to the terms of any employment agreements they may have with us. Additionally, directors and executive officers serve until their successors have been duly elected and qualified or until their earlier resignation or removal. There are no family relationships among any of our directors or executive officers.

 

Federico Pignatelli has served as the Chairman of the Board since 1994 and as a director since 1991. He is the Founder and President of Art & Fashion Group since 1992. Art & Fashion Group is a holding company of an array of businesses providing services to the advertising industry, including the world’s largest complex of digital and film still photography studios for production and post-production. Previously, Mr. Pignatelli was a Managing Director at Gruntal & Company, an investment banking and brokerage firm and was a Managing Director of Ladenburg, Thalmann & Co., another investment banking and brokerage firm.

 

George V. d’Arbeloff has served as a director since 1996. Since 2003, Mr. d’Arbeloff has served as Managing Member of Opus Venture Group, LLC, a company dedicated to providing innovative products for television-based home shopping retailers. Since 2000, Mr. d’Arbeloff has served and continues to serve as Chairman of Big Idea Group, Inc., a company that links inventors with other companies buying innovation. From 1996 to 2000, Mr. d’Arbeloff served as Chief Executive Officer of Retail Solutions, Inc. From 1967 to 1996, he served in various executive capacities at Teradyne, Inc., a manufacturer of testing equipment for the semiconductor and electronics industries, including Vice President of Investor Relations from 1995 to 1996, Vice President and General Manager of the Semiconductor Test Group from 1992 to 1995 and Vice President and General Manager of the Industrial/Consumer Division of the Semiconductor Test Group from 1982 to 1992.

 

Robert M. Anderton, DDS has served as a director since May 2004. From 1999 to 2001, Dr. Anderton served as the President of the American Dental Association (ADA) as well as holding many official roles with the ADA, including Trustee, Liaison to the Commissions on Dental Accreditation, Council on Education, Government and Legislative Affairs. Dr. Anderton has practiced general dentistry since 1961 and has held several dental society positions, including past President of the Texas Dental Association and Dallas County Dental Society. At various times, Dr. Anderton has published a number of articles in medical and trade journals, including the Journal of the American Society of Preventive Dentistry and Journal of Modern Dental Practice. Dr. Anderton received his DDS degree from Baylor University—College of Dentistry and his J.D. degree from Southern Methodist University—School of Law.

 

61


Table of Contents

Jeffrey W. Jones has served as a director since 1998 and as Vice Chairman of the Board and our Chief Technology Officer since October 2004. He served as our President and Chief Executive Officer from 1998 to 2004, and as Managing Director of BIOLASE Europe GmbH, a wholly-owned subsidiary, from 2001 to 2004. From 1986 to 1998, Mr. Jones served in various executive capacities for a group of privately held companies, including the McMahan Enterprise Group and HGM Medical Laser Systems, a manufacturer of medical lasers used in ophthalmologic, dental and anesthetic applications. At various times during the above-mentioned period, he served as President and Chief Executive Officer of these companies.

 

Robert E. Grant has served a director and President and Chief Executive Officer since October 2004. He joined us in 2003 and served as Chief Operating Officer until 2004. Before joining us, from 2002 to 2003, Mr. Grant served as Executive Vice President and General Manager of the Medical Business of Lumenis in Santa Clara, California. In 2002, he served as Executive Vice President and General Manager of the Surgical and Ophthalmic Business of Lumenis. In 2001, Mr. Grant served as Vice President of the Surgical Business of the Coherent Medical Group, a subsidiary of Coherent, Inc. and a manufacturer of laser equipment that was later acquired by Lumenis. Between 2000 and 2001, he also served as Vice President of Business Development of the Coherent Medical Group. From 1998 to 2001, Mr. Grant served as the Managing Director of European Operations for the Coherent Medical Group, based in Dieburg, Germany. From 1997 to 1998, he served as Director of Business Development for HGM, Inc., a manufacturer of medical lasers used in ophthalmic, dental and aesthetic applications, which also was later acquired by Lumenis. Before 1997, Mr. Grant held several positions in management at other companies in the medical device industry.

 

John W. Hohener joined us in November 2004 as Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer. Prior to joining us, Mr. Hohener served as Chief Financial Officer of Netlist, Inc., a manufacturer and designer of high-density memory subsystems. Previously, Mr. Hohener served as Senior Vice President and Chief Financial Officer of TRC Companies, Inc., a $350 million public engineering services firm that provides technical, financial, risk management and construction services. He also was CFO of Entridia Corporation, a fabless semiconductor company, and CFO and co-founder of Smartflex Systems, Inc., a $180 million public electronics contract manufacturer, which was later sold to Saturn Electronics.

 

James M. Haefner joined us as our Executive Vice President of Global Sales in January 2005 and is responsible for managing the global sales organization. Prior to joining us, and following the acquisition of the Coherent Medical Group by Lumenis Ltd, Mr. Haefner held numerous management positions at Coherent and Lumenis including, Vice President of Sales, Director of Sales & Service, Regional Sales Manager and as a top Sales Representative at the earlier stage of his career. For more than 10 years, he has worked extensively across all of Coherent and Lumenis’ medical laser product lines including surgical, ophthalmic and aesthetic.

 

Keith G. Bateman has served as Executive Vice President Marketing since January 2005 and been as Executive Vice President since 2002, previously serving as our Vice President of Global Sales from 1999 to 2001. From 1994 to 1998, Mr. Bateman held executive positions with the international and domestic divisions of HGM Medical Laser Systems, Inc., a manufacturer of medical lasers used in ophthalmologic, dental and anesthetic applications. Prior to that, he held several positions in sales, marketing and management at various companies in the computer industry.

 

Board Committees and Meetings

 

The Board of Directors held seven meetings and acted by written consent various times during the year ended December 31, 2004. The Board has an Audit Committee, a Compensation Committee and a Nominating Committee. Each director attended or participated in 75% or more of the aggregate of (i) the total number of meetings of the Board of Directors and (ii) the total number of meetings held by all committees of the Board on which such director served during 2004.

 

62


Table of Contents

Audit Committee.     The Audit Committee currently consists of three directors, Messrs. d’Arbeloff and Pignatelli and Dr. Anderton, and is primarily responsible for approving the services performed by our independent registered public accounting firm and reviewing their reports regarding our accounting practices and systems of internal accounting controls. The committee also reviews our financial reports, its accounting and financial policies in general, and management’s procedures and policies with respect to our internal accounting controls. The Audit Committee held ten meetings during 2004 and acted by written consent various times during 2004.

 

The Board has determined that all members of the Audit Committee are “independent” as that term is defined in Rule 4200 of the Nasdaq Marketplace Rules and Section 10A of the Exchange Act and the rules and regulations thereunder. The Board has determined that Mr. d’Arbeloff qualifies as the “audit committee financial expert” under the Exchange Act, by means of his experience identified above.

 

Compensation Committee.     The Compensation Committee currently consists of three directors, Messrs. Pignatelli and d’Arbeloff and Dr. Anderton, and is primarily responsible for reviewing and developing our general compensation policies and making recommendations to the Board of Directors on compensation levels for our executive officers. The Compensation Committee also reviews and makes recommendations to the Board of Directors on matters relating to employee compensation and benefit plans. Each of the members of our Compensation Committee qualifies as an independent director under the Nasdaq Marketplace Rules and as a non-employee director under the Internal Revenue Code. The Compensation Committee held one meeting during 2004.

 

Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee.     The Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee currently consists of three directors, Dr. Anderton and Messrs. d’Arbeloff and Pignatelli, and is primarily responsible for recommending to the Board of Directors criteria for membership on the Board of Directors, identifying individuals qualified to serve on the Board of Directors and recommending individuals for selection by the Board of Directors as director nominees for election at each annual meeting of stockholders. The Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee is also responsible for developing and recommending to the Board of Directors corporate governance guidelines and overseeing the annual evaluation of the Board of Directors. The Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee has a policy that it will review and evaluate the qualifications of any director candidates who have been recommended by our stockholders. A stockholder who wishes to suggest a prospective nominee for the Board should notify any member of the Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee in writing with any supporting material the stockholder considers appropriate. Each of the members of our Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee qualifies as an independent director under the Nasdaq Marketplace rules. The Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee held two meetings during 2004.

 

Section 16(a) Beneficial Ownership Reporting Compliance

 

The members of the Board of Directors, our executive officers and beneficial holders of more than ten percent (10%) of our outstanding common stock are subject to the reporting requirements of Section 16(a) of the Exchange Act which requires them to file reports with respect to their ownership of our securities. Based upon the copies of Section 16(a) reports which we received from such persons for their 2004 fiscal year transactions in the common stock and their common stock holdings, and while we inadvertently did not obtain timely written certifications from each such person that no Forms 5 were due, we believe that all reporting requirements under Section 16(a) for such fiscal year were met in a timely manner by our directors, executive officers and greater than ten percent beneficial owners, except for the following: Dr. Anderton did not file a Form 3 within ten days of being elected as a director and failed to report one transaction relating to his initial stock option grant upon joining our board, Mr. Pignatelli did not file a Form 4 reporting one transaction relating to his annual automatic stock option grant, Mr. d’Arbeloff filed one late Form 4 reporting one transaction regarding his annual automatic stock option grant, and Messrs. Jones and Bateman each did not file a Form 5 to report one transaction each relating to a stock option grant received by each of them the previous fiscal year but previously unreported.

 

 

63


Table of Contents

Code of Ethics

 

The Board of Directors has adopted a Code of Ethics that applies to all or our directors, officers and employees, including our principal executive officer, principal financial officer and controller. This Code of Ethics is designed to comply with the Nasdaq Marketplace Rules related to codes of conduct. A copy of our Code of Ethics is attached to this Form 10-K as an exhibit.

 

Item 11.    Executive Compensation

 

Director Compensation

 

Directors who are not employees of us or any of our subsidiaries did not receive any cash compensation from us for their service as members of the Board of Directors or any Board committee in 2004. However, directors are reimbursed for all reasonable travel and lodging expenses incurred by them in attending Board and committee meetings. As Chairman of the Board, Mr. Pignatelli receives a quarterly payment of $7,500 which approximates his actual expenses incurred in connection with his service on our Board of Directors. In addition, in June 2005, our Board of Directors resolved to make a one-time payment of $90,000 to Mr. d’Arbeloff in connection with his service as audit committee chair and the extraordinary efforts he contributed in connection with the 2004 audit.

 

Under the automatic option grant program in effect under the 2002 Stock Incentive Plan, each individual who is elected to the Board as a non-employee director, at an annual meeting of stockholders or at a special meeting at which directors are elected, automatically is granted, on the date of such election, a non-statutory option to purchase 30,000 shares of common stock. Each option vests at a rate of 7,500 shares per quarter, commencing three months after the date of grant. If a non-employee director becomes a director for the first time on a date other than the date of a meeting at which all directors are elected, he or she automatically is granted a non-statutory option to purchase the number of shares equal to (a) 2,500 multiplied by (b) the difference between 12 and the number of months since the last meeting at which directors were elected, vesting at a rate of 2,500 shares per month.

 

Each automatic grant under the 2002 Stock Incentive Plan has an exercise price per share equal to the fair market value per share of common stock on the grant date and has a maximum term of ten years, subject to earlier termination twelve months after the date of the optionee’s cessation of Board service for any reason. Each automatic option is immediately exercisable for all of the option shares. However, any shares purchased under such option are subject to repurchase by us, at the lower of the exercise price paid per share or the fair market value per share (determined at the time of repurchase), should the optionee cease Board service prior to vesting in those shares. The shares subject to each initial option grant and each annual option grant will immediately vest in full if certain changes in control or ownership occur or if the optionee dies or becomes disabled while serving as a director.

 

Under the automatic option grant program, Messrs. Pignatelli and d’Arbeloff and Dr. Anderton each received an automatic option grant on May 26, 2004 to purchase 30,000 shares of common stock at an exercise price of $11.96 per share.

 

64


Table of Contents

Summary of Cash and Certain Other Compensation

 

The following table summarizes all compensation paid to persons who served as our chief executive officer during the last fiscal year, our executive officer whose served in that capacity at December 31, 2004 and whose total salary and bonus exceeded $100,000, and two other executive officers who no longer serve in that capacity at December 31, 2004 but whose total salary and bonus exceeded $100,000 (which we refer to collectively as the named executive officers), for services rendered in all capacities to us and our subsidiaries for the fiscal years ended December 31, 2004, 2003 and 2002. Perquisites and other personal benefits paid to the named executive officers are less than the minimum reporting threshold of $50,000 or 10% of the total annual salary plus bonus for the named executive officer, and such amounts paid, if any, are represented in the table by “$—.”

 

Summary Compensation Table

 

                        

Long-Term

Compensation

Awards


   All Other
Compensation


 

Name and Principal Position


   Year

   Salary

   Bonus

  

Other

Annual

Compensation


  

Securities

Underlying
Options/SARs


  

Robert E. Grant (1)
President and Chief Executive Officer

   2004
2003
   $
 
195,167
67,203
   $
 
101,022
16,667
   $
$
—  
—  
   400,000
100,000
   $
 
6,657
0
 (2)
 

Jeffrey W. Jones (3)
Chief Technology Officer

   2004
2003
2002
   $
 
 
273,542
240,000
240,000
   $
 
 
181,500
174,500
96,000
   $
$
$
—  
—  
—  
   0
200,000
0
    
 
 
0
0
0
 
 
 

Keith G. Bateman
Executive Vice President Marketing

   2004
2003
2002
   $
 
 
173,966
148,333
110,000
   $
 
 
106,349
136,876
137,362
   $
$
$
—  
—  
—  
   0
75,000
0
    
 
 
0
0
0
 
 
 

Edson J. Rood (4)
Vice President and Chief Financial Officer

   2004
2003
2002
   $
 
 
145,000
150,000
150,000
   $
 
 
0
50,000
0
   $
$
$
—  
—  
—  
   0
0
0
    
 
 
0
0
0
 
 
 

Ioana Rizoiu
Vice President Clinical Research

   2004
2003
2002
   $
 
 
122,917
95,625
94,306
   $
 
 
45,000
0
0
   $
$
$
—  
—  
—  
   0
0
0
    
 
 
0
0
0
 
 
 

(1) Mr. Grant was named President and Chief Executive Officer in October 2004 and previously served as our Chief Operating Officer from 2003 to 2004. His annual base salary was $275,000 for 2004 and $150,000 for 2003.
(2) Represents reimbursement of relocation expenses.
(3) Mr. Jones was named Chief Technology Officer in October 2004 and previously served as our President and Chief Executive Officer from 1998 to 2004.
(4) Mr. Rood retired in July 2004. John W. Hohener joined us in November 2004 as Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer. His annual base salary was $225,000 for 2004.

 

65


Table of Contents

Stock Options

 

The following table contains information concerning the grant of stock options under our 2002 Stock Option Plan to the named executive officers during the fiscal year ended December 31, 2004. No stock appreciation rights were granted to the named executive officers in 2004. The potential realizable values were determined in accordance with rules promulgated by the SEC and are not intended to forecast the prices at which the common stock could trade in the future. The actual realized value will depend on the amount by which the sales price of the shares exceeds the exercise price.

 

Option Grants in Last Fiscal Year

 

Name


   Number of
Securities
Underlying
Options/
SARs
Granted


   Percent of
Total
Options/SARs
Granted to
Employees in
Fiscal Year


   

Exercise
or Base
Price Per
Share


  

Expiration

Date


   Potential Realizable Value at
Assumed Annual Rates of
Stock Price Appreciation for
Option Term


              5%

   10%

Robert E. Grant

   400,000    31 %   $ 5.98    10-25-2014    $ 1,504,316    $ 3,812,232

Jeffrey W. Jones

   0    —         —      —        —        —  

Keith G. Bateman

   0    —         —      —        —        —  

Edson J. Rood

   0    —         —      —        —        —  

Ioana Rizoiu

   0    —         —      —        —        —  

 

The option grant made to Mr. Grant becomes exercisable ratably over a three-year period at the rate of 33,333 shares per quarter, with the first quarter ending December 31, 2004. The option has a term of ten years from the date of grant. The exercise price per share represented the fair market value of the underlying shares of common stock on the date the option was granted.

 

The following table provides information, with respect to the named executive officers, concerning unexercised options held as of the end of the fiscal year. No options were exercised by any of the named executive officers during the last fiscal year. Value is calculated as market price of our common stock at fiscal year end less exercise price. The market price of our common stock at December 31, 2004 was $10.87.

 

Aggregated Option/SAR Exercises in Last Fiscal Year and Fiscal Year-End Option/SAR Values

 

    

Number of Securities
Underlying Unexercised

Options at
December 31, 2004


  

Value of Unexercised

in-the-Money

Options at
December 31, 2004


Name


   Exercisable

   Unexercisable

   Exercisable

   Unexercisable

Robert E. Grant

   129,165    370,835    $ 326,787    $ 1,630,013

Jeffrey W. Jones

   956,997    50,003    $ 6,143,715    $ 0

Keith G. Bateman

   281,249    18,751    $ 1,659,219    $ 0

Edson J. Rood

   200,000    0    $ 1,296,000    $ 0

Ioana Rizoiu

   160,000    0    $ 1,282,381    $ 0

 

Employment Contracts, Termination of Employment and Change in Control Arrangements

 

The Compensation Committee of our Board of Directors has the authority to provide for accelerated vesting of the shares of our common stock subject to any outstanding options held by the chief executive officer or any other executive officer or any unvested share issuances actually held by such individual, in connection with certain changes in control of us or the subsequent termination of the officer’s employment following the change of control event. In addition, as described below, options held by our chief executive officer and chief financial officer accelerate upon a change of control.

 

 

66


Table of Contents

Employment Agreement with Robert E. Grant

 

On October 26, 2004, we entered into an at-will Employment Agreement with Robert E. Grant, our newly appointed President and Chief Executive Officer, which superseded his Employment Agreement of August 2003. The agreement provides for an annual base salary of $275,000 and, beginning in calendar year 2005, an annual bonus of up to $175,000 (Mr. Grant’s bonus for calendar year 2004 was $78,000). Sixty percent of the annual bonus is based on the achievement of revenue targets and 40% is based on the achievement of net income targets. In connection with the annual bonus, Mr. Grant is eligible to receive up to $50,000 paid quarterly based upon the achievement of such revenue and net income targets. The remaining portion of the bonus (up to $125,000) will not be paid until we file our Annual Report on Form 10-K with the SEC for the previous reporting year. The agreement also provides for a stock option grant to purchase 400,000 shares of common stock at an exercise price of $5.98 per share, with pro rata vesting quarterly over three years at the rate of 33,333 shares per quarter, with the first quarter ending on December 31, 2004. Mr. Grant will also be eligible to receive stock options with respect to 100,000 shares annually beginning on the third anniversary of the effective date of the agreement. Mr. Grant is entitled to four weeks paid vacation, we pay the medical and dental plan premiums for him and his immediate family and we reimburse him for out-of-pocket costs, fees, charges or expenses in connection with the medical and dental plans, which reimbursement shall not exceed $3,000 without the prior written consent of the Board of Directors. We have agreed to assume or reimburse Mr. Grant the costs associated with the lease of his vehicle.

 

In the event we terminate Mr. Grant’s employment without cause or Mr. Grant terminates his employment for good reason, he will receive severance equal to six times the base monthly salary he was receiving immediately prior to the date of termination or resignation, we will pay his COBRA premiums for the six-month period following termination or resignation, he will be entitled to receive the pro-rated portion of any performance bonus to which he would otherwise be entitled and his stock options will continue to vest through the end of the quarter in which such termination or resignation becomes effective. Mr. Grant will have one year from the effective date of such termination or resignation to exercise the vested portion of his stock options.

 

In the event of Mr. Grant’s death while employed by us and during the term of the agreement, Mr. Grant’s estate will receive a lump sum payment of an amount equal to six months of his then effective base salary, subject to offset from insurance benefit payments, and all stock options that would be vested at the end of the quarter in which the death occurred will be vested and immediately exercisable. His estate will have one year from the effective date of such death to exercise the vested portion of Mr. Grant’s stock options.

 

If Mr. Grant’s employment is terminated by us due to mental or physical disability, Mr. Grant will continue to receive his base salary for six months and all stock options that would be vested at the end of the quarter in which the termination occurred will be vested and immediately exercisable. Mr. Grant will have one year from the effective date of the termination to exercise the vested portion of his stock options.

 

Upon a change of control of us, which includes a change in a majority of the Board composition within a period of 60 consecutive days or the acquisition of us by a third party of greater than 50% of our outstanding shares, all options held by Mr. Grant will fully vest and become immediately exercisable.

 

We have agreed to indemnify Mr. Grant, to the maximum extent permitted under Delaware law, against any expenses (including attorneys’ fees), judgments, fines and amounts paid in settlement actually and reasonably incurred by him in connection with any action, suit or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative, threatened or initiated against him by reason of the fact that he was serving as an officer, director, employee or agent of ours or was serving at our request as an officer, director, employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise.

 

Unless earlier terminated, the terms of the Employment Agreement will end on October 23, 2007, provided that, unless and until a new written agreement is entered into, the employment relationship under the agreement

 

67


Table of Contents

will continue on a calendar quarter to calendar quarter basis with the same remuneration and compensation as shall apply during the final year of the agreement term.

 

Employment Agreement with John W. Hohener

 

On October 24, 2004, we entered into an at-will Employment Agreement, as amended, with John W. Hohener, our newly appointed Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer. Mr. Hohener’s employment commenced on November 13, 2004 and he was appointed Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer on November 15, 2004. The agreement provides for an annual base salary of $225,000 and, beginning in calendar year 2005, an annual performance bonus of up to $120,000. The agreement also provides for a stock option grant to purchase 250,000 shares of common stock at an exercise price of $8.25 per share, with one third of the options becoming vested on the first anniversary of the effective date and 1/8th vesting quarterly thereafter. The exercise price of such stock option is the fair market value of our common stock on the date of grant, November 13, 2004. Mr. Hohener is entitled to four weeks paid vacation, we pay the medical and dental plan premiums for him and his immediate family and we reimburse Mr. Hohener for out-of-pocket costs, fees, charges or expenses in connection with the medical and dental plans, which reimbursement shall not exceed $3,000 without the prior written consent of the Board of Directors.

 

In the event we terminate Mr. Hohener’s employment without cause or Mr. Hohener terminates his employment for good reason, he will receive severance equal to six times the base monthly salary he was receiving immediately prior to the date of termination or resignation, we will pay his COBRA premiums for the six month period following termination or resignation, he will be entitled to receive the pro-rated portion of any performance bonus to which he would otherwise be entitled and vesting of stock options granted to him will accelerate such that at least 100,000 option shares will be vested and immediately exercisable. Mr. Hohener will have six months from the effective date of such termination or resignation to exercise the vested portion of his stock options.

 

In the event of Mr. Hohener’s death while employed by us and during the term of the agreement, Mr. Hohener’s estate will receive a lump sum payment of an amount equal to six months of his then effective base salary, subject to offset from insurance benefit payments, and vesting of stock options granted to Mr. Hohener will accelerate such that at least 100,000 option shares will be vested and immediately exercisable. His estate will have six months from the effective date of such death to exercise the vested portion of Mr. Hohener’s stock options.

 

If Mr. Hohener’s employment is terminated by us due to mental or physical disability, Mr. Hohener will continue to receive his base salary for six months and vesting of stock options granted to him will accelerate such that at least 100,000 option shares will be vested and immediately exercisable. Mr. Hohener will have six months from the effective date of the termination to exercise the vested portion of his stock options.

 

Upon a change of control of us, which includes a change in a majority of the Board of Directors’ composition within a period of 60 consecutive days or the acquisition of us by a third party of greater than 50% of our outstanding shares, all options held by Mr. Hohener will fully vest and become immediately exercisable

 

We have agreed to reimburse Mr. Hohener on an after-tax basis for half of any excise tax penalties to which he may be subject by reason of receiving “excess parachute payments” upon a change of control of us.

 

We have agreed to indemnify Mr. Hohener, to the maximum extent permitted under Delaware law, against any expenses (including attorneys’ fees), judgments, fines and amounts paid in settlement actually and reasonably incurred by him in connection with any action, suit or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative, threatened or initiated against him by reason of the fact that he was serving as an officer, director, employee or agent of ours or was serving at our request as an officer, director, employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise. In addition, we have agreed to

 

68


Table of Contents

provide Mr. Hohener with directors’ and officers’ liability insurance coverage in an amount at least as favorable to him as what we currently maintain or such greater coverage as we may maintain in the future.

 

Unless otherwise terminated, the terms of the Employment Agreement will continue automatically on a yearly basis.

 

Employment Agreement with Jeffrey W. Jones

 

In December 2003, we entered into an employment agreement with Jeffrey W. Jones, then President and Chief Executive Officer. Effective October 24, 2004, Mr. Jones was named Vice Chairman of the Board and his title was changed to Chief Technology Officer. The agreement provides for an initial term of two years commencing on January 1, 2004 and ending on December 31, 2005, after which his employment will continue on a calendar quarter to calendar quarter basis on the terms existing at the time until terminated at the expiration of a calendar quarter on at least 90 days prior notice by either party, or until the employment agreement is amended, renewed or extended. We may immediately terminate the employment agreement at any time for cause as defined in the employment agreement. If we terminate Mr. Jones’ employment other than for cause, Mr. Jones will be entitled to receive severance pay in an amount equal to six to 12 months’ base salary. Under the terms of the employment agreement, Mr. Jones receives a base annual salary of $275,000. In addition, Mr. Jones is entitled to receive a bonus equal to 0.75% of all 2004 sales in excess of $40.0 million. Under his employment agreement, Mr. Jones received an option to purchase 200,000 shares of our common stock at an exercise price of $14.01, which was the fair market value of our common stock on December 12, 2003. The option vests and will be exercisable at a rate of approximately 8,333 shares per month and expires ten years from the date of grant, subject to early termination should Mr. Jones cease to provide service to us. Mr. Jones is entitled to receive a housing allowance of $3,500 per month for expenses incurred in maintaining a residence in California in connection with his employment with us. The housing allowance will be deducted from any bonus he is entitled to receive. Mr. Jones also is entitled to receive an allowance for an automobile and related expenses, four weeks paid vacation per year, reimbursement of reasonable business expenses and other executive benefits.

 

In Mr. Jones’ employment agreement, we agreed to indemnify Mr. Jones to the maximum extent permitted under Delaware law against any expenses (including attorneys’ fees), judgments, fines and amounts paid in settlement (with our written consent which shall not be unreasonably withheld) actually and reasonably incurred in connection with any action, suit or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative, threatened or initiated against Mr. Jones by reason of the fact that he was serving as an officer, director, employee or agent or was serving at our request as an officer, director, employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise.

 

Employment Agreement with Keith G. Bateman

 

In January 1999, we entered into an employment agreement with Keith G. Bateman, then Vice President of Global Sales. Mr. Bateman was subsequently named Executive Vice President in 2002 and Executive Vice President Marketing in January 2005. Mr. Bateman’s base salary was $175,000 for 2004. Under the terms of this agreement, if we are acquired or merged, the surviving entity either must offer Mr. Bateman a one-year employment agreement with at least equivalent compensation terms as he receives from us or must pay Mr. Bateman severance in an amount equal to his total compensation during the previous nine months, including base salary, commissions and bonus. Except for the above-described provision relating to an acquisition or merger, the agreement is terminable at any time by us or Mr. Bateman.

 

Compensation Committee Interlocks and Insider Participation

 

During 2004, the Compensation Committee consisted of Messrs. Pignatelli and d’Arbeloff and Dr. Anderton. No member of the Compensation Committee was an officer or employee of ours at any time during the 2004 fiscal year or at any other time. The Board of Directors as a whole, including our Chief Executive Officer,

 

69


Table of Contents

made all compensation decisions with respect to our executive officers during 2004. No current executive officer has ever served as a member of the board of directors or compensation committee of any other entity that has or has had one or more executive officers serving as a member of our Board of Directors or Compensation Committee.

 

Report on Executive Compensation

 

During 2004, the Compensation Committee’s primary responsibility was to review and develop our general compensation policies and make recommendations to the Board of Directors on compensation levels for our executive officers. After receiving and reviewing the Compensation Committee’s recommendations, the Board of Directors, which included a majority of the independent directors, determined the overall compensation packages, including option grants, provided to each of the executive officers and our President and Chief Executive Officer.

 

General Compensation Policy.     The Board and the Compensation Committee believe that the compensation programs for our executive officers should reflect our performance and the value created for our stockholders. In addition, our compensation programs are meant to support our short-term and long-term strategic goals and values and should reward individual contributions to our success. When establishing overall compensation, the Board and the Compensation Committee take into consideration the amounts paid to executive officers of companies with business structure, size, location and stage of development similar to us.

 

The goal of the Board and the Compensation Committee is to attract and retain executive officers who will strive for excellence and to motivate those individuals to achieve superior performance by providing them with rewards for assisting us in meeting targets regarding revenues, profitability and technology development. In order to achieve this goal, the policy of the Board and the Compensation Committee is to provide our Chief Executive Officer and other executive officers with competitive compensation opportunities based upon their contribution to our financial success and their personal performance. The objective of the Board and the Compensation Committee is to have a substantial portion of each executive officer’s compensation contingent upon our performance. Accordingly, the compensation package for the Chief Executive Officer and other executive officers is comprised of three elements: (1) a base salary, designed to be competitive with salary levels in the industry and to reflect individual performance; (2) a discretionary annual incentive bonus payable in cash and tied to our achievement of annual financial and other performance goals; and (3) where appropriate, long-term stock-based incentive awards designed to strengthen the mutuality of interests between the executive officer and our stockholders.

 

The Board and the Compensation Committee periodically reviews total compensation levels and the distribution of compensation among the three elements identified above for each of the executive officers in the context of our compensation policy and compensation packages awarded to executive officers in comparable positions at companies within related industries. The Board and the Compensation Committee believe that our most direct competitors for executive talent include significantly larger and better-capitalized companies in the medical device industry, comprising a broader range of companies than those with which we usually are compared for purposes of stock performance.

 

Base Salary.     During 2004, the Compensation Committee reviewed the base salary of each executive officer. In assessing appropriately competitive salary levels, the Compensation Committee considered each officer’s position, experience and tenure with us, the duties and changes in duties of each officer, the past accomplishments and expected future contributions of each officer, and information on competitive compensation levels for similar executive positions.

 

Annual Incentive Bonuses.     An executive officer may be awarded incentive bonuses based on our results of operations and financial performance, the performance of the executive officer in that officer’s area of responsibility and the officer’s contribution to our operating performance.

 

70


Table of Contents

Long Term Stock-Based Incentives.     Stock-based incentives are designed to align the interests of our executive officer with those of our stockholders and provide each individual with a significant incentive to manage us from the perspective of an owner with an equity stake in the business. Options allow the officers to acquire shares of common stock at a fixed price per share (generally the market price on the grant date) over a specified period of time (up to ten years). Options generally become exercisable in a series of installments over a two to three-year period, contingent upon the officer’s continued employment with us. Accordingly, options provide a return to the executive officer only if he or she remains employed by us during the vesting period, and then only if the market price of the shares appreciates over the option term.

 

The size of the option grant to each executive officer, including any grant considered for the Chief Executive Officer, is set at a level that is intended to create a meaningful opportunity for stock ownership based upon the individual’s current position with us, the individual’s personal performance in recent periods and his or her potential for future responsibility and promotion over the option term. The Board and the Compensation Committee may also take into account the number of unvested options held by the executive officer in order to maintain an appropriate level of equity incentive for that individual. The relevant weight given to each of these factors varies from individual to individual

 

CEO Compensation.     Mr. Jones served as our Chief Executive Officer until October 2004 when Mr. Grant was appointed to that position. In setting the total compensation payable to the person serving as our Chief Executive Officer, we sought to provide a stable level of cash compensation within a range of compensation found among competitive companies, while recognizing the individual’s contributions to our overall performance. Messrs. Jones and Grant are each compensated in accordance with the terms of employment agreements which are summarized under “Employment Contracts, Termination of Employment and Change in Control Arrangements.”

 

Compliance with Internal Revenue Code Section 162(m).     Section 162(m) of the Internal Revenue Code disallows a tax deduction to publicly held companies for compensation paid to certain of their executive officers to the extent that such compensation exceeds $1.0 million per covered officer in any fiscal year. The limitation applies only to compensation that is not considered to be performance-based. Non-performance-based compensation paid to our executive officers for the 2003 fiscal year did not exceed the $1.0 million limit per officer, and we do not expect the non-performance-based compensation to be paid to our executive officers for the 2005 fiscal year to exceed that limit. Because it is unlikely that the cash compensation payable to any of our executive officers in the foreseeable future will approach the $1.0 million limit, we do not expect to take any action to limit or restructure the elements of cash compensation payable to our executive officers so as to qualify that compensation as performance-based compensation under Section 162(m). We will reconsider this decision should the individual cash compensation of any executive officer ever approach the $1.0 million level.

 

The 2002 Stock Incentive Plan imposes the requisite limitation on the maximum number of shares for which options may be granted per individual. Therefore, assuming a committee comprised solely of outside directors as required by Section 162(m) makes all option grants to our executive officers, any compensation deemed paid in connection with the exercise of future option grants made to executive officers under the 2002 Stock Incentive Plan with an exercise price equal to the fair market value of the option shares on the grant date should qualify as performance-based compensation that will not be subject to the $1.0 million limitation.

 

71


Table of Contents

It is the opinion of the Compensation Committee that the executive compensation policies and plans provide the necessary total remuneration program to properly align our performance and the interests of our stockholders through the use of competitive and equitable executive compensation in a balanced and reasonable manner, for both the short and long-term.

 

    Submitted by the Compensation Committee
    Federico Pignatelli
    Robert M. Anderton
    George V. d’Arbeloff
    And approved by the Board of Directors

 

Stock Performance Graph

 

The graph depicted below shows a comparison of cumulative total stockholder returns for our common stock, the S&P SmallCap 600 Index and the S&P SmallCap 600 Healthcare Index for the period from December 31, 1999 to December 31, 2004. We are using the S&P SmallCap 600 Healthcare Index instead of the Nasdaq Medical Devices Index which was used last year because the latter index is no longer available.

 

LOGO


(1) The graph assumes that $100 was invested on December 31, 1999, in our common stock and in each index, and that all dividends, if any, were reinvested. We have paid cash dividend of $0.01 per share in each of July, September and November of 2004.
(2) The graph is required to be presented by the SEC. Stockholder returns over the indicated period should not be considered indicative of future stockholder returns.

 

Notwithstanding anything to the contrary set forth in any of our previous filings made under the Securities Act of 1933, or the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, that might incorporate future filings made by us under those statutes, neither the preceding Stock Performance Graph nor the Report on Executive Compensation is to be incorporated by reference into any such prior filings, nor shall such graph or report be incorporated by reference into any future filings made by us under those statutes.

 

 

72


Table of Contents
Item 12.    Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Stockholder Matters

 

Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management

 

The following table sets forth the beneficial ownership of shares of our common stock as of May 31, 2005 by (i) any stockholder we know of to beneficially own more than five percent (5%) of our outstanding common stock, (ii) each director and nominee for director, (iii) each named executive officer and (iv) our directors and executive officers as a group. Options shown in the table were granted pursuant to our 2002 Stock Option Plan, 1993 Stock Option Plan or 1990 Stock Option Plan and represent the shares issuable upon exercise of outstanding options, now exercisable or exercisable within sixty (60) days of May 31, 2005. Except as otherwise indicated, the address for each beneficial owner listed below is care of BIOLASE Technology, Inc., 981 Calle Amanecer, San Clemente, California 92673. Except as indicated in the footnotes to this table, the persons or entities named in the table have sole voting and investment power with respect to all shares of common stock shown as beneficially owned by them, subject to community property laws, where applicable. Percentage ownership is calculated pursuant to SEC Rule 13d-3(d)(1).

 

Beneficial Owner


  

Shares

Beneficially

Owned


   Number of
Shares
Underlying
Options


  

Percentage
of Shares

Beneficially

Owned


 

FMR Corp. (1)
82 Devonshire Street
Boston, MA 02109

   1,593,700    0    6.94 %

Federico Pignatelli

   554,750    320,000    3.75 %

Robert M. Anderton

   0    30,000    *  

George V. d’Arbeloff

   38,182    218,335    *  

Jeffrey W. Jones

   10,700    973,664    4.11 %

Robert E. Grant

   1,000    162,497    *  

Keith G. Bateman

   4,050    287,499    1.25 %

Edson J. Rood

   0    200,000    *  

Ioana Rizoiu

   50    160,000    *  

All current directors and executive officers as a group (8 persons)

   608,732    2,351,995    11.69 %

* Represents less than 1%.
(1) Pursuant to Schedule 13G dated February 14, 2005 filed by FMR Corp., a parent holding company (“FMR”), which reported sole voting power over 335,900 shares and sole dispositive power over 1,593,700 shares. Fidelity Management & Research Company, an investment advisor and wholly owned subsidiary of FMR, beneficially owns 1,268,200 of such shares. Fidelity Management Trust Company, a bank and wholly owned subsidiary of FMR, beneficially owns 325,500 of such shares.

 

Equity Incentive Plans

 

We maintain various equity incentive plans designed to attract and retain the services of individuals essential to our long term growth and success. These plans consist of the 1990 Stock Option Plan, 1993 Stock Option Plan and 2002 Stock Incentive Plan, as amended (the “2002 Plan”). The 1990 Stock Option Plan and 1993 Stock Option Plan have terminated pursuant to their terms. No new option grants may be issued under the 1990 Stock Option Plan or 1993 Stock Option Plan.

 

73


Table of Contents

The following table provides information as of December 31, 2004 with respect to the shares of our common stock that may be issued under our existing equity compensation plans.

 

Plan Category


  

Number of Securities

to be Issued
Upon Exercise of
Outstanding
Options, Warrants
and Rights


   Weighted Average
Exercise Price of
Outstanding
Options,
Warrants and
Rights


  

Number of Securities
Remaining
Available for Future
Issuance

Under Equity
Compensation Plans


Equity Compensation Plans
Approved by Stockholders (1)

   4,016,312    $ 6.83    104,856

Equity Compensation Plans
Not Approved by Stockholders (2)

   53,000    $ 1.57    0

Total

   4,069,312    $ 6.76    104,856

(1) Consists solely of the 2002 Stock Incentive Plan and 1993 Stock Option Plan.
(2) Consists solely of the 1990 Stock Option Plan. Options granted in 1995 totaling 50,000 shares are held by one of our named executive officers under the 1990 Stock Option Plan.

 

Our 1990 Stock Option Plan (the “1990 Plan”) was implemented by the Board on December 15, 1990. The 1990 Plan is a non-stockholder-approved plan under which options were authorized to be granted to directors, officers or employees of ours. The Board authorized 150,000 shares of common stock for issuance under the 1990 Plan. Options under this plan were granted with an exercise price per share equal to the fair market value per share of common stock on the grant date and vested in installments during the optionee’s period of service with us. The plan administrator (either the Board or a Board committee) may cause options to vest on an accelerated basis in the event we are acquired and those options are not assumed or replaced by the acquiring entity. Each option has a maximum term (not to exceed 10 years) set by the plan administrator at the time of grant, subject to earlier termination following the optionee’s termination.

 

Our 2002 Plan was approved by our stockholders on May 23, 2002. The 2002 Plan originally reserved 3,000,000 shares of common stock for issuance as stock awards or upon exercise of options granted pursuant to the 2002 Plan. The addition of 1,000,000 shares issuable under the 2002 Plan was approved by stockholders on May 26, 2004. Options granted under the 2002 Plan will have an exercise price per share determined by the Board, which generally is not less than one hundred percent of the fair market value of our stock on the grant date.

 

Through our equity incentive plans, our officers and other employees, non-employee directors and independent contractors have the opportunity to acquire an equity interest in our company. Our Board and the Compensation Committee of the Board have the authority to administer discretionary option grants and stock issuance programs for executive officers, employees and consultants and non-employee directors. In addition, the Board or Compensation Committee may appoint a secondary committee comprised of one or more directors to have authority to make equity grants to persons other than executive officers and non-employee directors. The Board or such committees have discretion to determine which individuals are eligible to receive equity grants, when grants are made, the number of shares subject to each grant, the status of any option as either an incentive stock option or a non-statutory option under the Federal tax laws, the vesting schedule (if any) for the grant and the maximum term for which any option is to remain outstanding. In addition, the 2002 Plan provides for an automatic stock option grant program for our non-employee directors, and neither the Board nor the Compensation Committee can exercise discretion over this program.

 

No option granted under our equity compensation plans has a term in excess of ten years, and the shares subject to options generally vest in one or more installments over a specified period of service. However, one or more options may be structured so that they will be immediately exercisable for any or all of the option shares, and the shares purchased may be subject to repurchase by us in certain circumstances. Options may also be subject to acceleration of vesting in the event of an acquisition of us, where the Board deems it appropriate to

 

74


Table of Contents

provide such a provision. Shares may be issued under the stock issuance program generally at a price per share not less than their fair market value, or may be issued as a bonus for past services. The shares issued may be fully vested or may vest upon the completion of a designated service period or the attainment of pre-established performance goals. Shares issued may also be subject to acceleration of vesting in the event of an acquisition of us, where the Board deems it appropriate to provide such a provision.

 

Item 13.    Certain Relationships and Related Transactions

 

Transactions with Management and Others

 

See above discussion under “Employment Contracts, Termination of Employment and Change in Control Arrangements” for a discussion of the employment agreements we have with Messrs. Grant, Hohener, Jones and Bateman. In addition to indemnification provisions contained in certain of our employment agreements, our officers and directors are indemnified under Delaware General Corporation Law and our bylaws to the fullest extent permitted under Delaware law.

 

Since January 1, 2004, there has not been any transaction or series of similar transactions to which we were or are a party in which the amount involved exceeded or exceeds $60,000 and in which any director, executive officer, holder of more than five percent (5%) of any class of our voting securities, or any member of the immediate family of any of the foregoing persons had or will have a direct or indirect material interest.

 

Item 14.    Principal Accountant Fees and Services

 

The following table presents fees billed to us for professional services rendered by PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP for the fiscal years ended December 31, 2004 and 2003.

 

     Fiscal Year Ended
December 31,


     2004

   2003

Audit Fees (1)

   $ 2,697,667    $ 817,297

Audit-Related Fees (2)

     0      41,714

Tax Fees (3)

     2,000      27,068

All Other Fees (4)

     0      0
    

  

Total

   $ 2,699,667    $ 886,079
    

  


(1) Audit fees billed to us related to 2004 and 2003 for the audit of the annual consolidated financial statements and a review of the quarterly financial statements totaled $1,421,666 and $219,054, respectively. The audit fees for 2004 include fees in connection with the restatement of the years ended December 31, 2003 and 2002, the four quarters of 2003 and the first three quarters of 2004. Audit fees billed to us in connection with the audit of management’s assessment of the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting as required by section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act related to 2004 totaled $1,276,001. Audit fees billed to us in connection with our restatement of our financial statements and the audit thereof in 2003 totaled $304,242. Audit fees billed to us in connection with our public offering, including the issuance of consents and a comfort letter, in 2003 totaled $294,001.
(2) Audit-related fees for 2003 consisted of fees for accounting consultations.
(3) Tax fees for 2004 and 2003 were for professional services for federal, state and international tax compliance, tax advice and tax planning.
(4) All other fees were for services other than those reported above, for which there were none in 2004 and 2003.

 

75


Table of Contents

Determination of Independence

 

Our Audit Committee has determined that the fees received by PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP for the non-audit related services listed above are compatible with maintaining the independence of PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP.

 

Pre-Approval Policy and Procedures

 

According to policies adopted by the Audit Committee and ratified by our Board of Directors, to ensure compliance with the SEC’s rules regarding auditor independence, all audit and non-audit services to be provided by our independent registered public accounting firm must be pre-approved by the Audit Committee. This policy generally provides that we will not engage our independent registered public accounting firm to render audit or non-audit services unless the service is specifically approved in advance by the Audit Committee or the engagement is entered into pursuant to one of the pre-approval procedures described below.

 

From time to time, the Audit Committee may pre-approve specified types of services that are expected to be provided to us by our independent registered public accounting firm during the next 12 months. Any such pre-approval will be detailed as to the particular service or type of services to be provided and is also generally subject to a maximum dollar amount.

 

All fees paid to PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP were for services pre-approved by the Audit Committee.

 

76


Table of Contents

PART IV

 

Item 15.    Exhibits and Financial Statement Schedules

 

(a) The following documents are filed as part of this Annual Report on Form 10-K beginning on the pages referenced below:

 

(1) Financial Statements:

 

     Page

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

   F-2

Consolidated Balance Sheets as of December 31, 2004 and 2003 (restated)

   F-6

Consolidated Statements of Operations for the years ended December 31, 2004, 2003 (restated) and 2002 (restated)

   F-7

Consolidated Statements of Stockholders’ Equity for the years ended December 31, 2004, 2003 (restated) and 2002 (restated)

   F-8

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the years ended December 31, 2004, 2003 (restated) and 2002 (restated)

   F-9

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements

   F-10

 

(2) Financial Statement Schedule:

 

Schedule II – Consolidated Valuation and Qualifying Accounts and Reserves for the years ended December 31, 2004, 2003 (restated) and 2002 (restated)

   S-1

 

All other schedules have been omitted as they are not applicable, not required or the information is included in the consolidated financial statements or the notes thereto.

 

(3) Exhibits:

 

The following exhibits are filed with this Annual Report on Form 10-K or are incorporated by reference herein in accordance with the designated footnote references.

 

Exhibit
Number


    

Description


3.1      Restated Certificate of Incorporation, as amended. (Filed with the Registrant’s Annual Report on Form 10-K filed April 14, 1994 and incorporated herein by reference.)
3.2      Amended and Restated Bylaws. (Filed with the Registrant’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-QSB filed September 15, 1995 and incorporated herein by reference.)
4.1      Certificate of Designations, Preferences and Rights of Series A 6% Redeemable Cumulative Convertible Preferred Stock of BIOLASE Technology, Inc. (Filed with the Registrant’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-QSB filed November 19, 1996 and incorporated herein by reference.)
4.2      Rights Agreement dated as of December 31, 1999, between the Registrant and U.S. Stock Transfer Corporation. (Filed with the Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form 8-A filed December 29, 1998 and incorporated herein by reference.)
4.3      Specimen of common stock certificate. (Filed with the Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form S-3 filed July 10, 1997 and incorporated herein by reference.)
10.1    Asset Purchase Agreement, dated January 29, 2002 between Asclepion-Meditec AG and the Registrant’s subsidiary, BIOLASE Europe GmbH. (Filed with the Registrant’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q/A filed September 13, 2002 and incorporated herein by reference.)

 

77


Table of Contents
Exhibit
Number


    

Description


10.2      Agreement for the Purchase of a Built-Up Property, dated January 29, 2002 between Asclepion-Meditec AG and the Registrant’s subsidiary, BIOLASE Europe GmbH. (Filed with the Registrant’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q filed May 15, 2002 and incorporated herein by reference.)
10.3    Agreement, dated January 29, 2002 between Asclepion-Meditec AG and the Registrant’s Subsidiary, BIOLASE Europe GmbH. (Filed with the Registrant’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q/A filed July 24, 2002 and incorporated herein by reference.)
10.4    Letter modification to the January 29, 2002 Asset Purchase Agreement between Asclepion-Meditec AG and Registrant’s subsidiary BIOLASE Europe GmbH. (Filed with the Registrant’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q filed August 14, 2002 and incorporated herein by reference.)
10.5    Distribution Agreement, executed June 13, 2002 between the Registrant and IBC GmbH. (Filed with the Registrant’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q filed August 14, 2002 and incorporated herein by reference.)
10.6      Form of Purchase Order Terms and Conditions relating to domestic sales (effective for sales on or before August 4, 2003). (Filed with Amendment No. 2 to the Registrant’s Report on Form 10-K/A filed December 16, 2003 and incorporated herein by reference.)
10.7      Form of Purchase Order Term and Conditions relating to domestic sales (effective for sales after August 4, 2003). (Filed with Amendment No. 2 to the Registrant’s Report on Form 10-K/A filed December 16, 2003 and incorporated herein by reference.)
10.8      Right of First Refusal Agreement dated November 15, 2001, between National Technology Leasing Corporation and the Registrant. (Filed with Amendment No. 2 to the Registrant’s Report on Form 10-K/A filed December 16, 2003 and incorporated herein by reference.)
10.9      BIOLASE and NTL Agreement dated August 5, 2003, between National Technology Leasing Corporation and the Registrant. (Filed with Amendment No. 2 to the Registrant’s Report on Form 10-K/A filed December 16, 2003 and incorporated herein by reference.)
10.10      Form of Purchase Order Terms and Conditions from National Technology Leasing Corporation. (Filed with Amendment No. 2 to the Registrant’s Report on Form 10-K/A filed December 16, 2003 and incorporated herein by reference.)
10.11      Credit Agreement dated May 14, 2003, between Bank of the West and the Registrant. (Filed with Amendment No. 2 to the Registrant’s Report on Form 10-K/A filed December 16, 2003 and incorporated herein by reference.)
10.12      Amendment to Credit Agreement dated June 1, 2004 between the Registrant and the Bank of the West.
10.13    Asset Purchase Agreement dated 5-12-03 between American Medical Technologies, Inc., BL Acquisition Corp. and the Registrant. (Filed with the Registrant’s Form 8-K filed June 4, 2003 and incorporated herein by reference.)
10.14      Amendment No. 1 to Asset Purchase Agreement, dated May 16, 2003, among American Medical Technologies, Inc., BL Acquisition Corp. and the Registrant.
10.15      Amendment No. 2 to Asset Purchase Agreement, dated May 20, 2003, among American Medical Technologies, Inc., BL Acquisition Corp. and the Registrant.
10.16 *    Employment Agreement dated January 1, 2002 between the Registrant and Jeffrey W. Jones. (Filed with the Registrant’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q filed May 15, 2002 and incorporated herein by reference.)
10.17 *    Employment Agreement dated December 12, 2003, between the Registrant and Jeffrey W. Jones. (Filed with the Registrant’s Annual Report on Form 10-K filed March 3, 2004 and incorporated herein by reference.)

 

78


Table of Contents
Exhibit
Number


   

Description


10.18 †*   Employment Offer Letter dated January 8, 1999 from the Registrant to Keith G. Bateman. (Filed with the Registrant’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q/A filed July 24, 2002 and incorporated herein by reference.)
10.19 *   Employment Agreement dated October 24, 2004 between the Registrant and John W. Hohener, as amended by Amendment No. 1 to Employment Agreement dated November 26, 2004.
10.20 *   Employment Agreement dated October 26, 2004 between the Registrant and Robert E. Grant.
10.21 *   1990 Stock Option Plan. (Filed with the Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form S-1 filed October 9, 1992 and incorporated herein by reference.)
10.22 *   Form of Stock Option Agreement under the 1990 Stock Option Plan.
10.23 *   1993 Stock Option Plan. (Filed with the Registrant’s Annual Report on Form 10-K filed April 14, 1994 and incorporated herein by reference.)
10.24 *   Form of Stock Option Agreement under the 1993 Stock Option Plan. (Filed with the Registrant’s Annual Report on Form 10-K filed April 14, 1994 and incorporated herein by reference.)
10.25 *   Amended and Restated 2002 Stock Option Plan.
10.26 *   Form of Stock Option Agreement under the 2002 Stock Option Plan.
10.27     Standard Industrial/Commercial Single-Tenant Lease-Net dated March 14, 2001 between Pacific Consolidated Holdings, LLC and the Registrant.
10.28     Basic Sublease Terms dated February 19, 2004 between Legacy Electronics, Inc. and the Registrant.
14.1     BIOLASE Technology, Inc. Code of Ethics. (Filed with the Registrant’s Definitive Proxy Statement for its 2004 Annual Meeting of Stockholders filed April 29, 2004 and incorporated herein by reference.)
21.1     Subsidiaries of the Registrant.
23.1     Consent of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm.
24.1     Power of Attorney (included in Signature page).
31.1     Certification of Robert E. Grant pursuant to Rule 13a-14(a) and Rule 15d-14(a), promulgated under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.
31.2     Certification of John W. Hohener pursuant to Rule 13a-14(a) and Rule 15d-14(a), promulgated under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.
32.1     Certification of Robert E. Grant pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350 as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.
32.2     Certification of John W. Hohener pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350 as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.

Confidential treatment was requested for certain confidential portions of this exhibit pursuant to Rule 24b-2 under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934. In accordance with Rule 24b-2, these confidential portions were omitted from this exhibit and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission.

 

* Management contract or compensatory plan or arrangement.

 

79


Table of Contents

SIGNATURES

 

Pursuant to the requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the Registrant has duly caused this report to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized.

 

Dated: July 19, 2005

     

B IOLASE T ECHNOLOGY , I NC .,

a Delaware Corporation

(registrant)

            By:   /s/    R OBERT E. G RANT         
               

Robert E. Grant

President and Chief Executive Officer

 

POWER OF ATTORNEY

 

We, the undersigned officers and directors of BIOLASE Technology, Inc., do hereby constitute and appoint Robert E. Grant and John W. Hohener, and each of them, our true and lawful attorneys-in-fact and agents, each with full power of substitution and resubstitution, for him and in his name, place and stead, in any and all capacities, to sign any and all amendments to this report, and to file the same, with exhibits thereto, and other documents in connection therewith, with the Securities and Exchange Commission, granting unto said attorneys-in-fact and agents, and each of them, full power and authority to do and perform each and every act and thing requisite or necessary to be done in and about the premises, as fully to all intents and purposes as he might or could do in person, hereby, ratifying and confirming all that each of said attorneys-in-fact and agents, or his substitute or substitutes, may lawfully do or cause to be done by virtue hereof.

 

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, this report has been signed below by the following persons on behalf of the Registrant and in the capacities and on the dates indicated:

 

Signature


  

Title


 

Date


/ S /    R OBERT E. G RANT        


Robert E. Grant

  

President, Chief Executive Officer and Director (Principal Executive Officer)

  July 19, 2005

/ S /    F EDERICO P IGNATELLI        


Federico Pignatelli

  

Director and Chairman of the Board

  July 19, 2005

/ S /    J EFFREY W. J ONES        


Jeffrey W. Jones

  

Director, Vice Chairman of the Board and Chief Technology Officer

  July 19, 2005

/ S /    D R . R OBERT A NDERTON        


Dr. Robert Anderton

  

Director

  July 19, 2005

/ S /    G EORGE V. D ’A RBELOFF        


George V. d’Arbeloff

  

Director

  July 19, 2005

/ S /    J OHN W. H OHENER        


John W. Hohener

  

Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer (Principal Financial and Accounting Officer)

  July 19, 2005

 

80


Table of Contents

BIOLASE TECHNOLOGY, INC.

 

Index to Consolidated Financial Statements and Schedule

 

     Page

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

   F-2

Consolidated Balance Sheets as of December 31, 2004 and 2003 (Restated)

   F-6

Consolidated Statements of Operations for the years ended December 31, 2004, 2003 (Restated) and 2002 (Restated)

   F-7

Consolidated Statements of Stockholders’ Equity for the years ended December 31, 2004, 2003 (Restated) and 2002 (Restated)

   F-8

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the years ended December 31, 2004, 2003 (Restated) and 2002 (Restated)

   F-9

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements

   F-10

SCHEDULE

    

Schedule numbered in accordance with Rule 5.04 of Regulation S-X:

    

II. Consolidated Valuation and Qualifying Accounts and Reserves

   S-1

 

All Schedules, except Schedule II, have been omitted as the required information is shown in the consolidated financial statements, or notes thereto, or the amounts involved are not significant or the schedules are not applicable.

 

F-1


Table of Contents

REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

 

To the Board of Directors and Stockholders of

BIOLASE Technology, Inc.:

 

We have completed an integrated audit of BIOLASE Technology, Inc.’s 2004 consolidated financial statements and of its internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2004 and audits of its 2003 and 2002 consolidated financial statements in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Our opinions, based on our audits, are presented below.

 

Consolidated financial statements and financial statement schedule

 

In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements listed in the index appearing under Item 15 (a) (1) present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of BIOLASE Technology, Inc. and its subsidiaries at December 31, 2004 and 2003, and the results of their operations and their cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2004 in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America. In addition, in our opinion, the financial statement schedule listed in the accompanying index presents fairly, in all material respects, the information set forth therein when read in conjunction with the related consolidated financial statements. These financial statements and financial statement schedule are the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial statements and financial statement schedule based on our audits. We conducted our audits of these statements in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. An audit of financial statements includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements, assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, and evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

 

As discussed in Note 3 to the accompanying consolidated financial statements, the Company has restated its consolidated financial statements for the years ended December 31, 2003 and 2002.

 

Internal control over financial reporting

 

Also, we have audited management’s assessment, included in Management’s Report on Internal Control Over Financial Reporting appearing under Item 9A—Controls and Procedures, that BIOLASE Technology, Inc. did not maintain effective internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2004, because (1) the Company did not maintain a sufficient complement of personnel with a level of accounting knowledge, experience and training in the application of generally accepted accounting principles commensurate with the Company’s financial reporting requirements, which contributed to the following individual material weaknesses: (a) the Company did not maintain effective controls over the accounting for taxes other than income taxes, (b) the Company did not maintain effective controls over the identification of events that would trigger the need for an impairment analysis for indefinite-lived and long-lived assets, (c) the Company did not maintain effective controls over revenue recognition, (d) the Company did not maintain effective controls over the valuation of its inventory, (e) the Company did not maintain effective controls over accounts payable, certain accrued liabilities and the related expense accounts, and (f) the Company did not maintain effective controls over the accounting for foreign currency translation adjustments, (2) the Company did not maintain effective controls over cash accounts and cash disbursements in Germany, (3) the Company did not maintain effective controls over the processing of transactions of its subsidiary in Germany performed by a third party, (4) the Company did not maintain effective controls over the restriction of access to financial application programs and data, and (5) the Company did not maintain an effective control environment based on criteria established in “ Internal Control—Integrated Framework ” issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (COSO). The Company’s

 

F-2


Table of Contents

management is responsible for maintaining effective internal control over financial reporting and for its assessment of the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting. Our responsibility is to express opinions on management’s assessment and on the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting based on our audit.

 

We conducted our audit of internal control over financial reporting in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether effective internal control over financial reporting was maintained in all material respects. An audit of internal control over financial reporting includes obtaining an understanding of internal control over financial reporting, evaluating management’s assessment, testing and evaluating the design and operating effectiveness of internal control, and performing such other procedures as we consider necessary in the circumstances. We believe that our audit provides a reasonable basis for our opinions.

 

A company’s internal control over financial reporting is a process designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles. A company’s internal control over financial reporting includes those policies and procedures that (i) pertain to the maintenance of records that, in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and dispositions of the assets of the company; (ii) provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, and that receipts and expenditures of the company are being made only in accordance with authorizations of management and directors of the company; and (iii) provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use, or disposition of the company’s assets that could have a material effect on the financial statements.

 

Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements. Also, projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate.

 

A material weakness is a control deficiency, or combination of control deficiencies, that results in more than a remote likelihood that a material misstatement of the annual or interim financial statements will not be prevented or detected. The following material weaknesses have been identified and included in management’s assessment.

 

  1. As of December 31, 2004, the Company did not maintain a sufficient complement of personnel with an appropriate level of accounting knowledge, experience and training in the application of generally accepted accounting principles commensurate with the Company’s financial reporting requirements . Specifically, the Company had deficiencies in accounting staff with sufficient depth and skill in the application of U.S. generally accepted accounting principles to meet the objectives that should be expected of these roles. This material weakness contributed to the following individual material weaknesses as of December 31, 2004.

 

  a) The Company did not maintain effective controls over the accounting for taxes other than income taxes. Specifically, the Company’s controls failed to: (i) identify the existence of a liability for penalties and interest on amounts collected from customers that were not timely remitted to the states or have not been remitted to the states, and (ii) account for the gain on the abatement of certain penalties and interest. In addition, the Company’s controls failed to prevent or detect erroneous value added tax refunds that were incorrectly recorded as a receivable. This control deficiency resulted in an understatement of the sales tax and value added tax liabilities and general and administrative expense, which also resulted in the restatement of the Company’s annual 2002 and 2003, and first, second and third quarter 2004 consolidated financial statements.

 

  b)

The Company did not maintain effective controls over the identification of events that would trigger the need for an impairment analysis for indefinite-lived and long-lived assets. Specifically,

 

F-3


Table of Contents
 

the Company’s controls were ineffective in their design and operation to timely identify and evaluate the impact of a change in circumstances that resulted in the impairment of an acquired trade name. This control deficiency resulted in an adjustment to intangible assets and operating expenses in the Company’s fourth quarter 2004 consolidated financial statements.

 

  c) The Company did not maintain effective controls over certain aspects of revenue recognition. Specifically, the Company did not have effective controls over: (i) revenue recognized on multiple element arrangements that included spares and consumables not shipped as of the balance sheet date, and (ii) the deferral of revenue on units that were not fully functional at the time revenue was recognized. This control deficiency resulted in premature revenue recognition and an adjustment to deferred revenue and revenue in 2003 and in each of four quarters of the 2004 consolidated financial statements.

 

  d) The Company did not maintain effective controls over the valuation of its inventory. Specifically, the Company did not have effective controls to: (i) identify slow-moving and obsolete inventory, and (ii) ensure its inventory was properly recorded at historical cost. This control deficiency resulted in adjustments to inventory and costs of goods sold in the Company’s first and fourth quarter 2004 consolidated financial statements.

 

  e) The Company did not maintain effective controls over accounts payable, certain accrued liabilities and the related expense accounts. Specifically, the Company did not have effective controls over the completeness, valuation and existence of accounts payable, accrued commissions and bonuses payable, and the related expense accounts. This control deficiency resulted in adjustments to the Company’s consolidated financial statements for each of the four quarters in 2004.

 

  f) The Company did not maintain effective controls over the accounting for foreign currency translation. Specifically, the Company did not have effective controls over the use of appropriate exchange rates for consolidating the financial statements of its Germany operations. This control deficiency resulted in adjustments to the Company’s second, third and fourth quarter 2004 consolidated financial statements.

 

  2. As of December 31, 2004, the Company did not maintain effective controls over its cash accounts and cash disbursements in Germany . Specifically, the Company did not: (i) maintain a proper segregation of duties over the approval and payment of vendor invoices at its operations in Germany (i.e., the same individual who had access to bank accounts also authorized purchases and approved cash disbursements, and certain vendor payments, although valid, were executed by unauthorized individuals), and (ii) have effective controls over the review of bank reconciliations and the completeness, accuracy and validity of cash transactions recorded in the general ledger. This control deficiency did not result in an adjustment to the Company’s consolidated financial statements. However, it could result in a misstatement to cash and other financial statement accounts that would result in a material misstatement to the annual or interim consolidated financial statements that would not be prevented or detected.

 

  3. As of December 31, 2004, the Company did not maintain effective controls over the processing of transactions of its subsidiary in Germany performed by a third party . Specifically, the Company did not have effective controls over the completeness, valuation and existence of certain financial statement accounts in Germany, such as accounts payable, accrued expenses, and the related sales and marketing, and general and administrative expenses, that are maintained by a third party. This control deficiency did not result in an adjustment to the Company’s consolidated financial statements. However, this control deficiency could result in a misstatement to the aforementioned financial statement accounts that would result in a material misstatement to the annual or interim consolidated financial statements that would not be prevented or detected.

 

  4.

As of December 31, 2004, the Company did not maintain effective controls over the restriction of access to financial application programs and data . The Company did not have effective controls over

 

F-4


Table of Contents
 

access to application programs and the underlying financial data. Specifically, there were instances in which certain financial accounting personnel had inappropriate access to financial application programs and data and the activities of these individuals were not subject to independent monitoring. This control deficiency did not result in an adjustment to the Company’s consolidated financial statements. However, this control deficiency could result in a material misstatement to the annual or interim consolidated financial statements that would not be prevented or detected.

 

  5. As of December 31, 2004, the Company did not maintain an effective control environment based on criteria established in “Internal Control—Integrated Framework” issued by the COSO . The financial reporting organizational structure was not adequate to support the activities of the Company. Deficiencies, such as an insufficient complement of personnel with an appropriate level of accounting knowledge, experience and training in the application of U.S generally accepted accounting principles have resulted in adjustments to the consolidated financial statements as discussed in Item 1 above. Item 1, together with the material weaknesses described in Items 2, 3, and 4 above indicate that the Company did not maintain an effective control environment as of December 31, 2004. These control deficiencies could result in a misstatement of account balances or disclosures that would result in a material misstatement to the annual or interim consolidated financial statements that would not be prevented or detected.

 

These material weaknesses were considered in determining the nature, timing, and extent of audit tests applied in our audit of the 2004 consolidated financial statements, and our opinion regarding the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting does not affect our opinion on those consolidated financial statements.

 

In our opinion, management’s assessment that BIOLASE Technology, Inc. did not maintain effective internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2004, is fairly stated, in all material respects, based on criteria established in Internal Control—Integrated Framework issued by the COSO. Also, in our opinion, because of the effects of the material weaknesses described above on the achievement of the objectives of the control criteria, BIOLASE Technology, Inc. has not maintained effective internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2004, based on criteria established in Internal Control—Integrated Framework issued by the COSO.

 

/s/    PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP

 

PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP

Orange County, California

July 15, 2005

 

F-5


Table of Contents

BIOLASE TECHNOLOGY, INC.

 

CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS

 

     December 31,

 
     2004

   

Restated

2003


 

ASSETS

                

Current assets

                

Cash and cash equivalents

   $ 6,140,000     $ 11,111,000  

Short-term investments

     25,326,000       —    

Accounts receivable, less allowance of $384,000 and $64,000 in 2004 and 2003, respectively

     9,635,000       5,771,000  

Inventory

     8,180,000       3,808,000  

Deferred tax asset

     —         1,508,000  

Prepaid expenses and other current assets

     1,814,000       1,260,000  
    


 


Total Current Assets

     51,095,000       23,458,000  

Property, plant and equipment, net

     3,025,000       1,973,000  

Intangible assets, net

     1,662,000       2,587,000  

Goodwill

     2,926,000       2,926,000  

Deferred tax asset

     —         12,651,000  

Other assets

     38,000       1,041,000  
    


 


Total Assets

   $ 58,746,000     $ 44,636,000  
    


 


LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY

                

Current liabilities

                

Accounts payable

   $ 7,147,000     $ 3,796,000  

Accrued liabilities

     8,467,000       5,551,000  

Accrued legal settlement (Note 10)

     3,000,000       —    

Line of credit

     —         1,792,000  

Deferred revenue

     2,468,000       1,229,000  

Deferred gain on sale of building, current portion

     63,000       63,000  

Debt

     —         888,000  
    


 


Total current liabilities

     21,145,000       13,319,000  

Deferred gain on sale of building

     16,000       79,000  

Deferred tax liability

     161,000       —    

Accrued legal settlement, net of current portion (Note 10)

     3,446,000       —    
    


 


Total liabilities

     24,768,000       13,398,000  
    


 


Commitments and contingencies (Note 10)

                

Stockholders’ Equity

                

Preferred stock, par value $0.001, 1,000,000 shares authorized, no shares issued and outstanding

     —         —    

Common stock, par value $0.001; 50,000,000 shares authorized, 24,482,000 and 21,559,000 shares issued in 2004 and 2003, respectively; 22,518,500 shares and 21,559,000 shares outstanding in 2004 and 2003, respectively

     25,000       22,000  

Additional paid-in capital

     101,562,000       59,134,000  

Accumulated other comprehensive loss

     (225,000 )     (147,000 )

Accumulated deficit

     (50,985,000 )     (27,771,000 )
    


 


       50,377,000       31,238,000  

Treasury Stock (cost of 1,963,500 shares repurchased)

     (16,399,000 )     —    
    


 


Total Stockholders’ Equity

     33,978,000       31,238,000  
    


 


Total Liabilities and Stockholders’ Equity

   $ 58,746,000     $ 44,636,000  
    


 


 

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.

 

F-6


Table of Contents

BIOLASE TECHNOLOGY, INC.

 

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS

 

     Years Ended December 31,

 
    

2004


    Restated

 
     2003

    2002

 

Net revenue

   $ 60,651,000     $ 48,783,000     $ 27,257,000  

Cost of revenue

     24,642,000       17,533,000       10,403,000  
    


 


 


Gross profit

     36,009,000       31,250,000       16,854,000  
    


 


 


Other income, net

     32,000       76,000       63,000  
    


 


 


Operating expenses:

                        

Sales and marketing

     23,126,000       16,800,000       10,702,000  

General and administrative

     11,506,000       5,096,000       3,566,000  

Engineering and development

     3,576,000       2,505,000       1,684,000  

Patent infringement legal settlement (Note 10)

     6,446,000       —         —    

Impairment of intangible asset

     747,000       —         —    
    


 


 


Total operating expenses

     45,401,000       24,401,000       15,952,000  
    


 


 


(Loss) income from operations

     (9,360,000 )     6,925,000       965,000  

Gain on foreign currency transactions

     86,000       232,000       51,000  

Gain on forward exchange contract

     —         22,000       152,000  

Gain on sale of marketable securities

     91,000       —         —    

Interest income

     470,000       27,000       18,000  

Interest expense

     (88,000 )     (55,000 )     (135,000 )
    


 


 


Non-operating income, net

     559,000       226,000       86,000  
    


 


 


(Loss) income before income tax (provision) benefit

     (8,801,000 )     7,151,000       1,051,000  

Income tax (provision) benefit

     (14,413,000 )     11,898,000       —    
    


 


 


Net (loss) income

   $ (23,214,000 )   $ 19,049,000     $ 1,051,000  
    


 


 


Net (loss) income per share:

                        

Basic

   $ (1.00 )   $ 0.91     $ 0.05  
    


 


 


Diluted

   $ (1.00 )   $ 0.84     $ 0.05  
    


 


 


Shares used in the calculation of net (loss) income per share:

                        

Basic

     23,181,000       20,993,000       19,929,000  
    


 


 


Diluted

     23,181,000       22,689,000       21,349,000  
    


 


 


 

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.

 

F-7


Table of Contents

BIOLASE TECHNOLOGY, INC.

 

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY

 

   

Common Stock

and Additional

Paid-in Capital


    Treasury Stock

    Accumulated
Other
Comprehensive
Loss


   

Accumulated

Deficit


    Total
Stockholders’
Equity


   

Comprehensive

Income (Loss)


 
    Shares

  Amount

    Shares

    Amount

         

Balances, December 31, 2001 (Restated)

  19,734,000   $ 48,482,000     —       $ —       $ —       $ (47,871,000 )   $ 611,000          

Exercise of stock options

  182,000     472,000     —         —         —         —         472,000          

Exercise of warrants

  215,000     563,000     —         —         —         —         563,000          

Compensation expense (Restated)

        46,000                                     46,000          

Net income (Restated)

  —       —       —         —         —         1,051,000       1,051,000     $ 1,051,000  

Foreign currency translation adjustment

  —       —       —         —         (57,000 )     —         (57,000 )     (57,000 )
   
 


 

 


 


 


 


 


Balances, December 31, 2002 (Restated)

  20,131,000     49,563,000     —         —         (57,000 )     (46,820,000 )     2,686,000     $ 994,000  
                                                     


Exercise of stock options

  447,000     1,922,000     —         —         —         —         1,922,000          

Exercise of warrants

  673,000     1,656,000     —         —         —         —         1,656,000          

Acquisition of ADL

  308,000     3,806,000     —         —         —         —         3,806,000          

Income tax benefit for the exercise of stock options (Restated)

  —       2,209,000     —         —         —         —         2,209,000          

Net income (Restated)

  —       —       —         —         —         19,049,000       19,049,000     $ 19,049,000  

Foreign currency translation adjustment

  —       —       —         —         (90,000 )     —         (90,000 )     (90,000 )
   
 


 

 


 


 


 


 


Balances, December 31, 2003 (Restated)

  21,559,000     59,156,000     —         —         (147,000 )     (27,771,000 )     31,238,000     $ 18,959,000  
                                                     


Exercise of stock options

  423,000     1,250,000     —         —         —         —         1,250,000          

Issuance of common stock

  2,500,000     43,375,000     —         —         —         —         43,375,000          

Issuance costs

        (1,505,000 )   —         —         —         —         (1,505,000 )        

Dividend declared

  —       (689,000 )   —         —         —         —         (689,000 )        

Treasury stock

              (1,963,500 )     (16,399,000 )     —         —         (16,399,000 )        

Net loss

  —       —       —                 —         (23,214,000 )     (23,214,000 )   $ (23,214,000 )

Unrealized loss on marketable securities

  —       —       —                 (13,000 )     —         (13,000 )     (13,000 )

Foreign currency translation adjustment

  —       —       —         —         (65,000 )     —         (65,000 )     (65,000 )
   
 


 

 


 


 


 


 


Balances, December 31, 2004

  24,482,000   $ 101,587,000     (1,963,500 )   $ (16,399,000 )   $ (225,000 )   $ (50,985,000 )   $ 33,978,000     $ (23,292,000 )
   
 


 

 


 


 


 


 


 

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.

 

F-8


Table of Contents

BIOLASE TECHNOLOGY, INC.

 

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS

 

     Years Ended December 31,

 
           Restated

 
     2004

    2003

    2002

 

Cash Flows From Operating Activities:

                        

Net (loss) income

   $ (23,214,000 )   $ 19,049,000     $ 1,051,000  

Adjustments to reconcile net (loss) income to net cash (used in) provided by operating activities:

                        

Depreciation and amortization

     696,000       401,000       246,000  

Gain on disposal of assets, net

     (32,000 )     (73,000 )     (63,000 )

Unrealized gain on forward exchange contract

     —         (22,000 )     (152,000 )

Impairment of intangible asset

     747,000       —         —    

Provision for bad debts

     354,000       248,000       283,000  

Provision for inventory excess and obsolescence

     441,000       140,000       7,000  

Stock-based compensation

     —         —         46,000  

Deferred tax asset provision (benefit)

     14,320,000       (11,950,000 )     —    

Changes in assets and liabilities, net of the effect of acquisition:

                        

Accounts receivable

     (4,218,000 )     (1,036,000 )     (3,084,000 )

Inventory

     (4,813,000 )     (831,000 )     (993,000 )

Deferred charges on product shipped

     —         1,360,000       (810,000 )

Prepaid expenses and other assets

     327,000       (1,102,000 )     (523,000 )

Accounts payable and accrued liabilities

     6,136,000       2,775,000       2,356,000  

Accrued legal settlement

     6,446,000       —         —    

Deferred revenue

     1,239,000       (2,445,000 )     2,048,000  
    


 


 


Net cash (used in) provided by operating activities

     (1,571,000 )     6,514,000       412,000  
    


 


 


Cash Flows From Investing Activities:

                        

Purchase of available-for-sale securities

     (76,970,000 )     —         —    

Proceeds from sale of available-for-sale securities

     51,773,000       —         —    

Additions to property, plant and equipment

     (1,431,000 )     (455,000 )     (478,000 )

Additions to other intangible assets

     (70,000 )     —         —    

Business acquisition

     —         (1,825,000 )     —    
    


 


 


Net cash used in investing activities

     (26,698,000 )     (2,280,000 )     (478,000 )
    


 


 


Cash Flows From Financing Activities:

                        

Borrowings under a line of credit

     13,800,000       1,792,000       —    

Payments under a line of credit

     (15,592,000 )     (1,792,000 )     —    

Borrowings on insurance notes

     —         1,027,000       275,000  

Payments on insurance notes

     (888,000 )     (457,000 )     (117,000 )

Payments on debt

     —         (1,148,000 )     —    

Proceeds from issuance of common stock, net

     41,870,000       —         —    

Proceeds from exercise of stock options and warrants

     1,250,000       3,577,000       1,035,000  

Payment of cash dividend

     (689,000 )     —         —    

Repurchase of common stock

     (16,399,000 )     —         —    
    


 


 


Net cash provided by financing activities

     23,352,000       2,999,000       1,193,000  
    


 


 


Effect of exchange rate changes on cash

     (54,000 )     3,000       78,000  

(Decrease) increase in cash and cash equivalents

     (4,971,000 )     7,236,000       1,205,000  

Cash and cash equivalents, beginning of period

     11,111,000       3,875,000       2,670,000  
    


 


 


Cash and cash equivalents, end of period

   $ 6,140,000     $ 11,111,000     $ 3,875,000  
    


 


 


Supplemental cash flow disclosure:

                        

Cash paid during the period for:

                        

Interest

   $ 49,000     $ 51,000     $ 51,000  

Income taxes

   $ 111,000     $ 18,000     $ 2,000  

Non-cash financing activities:

                        

Debt incurred in connection with acquisition of production facility

   $ —       $ —       $ 1,000,000  

Business acquisition:

                        

Net assets acquired

   $ —       $ 5,846,000     $ —    

Acquisition fees

     —         (215,000 )     —    

Common stock issued

     —         (3,806,000 )     —    
    


 


 


Cash paid

   $ —       $ 1,825,000     $ —    
    


 


 


 

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.

 

F-9


Table of Contents

BIOLASE TECHNOLOGY, INC.

 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

NOTE 1—BASIS OF PRESENTATION

 

The Company

 

BIOLASE Technology Inc., incorporated in Delaware in 1987, is a medical technology company operating in one business segment that designs, manufactures and markets advanced dental, cosmetic and surgical laser and related products.

 

Basis of Presentation

 

The consolidated financial statements include the accounts of BIOLASE Technology, Inc. and its wholly owned subsidiaries: Societe Endo Technic, which is inactive and which we intend to dissolve, BIOLASE Europe GmbH (“BIOLASE Europe”), a foreign subsidiary incorporated in Germany in December of 2001, and BL Acquisition Corp., a Delaware corporation in whose name we acquired certain assets. We have eliminated all material intercompany transactions and balances in the accompanying financial statements.

 

Use of Estimates

 

The preparation of these financial statements in conformity with generally accepted accounting principles in the United States of America (GAAP) requires us to make estimates and assumptions that affect amounts reported in the financial statements and the accompanying notes. Significant estimates in these financial statements include allowances on accounts receivable, inventory, deferred taxes, as well as estimates for accrued warranty expenses, the realizability of goodwill and indefinite-lived intangible assets, pro-forma effects of stock-based compensation and the provision or benefit for income taxes. Due to the inherent uncertainty involved in making estimates, actual results reported in future periods may differ materially from those estimates.

 

NOTE 2—SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES

 

Cash and Cash Equivalents

 

We consider all highly liquid investments with original maturities of three months or less as cash equivalents. We invest excess cash primarily in a money market funds. Cash equivalents are carried at cost, which approximates market.

 

Accounts Receivable

 

Trade accounts receivable are recorded at the invoiced amount and do not bear interest. The allowance for doubtful accounts is our best estimate of the amount of probable credit losses in our existing accounts receivable. We evaluate our allowance for doubtful accounts based upon our knowledge of customers and their compliance with credit terms. The evaluation process includes a review of customers’ accounts on a regular basis which incorporates input from sales, service and finance personnel. The review process evaluates all account balances with amounts outstanding 60 days and other specific amounts for which information obtained indicates that the balance may be uncollectible. The allowance for doubtful accounts is adjusted based on such evaluation, with a corresponding provision included in general and administrative expenses. Account balances are charged off against the allowance when we feel it is probable the receivable will not be recovered. We do not have any off-balance-sheet credit exposure related to our customers.

 

 

F-10


Table of Contents

BIOLASE TECHNOLOGY, INC.

 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

Inventory

 

We value inventory at the lower of cost (determined using the first-in, first-out method) or market. We periodically review our inventory for excess quantities and obsolescence. We evaluate quantities on hand, physical condition, and technical functionality as these characteristics may be impacted by anticipated customer demand for current products and new product introductions. The allowance is adjusted based on such evaluation, with a corresponding provision included in cost of revenue.

 

Property, Plant and Equipment

 

We state property, plant and equipment at acquisition cost less accumulated depreciation. Maintenance and repairs are expensed as incurred. Upon sale or disposition of assets, any gain or loss is included in the consolidated statements of operations.

 

The cost of property, plant and equipment is depreciated using the straight-line method over the following estimated useful lives of the respective assets, except for leasehold improvements, which are depreciated over the lesser of the estimated useful lives of the respective assets or the related lease terms.

 

Building

   30 years

Leasehold improvements

   3 to 5 years

Equipment and computers

   5 years

Furniture and fixtures

   5 years

 

We monitor events and changes in circumstances, which could indicate that the carrying balances of property, plant and equipment may exceed the undiscounted expected future cash flows from those assets including their eventual disposition. If such a condition were to exist, we will recognize an impairment loss based on the excess of the carrying amount over the fair value of the assets.

 

Depreciation expense for 2004, 2003 and 2002 was approximately $448,000, $247,000 and $222,000, respectively.

 

Patents, Trademarks and Trade Names

 

Costs incurred to acquire and defend patents, and costs incurred to acquire trademarks and trade names are capitalized. Costs related to the internal development of technologies that we ultimately patent are expensed as incurred. All amounts assigned to these patents, trademarks and trade names, except those determined to have an indefinite life, are amortized on a straight-line basis over their estimated useful lives.

 

Fair Value of Financial Instruments

 

Our financial instruments consist of cash, accounts receivable, accounts payable and other accrued expenses that approximate fair value because of the short maturity of these items. The fair value of any foreign currency forward contracts is estimated by obtaining quotes from banks. As of December 31, 2004 and 2003, we did not hold any foreign currency forward contracts.

 

Other Comprehensive (Loss) Income

 

Other comprehensive (loss) income encompasses the change in equity from transactions and other events and circumstances from non-owner sources and is included as a component of stockholders’ equity but is excluded from net (loss) income. Accumulated other comprehensive loss consists of the effects of foreign

 

F-11


Table of Contents

BIOLASE TECHNOLOGY, INC.

 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

currency translation adjustments and unrealized gains or losses on marketable securities classified as available for sale.

 

Foreign Currency Translation

 

The functional currency for our German subsidiary is the Euro. The results of operations and cash flows are translated at average exchange rates during the period, and assets and liabilities are translated at end-of-period exchange rates. Translation gains or losses are shown as a component of accumulated other comprehensive (loss) income in stockholders’ equity. Gains and losses resulting from foreign currency transactions, which are denominated in a currency other than the entity’s functional currency, are included in the consolidated statement of operations.

 

Derivative Financial Instruments

 

Our derivative financial instruments, which consisted of forward contracts in Euros, were recorded at their fair value. Our foreign exchange forward contracts were not designated as hedges. Changes in the fair value of derivatives that do not qualify for hedge treatment are recognized currently in earnings.

 

During the year ended December 2002, we recognized a gain of $152,000 for the change in fair value of the foreign exchange forward contracts with notional amounts of $697,000 and a fair value of $849,000. In February 2003, the contracts expired and were not renewed, resulting in a cumulative realized gain on the contracts of $174,000. At December 31, 2004 and 2003, there were no outstanding foreign exchange forward contracts.

 

Revenue Recognition

 

We sell products domestically to customers through our direct sales force, and internationally through a direct sales force and through distributors. We recognize revenue in accordance with SEC Staff Accounting Bulletin No. 104 “Revenue Recognition” which requires that four basic criteria must be met before revenue can be recognized: (1) persuasive evidence of an arrangement exists; (2) delivery has occurred and title and the risks and rewards of ownership have been transferred to our customer or services have been rendered; (3) the price is fixed or determinable; and (4) collectibility is reasonably assured.

 

Through August 2003, the terms of our purchase orders for products sold domestically required payment in full before title was transferred. Accordingly, with all other criteria being met, we recognized revenue when payment was received. For products sold internationally through our direct sales force we recognized revenue when all other criteria were met and we completed installation, which was when the customer became obligated to pay. In August 2003, we modified the sales arrangements with our customers so that title transfers to the customer upon shipment for domestic sales, and there is an enforceable obligation to pay upon shipment for international direct sales. Beginning in August 2003, we have been recording revenue for domestic sales and international direct sales upon shipment. As a result, during 2003 we recorded $19.9 million in revenue before the modification to our sales arrangements and $21.8 million (restated) in revenue after the modification to our sales arrangements. We recognize revenue for products sold through our distributors internationally when the product is delivered. Revenue unaffected by the changes in our customer agreements with distributors was $7.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2003.

 

We adopted EITF 00-21, “Accounting for Revenue Arrangements with Multiple Deliverables,” on July 1, 2003, which requires us to evaluate whether the separate deliverables in our arrangements can be unbundled. We determined that the sales of our Waterlase system include separate deliverables consisting of the product,

 

F-12


Table of Contents

BIOLASE TECHNOLOGY, INC.

 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

disposables used with the Waterlase, installation and training. For these sales, we apply the residual value method, which requires us to allocate the total arrangement consideration less the fair value of the undelivered elements to the delivered elements. We determined that the sales of our Diode system include separate deliverables consisting of the product, disposables and training. For these sales, we apply the relative fair value method, which requires us to allocate the total arrangement consideration to the relative fair value of each element. Included in deferred revenue as of December 31, 2004 and 2003 is $1,871,000 and $887,000 (restated), respectively of deferred revenue attributable to undelivered elements, which primarily consists of training, installation and consumables.

 

Although all sales are final, we accept returns of products in certain, limited circumstances and record a provision for sales returns based on historical experience concurrent with the recognition of revenue. The sales returns allowance is recorded as a reduction of accounts receivable, revenue and cost of revenue. As of December 31, 2004 and 2003, $267,000 and $327,000, respectively, were recorded as a reduction of accounts receivable.

 

Extended warranty contracts, which are sold to our non-distributor customers, are recorded as revenue on a straight-line basis over the period of the contracts, which is one year. Included in deferred revenue as of December 31, 2004 and 2003 is $597,000 and $342,000 for our extended warranty contracts, respectively.

 

We recognize revenue for royalties under licensing agreements for our patented technology when the product using our technology is sold. We estimate and recognize the amount sold based on historical performance and current knowledge about the business operations of our licensees. Our estimates have been historically consistent with amounts reported by the licensees. Revenue from royalties was $540,000, $221,000, and $0 for the years ended December 31, 2004, 2003, and 2002, respectively.

 

Provision for Warranty Expense

 

Products sold directly to end users are under warranty against defects in material and workmanship for a period of one year. Products sold internationally to distributors are covered by a warranty on parts for up to fourteen months. We estimate warranty costs at the time of product shipment based on historical experience. Estimated warranty expenses are recorded as an accrued liability, with a corresponding provision to cost of revenue.

 

Changes in the product warranty accrual, and the expenses incurred under our initial and extended warranties, for the years ended December 31 were as follows:

 

Warranty accrual, December 31, 2001

   $ 561,000  

Provision for estimated warranty

     (1,149,000 )

Warranty expenditures

     1,213,000  
    


Warranty accrual, December 31, 2002

     625,000  

Warranty expenditures

     (1,078,000 )

Provision for estimated warranty

     1,180,000  
    


Warranty accrual, December 31, 2003

     727,000  

Warranty expenditures

     (2,264,000 )

Provision for estimated warranty

     2,448,000  
    


Warranty accrual, December 31, 2004

   $ 911,000  
    


 

F-13


Table of Contents

BIOLASE TECHNOLOGY, INC.

 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

Shipping and Handling Costs and Revenues

 

All shipping and handling costs are expensed as incurred and are recorded as a component of cost of revenue. Charges to our customers for shipping and handling are included as a component of revenue.

 

Advertising Costs

 

All advertising costs are expensed as incurred. Advertising costs incurred for the years ended December 31, 2004, 2003 and 2002, were approximately $1,578,000, $1,082,000 and $939,000, respectively.

 

General and Administrative

 

General and administrative expenses consist of salaries and benefits of administrative personnel as well as insurance, professional and regulatory fees, provisions for doubtful accounts, penalties and interest related to sales tax on amounts collected from customers but not timely remitted to the states, and subsequent gain for the amount of the liability relieved by the state. During the years ended December 31, 2004, 2003 and 2002, we recorded penalties and interest of $131,000, $263,000 and $191,000, respectively. During the years ended December 31, 2004 and 2003, we recognized gains of $372,000 and $17,000, respectively, related to the abatement of penalties and interest in certain states. No penalties or interest were abated during the year ended December 31, 2002.

 

Engineering and Development

 

Engineering and development expenses consist of engineering personnel salaries and benefits, prototype supplies, contract services and consulting fees related to product development. Engineering and development costs are expensed as incurred.

 

Income Taxes

 

Differences between accounting for financial statement purposes and accounting for tax return purposes are stated as deferred tax assets or deferred tax liabilities in the accompanying consolidated financial statements. The provision for income taxes represents the tax payable for the period and the change during the period in deferred tax assets and liabilities. We establish a valuation allowance when it is more likely than not that the deferred tax assets are not realizable.

 

Stock-Based Compensation

 

We measure compensation expense for stock-based employee compensation plans using the intrinsic value method in accordance with Accounting Principles Board Opinion No. 25. As the exercise price of all options granted under these plans was equal to the fair market value of the underlying common stock on the grant date, no stock-based employee compensation cost is recognized in the consolidated statements of operations.

 

On December 31, 2002, the Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) issued Statement of Financial Accounting Standards (“SFAS”) No. 148, “Accounting for Stock Based Compensation Transition and Disclosure,” which amends SFAS No. 123. SFAS No. 148 requires more prominent and more frequent disclosures about the effects of stock-based compensation by presenting pro forma net income (loss), pro forma net income (loss) per share and other disclosures concerning our stock-based compensation plan.

 

F-14


Table of Contents

BIOLASE TECHNOLOGY, INC.

 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

The following table illustrates the effect on net (loss) income and net (loss) income per share if we had applied the fair value recognition provisions of SFAS No. 123 to options granted under our stock-based employee compensation plans:

 

     Years Ended December 31,

 
     2004

   

2003

Restated


  

2002

Restated


 

Reported net (loss) income

   $ (23,214,000 )   $ 19,049,000    $ 1,051,000  

Total stock-based employee compensation expense determined under the fair value based method for all awards, net of related tax effects

     (5,334,000 )     27,000      (1,247,000 )
    


 

  


Pro forma net (loss) income

   $ (28,548,000 )   $ 19,076,000    $ (196,000 )
    


 

  


The pro forma net (loss) income has been revised to reflect the restatement of our consolidated financial statements described in Note 3 and to reflect revisions in the calculation to stock-based employee compensation expense.

 

   

Basic net (loss) income per share:

                       

Reported

   $ (1.00 )   $ 0.91    $ 0.05  

Pro forma

   $ (1.23 )   $ 0.91    $ (0.01 )

Diluted net (loss) income per share:

                       

Reported

   $ (1.00 )   $ 0.84    $ 0.05  

Pro forma

   $ (1.23 )   $ 0.85    $ (0.01 )

 

The pro forma amounts were estimated using the Black-Scholes option-pricing model with the following assumptions:

 

     2004

    2003

    2002

 

Expected term (years)

     3.62       3.50       3.50  

Volatility

     65 %     80 %     84 %

Annual dividend per share

   $ 0.06     $ 0.00     $ 0.00  

Risk-free interest rate

     3.22 %     2.23 %     3.11 %

Weighted-average fair value

   $ 4.53     $ 6.92     $ 2.89  

 

The Black-Scholes option valuation model was developed for use in estimating the fair value of traded options that have no vesting restrictions and are fully transferable. In addition, option valuation models require the input of highly subjective assumptions, including the expected stock price volatility. Our options have characteristics significantly different from those of traded options, and changes in the subjective input assumptions can materially affect the fair value estimate.

 

Net (Loss) Income Per Share—Basic and Diluted

 

Basic net (loss) income per share is computed by dividing income available to common stockholders by the weighted-average number of common shares outstanding for the period. In computing diluted income per share, the weighted average number of shares outstanding is adjusted to reflect the effect of potentially dilutive securities.

 

F-15


Table of Contents

BIOLASE TECHNOLOGY, INC.

 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

Stock options totaling 4,070,000, 730,000 (restated) and 803,000 (restated) were not included in the diluted (loss) income per share amounts for the years ended December 31, 2004, 2003 and 2002, respectively, as their effect would have been anti-dilutive.

 

     Years Ended December 31,

     2004

  

2003

Restated


  

2002

Restated


Weighted average shares outstanding—basic

   23,181,000    20,993,000    19,929,000

Dilutive effect of stock options and warrants

   —      1,696,000    1,420,000
    
  
  

Weighted average shares outstanding—diluted

   23,181,000    22,689,000    21,349,000
    
  
  

Outstanding options excluded as impact would be anti-dilutive

   4,070,000    730,000    803,000
    
  
  

 

The dilutive effect of stock options and warrants have been decreased by 289,000 and increased by 46,000 for 2003 and 2002, respectively, to reflect a revision in the calculation.

 

New Accounting Pronouncements

 

In March 2004, the FASB approved the consensus reached on the Emerging Issues Task Force (EITF) Issue No. 03-1, “The Meaning of Other-Than-Temporary Impairment and Its Application to Certain Investments.” The Issue’s objective is to provide guidance for identifying other-than-temporarily impaired investments. EITF 03-1 also provides new disclosure requirements for investments that are deemed to be temporarily impaired. The accounting provisions of EITF 03-1 are effective for all reporting periods beginning after June 15, 2004, while the disclosure requirements are effective for annual periods ending after June 15, 2004. In September 2004, the FASB issued a FASB Staff Position (FSP) EITF 03-1-1 that delays the effective date of the measurement and recognition guidance in EITF 03-1 on certain impaired debt securities until further deliberations by the FASB. The adoption of this pronouncement did not impact our consolidated financial position, results of operations or cash flows.

 

In December 2004, the FASB issued SFAS No. 123R (revised 2004), “Share-Based Payment,” which revised SFAS No. 123, “Accounting for Stock-Based Compensation.” This statement supersedes APB Opinion No. 25, “Accounting for Stock Issued to Employees.” The revised statement addresses the accounting for share-based payment transactions with employees and other third parties, eliminates the ability to account for share-based compensation transactions using APB 25 and requires that the compensation costs relating to such transactions be recognized in the consolidated statement of operations. The revised statement is effective as of the first annual period beginning after June 15, 2005. In accordance with the revised statement, we will be required to recognize the expense attributable to stock options granted or vested subsequent to December 31, 2005. We are currently evaluating the impact of this pronouncement on our consolidated financial position, results of operations and cash flows.

 

In November 2004, the FASB issued SFAS No. 151, “Inventory Costs,” which amends part of ARB 43, “Inventory Pricing,” concerning the treatment of certain types of inventory costs. The provisions of ARB No. 43 provided that certain inventory-related costs, such as double freight and re-handling might be “so abnormal” that they should be charged against current earnings rather than be included in the cost of inventory. As amended by SFAS No. 151, the “so-abnormal” criterion has been eliminated. Thus, all such (abnormal) costs are required to be treated as current-period charges under all circumstances. In addition, fixed production overhead should be allocated based on the normal capacity of the production facilities, with unallocated overhead charged to expense when incurred. SFAS 151 is required to be adopted for fiscal years beginning after June 15, 2005. We do not believe its adoption will have a material impact on our financial position, results of operations or cash flows.

 

F-16


Table of Contents

BIOLASE TECHNOLOGY, INC.

 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

In December 2004, the FASB issued FASB Staff Position No. FAS 109-1, or FAS 109-1, “Application of FASB Statement No. 109, ‘Accounting for Income Taxes,’ to the Tax Deduction on Qualified Production Activities Provided by the American Jobs Creation Act of 2004.” The American Jobs Creation Act, or AJCA, introduces a special 9% tax deduction on qualified production activities. FAS 109-1 clarifies that this tax deduction should be accounted for as a special tax deduction in accordance with Statement 109. Pursuant to the AJCA, the Company will not be entitled to this special deduction in 2005, as the deduction is applied to taxable income after taking into account net operating loss carryforwards, and we have significant net operating loss carryforwards that will fully offset taxable income. We do not expect the adoption of this new tax provision to have a material impact on our consolidated financial position, results of operations or cash flows.

 

In December 2004, the FASB issued FASB Staff Position No. FAS 109-2, or FAS 109-2, “Accounting and Disclosure Guidance for the Foreign Earnings Repatriation Provision within the American Jobs Creations Act of 2004.” The AJCA introduces a limited time 85% dividends received deduction on the repatriation of certain foreign earnings to a U.S. taxpayer (repatriation provision), provided certain criteria are met. FAS No. 109-2 provides accounting and disclosure guidance for the repatriation provision. To achieve the deduction, the repatriation must occur by the end of 2005. We have not completed our analysis and do not expect to be able to make a decision on the amount of such repatriations, if any, until the fourth quarter of 2005. Among other things, the decision will depend on the level of earnings outside the United States, the debt level between our U.S. and non-U.S. affiliates, and administrative guidance from the Internal Revenue Service.

 

In December 2004, the FASB issued SFAS No. 153, “Exchanges of Nonmonetary Assets” (“SFAS 153”), which eliminates the exception from fair value measurement for nonmonetary exchanges of similar productive assets and replaces it with a general exception from fair value measurement for exchanges of nonmonetary assets that do not have commercial substance. SFAS 153 is required to be adopted in fiscal periods beginning after June 15, 2005. We do not believe its adoption will have a material impact on our financial position, results of operations or cash flows.

 

In June 2005, the FASB issued SFAS No. 154, “Accounting Changes and Error Corrections—a replacement of APB No. 20 and FAS No. 3” (“SFAS 154”). SFAS 154 provides guidance on the accounting for and reporting of accounting changes and error corrections. It establishes, unless impracticable, retrospective application as the required method for reporting a change in accounting principle in the absence of explicit transition requirements specific to the newly adopted accounting principle. SFAS 154 also provides guidance for determining whether retrospective application of a change in accounting principle is impracticable and for reporting a change when retrospective application is impracticable. The correction of an error in previously issued financial statements is not an accounting change. However, the reporting of an error correction involves adjustments to previously issued financial statements similar to those generally applicable to reporting an accounting change retrospectively. Therefore, the reporting of a correction of an error by restating previously issued financial statements is also addressed by SFAS 154. SFAS 154 is required to be adopted in fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2005. We do not believe its adoption will have a material impact on our financial position, results of operations or cash flows.

 

F-17


Table of Contents

BIOLASE TECHNOLOGY, INC.

 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

NOTE 3—RESTATEMENT OF FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

On May 20, 2005, we announced the restatement of our consolidated financial statements for the years ended December 31, 2003 and 2002. The adjustments reflected in the consolidated financial statements included in this Form 10-K for the years ended December 31, 2003 and 2002 are restated to correct for the following errors:

 

Adjustments Impacting Net Income

 

Revenue

 

During 2003, we did not identify all revenue arrangements that contained a training element to be performed after product shipment. This resulted in us recognizing revenue before we had performed the related services and resulted in an overstatement of revenue in the period the product was shipped. As a result, we decreased revenue for the undelivered training that had not been performed during the year ended December 31, 2003. There were no adjustments required for the year ended December 31, 2002.

 

During 2003, we improperly recognized revenue on consumables that had not been shipped. As a result, we have reduced revenue and increased deferred revenue and subsequently recognized revenue when the consumables were shipped.

 

During 2003, we did not identify a Waterlase system that was not fully functional at the time of shipment which resulted in the overstatement of revenue and cost of revenue. As a result, we decreased revenue and cost of revenue in 2003 and recognized the revenue and cost of revenue in 2004 when the final part required for functionally was delivered.

 

Cost of revenue

 

We had not stated the cost of raw materials purchased at actual cost during the year ended December 31, 2004; accordingly, we decreased cost of revenue. We also reduced cost of revenue for sales tax on warranty items.

 

General and administrative expense

 

Sales tax liability, related penalties and interest, and gains recognized on the abatement of certain penalties and interest .

 

We charged our customers sales tax on purchases, but were late in filing sales tax returns and remitting amounts collected to certain states from 1998 to 2004. Additionally, the sales tax liability we recorded was understated. In accordance with the applicable accounting rules we are required to accrue, as a liability, interest and penalties under the applicable statutes, on late filings for which payment of sales tax has not been made. We have restated the consolidated financial statements for the years ended December 31, 2003 and 2002 to accrue these penalties and interest as a liability and to adjust for the under accrual of sales tax expense. During the year ended December 31, 2003, we reached agreements with certain states and were relieved from our liability to pay certain of the penalties and interest. Accordingly, we recognized a gain for the difference between the amount of penalties and interest that we had accrued as a liability and the amount we will pay to those states.

 

Value-added tax

 

We determined that certain refunds previously claimed on our value added tax (VAT) returns and refunds recorded as a reduction of our VAT liability would be disallowed due to the improper collection of VAT information required at the time of product shipment. As a result, we increased our operating expense to properly reflect our liability for these items for the years ended December 31, 2003 and 2002.

 

F-18


Table of Contents

BIOLASE TECHNOLOGY, INC.

 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

Employee compensation

 

During the year ended December 31, 2003, we over accrued payroll expense for general and administrative personnel.

 

Other

 

During 2002, we identified but did not originally record adjustments determined to be immaterial individually and in the aggregate.

 

Income Taxes

 

The provision for income taxes has been revised to reflect the impact of the adjustments listed above. For 2002, we recorded a full valuation allowance against our net deferred tax assets due to the uncertainty of their realization. For 2003, we increased our net deferred tax assets and income tax benefit for the increases in our net operating loss carryforwards for the adjustments, excluding the deferred tax liability that arises as a result of the amortization of goodwill and our indefinite-lived intangible asset that are deductible for tax purposes, which was $38,000 for the year ended December 31, 2003.

 

The net effect of these errors is to decrease revenue by $298,000 and $0, to increase cost of revenue by $3,000 and to decrease cost of revenue by $82,000, and to increase operating expenses by $226,000 and $529,000 for the years ended December 31, 2003 and 2002, respectively, from the amounts previously reported.

 

F-19


Table of Contents

BIOLASE TECHNOLOGY, INC.

 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

The following table is a reconciliation of net income as previously reported to amounts as restated for the periods indicated:

 

    

Year Ended

December 31,

2003


   

Year Ended

December 31,

2002


 

Net income, as previously reported

   $ 19,058,000     $ 1,498,000  

Adjustments to revenue:

                

Undelivered training element

     (230,000 )     —    

Consumables and product not delivered

     (68,000 )     —    
    


 


Total revenue related adjustments

     (298,000 )     —    
    


 


Adjustments to cost of revenue:

                

Inventory

     49,000       —    

Sales tax

     21,000       —    

Product not delivered

     9,000       —    

Other

     (82,000 )     82,000  
    


 


Total cost of revenue related adjustments

     (3,000 )     82,000  
    


 


Adjustments to sales and marketing expense:

                

Other

     (27,000 )     27,000  
    


 


Total sales and marketing expense related adjustments

     (27,000 )     27,000  
    


 


Adjustments to general and administrative expense:

                

Sales tax

     (68,000 )     (250,000 )

Penalties and interest on sales tax

     (263,000 )     (191,000 )

Gain on abatement of penalties and interest

     17,000       —    

Value-added tax

     (71,000 )     (4,000 )

Employee compensation

     121,000       —    

Other

     65,000       (111,000 )
    


 


Total general and administrative expense related adjustments

     (199,000 )     (556,000 )
    


 


Adjustment to income tax benefit

     518,000       —    
    


 


Restated net income

   $ 19,049,000     $ 1,051,000  
    


 


Net income per share (restated):

                

Basic

   $ 0.91     $ 0.05  
    


 


Diluted

   $ 0.84     $ 0.05  
    


 


 

We also corrected the errors for the understatement of sales tax, penalties and interest for periods prior to January 1, 2002 for a total of $34,000, which has been reflected as a reduction in the opening balances of stockholders’ equity as of December 31, 2001.

 

F-20


Table of Contents

BIOLASE TECHNOLOGY, INC.

 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

Adjustments Not Impacting Stockholders Equity or Net Income

 

As of December 31, 2003, we reclassified deferred charges on products shipped to prepaid expenses and other current assets, and customer deposits to accounts payable, since they were considered minor for presentation as separate balance sheet components. We also reclassified our value added tax receivable included in prepaid expenses and other current assets as a reduction to our value added tax payable included in accrued liabilities. In addition, we reclassified amounts from accrued liabilities to deferred revenue so that all deferred revenue items are included in the same balance sheet component.

 

For the year ended December 31, 2003, we corrected the classification of $11,000 in income tax expense. For the year ended December 31, 2002, there were no adjustments impacting the classification of amounts in the statements of operations.

 

F-21


Table of Contents

BIOLASE TECHNOLOGY, INC.

 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

The following table sets forth selected consolidated balance sheet data, showing previously reported amounts, restatement adjustments not impacting stockholders’ equity and restatement adjustments impacting stockholders’ equity for the periods indicated.

 

CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEET DATA

 

     December 31, 2003

 
    

As Previously

Reported


    Adjustments
Not Impacting
Stockholders’
Equity


    Adjustments
Impacting
Stockholders’
Equity


   

As

Restated


 

Current assets:

                                

Cash and cash equivalents

   $ 11,111,000     $ —       $ —       $ 11,111,000  

Accounts receivable, less allowance of $64,000 in 2003

     5,771,000       —         —         5,771,000  

Inventory

     3,752,000       —         56,000       3,808,000  

Deferred charges on products shipped

     55,000       (55,000 )     —         —    

Deferred tax asset

     1,079,000       —         429,000       1,508,000  

Prepaid expenses and other current assets

     1,528,000       (268,000 )     —         1,260,000  
    


 


 


 


Total Current Assets

     23,296,000       (323,000 )     485,000       23,458,000  

Property, plant and equipment, net

     1,973,000       —         —         1,973,000  

Intangible assets, net

     2,587,000       —         —         2,587,000  

Goodwill

     2,926,000       —         —         2,926,000  

Deferred tax asset

     12,678,000       —         (27,000 )     12,651,000  

Other assets

     1,041,000       —         —         1,041,000  
    


 


 


 


Total Assets

   $ 44,501,000     $ (323,000 )   $ 458,000     $ 44,636,000  
    


 


 


 


LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY

                                

Current liabilities:

                                

Accounts payable

   $ 3,590,000     $ 223,000     $ (17,000 )   $ 3,796,000  

Accrued liabilities

     5,940,000       (1,111,000 )     722,000       5,551,000  

Line of credit

     1,792,000       —         —         1,792,000  

Customer deposits

     223,000       (223,000 )     —         —    

Deferred revenue

     144,000       788,000       297,000       1,229,000  

Deferred gain on sale of building—current portion

     63,000       —         —         63,000  

Debt

     888,000       —         —         888,000  
    


 


 


 


Total current liabilities

     12,640,000       (323,000 )     1,002,000       13,319,000  

Deferred gain on sale of building

     79,000               —         79,000  
    


 


 


 


Total liabilities

     12,719,000       (323,000 )     1,002,000       13,398,000  
    


 


 


 


Stockholders’ Equity:

                                

Preferred stock

     —         —         —         —    

Common stock

     22,000       —         —         22,000  

Additional paid-in capital

     59,188,000       —         (54,000 )     59,134,000  

Accumulated other comprehensive loss

     (147,000 )     —         —         (147,000 )

Accumulated deficit

     (27,281,000 )     —         (490,000 )     (27,771,000 )
    


 


 


 


Total Stockholders’ Equity

     31,782,000       —         (544,000 )     31,238,000  
    


 


 


 


Total Liabilities and Stockholders’ Equity

   $ 44,501,000     $ (323,000 )   $ 458,000     $ 44,636,000  
    


 


 


 


 

F-22


Table of Contents

BIOLASE TECHNOLOGY, INC.

 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

The following table sets forth selected consolidated statement of operation data, showing previously reported amounts and restatement adjustments impacting net income for the periods indicated:

 

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF OPERATIONS DATA

 

     Year Ended December 31, 2003

    

As Previously

Reported


   Adjustments
Not Impacting
Net Income


    Adjustments
Impacting
Net Income


   

As

Restated


Revenue

   $ 49,081,000    $ —       $ (298,000 )   $ 48,783,000

Cost of revenue

     17,530,000      —         3,000       17,533,000
    

  


 


 

Gross profit

     31,551,000      —         (301,000 )     31,250,000
    

  


 


 

Other income

     76,000      —         —         76,000
    

  


 


 

Operating expenses:

                             

Sales and marketing

     16,773,000              27,000       16,800,000

General and administrative

     4,908,000      (11,000 )     199,000       5,096,000

Engineering and development

     2,505,000      —         —         2,505,000
    

  


 


 

Total operating expenses

     24,186,000      (11,000 )     226,000       24,401,000
    

  


 


 

Income from operations

     7,441,000      11,000       (527,000 )     6,925,000

Non operating (expense) income, net

     226,000      —         —         226,000
    

  


 


 

Income before income taxes

     7,667,000      11,000       (527,000 )     7,151,000

Income tax benefit

     11,391,000      (11,000 )     518,000       11,898,000
    

  


 


 

Net income

   $ 19,058,000    $ —       $ (9,000 )   $ 19,049,000
    

  


 


 

Net income per share:

                             

Basic

   $ 0.91            $ —       $ 0.91
    

          


 

Diluted

   $ 0.83            $ 0.01     $ 0.84
    

          


 

 

F-23


Table of Contents

BIOLASE TECHNOLOGY, INC.

 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF OPERATIONS DATA—(Continued)

 

     Year Ended December 31, 2002

    

As Previously

Reported


   Adjustments

   

As

Restated


Revenue

   $ 27,257,000    $ —       $ 27,257,000

Cost of revenue

     10,485,000      (82,000 )     10,403,000
    

  


 

Gross profit

     16,772,000      82,000       16,854,000
    

  


 

Other income

     63,000      —         63,000
    

  


 

Operating expenses:

                     

Sales and marketing

     10,729,000      (27,000 )     10,702,000

General and administrative

     3,010,000      556,000       3,566,000

Engineering and development

     1,684,000      —         1,684,000
    

  


 

Total operating expenses

     15,423,000      529,000       15,952,000
    

  


 

Income from operations

     1,412,000      (447,000 )     965,000

Non-operating (expense) income, net

     86,000      —         86,000
    

  


 

Income before income taxes

     1,498,000      (447,000 )     1,051,000

Provision for income taxes

     —        —         —  
    

  


 

Net income

   $ 1,498,000    $ (447,000 )   $ 1,051,000
    

  


 

Net income per share:

                     

Basic

   $ 0.08    $ (0.03 )   $ 0.05
    

  


 

Diluted

   $ 0.07    $ (0.02 )   $ 0.05
    

  


 

 

F-24


Table of Contents

BIOLASE TECHNOLOGY, INC.

 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

The following table sets forth selected consolidated statement of cash flows data showing previously reported amounts and restated amounts for the periods indicated:

 

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS DATA

 

    

Year Ended

December 31, 2003


 
    

As Previously

Reported


   

As

Restated


 

Cash Flows From Operating Activities:

                

Net income

   $ 19,058,000     $ 19,049,000  

Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash provided by operating activities:

                

Depreciation and amortization

     401,000       401,000  

Gain on disposal of assets

     (73,000 )     (73,000 )

Unrealized gain on forward exchange contract

     (22,000 )     (22,000 )

Provision for bad debts

     248,000       248,000  

Provision for inventory excess and obsolescence

     140,000       140,000  

Deferred tax benefit

     (11,448,000 )     (11,950,000 )

Changes in assets and liabilities:

                

Accounts receivable

     (1,036,000 )     (1,036,000 )

Inventory

     (857,000 )     (831,000 )

Deferred charges on product shipped

     1,360,000       1,360,000  

Prepaid expenses and other assets

     (1,452,000 )     (1,102,000 )

Accounts payable and accrued expenses

     3,645,000       2,775,000  

Deferred revenue

     (3,530,000 )     (2,445,000 )

Customer deposits

     (106,000 )     —    
    


 


Net cash provided by operating activities

     6,328,000       6,514,000  
    


 


Cash Flows From Investing Activities:

                

Additions to property, plant and equipment

     (455,000 )     (455,000 )

Business acquisition

     (1,825,000 )     (1,825,000 )
    


 


Net cash used in investing activities

     (2,280,000 )     (2,280,000 )
    


 


Cash Flows From Financing Activities:

                

Borrowings on line of credit

     1,792,000       1,792,000  

Payment on line of credit

     (1,792,000 )     (1,792,000 )

Borrowings on insurance notes

     1,087,000       1,027,000  

Payments on insurance notes

     (396,000 )     (457,000 )

Payment on debt

     (1,148,000 )     (1,148,000 )

Proceeds from exercise of stock options and warrants

     3,577,000       3,577,000  
    


 


Net cash provided by financing activities

     3,120,000       2,999,000  
    


 


Effect of exchange rate changes on cash

     3,000       3,000  

Increase in cash and cash equivalents

     7,171,000       7,236,000  

Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of period

     3,940,000       3,875,000  
    


 


Cash and cash equivalents at end of period

   $ 11,111,000     $ 11,111,000  
    


 


 

F-25


Table of Contents

BIOLASE TECHNOLOGY, INC.

 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS DATA—(Continued)

 

    

Year Ended

December 31, 2002


 
    

As Previously

Reported


   

As

Restated


 

Cash Flows From Operating Activities:

                

Net income

   $ 1,498,000     $ 1,051,000  

Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash provided by operating activities:

                

Depreciation and amortization

     246,000       246,000  

Gain on disposal of assets

     (63,000 )     (63,000 )

Unrealized gain on forward exchange contract

     (152,000 )     (152,000 )

Provision for bad debt

     283,000       283,000  

Provision for inventory excess and obsolescence

     7,000       7,000  

Stock-based compensation

     —         46,000  

Changes in assets and liabilities:

                

Accounts receivable

     (3,084,000 )     (3,084,000 )

Inventory

     (912,000 )     (993,000 )

Deferred charges on product shipped

     (810,000 )     (810,000 )

Prepaid expenses and other assets

     (495,000 )     (523,000 )

Accounts payable and accrued liabilities

     1,872,000       2,356,000  

Deferred revenue

     2,048,000       2,048,000  

Customer deposits

     39,000       —    
    


 


Net cash provided by operating activities

     477,000       412,000  
    


 


Cash Flows From Investing Activities:

                

Additions to property, plant and equipment

     (478,000 )     (478,000 )
    


 


Net cash used in investing activities

     (478,000 )     (478,000 )
    


 


Cash Flows From Financing Activities:

                

Borrowings on insurance notes

     275,000       275,000  

Payments on insurance notes

     (117,000 )     (117,000 )

Proceeds from exercise of stock options and warrants

     1,035,000       1,035,000  
    


 


Net cash provided by financing activities

     1,193,000       1,193,000  
    


 


Effect of exchange rate changes on cash

     78,000       78,000  

Increase in cash and cash equivalents

     1,270,000       1,205,000  

Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of period

     2,670,000       2,670,000  
    


 


Cash and cash equivalents at end of period

   $ 3,940,000     $ 3,875,000  
    


 


 

F-26


Table of Contents

BIOLASE TECHNOLOGY, INC.

 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

NOTE 4—INVESTMENTS IN MARKETABLE SECURITIES

 

We account for our marketable securities in accordance with SFAS No. 115, “Accounting for Certain Investments in Debt and Equity Securities.” Investments classified as “available for sale” are reported at fair value with unrealized gains (losses) recorded as a component of comprehensive loss until realized. In the event the fair value of an investment declines and is deemed to be other than temporary, we write down the carrying value of the investment to its fair value. Our investments are comprised of U.S. treasury debt securities, have been classified as available-for-sale, and have maturities greater than three months and less than one year. As of December 31, 2004, no securities were impaired. The following summarizes our investments as of December 31, 2004:

 

     Amortized
Cost


   Unrealized
Gain/(Loss)


    Fair Value

Short-term

                     

U. S. Treasury debt securities

   $ 25,339,000    $ (13,000 )   $ 25,326,000
    

  


 

 

Gross realized gains and losses for the year ended December 31, 2004 were $96,000 and $(5,000), respectively.

 

NOTE 5—SUPPLEMENTARY BALANCE SHEET INFORMATION

 

     2004

   2003

ACCOUNTS RECEIVABLE:

             

Components of accounts receivable at December 31, 2004 and 2003, net of allowances are as follows:

             

Trade

   $ 9,363,000    $ 5,486,000

Royalties

     245,000      189,000

Other

     27,000      96,000
    

  

Total receivables

   $ 9,635,000    $ 5,771,000
    

  

 

F-27


Table of Contents

BIOLASE TECHNOLOGY, INC.

 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

Following are the changes in the allowance for doubtful accounts and the allowance for sales returns during the years ended 2004, 2003 and 2002:

 

    

Balance at

Beginning

of Period


   Additions

   Write-offs

   

Balance at

End of Period


Year Ended December 31, 2004

                            

Allowance for doubtful accounts

   $ 64,000    $ 354,000    $ (34,000 )   $ 384,000

Allowance for sales returns

   $ 327,000    $ 521,000    $ (581,000 )   $ 267,000

Year Ended December 31, 2003

                            

Allowance for doubtful accounts

   $ 202,000    $ 248,000    $ (386,000 )   $ 64,000

Allowance for sales returns

   $ —      $ 327,000    $ —       $ 327,000

Year Ended December 31, 2002

                            

Allowance for doubtful accounts

   $ 108,000    $ 283,000    $ (189,000 )   $ 202,000

 

     2004

    2003

 
           (Restated)

 

INVENTORY:

                

Materials

   $ 4,842,000     $ 1,725,000  

Work-in-process

     887,000       894,000  

Finished goods

     2,451,000       1,189,000  
    


 


Inventory

   $ 8,180,000     $ 3,808,000  
    


 


     2004

    2003

 

PROPERTY, PLANT AND EQUIPMENT, NET:

                

Land

   $ 321,000     $ 296,000  

Building

     883,000       812,000  

Leasehold improvements

     209,000       137,000  

Equipment and computers

     1,897,000       1,050,000  

Furniture and fixtures

     761,000       281,000  
    


 


       4,071,000       2,576,000  

Accumulated depreciation

     (1,046,000 )     (603,000 )
    


 


Property, plant and equipment, net

   $ 3,025,000     $ 1,973,000  
    


 


     2004

    2003

 
           (Restated)

 

ACCRUED LIABILITIES:

                

Payroll and benefits

   $ 2,733,000     $ 2,090,000  

Warranty

     911,000       727,000  

Sales tax

     1,185,000       1,418,000  

Amounts due to customers

     414,000       205,000  

Accrued professional services

     2,407,000       574,000  

Other

     817,000       537,000  
    


 


Accrued liabilities

   $ 8,467,000     $ 5,551,000  
    


 


 

F-28


Table of Contents

BIOLASE TECHNOLOGY, INC.

 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

We reimburse our customers for their costs related to certain marketing programs for which we do not receive an identifiable benefit. We reduce the revenue recognized at the time of the original sale by the amount we are obligated to pay our customers. Amounts due to customers represent our obligation to reimburse our customers for these programs.

 

Included in the sales tax liability is $333,000 and $574,000 as of December 31, 2004 and 2003, respectively, of penalties and interest determined in accordance with the applicable state statutes for amounts collected from customers but not remitted to the state.

 

NOTE 6—INTANGIBLE ASSETS AND GOODWILL

 

In accordance with SFAS No. 142, “Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets,” goodwill and other intangible assets with indefinite lives are no longer subject to amortization but are tested for impairment annually or whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the asset might be impaired. We conducted our annual impairment analysis of our goodwill and trade names as of June 30, 2004 and concluded there had not been an impairment. During the fourth quarter of 2004, we changed our strategy to focus our sales efforts on high-end laser products such as the new Waterlase MD product, which was first sold during the fourth quarter of 2004. This conclusion was due to the increased competition for relatively low-priced laser devices. As a result, the actual sales of Diolase Plus were below our original expectations and we expect this trend to continue. We estimated the fair value of the Diolase Plus trade name using our revised strategy and based on a relief from royalty approach using discounted cash flows from revised projected Diolase Plus revenue. The $747,000 excess of the carrying value over the asset’s estimated fair value has been recorded as a charge to operations during the year ended December 31, 2004.

 

Intangible assets with finite lives continue to be subject to amortization, and any impairment is determined in accordance with SFAS No. 144, “Accounting for the Impairment or Disposal of Long-Lived Assets.” We believe no event has occurred that would trigger an impairment of these intangible assets. We recorded amortization expense for the years ended December 31, 2004, 2003 and 2002 of $248,000, $154,000 and $24,000, respectively. Estimated intangible asset amortization expense (based on existing intangible assets) for the years ending December 31, 2005, 2006, 2007, 2008 and 2009 is $239,000, $230,000, $226,000, $217,000 and $117,000, respectively. Other intangible assets consist of an acquired customer list and a non-compete agreement.

 

The following table presents details of our intangible assets, related accumulated amortization and goodwill:

 

    As of December 31, 2004

  As of December 31, 2003

    Gross

  Accumulated
Amortization


    Impairment

    Net

  Gross

  Accumulated
Amortization


    Net

Patents (10 years)

  $ 1,284,000   $ (280,000 )   $ —       $ 1,004,000   $ 1,284,000   $ (150,000 )   $ 1,134,000

Trademarks (6 years)

    69,000     (69,000 )     —         —       69,000     (60,000 )     9,000

Trade names (Indefinite life)

    979,000     —         (747,000 )     232,000     979,000     —         979,000

Other (4 to 6 years)

    593,000     (167,000 )     —         426,000     523,000     (58,000 )     465,000
   

 


 


 

 

 


 

Total

  $ 2,925,000   $ (516,000 )   $ (747,000 )   $ 1,662,000   $ 2,855,000   $ (268,000 )   $ 2,587,000
   

 


 


 

 

 


 

Goodwill (Indefinite life)

  $ 2,926,000   $ —       $ —       $ 2,926,000   $ 2,926,000   $ —       $ 2,926,000
   

 


 


 

 

 


 

 

F-29


Table of Contents

BIOLASE TECHNOLOGY, INC.

 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

NOTE 7—ACQUISITION

 

On May 21, 2003 we acquired the American Dental Laser (“ADL”) product line from American Medical Technologies, Inc. (“AMT”) for approximately $5.8 million, in order to leverage our marketing, strengthen our portfolio of intellectual property and expand our product lines. The assets acquired included inventory, dental laser patents, customer lists, brand names and other intellectual property as well as laser products. No liabilities of AMT were assumed in the transaction. The consideration paid by us consisted of approximately $1.8 million cash, $215,000 in transaction costs directly attributable to the acquisition and 308,000 shares of common stock with a fair value of approximately $3.8 million. For purposes of computing the purchase price, the value of the common stock of $12.38 per share was determined by taking the average closing price of our common stock as quoted on NASDAQ between May 19, 2003 and May 23, 2003. The total purchase price has been allocated to the acquired tangible and intangible assets of ADL based on the fair values with the balance allocated to goodwill. The acquisition was accounted for as a purchase under SFAS No. 141, “Business Combinations.” The amount allocated to the intangible assets was determined using estimates of discounted cash flow for the patents, trademarks, trade name and non-competition agreement; and the cost approach was used to estimate the value of the customer list. The total intangible assets acquired include approximately $2.9 million for goodwill (which is deductible for tax purposes), $979,000 for trade names and trademarks, $1.2 million for patents, $432,000 for a customer list and $91,000 for a non-compete agreement. The patents are being amortized over ten years, the customer list over six years, and the non-compete agreement over four years. The trademarks and trade names were determined to have indefinite lives (see Note 5 regarding an impairment recognized in 2004 related to trade names.)

 

The total consideration consisted of the following:

 

Cash

   $ 1,825,000

Stock consideration (308,000 shares at $12.38 per share)

     3,806,000

Acquisition costs

     215,000
    

Total

   $ 5,846,000
    

 

The components of the purchase price and allocation are as follows:

 

Tangible assets acquired

   $ 246,000

Identifiable intangible assets acquired

     2,674,000

Goodwill

     2,926,000
    

Total

   $ 5,846,000
    

 

The following unaudited data summarizes the results of operations for the periods indicated as if the ADL acquisition had been completed as of the beginning of the periods presented. The pro forma data gives effect to actual operating results prior to the acquisition, adjusted to include the pro forma effect of amortization of identifiable intangible assets:

 

     Years Ended December 31,

 
     2003

   2002

 
     (Restated)  
     (Unaudited)  

Pro forma:

               

Revenue

   $ 49,384,000    $ 31,762,000  

Net income (loss)

     18,778,000      (2,912,000 )

Net income (loss) per share:

               

Basic

   $ 0.89    $ (0.15 )

Diluted

   $ 0.83    $ (0.15 )

 

F-30


Table of Contents

BIOLASE TECHNOLOGY, INC.

 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

NOTE 8—BANK LINE OF CREDIT AND DEBT

 

In May 2003, we entered into a $5.0 million credit facility with a bank. The facility is for a term of one year, bears interest at LIBOR plus 2.25% and is secured by all of our assets. Under the terms of our credit line, we are subject to certain covenants, which include, among other things, covenants to maintain a minimum balance of cash (including investments in U.S. treasuries), a specified minimum tangible net worth and a specified ratio of current assets to current liabilities, and a covenant to maintain profitability. If we fail to satisfy these covenants and we fail to cure any breach of these covenants within a specified number of days after receipt of notice, the bank could accelerate the entire amount borrowed by us and cancel the line of credit. Our credit line had an outstanding balance of approximately $1.8 million as of December 31, 2003. In June 2004, this credit facility was extended to June 30, 2005 and increased to $10.0 million. In June 2005, this credit facility was extended to September 30, 2005. At December 31, 2004, there were no borrowings on this line of credit. We were not in compliance with the covenants to remain profitable on a quarterly basis at December 31, 2004 due to our operating loss for the three months ended September 30, 2004 and December 31, 2004. In February 2005, we obtained a waiver of this covenant as of December 31, 2004. In April 2005, we became non-compliant with our covenant relating to timely reporting and certification requirements for our consolidated financial statements due to the late filing of our Form 10-K. In July 2005, we obtained a waiver to this covenant which extended until July 21, 2005.

 

In November 2003 we financed $489,000 of insurance premiums payable in ten equal monthly installments of approximately $45,000 each, including a finance charge of 3.3%. In December 2003 we financed an additional $598,000 of insurance premiums payable in ten equal monthly installments of approximately $54,000 each, including a finance charge of 2.9%. At December 31, 2003 the balance of unpaid premiums that were financed was $888,000 which was paid in full during the year ended December 31, 2004.

 

NOTE 9—INCOME TAXES

 

The following table presents the current and deferred provision (benefit) for income taxes for the years ended December 31:

 

     2004

   2003

    2002

          Restated      

Current:

                     

Federal

   $ —      $ 22,000     $ —  

State

     12,000      2,000       2,000

Foreign

     81,000      28,000       —  
    

  


 

       93,000      52,000       2,000

Deferred:

                     

Federal

     13,074,000      (11,216,000 )     —  

State

     1,246,000      (734,000 )     —  

Foreign

     —        —         —  
    

  


 

       14,320,000      (11,950,000 )     —  
    

  


 

     $ 14,413,000    $ (11,898,000 )   $ 2,000
    

  


 

 

The deferred tax benefit for the year ended December 31, 2003 does not include $2,209,000 (restated), for stock option deduction benefits recorded as a credit to additional paid-in capital. The tax provision for 2002 is included in general and administrative expense in the accompanying consolidated statement of operations.

 

F-31


Table of Contents

BIOLASE TECHNOLOGY, INC.

 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

The provision for income taxes differs from the amount that would result from applying the federal statutory rate as follows for the years ended December 31:

 

     2004

     2003

     2002

 
            Restated      Restated  

Statutory regular federal income tax rate

   34.0 %    34.0 %    34.0 %

Change in valuation allowance

   (212.0 )%    (207.3 )%    (46.2 )%

State tax benefit (net of federal detriment)

   9.8 %    5.7 %    0.1 %

Research credits

   1.3 %    (0.9 )%    0.0 %

Foreign amounts with no tax benefit

   0.3 %    (0.4 )%    11.7 %

Non-deductible penalties

   0.7 %    0.8 %    0.0 %

Other

   2.1 %    1.7 %    0.4 %
    

  

  

Total

   (163.8 )%    (166.4 )%    0.0 %
    

  

  

 

The components of the deferred income tax assets and liabilities are as follows at December 31:

 

     2004

    2003

 
           Restated  

Capitalized intangible assets

   $ 885,000     $ 757,000  

Reserves not currently deductible

     3,997,000       970,000  

Inventory

     598,000       287,000  

Deferred revenue

     768,000       408,000  

Income tax credits

     857,000       527,000  

Property and equipment

     —         18,000  

Net operating losses

     14,251,000       11,678,000  
    


 


Total deferred tax assets

     21,356,000       14,645,000  

Valuation allowance

     (21,142,000 )     —    
    


 


Net deferred tax assets

     214,000       14,645,000  

Capitalized intangible assets

     (161,000 )     —    

Property and equipment

     (165,000 )     —    

State taxes

     1,000       (411,000 )

Other

     (50,000 )     (75,000 )
    


 


Total deferred tax liabilities

     (375,000 )     (486,000 )
    


 


Net deferred tax assets (liability)

   $ (161,000 )   $ 14,159,000  
    


 


 

The valuation allowance decreased from $16.2 million as of December 31, 2002 to zero as of December 31, 2003.

 

Based upon our operating losses during 2004 and the available evidence, management determined that it is more likely than not that the deferred tax assets as of December 31, 2004 will not be realized. Consequently, we recorded a valuation allowance for our net deferred tax asset in the amount of $21.1 million as of December 31, 2004. In this determination, we considered factors such as our earnings history, future projected earnings and tax planning strategies. If sufficient evidence of our ability to generate sufficient future taxable income tax benefits becomes apparent, we may reduce our valuation allowance, resulting in tax benefits in our statement of operations and in additional paid-in-capital. Management evaluates the potential realization of our deferred tax assets and assesses the need for reducing the valuation allowance periodically.

 

For the year ended December 31, 2004, stock option exercises increased our deferred tax assets by $1.9 million. In future years, if the valuation allowance is reduced, the benefit related to the stock option deferred tax assets will be recorded in stockholders’ equity.

 

F-32


Table of Contents

BIOLASE TECHNOLOGY, INC.

 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

During the year ended December 31, 2003, we determined that it was more likely than not that our deferred tax assets, which consist primarily of net operating loss, or NOL, carryforwards, would be realized, resulting in an $11.9 million net deferred tax benefit. This deferred tax benefit does not include $2.2 million for stock option deduction benefits recorded as a credit to additional paid-in-capital. We considered factors such as our profitable operating history, three years of cumulative income and projections of continued profitability at that time in making this determination.

 

As of December 31, 2004, we had net operating loss carryforwards for federal and state purposes of approximately $39.0 million and $11.3 million, respectively, which will begin to expire in 2005. The utilization of NOL and credit carryforwards may be limited under the provisions of the Internal Revenue Code Section 382 and similar state provisions. Section 382 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986 generally imposes an annual limitation on the amount of NOL carryforwards that may be used to offset taxable income where a corporation has undergone significant changes in stock ownership. During the year ended December 31, 2003, we completed an analysis to determine the potential applicability of any annual limitations imposed by Section 382. Based on our analysis, we believe that as of December 31, 2004, we have for federal income tax purposes, approximately $39.0 million of NOL carryforwards. Of this amount, approximately $34.5 million is available to offset 2005 federal taxable income and the taxable income generated in future years. Additional NOL carryforwards will become available at the rate of approximately $1.0 million per year for the years 2005 through 2009. As of December 31, 2004, we had research and development credit carryforwards for federal and state purposes of approximately $558,000 and $250,000, respectively which will begin expiring in 2011 for federal purposes and carryforward indefinitely for state purposes. However, any future ownership change qualifying under Section 382 may limit our ability to use remaining NOL and credit carryforwards.

 

U.S. income taxes and foreign withholding taxes were not provided for undistributed earnings for our non-U.S. subsidiaries. We intend to reinvest these earnings indefinitely in operations outside the United States.

 

NOTE 10—COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES

 

Leases

 

In March 2001, we entered into a $2.2 million sale-leaseback transaction whereby we sold and leased back our manufacturing facility located in San Clemente, California. The result of the sale was a $316,000 gain, which was deferred and is being amortized over the five-year lease term. The related lease is being accounted for as an operating lease. In March 2004, we leased additional office and manufacturing space in San Clemente, California. We also lease certain office equipment and automobiles under operating lease arrangements.

 

Future minimum rental commitments under operating leases with non-cancellable terms greater than one year for each of the years ending December 31 are as follows:

 

2005

   $ 584,000

2006

     141,000

2007

     38,000

2008

     6,000
    

Total future minimum lease obligations

   $ 769,000
    

 

Rent expense was $595,000, $355,000 (restated) and $250,000 for the years ended December 31, 2004, 2003 and 2002, respectively.

 

F-33


Table of Contents

BIOLASE TECHNOLOGY, INC.

 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

Litigation

 

In August 2004, we and certain of our officers were named as defendants in several putative shareholder class action lawsuits filed in the United States District Court for the Central District of California. The complaints purport to seek unspecified damages on behalf of an alleged class of persons who purchased our common stock between October 29, 2003 and July 16, 2004. The complaints allege that we and our officers violated federal securities laws by failing to disclose material information about the demand for our products and the fact that the Company would not achieve the alleged forecasted growth. The claimed misrepresentations include certain statements in our press releases and the registration statement we filed in connection with our public offering of stock in March 2004. In addition, three stockholders have filed derivative actions in the state court in California seeking recovery on behalf of BIOLASE, alleging, among other things, breach of fiduciary duties by those individual defendants and by the members of our Board of Directors.

 

We have not yet formally responded to any of the actions and no discovery has been conducted by any of the parties. However, based on the facts presently known, our management believes we have meritorious defenses to these actions and intend to vigorously defend them. As of December 31, 2004, no amounts have been recorded in the consolidated financial statements for these matters since management believes that it is not probable we have incurred a loss contingency.

 

In January 2005, we acquired the intellectual property portfolio of Diodem LLC (“Diodem”), consisting of certain U.S. and international patents of which four were asserted against us, and settled the existing litigation between us and Diodem, for consideration of $3.0 million in cash, 361,664 shares of common stock, and a five-year warrant exercisable into 81,037 shares of common stock at an exercise price of $11.06 per share. In addition, if certain criteria specified in the purchase agreement are satisfied on or before July 2006, 45,208 additional shares we have placed in escrow may be released to Diodem and we will incur an expense equal to the fair market value of those shares at the time of their release. The total consideration was estimated to have a value of $7.0 million, excluding the value of the shares held in escrow. As of December 31, 2004, we accrued $6.4 million for the settlement of the existing litigation with $3.0 million included in current liabilities and $3.4 million recorded as a long-term liability. In January 2005, we recorded an intangible asset of $530,000 representing the estimated fair value of the intellectual property acquired. As a result of the acquisition, Diodem immediately withdrew its patent infringement claims against us and the case was formally dismissed on May 31, 2005. We did not pay and have no obligation to pay any royalties to Diodem on past or future sales of our products.

 

We estimated the amount for the settlement of the existing litigation by determining the estimated fair value of the patent portfolio less the total consideration of $7.0 million. The estimated fair value of the patents was determined using a relief from royalty and a discounted cash flow methodology. The common stock issued was valued at the common stock fair market value on the closing date the agreement for a total of $3.5 million. We determined the fair value of the warrants, which totaled $443,000 using the Black-Scholes model with the following assumptions:

 

Term

   5 years

Volatility

   67%

Annual dividend per share

   $0.00

Risk-free interest rate

   3.73%

 

The warrants and common stock were issued in January 2005.

 

In late 2004, we were notified by Refocus Group, Inc., or Refocus, that certain of our planned activities in the field of presbyopia may infringe one or more claims of a patent held by Refocus. In February 2005, we filed a

 

F-34


Table of Contents

BIOLASE TECHNOLOGY, INC.

 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

lawsuit in the U.S. District Court for the Central District of California against Refocus in order to obtain declaratory relief that certain of our planned activities in the field of presbyopia will not infringe the claims of a patent held by Refocus and/or that the claims are invalid. These claims were dismissed by the court in July 2005 without prejudice on the basis that we do not have a product that has been commercialized and, therefore, Refocus’ alleged infringement claims are not ripe. As of December 31, 2004, no amounts have been recorded in the accompanying consolidated financial statements for this matter since management believes that it is not probable we have incurred a loss contingency.

 

From time to time, we are involved in other legal proceedings incidental to our business, but at this time we are not party to any other litigation that is material to our business.

 

Securities and Exchange Commission Inquiry

 

Following the restatement of our financial statements in September 2003, we received, in late October 2003, and subsequently in 2003 and 2004, informal requests from the Securities and Exchange Commission, or SEC, to voluntarily provide information relating to the restatement. We have provided information to the SEC and intend to continue to cooperate in responding to the inquiry. In accordance with its normal practice, the SEC has not advised us when its inquiry may be concluded, and we are unable to predict the outcome of this inquiry.

 

NOTE 11—STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY

 

Preferred Stock

 

The Board of Directors, without further stockholder authorization, may issue from time to time up to 1,000,000 shares of our preferred stock. Of the 1,000,000 shares of preferred stock, 500,000 shares are designated as Series B Junior Participating Cumulative Preferred Stock. None of the preferred stock is outstanding.

 

On December 18, 1998, our Board of Directors adopted a stockholder rights plan under which one preferred stock purchase right was distributed on January 11, 1999 with respect to each share of our common stock outstanding at the close of business on December 31, 1998. The rights provide, among other things, that in the event any person becomes the beneficial owner of 15% or more of our common stock while the rights are outstanding, each right will be exercisable to purchase shares of common stock having a market value equal to two times the then current exercise price of a right (initially $30.00). The rights also provide that, if on or after the occurrence of such event, we are merged into any other corporation or 50% or more of our assets or earning power are sold, each right will be exercisable to purchase common stock of the acquiring corporation having a market value equal to two times the then current exercise price of such stock. The rights will expire on December 31, 2008, unless previously triggered, and are subject to redemption at $0.001 per right at any time prior to the first date upon which they become exercisable to purchase common shares.

 

Common Stock Options

 

We have stock option plans that enable us to offer equity participation to employees, officers and directors as well as certain non-employees. At December 31, 2004, a total of 6,025,000 shares have been authorized for issuance, of which 1,727,450 shares have been issued for options which have been exercised, 4,069,312 shares have been reserved for options that are outstanding, 104,856 shares are available for the granting of additional options and 123,382 shares are no longer available for granting due to the termination of the 1990 and 1993 Stock Option Plans.

 

F-35


Table of Contents

BIOLASE TECHNOLOGY, INC.

 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

Stock options may be granted as incentive or nonqualified options; however, no incentive stock options have been granted to date. The exercise price of options equals the market price of the stock as of the date of grant. Options may vest over various periods but typically vest over three years. Options expire after ten years or within a specified time from termination of employment, if earlier.

 

The following table summarizes option activity:

 

     Shares

   

Weighted
Average
Exercise Price

Per Share


Options outstanding, December 31, 2001

   2,753,000     $ 3.08

Granted at fair market value

   338,000       5.05

Exercised

   (182,000 )     2.59

Forfeited

   (22,000 )     4.15
    

     

Options outstanding, December 31, 2002

   2,887,000       3.34

Granted at fair market value

   852,000       5.86

Exercised

   (373,000 )     2.41

Forfeited

   (50,000 )     4.46
    

     

Options outstanding, December 31, 2003

   3,316,000       5.45

Granted at fair market value

   1,290,000       9.34

Exercised

   (423,000 )     2.96

Forfeited

   (113,000 )     11.90
    

     

Options outstanding, December 31, 2004

   4,070,000       6.76
    

     

Options exercisable, December 31, 2002

   2,185,000       2.87

Options exercisable, December 31, 2003

   2,466,000       3.64

Options exercisable, December 31, 2004

   2,677,000       5.32

 

The following table summarizes additional information for those options that are outstanding and exercisable as of December 31, 2004:

 

Options Outstanding

  Exercisable

Range of Exercise Prices

 

Number

of Shares


  Weighted
Average
Exercise Price


  Weighted
Average
Remaining
Life (Years)


 

Number

of Shares


  Weighted
Average
Exercise Price


$1.50 - $2.22   881,000   $ 2.10   4.60   881,000   $ 2.10
$2.28 - $3.00   174,000   $ 2.68   3.73   174,000   $ 2.68
$3.50 - $5.17   900,000   $ 4.64   6.37   878,000   $ 4.66
$5.31 - $7.77   660,000   $ 5.92   9.17   203,000   $ 5.63
$8.02 - $11.97   836,000   $ 10.03   9.24   346,000   $ 11.38
$12.12 - $18.12   577,000   $ 13.80   9.10   185,000   $ 13.85
$18.22 - $19.30   42,000   $ 18.53   9.15   10,000   $ 18.64
   
 

 
 
 

Total   4,070,000   $ 6.76   7.34   2,677,000   $ 5.32
   
 

 
 
 

 

In addition to the options granted under our stock option plans, we have issued options to certain non-employees through various agreements. Options with a weighted average exercise price of $12.00 expired in 2002, leaving 87,500 options with a weighted average exercise price of $9.71 outstanding and exercisable at December 31, 2002. During 2003, 75,000 of those options were exercised at an exercise price of $10.50 per share and 12,500 options with an exercise price of $5.00 expired.

 

F-36


Table of Contents

BIOLASE TECHNOLOGY, INC.

 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

Stock Purchase Warrants

 

In March 2000 we issued 1,250,000 shares of common stock and warrants exercisable for 625,000 shares of our common stock in a private placement. Warrants exercisable for an additional 63,000 shares of our common stock were issued in connection with the placement. Each warrant entitled the holder to purchase one share of common stock at an exercise price of $2.50 per share and was originally scheduled to expire on March 31, 2002 but was subsequently extended to June 30, 2003.

 

We also issued 20,000 shares of common stock in 2001, valued at $95,000 and 37,000 shares of common stock together with warrants exercisable for 100,000 shares of our common stock in 2000, valued at $115,000 in connection with the extension of our previous bank line of credit. The value of the stock and warrants issued for services was charged to expense as compensation for services. The value of the shares issued in December 2001 was charged to interest expense during 2002.

 

In 2002 we extended the expiration date for warrants exercisable for 522,000 shares of our common stock issued in connection with the March 2000 private placement from March 2002 to June of 2003. In 2002 we also extended the expiration date of warrants exercisable for 50,000 shares of our common stock previously issued in connection with our bank line of credit from December 2002 to June 2003. There were no warrants issued or outstanding at December 31, 2004 and 2003.

 

The following table summarizes warrant activity:

 

     Shares

   

Weighted
Average
Exercise Price

Per Share


Warrants outstanding, December 31, 2001

   887,500     $ 2.50

Exercise of warrants

   (215,000 )   $ 2.62
    

     

Warrants outstanding, December 31, 2002

   672,500     $ 2.46

Exercise of warrants

   (672,500 )   $ 2.46
    

     

Warrants outstanding, December 31, 2003

   —       $ —  
    

     

 

In March 2004, as a result of the completion of a public underwritten offering, we issued 2,500,000 shares of common stock at an offering price of $18.50 per share. Gross proceeds from the offering were $46,250,000, before deducting underwriting discount of $2,875,000. In connection with the offering, we incurred direct expenses of $1,505,000, which had been included in other assets and were reclassified as a reduction of additional paid-in capital after the closing of the offering.

 

In July 2004, our Board of Directors authorized a 1.25 million share repurchase program. In August 2004, our Board of Directors authorized the repurchase of an additional 750,000 shares of our common stock, increasing the total shares repurchase program to 2.0 million shares of our common stock. Pursuant to these authorizations, we may purchase shares from time to time in the open market or through privately negotiated transactions over the next 12 months. During the year ended December 31, 2004, we repurchased approximately 1,964,000 shares at an average price of $8.35 per share.

 

In July 2004, we announced a policy to pay a cash dividend of $0.01 per share every other month payable to the stockholders of record when declared by the Board of Directors. The dividend policy will remain in place for an indefinite period of time and may be changed at any time at the discretion of our Board of Directors. Dividends totaling $689,000 were declared and paid in 2004 to stockholders of record under this program.

 

F-37


Table of Contents

BIOLASE TECHNOLOGY, INC.

 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

NOTE 12—SEGMENT INFORMATION

 

We currently operate in a single operating segment. For the years ended December 31, 2004, 2003 and 2002, export sales were $11.5 million, $9.8 million, and $6.2 million, respectively. In 2004, sales in Europe, Middle East and Africa (EMEA) accounted for approximately 11% of our revenue for the year, and sales in Asia, Latin America and Pacific Rim countries accounted for approximately 8% of the revenue for the year. Sales in Asia, Pacific Rim countries and Australia accounted for approximately 9% of our revenue in 2003, while sales in EMEA accounted for 11% of our 2003 revenue. In 2002, sales in EMEA accounted for approximately 11% of revenue for the year, whereas sales in Asia and Pacific Rim countries accounted for approximately 12% of the revenue. No single foreign country accounted for more than 10% of revenue for the years ended December 31, 2004, 2003 and 2002.

 

Long-lived assets located outside of the United States at BIOLASE Europe were $1,258,000 and $1,199,000 as of December 31, 2004 and 2003, respectively.

 

Revenue by geographic location based on the location of customers was as follows:

 

     Year Ended December 31,

     2004

  

2003

Restated


  

2002

Restated


Domestic

   $ 49,109,000    $ 38,993,000    $ 21,047,000

International

     11,542,000      9,790,000      6,210,000
    

  

  

     $ 60,651,000    $ 48,783,000    $ 27,257,000
    

  

  

 

NOTE 13—CONCENTRATIONS

 

Many of the dentists finance their purchases through third-party leasing companies. In these transactions, the leasing company is considered the purchaser. Approximately 28%, 34% and 36% of our revenue in 2004, 2003 and 2002 were generated from dentists who financed their purchase through one leasing company, National Technology Leasing Corporation (“NTL”). Other than these transactions, no distributor or customer accounted for more than 10% of consolidated net sales in 2004, 2003 and 2002.

 

Financial instruments that subject us to concentrations of credit risk consist principally of cash and cash equivalents, short-term investments and accounts receivable. We maintain our cash accounts with established commercial banks. Such cash deposits periodically exceed the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation insured limit of $100,000 for each account. At December 31, 2004 we held short-term investments in U.S. treasury securities with a fair market value of $25,326,000.

 

Accounts receivable concentrations have resulted from sales to NTL and totaled $776,000 and $742,000, respectively, at December 31, 2004 and 2003. No single customer accounted for more than 10% of our accounts receivable at December 31, 2004, and one customer, the leasing company mentioned above, accounted for 8% and 13% at December 31, 2004 and 2003, respectively. At December 31, 2004 and 2003, the three largest distributor accounts receivables totaled approximately $957,000 and $556,000 or 10% and 10% of total accounts receivable, respectively.

 

We currently buy certain key components of our products from single suppliers. Although there are a limited number of manufacturers of these key components, management believes that other suppliers could provide similar key components on comparable terms. A change in suppliers, however, could cause a delay in manufacturing and a possible loss of sales, which would adversely affect operating results.

 

F-38


Table of Contents

BIOLASE TECHNOLOGY, INC.

 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

Our Waterlase system comprised 84%, 83% and 77% of our total revenue for the years ended December 31, 2004, 2003 and 2002, respectively. Our Diode system comprised 11%, 12% and 18% of our total revenue for the same periods.

 

NOTE 14—COMPREHENSIVE INCOME (LOSS)

 

Components of comprehensive (loss) income were as follows:

 

     2004

    2003

    2002

 
           Restated     Restated  

Net (loss) income

   $ (23,214,000 )   $ 19,049,000     $ 1,051,000  

Other comprehensive (loss) income items:

                        

Unrealized (loss) gain on marketable securities

     (13,000 )                

Foreign currency translation adjustments

     (65,000 )     (90,000 )     (57,000 )
    


 


 


Comprehensive (loss) income

   $ (23,292,000 )   $ 18,959,000     $ 994,000  
    


 


 


 

NOTE 15—SUBSEQUENT EVENTS

 

In February 2005, the Board of Directors declared a regular cash dividend of $0.01 per share. The dividend was payable February 24, 2005 to shareholders of record on February 10, 2005, for a total payment of $229,000.

 

In March 2005, we acquired a license to use in the U.S. and international markets, patents in the fields of presbyopia and ophthalmology from SurgiLight, Inc. for total consideration of $2.0 million in cash of which $1.8 million was paid in the first quarter of 2005 and $200,000 remains outstanding.

 

In April 2005, we received a notification from The Nasdaq Stock Market concerning our failure to comply with the requirement for continued listing set forth in NASD Marketplace Rule 4310(c) (14), which requires that a listed company file with Nasdaq all reports and other documents filed or required to be filed with the SEC Listing Qualification Panel. We received notice in July 2005 that the Nasdaq Market has granted us an extension of time until August 1, 2005 in which to file our Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2004, certain restatements with respect to our historical financial statements, Form 10-Q for the fiscal quarter ended March 31, 2005 and to otherwise meet all necessary listing standards of the Nasdaq Market.

 

In April 2005, our Board of Directors declared a regular cash dividend of $0.01 per share. The dividend was payable May 9, 2005, to shareholders of record on April 25, 2005 for a total payment of $230,000.

 

In June 2005, our Board of Directors declared a regular cash dividend of $0.01 per share. The dividend was payable July 12, 2005, to shareholders of record on June 28, 2005 for a total payment of $230,000.

 

F-39


Table of Contents

BIOLASE TECHNOLOGY, INC.

 

Schedule II—Consolidated Valuation and Qualifying Accounts and Reserves

For the Years Ended December 31, 2004, 2003 and 2002

 

     Reserve for
Excess and
Obsolete
Inventory


    Valuation
Allowance
For Deferred
Tax Asset


 

Balances at December 31, 2001

   $ 232,000     $ 16,315,000  

Charged to operations

     7,000       (115,000 )

Write-offs

     —         —    
    


 


Balances at December 31, 2002

     239,000       16,200,000  

Charged to operations

     140,000       (16,200,000 )

Write-offs

     (133,000 )     —    
    


 


Balances at December 31, 2003

     246,000       —    

Charged to operations

     441,000       21,142,000  

Write-offs

     —         —    
    


 


Balances at December 31, 2004

   $ 687,000     $ 21,142,000  
    


 


 

S-1

EXHIBIT 10.12

 

CHANGE IN TERMS AGREEMENT

 

Principal

   Loan Date

   Maturity

   Loan No

   Call / Coll

   Account

   Officer

  Initials

$10,000,000.00    05-14-2003    06-30-2005    0054468275              ***    

 

References in the shaded area are for Lender’s use only and do not limit the applicability of this document to any particular loan or item.

 

Any item above containing “***” has been omitted due to text length limitations.

 

Borrower:   

BIOLASE TECHNOLOGY, INC.

981 Calle Amancer

San Clemente, CA 92673

   Lender:   

BANK OF THE WEST

Newport Beach BBC #163

4400 MacArthur Boulevard

Newport Beach, CA 92660

(888) 457-2692

 

Principal Amount: $10,000,000.00   Date of Agreement: June 1, 2004

 

DESCRIPTION OF EXISTING INDEBTEDNESS.

 

Credit Agreement (LINE OF CREDIT) dated May 14, 2003 in the original principal amount of $4,500,000.00.

 

DESCRIPTION OF COLLATERAL.

 

UCC-1 blanket lien on all equipment, inventory, accounts, documents, monies and assets.

 

DESCRIPTION OF CHANGE IN TERMS.

 

1. Modification of Credit Percentage. The Credit Percentage provided for in Section 1.1.7 of the Credit Agreement shall be changed to 10%.

 

2. Extension of Expiration Date. The Expiration Date provided for in Section 1.1.17 of the Credit Agreement shall be extended to June 30, 2005.

 

3. Change in Line of Credit Dollar Amount. The dollar amount for Line of Credit provided for in Section 2.1.1 of the Credit Agreement shall be changed to $10,000,000.00.

 

4. Modification of Reporting and Certification Requirements. Section 6.1 (i) of the Credit Agreement is deleted in its entirety and the following is substituted in lieu thereof:

 

6.1. (i) Not later than 105 days after the end of each of the Borrower’s fiscal years, a copy of the annual financial report of the Borrower for such year audited by a firm of certified public accountants acceptable to the Lender.

 

5 . Deleting Reporting and Certification Requirements. Section 6.1 (iii) of the Credit Agreement is deleted in its entirety.

 

6. Modification of Financial Condition. Section 6.2 of the Credit Agreement is deleted in its entirety and the following is substituted in lieu thereof:

 

6.2 Financial Condition: The Borrower promises and agrees, during the term of this Agreement and until payment in full of all of the Borrower’s Obligations, the Borrower will maintain at all times:

 

(i) A minimum Effective Tangible Net Worth of at least $30,000,000.00.

 

(ii) A ratio of Debt to Effective Tangible Net Worth of not more than 1.000 to 1.000.

 

(iii) Cash, cash equivalents and marketable securities of not less than $20,000,000.00.

 

(iv) Profitability by not allowing any quarterly losses.

 

(v) A ratio of Funded Debt to EBITDA of not more than 1.25 to 1 at the end of each fiscal quarter, with EBITDA based upon the immediately preceding three fiscal quarters and the current quarter just ended.

 

7. Deleting Payment of Dividends, Redemption or Repurchase of Stock, Additional indebtedness, Loans, Liens and Encumbrances and Capital Expense. Section 6.9, 6.10, 6.11, 6.12, 6.13 and 6.18 of the Credit Agreement are deleted in their entirety.

 

8. Conditions Precedent. As a condition precedent to the effectiveness of this Change In Terms Agreement, Borrower agrees to pay to Lender a fee of $25,000.00.

 

CONTINUING VALIDITY. Except as expressly changed by this Agreement, the terms of the original obligation or obligations, including all agreements evidenced or securing the obligation(s), remain unchanged and in full force and effect. Consent by Lender to this Agreement does not waive Lender’s right to strict performance of the obligation(s) as changed, nor obligate Lender to make any future change in terms. Nothing in this Agreement will constitute a satisfaction of the obligation(s). It is the intention of Lender to retain as liable parties all makers and endorsers of the original obligation(s), including accommodation parties, unless a party is expressly released by Lender in writing. Any maker or endorser, including accommodation makers, will not be released by virtue of this Agreement. If any person who signed the original obligation does not sign this Agreement below, then all persons signing below acknowledge that this Agreement is given conditionally, based on the representation to Lender that the non-signing party consents to the changes and provisions of this Agreement or otherwise will not be released by it. This waiver applies not only to any initial extension, modification or release, but also to all such subsequent actions.

 

CONTINUED ON NEXT PAGE

 


CHANGE IN TERMS AGREEMENT

(Continued)

 

Loan No: 0054468275    

 

PRIOR TO SIGNING THIS AGREEMENT, BORROWER READ AND UNDERSTOOD ALL THE PROVISIONS OF THIS AGREEMENT. BORROWER AGREES TO THE TERMS OF THE AGREEMENT.

 

CIT SIGNERS:

       

BIOLASE TECHNOLOGY, INC.

       
By:   /s/    J EFFREY W. J ONES               By:   /s/    E DSON J. R OOD        
    Jeffrey W. Jones,
President of BIOLASE TECHNOLOGY, INC.
          Edson J. Rood,
Chief Financial Officer of BIOLASE TECHNOLOGY, INC.

 

BANK OF THE WEST
By:   /s/    J AMES E. M ARTIN        
    James E. Martin,
Vice President of BANK OF THE WEST

 

Page 2

Exhibit 10.14

 

AMENDMENT NO. 1 TO ASSET PURCHASE AGREEMENT

 

THIS AMENDMENT NO. 1 TO ASSET PURCHASE AGREEMENT (this “Amendment”) is entered into as of May 16, 2003, by and among American Medical Technologies, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “Seller”), BioLase Technology, Inc., a Delaware corporation (“Parent”), and BL Acquisition Corp., a Delaware corporation and a wholly-owned subsidiary of Parent (the “Purchaser”).

 

RECITALS

 

A. WHEREAS, the Seller, Parent and the Purchaser entered into that certain Asset Purchase Agreement, dated May 12, 2003 (the “Purchase Agreement”); and

 

B. WHEREAS, the Seller, Parent and the Purchaser desire to add a new Section 6.1(a)(12) to the Purchase Agreement and to amend Sections 6.1(b) of the Purchase Agreement.

 

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual promises and covenants set forth herein, the parties to the Purchase Agreement hereby agree that the Purchase Agreement shall be amended as follows:

 

1. Amendment to Section 6.1(a) . The parties agree that the following Section 6.1(a)(12) shall be added to the Purchase Agreement:

 

“(12) If (i) Parent shall determine to register any of its securities for its own account involving an underwriting, other than a registration relating solely to employee benefit plans, or a registration relating solely to a Rule 145 transaction, or a registration on any registration form that does not permit secondary sales (the “Offering”), (ii) the registration statement related to the Offering receives no review from the SEC, and (iii) the Seller shall not have sold all of its Registrable Shares, then the Seller hereby agrees that it will not sell any Registrable Shares until the earlier of (A) the closing of the Offering and (B) ninety (90) days from the date Parent receives confirmation of no review from the SEC. Parent will (i) promptly give to the Seller written notice of the filing of a registration statement for the Offering, and (ii) include in the primary offering of such registration (and any related qualification under blue sky laws or other compliance) and in any underwriting involved therein, all of the Registrable Shares that were not sold as of the date of such notice. The right of the Seller to include its Registrable Shares in the Registration Statement pursuant to this Section 6.1(a)(12) shall be conditioned upon the Seller’s participation in such underwriting and the inclusion of the Registrable Shares held by Seller in the underwriting to the extent provided herein. The Seller shall (together with Parent) enter into an underwriting agreement in customary form with the representative of the underwriter or underwriters selected by Parent, provided that Seller will not have to enter into a lock-up agreement with the underwriter restricting Seller’s ability to sell the Registrable Shares. If the Seller does not agree to the terms of any such underwriting, the Seller shall be excluded therefrom by written notice from Parent or the underwriter. Any of the Registrable Shares excluded or withdrawn from such underwriting shall be withdrawn from such registration and the Seller shall not be permitted to sell any of its Registrable Shares until the closing of the Offering.”


2. Amendment to Section 6.1(b) . The parties agree that Section 6.1(b) shall be deleted in its entirety and replaced with the following:

 

“6.1(b) Covenant of the Seller . The Seller covenants that it will not sell on the open market per day more than 30,000 shares of Parent Common Stock registered on the Registration Statement; provided, however, that if the Seller’s shares of Parent Common Stock are included in the Offering pursuant to Section 6.1(a)(12) hereof, the Seller shall comply with the selling restrictions set forth in Section 6.1(a)(12) hereof. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Seller acknowledges that it is in possession of non-public information and understands it is prohibited from selling, buying or otherwise trading in any of Parent Common Stock until such non-public information is made public.”

 

3. Remainder of Purchase Agreement Unchanged . Except as amended by this Amendment, the Purchase Agreement shall otherwise remain in full force and effect.

 

4. Governing Law . This Amendment shall be governed by and construed under the laws of the State of California, without regard to its conflicts of laws provisions.

 

5. Counterparts . This Amendment may be executed in two or more counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original, but all of which together shall constitute one and the same instrument.

 

6. Facsimile Signatures . This Amendment may be executed and delivered by facsimile and upon such delivery the facsimile signature will be deemed to have the same effect as if the original signature had been delivered to the other parties. The original signature copy shall be delivered to the other parties by mail. The failure to deliver the original signature copy and/or the non-receipt of the original signature copy shall have no effect upon the binding and enforceable nature of this Amendment.

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned parties have executed this Amendment as of the day and year first above written.

 

AMERICAN MEDICAL TECHNOLOGIES, INC.,

a Delaware corporation

Signature:

 

/s/    R OGER W. D ARTT        


    Roger W. Dartt
    President and Chief Executive Officer
BIOLASE TECHNOLOGY, INC.,

a Delaware corporation

Signature:

 

/s/    J EFFREY W. J ONES        


    Jeffrey W. Jones
    President and Chief Executive Officer
BL ACQUISITION CORP.,

a Delaware corporation

Signature:

 

/s/    J EFFREY W. J ONES        


    Jeffrey W. Jones
    President and Chief Executive Officer

Exhibit 10.15

 

AMENDMENT NO. 2 TO ASSET PURCHASE AGREEMENT

 

THIS AMENDMENT NO. 2 TO ASSET PURCHASE AGREEMENT (this “Amendment”) is entered into as of May 20, 2003, by and among American Medical Technologies, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “Seller”), BioLase Technology, Inc., a Delaware corporation (“Parent”), and BL Acquisition Corp., a Delaware corporation and a wholly-owned subsidiary of Parent (the “Purchaser”).

 

RECITALS

 

A. WHEREAS, the Seller, Parent and the Purchaser entered into that certain Asset Purchase Agreement, dated May 12, 2003 (the “Purchase Agreement”); and

 

B. WHEREAS, the Seller, Parent and the Purchase amended the Purchase Agreement pursuant to that certain Amendment No. 1 to Asset Purchase Agreement, dated May 16, 2003.

 

C. WHEREAS, the Seller, Parent and the Purchaser desire to amend Section 2.1(e) of the Purchase Agreement.

 

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual promises and covenants set forth herein, the parties to the Purchase Agreement hereby agree that the Purchase Agreement shall be amended as follows:

 

1. Amendment to Section 2.1(e) . The parties agree that Section 2.1(e) shall be deleted in its entirety and replaced with the following:

 

“(e) the right to assume, to the extent assignable, all sales channels, sponsorship agreements with teaching institutes and other arrangements, at the option of the Purchaser, to the extent of laser sales. The Seller agrees to use its best efforts to facilitate such assumption and/or restore such channels, within its reasonable means to do so. The Seller and the Purchaser agree that the Purchaser is not obligated to assume any of the Seller’s dealer agreements, either domestic or international, either in total or in part.”

 

2. Remainder of Purchase Agreement Unchanged . Except as amended by this Amendment, the Purchase Agreement shall otherwise remain in full force and effect.

 

3. Governing Law . This Amendment shall be governed by and construed under the laws of the State of California, without regard to its conflicts of laws provisions.

 

4. Counterparts . This Amendment may be executed in two or more counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original, but all of which together shall constitute one and the same instrument.


5. Facsimile Signatures . This Amendment may be executed and delivered by facsimile and upon such delivery the facsimile signature will be deemed to have the same effect as if the original signature had been delivered to the other parties. The original signature copy shall be delivered to the other parties by mail. The failure to deliver the original signature copy and/or the non-receipt of the original signature copy shall have no effect upon the binding and enforceable nature of this Amendment.

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned parties have executed this Amendment as of the day and year first above written.

 

AMERICAN MEDICAL TECHNOLOGIES, INC.,

a Delaware corporation

Signature:

 

/s/    R OGER W. D ARTT        


    Roger W. Dartt
    President and Chief Executive Officer
BIOLASE TECHNOLOGY, INC.,

a Delaware corporation

Signature:

 

/s/    J EFFREY W. J ONES        


    Jeffrey W. Jones
    President and Chief Executive Officer
BL ACQUISITION CORP.,

a Delaware corporation

Signature:

 

/s/    J EFFREY W. J ONES        


    Jeffrey W. Jones
    President and Chief Executive Officer

EXHIBIT 10.19

 

EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT

 

This Employment Agreement (the “Agreement”) is made and entered into on the 24 th day of October 2004 by and between BioLase Technology, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “Company”), and John W. Hohener. The Company and John W. Hohener are the only parties to this agreement.

 

RECITALS

 

WHEREAS , the Company desires to employ John W. Hohener as the Company’s Chief Financial Officer (“Executive”), effective November 23, 2004, and Executive is willing to accept such employment on certain terms and conditions;

 

WHEREAS , the Company and Executive desire to formalize the terms and conditions of such employment;

 

NOW, THEREFORE , in consideration of the foregoing premises, the terms and conditions set forth herein, and other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, the parties hereto agree as follows:

 

1. Employment and Duties.

 

(a) The Company will employ Executive, as of November 23, 2004, as its Chief Financial Officer, and Executive accepts such employment. In such capacity, Executive shall report and be responsible to the Company’s Chief Executive Officer (“CEO”) and the Board of Directors (the “Board”) and shall perform such duties and functions as may be assigned to Executive from time to time by the CEO and the Board. Executive shall comply with all proper and reasonable directives and instructions of the CEO and the Board.

 

(b) Executive agrees during the term of his employment hereunder to devote his full business time, attention and energies and use his best efforts to promote the interest of the Company. Executive will perform his duties and responsibilities incident to his position hereunder and serve the Company diligently and to the best of his ability. Executive shall act in accordance with the policies and directives of the Company as determined from time to time provided that such policies and directives do not conflict with any law, government regulation, generally accepted accounting policies or generally accepted practices of corporate governance.

 

(c) Executive’s employment with the Company shall be governed by the provisions of this Agreement for the period commencing on October 24, 2004 (the “Effective Date”). The period during which Executive provides services to the Company pursuant to this Agreement shall be referenced in this Agreement as the “Employment Period.”

 

2. Compensation.

 

(a) For all services to be rendered by Executive during the Employment Period, the Company shall pay Executive a base salary at the annual rate of Two Hundred Twenty

 

Page 1


Five Thousand Dollars ($225,000) per year. Executive’s salary shall be paid on such basis as is the normal payment pattern for executive officers of the Company but no less frequently than monthly. The annual base salary amount may be increased from time to time, but at least reviewed annually, following discussions with Executive and Company. The Company shall deduct and withhold from the compensation payable to Executive hereunder any and all applicable Federal, State and local income and employment withholding taxes and any other amounts required to be deducted or withheld by the Company under applicable statutes, regulations, ordinances or orders governing or requiring the withholding or deduction of amounts otherwise payable as compensation or wages during the Employment Period.

 

(b) In addition to his base salary, Executive will be eligible to receive an annual performance bonus of up to One Hundred Twenty Thousand Dollars $120,000, commencing with the calendar year 2005, for each calendar year of service during the Employment Period (the “Bonus”). The annual performance bonus may be increased from time to time, but at least reviewed annually, following discussions with Executive and Company. Nothing herein is intended or shall be construed to entitle Executive to receive a minimum bonus, and the CEO and the Board shall determine the extent to which the targets have been achieved and performance Bonus earned. (Such targets will be agreed upon by the Executive, the CEO and the Board not later than March 31, 2005.)

 

3. Options.

 

(a) Upon the Effective Date of your employment hereunder, Executive shall be granted pursuant to the terms of the Company’s 2002 Stock Option Incentive Plan, as amended (the “Plan”), an Initial Stock Option to purchase 240,000 shares of the common stock of the Company. The date of the grant will be November 23, 2004 or such earlier date that Executive is able to begin full-time employment at the Company without any further encumbrances, and the exercise price of the option will be equal to the fair market value of the common stock on the first date of commencement of full-time employment by the Company. The options will be governed by a separate stock option agreement and the Plan. The options will vest over a three year period so long as Executive provides service to the Company in accordance with the Plan, with one-third of the options becoming vested upon the first anniversary of the effective date and 1/8 of the total shares subject to the option vesting at the end of each quarterly period anniversary thereafter.

 

(b) Executive shall be eligible to receive awards under such stock option or other equity award plans or programs as are generally available from time to time to similarly situated executive employees of the Company, subject to and in accordance with the terms, conditions and overall administration of such plans or programs. Nothing herein is intended or shall be construed to require the institution or continuation of any stock option or other equity award plan or program, or to entitle Executive to receive any stock option or other equity award other than what is provided for in this Section 3(b).

 

(c) The Company shall deduct or withhold from the compensation and benefits payable to Executive hereunder any and all sums required for federal income and employment and

 

Page 2


other taxes and all state or local income and other taxes now applicable or that may be enacted and become applicable during the Employment Period.

 

4. Benefits . Executive shall be entitled to such fringe benefits, expenses and perquisites as are generally made available to executive officers of the Company from time to time. Executive shall be entitled to four weeks of paid vacation per annum subject to the terms and conditions of the Company’s vacation pay policy. Executive shall, throughout the Employment Period, be eligible to participate in any and all group term life insurance plans, accidental death and dismemberment plans and short-term disability programs and other executive perquisites which are made available to the Company’s executives and for which Executive qualifies. Additionally, throughout the Employment Period, Executive and his immediate family will be eligible to participate in any and all medical and dental plans which are made available to the Company’s executives and for which Executive qualifies. The premiums for such medical and dental plans will be borne by the Company. The Company will also reimburse executive for out-of-pocket costs, fees, charges, or expenses associated with the aforementioned plans. In no event, however, shall the Company’s reimbursement of out-of-pocket costs, fees charges or expenses exceed a yearly cap of $3,000 without prior written approval of the Board.

 

5. Reimbursement of Expenses . The Company shall reimburse Executive for all reasonable business expenses incurred by Executive in connection with the performance of his duties hereunder during the Employment Period, provided that Executive furnishes to the Company receipts and other documentation within 45 days evidencing such expenditures in form satisfactory to the Company prior to the expiration of the Employment Period.

 

6. Non-Competition.

 

(a) Except with the prior written consent of the Company’s Board of Directors, Executive will not, while employed by the Company, or during any period during which Executive is receiving compensation or any other consideration from the Company, including, but not limited to, severance pay pursuant to Section 7(d) herein, Executive agrees not to compete with the Company or any of its subsidiaries in any manner whatsoever. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, Executive shall not, during the Employment Period, directly or indirectly (whether for compensation or otherwise), alone or as an agent, principal, partner, officer, employee, trustee, director, shareholder or in any other capacity, own, manage, operate, join, control or participate in the ownership, management, operation or control of or furnish any capital to or be connected in any manner with or provide any services as a consultant for any business which competes directly or indirectly with any of the businesses of the Company or any of its subsidiaries as they may be conducted from time to time.

 

(b) During Executive’s employment by the Company, Executive agrees not to acquire, assume or participate in, directly or indirectly, any position, investment or interest known by Executive to be adverse to or competitive with the Company, its business or prospects, financial or otherwise or in any company, person or entity that is, directly or indirectly, in competition with the business of the Company or any of its Affiliates. Ownership by

 

Page 3


Executive, as a passive investment, of less than one half of one percent of the outstanding shares of capital stock of any corporation with one or more classes of its capital stock listed on a national securities exchange or publicly traded on the Nasdaq Stock Market or in the over-the-counter market shall not constitute a breach of this Section 6(b).

 

(c) Executive may engage in civic, educational and charitable activities. Executive shall be entitled, with the written approval of the Board, to serve as a director of any corporation other than a corporation, which, in the good faith opinion of the Board, is in competition with the Company or a subsidiary of the Company. Executive shall be entitled to receive compensation from any corporation with respect to which he serves as a director in accordance with this Section 6(c). Notwithstanding anything to the contrary set forth herein, Executive shall not be entitled to engage in any of the activities set forth in this Section 6(c) if such activities, in the good faith opinion of the Board, interfere or could reasonably be expected to interfere with Executive’s performance of his duties and activities under this Agreement.

 

(d) During Executive’s employment by the Company, executive shall promptly disclose to the Company and shall use his best efforts to transfer to or hold for the benefit of the Company but in no event shall divert or exploit for his own personal profit or that of any other person except the Company, any business opportunity or other opportunity to acquire an interest in or a contractual relationship with any person or entity where such person or entity is in the same line of business as the Company or a subsidiary or where such contractual relationship would be considered a feasible and advantageous opportunity for the Company or a subsidiary, when such interest is competitive to the business of the Company.

 

(e) Solicitation of Employees. Executive hereby agrees that during the Employment Period and for two (2) years thereafter, Executive shall not, either on Executive’s own account or jointly with or as a manager, agent, officer, employee, consultant, partner, joint venturer, owner or stockholder or otherwise on behalf of any other person, firm or corporation, directly or indirectly solicit or attempt to solicit away from the Company any of its officers or employees or offer employment to any person who, on or during the six (6) months immediately preceding the date of such solicitation or offer, is or was an officer or employee of the Company; provided, however, that a general advertisement to which an employee of the Company responds shall in no event be deemed to result in a breach of this Section 6(e).

 

7. Term of Agreement.

 

(a) The basic term of Executive’s employment with the Company hereunder shall commence on the Effective Date and, except in the event of earlier termination as provided for in this Section 7, shall continue automatically on a yearly basis. Nothing herein is intended or shall be construed to require the institution or continuation of any stock option or other equity award plan or program, or to entitle Executive to receive any stock option or other equity award other than what is provided for in Section 3(b).

 

Page 4


(b) Executive’s employment with the Company shall be “at will,” and either Executive or the Company may terminate Executive’s employment at any time, for any reason, with or without Cause (as defined in Section 7(c)). Any contrary representations, which may have been made to Executive shall be superseded by this Agreement. This Agreement shall constitute the full and complete agreement between Executive and the Company on the “at will” nature of Executive’s employment, which may only be changed in an express written agreement signed by Executive and a dully authorized officer or director of the Company, as approved in a written resolution of the Board.

 

(c) For the purposes of this Agreement, the term with “Cause” shall mean: (i) Executive’s conviction by, or entry of a plea of guilty in, a court of competent jurisdiction for any crime (other than intoxication) involving any felony punishable by imprisonment in the jurisdiction involved; (ii) gross and willful negligence or misconduct by Executive in the execution of his assigned duties, (provided that such assigned duties do not require Executive to take any actions that are unlawful or otherwise improper); (iii) the willful and material breach of this Agreement by Executive if Executive fails to cure such breach within 30 business days following written notice from the Company; or (iv) Executive’s commission of any act of fraud in connection with his employment by the Company.

 

(d) In the event the Company terminates the employment of Executive without Cause (as specifically defined in Section 7(c)), the Company shall pay to Executive as severance pay (i) pay an amount equal to six times the base monthly salary Executive was receiving immediately prior to the date of termination (the “Severance Payments”); provided, however, that Executive shall be required to execute a release of claims substantially in the form of Exhibit A and shall not be eligible to receive any such severance payment until said release shall become effective (Immediately upon execution of the Release, and provided that Executive does not exercise any right he may have to revoke the Release, Executive shall receive a initial payment of $5,000, the remaining portion of the Severance Payments will be paid in biweekly intervals for the remaining six month period subject to all applicable withholding requirements as set forth in Section 2 (a)); (ii) COBRA premiums, upon request, paid by Executive with respect to the six-month period following the effective date of such termination; (iii) the pro-rated portion of any performance bonus to which Executive would otherwise have been entitled for the performance period during which such termination becomes effective, such payment to be made within fifteen business days of the date on which it can first be determined that such bonus has been earned; and (iv) vested stock option shares, the amount of which will be determined by the number necessary to ensure Executive receives a minimum of 100,000 stock option shares; provided, however, that Executive, at the time of termination, is not already fully vested in a minimum of 100,000 stock option shares. All of Executive’s vested shares, regardless of the grant to which they apply, will become immediately exercisable at the time of termination. Additionally, subject to any other provision of any agreement evidencing any stock option held by Executive, including the Initial Stock Option, all stock options held by Executive shall be exercisable for a period of six months following the Effective Date of such termination or resignation, provided, however, that such extension is permissible and in accordance with the terms, conditions and overall administration of such plans or programs. Neither Executive’s voluntary

 

Page 5


resignation of his employment nor the termination of Executive’s employment with Cause shall give rise to Executive’s entitlement to any Severance Payments.

 

(e) Executive may resign with Good Reason on 30 days’ advance written notice to the Company of such resignation, provided that such notice is given by Executive within 90 days following the occurrence of any event constituting Good Reason (as defined below) and, provided further that the Company does not remedy the basis for such termination prior to the expiration of such 30 days notice period. As used in this Agreement, “ Good Reason ” shall mean (i) the assignment to Executive, without his consent, of duties inconsistent with Executive’s position so as to constitute a diminution of status with the Company, including an assignment of Executive to a position other than Chief Financial Officer of the ultimate parent company in the event the Company is acquired by, or otherwise becomes a subsidiary of, another company, (ii) a reduction by the Company in the base salary as in effect at any time without Executive’s consent, and (iii) a requirement that Executive relocate (or report on a regular basis) to an office outside of Orange County, California without Executive’s consent.

 

(f) In the event the Executive resigns with Good Reason, (i) the Company shall continue to pay to Executive his base salary for a six-month period following the effective date of such resignation, (ii) the Company shall reimburse Executive upon request for any COBRA premiums paid by him with respect to the six month period following the effective date of such resignation, (iii) the Company shall pay to Executive the pro-rated portion of any performance bonus to which Executive would otherwise have been entitled for the performance period during which such resignation becomes effective, such payment to be made within fifteen business days of the date on which it can first be determined that such bonus has been earned, (iv) vested stock option shares, the amount of which will be determined by the number necessary to ensure Executive receives a minimum of 100,000 stock option shares; provided, however, that Executive, at the time of termination, is not already fully vested in a minimum of 100,000 stock option shares and all of Executive’s vested shares, regardless of the grant to which they apply, will become immediately exercisable at the time of termination (v) subject to any other provision of any agreement evidencing any stock option held by Executive, including the Initial Stock Option, all stock options held by Executive shall be exercisable for a period of six months following the Effective Date of such termination or resignation, provided, however, that such extension is permissible and in accordance with the terms, conditions and overall administration of such plans or programs. In addition to the foregoing, if any such termination or resignation is effective after the completion of a performance period for which Executive has earned a performance bonus but before such bonus has been paid, the Company shall pay such performance bonus to Executive as and when such bonus would have been paid absent such termination.

 

(g) Upon a Change in Control of the Company, as defined as a change in the majority of Board composition within a period of 60 consecutive days or the acquisition by a third party of greater than 50% of the outstanding shares of the Company, all stock options shall immediately become 100% vested and exercisable in full.

 

Page 6


(h) Executive may voluntarily resign (i.e., without Good Reason) at any time on 30 days’ advance written notice to the Company of such resignation. In the event of any such resignation, the Company may by written notice to Executive, make such resignation effective immediately or as of any date prior to the expiration of the 30 days’ notice period, in which event such resignation shall be effective as of such earlier date; provided , however , that any stock options held by Executive, including the Initial Stock Option, shall continue to vest during the full 30 day notice period even if the Company elects to make such resignation effective immediately or as of any date prior to the expiration of such notice period. Except as otherwise agreed in writing (or as required by law), upon any such resignation, the Company shall have no further obligation to Executive under this Agreement by way of compensation or otherwise other than to pay Executive his base salary through the effective date of such resignation; provided , however , that if such resignation is effective after the completion of a performance period for which Executive has earned a performance bonus but before such bonus has been paid, the Company shall pay such performance bonus to Executive as and when such bonus would have been paid absent such termination. Notwithstanding any contrary provision in any agreement evidencing any stock option held by Executive, including the Initial Stock Option, all stock options held by Executive shall be exercisable for a period of six months following the effective date of such resignation.

 

(i) In the event of Executive’s death as covered by the Company’s life and accidental death plans, (i) the Company shall pay to Executive’s estate within thirty days of Executive’s death a lump-sum amount equal to the then effective six months of base salary, subject to the immediate offset from the insurance benefit paid subsequent to the qualifying death and (ii) Executive shall vest in additional stock option shares, the amount of which will be determined by the number necessary to ensure Executive’s Estate receives a minimum of 100,000 stock option shares; provided, however, that Executive, at the time of death, is not already fully vested in a minimum of 100,000 stock option shares and all of Executive’s vested shares, regardless of the grant to which they apply, will become immediately exercisable at the time of death (iii) subject to any other provision of any agreement evidencing any stock option held by Executive, including the Initial Stock Option, all stock options held by Executive shall be exercisable for a period of six months following the Effective Date of such death of Executive, provided, however, that such extension is permissible and in accordance with the terms, conditions and overall administration of such plans or programs. Except as required by law, no other compensation will be paid to Executive’s estate; provided , however , that if Executive dies after the completion of a performance period for which Executive has earned a performance bonus but before such bonus has been paid, the Company shall pay such performance bonus to Executive’s estate at such time as it would otherwise have been paid to Executive.

 

(j) The Company may terminate Executive’s employment on 30 days’ advance written notice to Executive in the event that he at any time becomes unable to perform his duties and responsibilities hereunder due to mental or physical disability, as covered by the Company’s long term disability plan. In the event of any such termination, (i) the Company shall continue to pay to Executive his base salary for a six month period following the effective date of such termination, subject to the immediate offset from the

 

Page 7


insurance benefit paid subsequent to the covered disability and (ii) Executive shall vest in additional stock option shares, the amount of which will be determined by the number necessary to ensure Executive receives a minimum of 100,000 stock option shares; provided, however, that Executive, at the time of termination, is not already fully vested in a minimum of 100,000 stock option shares and all of Executive’s vested shares, regardless of the grant to which they apply, will become immediately exercisable at the time of termination (iii) subject to any other provision of any agreement evidencing any stock option held by Executive, including the Initial Stock Option, all stock options held by Executive shall be exercisable for a period of six months following the Effective Date of such disability determination, provided, however, that such extension is permissible and in accordance with the terms, conditions and overall administration of such plans or programs. Except as required by law, no other compensation will be paid to Executive upon such termination; provided , however , that if such termination is effective after the completion of a full calendar year in which Executive has earned an annual performance bonus but before such bonus has been paid, the Company shall pay such bonus to Executive as and when such bonus would have been paid absent such termination.

 

(k) In the event that any payment or benefit received or to be received by Executive upon the termination of his employment, whether payable pursuant to the terms of this Agreement or any other plan, arrangement or agreement by the Company, any predecessor or successor to the Company or any corporation affiliated (within the meaning of Section 1504 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “ Code ”)), with the Company or which becomes affiliated with the Company (collectively all such payments are hereinafter referred to as the “ Total Payments ”) is deemed to be an “Excess Parachute Payment” (in whole or in part) to Executive within the meaning of Section 280G(b)(1) of the Code as in effect at such time, then, in addition to all other amounts to be paid to Executive by the Company hereunder, the Company shall, within 30 days of the date on which any “Excess Parachute Payment” is made, pay to Executive, in addition to any other payment, coverage or benefit due and owing hereunder, an amount determined by (i) multiplying the rate of excise tax then imposed by Code Section 4999 by the amount of the “Excess Parachute Payment” received by Executive (determined without regard to any payments made to Executive pursuant to this Section 4.7 ) and (ii) dividing the product so obtained by the amount obtained by subtracting (A) the aggregate local, state and Federal income tax rates applicable to the receipt by Executive of the “Excess Parachute Payment” (taking into account the deductibility for Federal income tax purposes of the payment of state and local income taxes thereon) from (B) the amount obtained by subtracting from 1.00 the rate of excise tax then imposed by Section 4999 of the Code. This total would then be divided by two. It is the Company’s intention that Executive’s net after-tax position be substantially the same as it would have been had Sections 280G and 4999 not been part of the Code for 50% of all outstanding options. For purposes of implementing this Section 4.7 , (i) no portion, if any, of the Total Payments, the receipt or enjoyment of which Executive shall have effectively waived in writing prior to the date of payment of the Total Payments, shall be taken into account, and (ii) the value of any non-cash benefit or any deferred cash payment included in the Total Payments shall be determined by the Company’s independent auditors in accordance with the principles of Sections 280G(d)(3) and (4) of the Code.

 

Page 8


8. Confidentiality.

 

(a) As a condition of employment Executive agrees to execute and abide by the Company’s standard Proprietary Information and Inventions Agreement, attached hereto as Exhibit B . In addition, Executive hereby agrees that Executive shall not, directly or indirectly, disclose or make available to any person, firm, corporation, association or other entity for any reason or purpose whatsoever, any Confidential Information (as hereinafter defined). Executive’s obligations under this Section 8 shall continue in effect after the termination of Executive’s employment with the Company, whatever the reason or reasons for such termination, and Executive acknowledges and agrees that the Company shall have the right to communicate with any future or prospective employer of Executive concerning Executive’s continuing obligations under this Section 8. Within ten (10) business days of the effective date of the cessation of Executive’s employment, Executive shall return any Confidential Information to the Company which Executive has in his possession, custody or control. However, that Executive shall not be obligated to treat as confidential, or return to the Company copies of any Confidential Information that (i) was publicly known at the time of disclosure to Executive, (ii) becomes publicly known or available thereafter other than by any means in violation of this Agreement or any other duty owed to the Company by any person or entity, or (iii) is lawfully disclosed to Executive by a third party. As used in this Agreement, the term “Confidential Information” means: information disclosed to Executive or known by Executive as a consequence of or through Executive’s relationship with the Company, about the products, research and development efforts, regulatory efforts, manufacturing processes, customers, employees, business methods, public relations methods, organization, procedures or finances, including, without limitation, information of or relating to customer lists, of the Company and its affiliates.

 

(b) The Company and Executive intend that the provisions of this Section 8 shall be fully enforceable as set forth herein. To the extent that any court of competent jurisdiction finds that any such provision is unenforceable by reason of its duration or scope, the Company and Executive agree that it shall be enforced insofar as it may be enforced within the limits of the law of that jurisdiction, but that the Agreement as a whole shall be unaffected elsewhere.

 

(c) The Executive agrees that it would be difficult to compensate Company fully for damages for any violation of the provisions of this Agreement, including, without limitation, the provisions of this Section 8. Accordingly, the Executive specifically agrees that the Company and its successors and assigns shall be entitled to temporary and permanent injunctive relief to enforce the provisions of this Agreement. This provision with respect to injunctive relief shall not, however, diminish the right of the Company to claim and recover damages in addition to injunctive relief.

 

(d) If Executive breaches any provision of Section 8, the rights of Executive to any benefits under the Agreement (including, but not limited to, any Severance Payments), shall be forfeited, unless the Board determines that such activity is not detrimental to the best interests of the Company and its affiliates. Such forfeiture shall be in addition to any

 

Page 9


other remedy of the Company under the Agreement or at law and in equity with respect to such breach. However, if Executive ceases such activity and notifies the Board of this action, Executive’s right to receive a benefit, may be restored within sixty (60) days of said notification, unless the Board in its sole discretion determines that the prior activity has caused serious injury to the Company and its affiliates, which determination shall be final and conclusive.

 

9. Miscellaneous.

 

(a) Executive represents and warrants to the Company that he is not now under any obligation of a contractual or other nature to any person, firm or corporation which is inconsistent or in conflict with this Agreement, or which would prevent, limit or impair in any way the performance by him of his obligations hereunder.

 

(b) The waiver by either party of a breach of any provision of this Agreement must be in writing and shall not operate or be construed as a waiver of any subsequent breach thereof.

 

(c) This Agreement, including Exhibits A and B, contains the complete, final and exclusive agreement of the Parties relating to the terms and conditions of your employment and the termination of Executive’s employment, and supersedes all prior and contemporaneous oral and written employment agreements or arrangements between the Parties. To the extent this Agreement conflicts with the Proprietary Information and Inventions Agreement attached as Exhibit B hereto, the Proprietary Information and Inventions Agreement controls. The representations and warranties contained herein and the Executive’s obligations under Sections 6(d) and 8 shall survive termination of Employment Period and of the Agreement as provided herein.

 

(d) Any and all notices referred to herein shall be sufficiently furnished if in writing and personally delivered or sent by registered or certified mail, postage prepaid with return receipt requested, by facsimile transmission (if receipt is confirmed) or by courier to the Company at its principal executive office and to the Executive at his address as reflected in the Company’s employment records or such other address as a party may from time to time designate in writing in the manner set forth in this Section 9(d).

 

(e) If any portion or provision of this Agreement shall be invalid or unenforceable for any reason, there shall be deemed to be made such changes (and only such changes) in such provision or portion as are necessary to make it valid and enforceable. The invalidity or unenforceability of any provision or portion of this Agreement shall not affect the validity or enforceability of any other provision or portions of this Agreement. If any such unenforceable or invalid provision or provisions shall be rendered enforceable and valid by changes in applicable law, then such provision or provisions shall be deemed to read as they presently do in this Agreement without change.

 

(f) The rights and obligations of the parties hereto shall inure to and be binding upon the parties hereto and their respective heirs, successors and assigns. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, this Agreement shall be binding upon any successor to the

 

Page 10


Company whether by merger, acquisition of stock, purchase of all or substantially all of the Company’s assets, reorganization or otherwise. Executive may not assign his rights and duties hereunder, except with the prior written consent of the Company.

 

(g) This Agreement is intended to and shall be governed by, and interpreted under and construed in accordance with, the laws of the State of California applicable to contracts executed in and wholly performed with such state and without reference to any choice or conflict of laws principles. The payment of base compensation, bonus or benefits may be allocated to or made by such divisions or subsidiaries of the Company as appropriate.

 

(h) Any controversy, claim or dispute between the parties directly or indirectly concerning this Agreement, or the breach or subject matter hereof, shall be finally settled by arbitration held in Orange County, California. The arbitration will be held under the auspices of either the American Arbitration Association (“AAA”) or Judicial Arbitration & Mediation Services, Inc. (“J•A•M•S”), with the designation of the sponsoring organization to be made by the party who did not initiate the claim. The arbitration shall be in accordance with the AAA’s then-current employment arbitration procedures (if AAA is designated) or the then-current J•A•M•S employment arbitration rules (if J•A•M•S is designated). The arbitrator shall be either a retired judge, or an attorney licensed to practice law in the state in which the arbitration is convened (the “Arbitrator”). The Arbitrator shall have jurisdiction to hear and rule on pre-hearing disputes and is authorized to hold pre-hearing conferences by telephone or in person, as the Arbitrator deems necessary. The Arbitrator shall have the authority to entertain a motion to dismiss, demurrer, and/or a motion for summary judgment by any party and shall apply the standards governing such motions under the applicable rules of civil procedure. The Arbitrator shall render a written award and opinion which reveals, however briefly, the essential findings and conclusions on which the award is based. The arbitration shall be final and binding upon the parties, except as otherwise provided for by the law applicable to review of arbitration decisions/awards. Either party may bring an action in any court of competent jurisdiction to compel arbitration under this Agreement and/or to enforce an arbitration award. The Company will pay the Arbitrator’s fees and any other fees, costs or expenses unique to arbitration, including the filing fee, the fees and costs of the Arbitrator, and rental of a room to hold the arbitration hearing. However, if Executive is the party initiating the claim, Executive shall be responsible for contributing an amount equal to the filing fee to initiate a claim in the court of general jurisdiction in the state which Executive is (or was last) employed by the Company. Each party shall pay for its, his or her, own costs and attorneys’ fees, if any. However, if any party prevails on a statutory claim which entitles the prevailing party to attorneys’ fees and/or costs, or if there is a written agreement providing for fees and/or costs, the Arbitrator may award reasonable fees and/or costs to the prevailing party in accordance with such fee-shifting statute or agreement.

 

(i) Executive acknowledges (a) that he has consulted with or has had the opportunity to consult with independent counsel of his own choice concerning this Agreement and has been advised to do so by the Company, and (b) Company shall reimburse Executive for his reasonable attorney fees associated with the independent counsel consultation, not to

 

Page 11


exceed $3000, and (c) that he has read and understands the Agreement, is fully aware of its legal effect, and has entered into it freely based on his own judgment.

 

(j) No remedy conferred by any of the specific provisions of this Agreement is intended to be exclusive of any other remedy, except as expressly provided in this Agreement, and each and every remedy shall be cumulative and shall be in addition to every other remedy given hereunder or now or hereafter existing in law or in equity or by statute or otherwise. No failure by any party to exercise, and no delay in exercising, any rights will be construed or deemed to be a waiver thereof, nor shall any single or partial exercise by any party preclude any other or future exercise thereof or the exercise of any other right.

 

10. Indemnification.

 

The Company shall, to the maximum extent permitted under the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware, indemnify Executive against any expenses (including attorneys’ fees), judgments, fines and amounts paid in settlement (with the written consent of the Company which shall not be unreasonably withheld) actually and reasonably incurred by Executive in connection with any action, suit or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative, threatened or initiated against Executive by reason of the fact that he was serving as an officer, director, employee or agent of the Company or was serving at the request of the Company as an officer, director, employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise. The Company shall provide Executive with directors and officer’s liability insurance coverage in an amount at least as favorable to Executive as what the Company maintains as of the date hereof or such greater coverage as the Company may maintain from time to time.

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed this Agreement as of the day and year first above written.

 

BioLase Technology, Inc.
By   /s/    Federico Pignatelli          
    Federico Pignatelli, Chairman of the Board

 

/s/    J OHN . W. H OHENER
John. W. Hohener

 

Page 12


 

EXHIBIT A TO

JOHN W. HOHENER EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT OF OCTOBER 24, 2004

 

RELEASE AND WAIVER OF CLAIMS

 

In consideration of the payments and other benefits set forth in Section 7(c) of the Employment Agreement dated October 24, 2004 (the “Employment Agreement”), to which this form is attached, I, John W. Hohener hereby furnish BioLase Technology, Inc. (the “Company” ), with the following release and waiver ( “Release and Waiver” ).

 

In exchange for the consideration provided to me by the Employment Agreement that I am not otherwise entitled to receive, I hereby generally and completely release the Company and its directors, officers, employees, shareholders, partners, agents, attorneys, predecessors, successors, parent and subsidiary entities, insurers, affiliates, and assigns from any and all claims, liabilities and obligations, both known and unknown, that arise out of or are in any way related to events, acts, conduct, or omissions occurring prior to my signing this Release and Waiver. This general release includes, but is not limited to: (1) all claims arising out of or in any way related to my employment with the Company or the termination of that employment; (2) all claims related to my compensation or benefits from the Company, including salary, bonuses, commissions, vacation pay, expense reimbursements, severance pay, fringe benefits, stock, stock options, or any other ownership interests in the Company; (3) all claims for breach of contract, wrongful termination, and breach of the implied covenant of good faith and fair dealing; (4) all tort claims, including claims for fraud, defamation, emotional distress, and discharge in violation of public policy; and (5) all federal, state, and local statutory claims, including claims for discrimination, harassment, retaliation, attorneys’ fees, or other claims arising under Title VII of the 1964 Civil Rights Act, as amended, the Age Discrimination in Employment Act, the California Fair Employment and Housing Act, the Equal Pay Act of 1963, as amended, the provisions of the California Labor Code, the Americans with Disabilities Act, the Fair Labor Standards Act, the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended (“ERISA”), and any other state, federal, or local laws and regulations relating to employment and/or employment discrimination. The only exceptions are claims I may have for unemployment compensation and worker’s compensation.

 

I also acknowledge that I have read and understand Section 1542 of the California Civil Code which reads as follows: “A general release does not extend to claims which the creditor does not know or suspect to exist in his favor at the time of executing the release, which if known by him must have materially affected his settlement with the debtor.” I hereby expressly waive and relinquish all rights and benefits under that section and any law of any jurisdiction of similar effect with respect to any claims I may have against the Company.

 

I acknowledge that, among other rights, I am waiving and releasing any rights I may have under ADEA, that this Release and Waiver is knowing and voluntary, and that the consideration given for this Release and Waiver is in addition to anything of value to which I was already entitled as an executive of the Company. I further acknowledge that I have been advised, as required by the Older Workers Benefit Protection Act, that: (a) the

 

Page 13


release and waiver granted herein does not relate to claims under the ADEA which may arise after this Release and Waiver is executed; (b) I have the right to consult with an attorney prior to executing this Release and Waiver (although I may choose voluntarily not to do so); and (c) I have twenty-one (21) days from the date of termination of my employment with the Company in which to consider this Release and Waiver (although I may choose voluntarily to execute this Release and Waiver earlier); (d) I have seven (7) days following the execution of this Release and Waiver to revoke my consent to this Release and Waiver; and (e) this Release and Waiver shall not be effective until the seven (7) day revocation period has expired.

 

I acknowledge my continuing obligations under my Proprietary Information and Inventions Agreement, a copy of which is attached to the Employment Agreement as Exhibit B. Nothing contained in this Release and Waiver shall be deemed to modify, amend or supersede the obligations set forth in that agreement. I understand and agree that my right to the Severance Payments I am receiving in exchange for my agreement to the terms of this Release and Waiver is contingent upon my continued compliance with my Proprietary Information & Inventions Agreement.

 

This Release and Waiver, including Exhibit B to the Employment Agreement, constitutes the complete, final and exclusive embodiment of the entire agreement between the Company and me with regard to the subject matter hereof. I am not relying on any promise or representation by the Company that is not expressly stated herein. This Release and Waiver may only be modified by a writing signed by both me and a duly authorized officer of the Company.

 

I agree that for a period of ten (10) years after my employment with the Company ceases, I will not, in any communication with any person or entity, including any actual or potential customer, client, investor, vendor, or business partner of the Company, or any third party media outlet, make any derogatory or disparaging or critical negative statements – orally, written or otherwise – against the Company, or against any of the Company’s directors, officers, agents, employees, contractors.

 

Dated:                     

 

   
John W. Hohener

 

Page 14


AMENDMENT NO. 1 TO EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT

(JOHN W. HOHENER)

 

This AMENDMENT NO. 1 TO EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT (this “ Amendment ”) is entered into as of this 26th day of November 2004, by and between John W. Hohener, an individual (“ Hohener ”) and BIOLASE Technology, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “ Company ”), with reference to the following facts: 1

 

  A. The Company and Hohener have entered into that certain agreement dated October 24, 2004 (the “ Agreement ”), which provides for the terms and conditions of the employment of Hohener by the Company.

 

  B. The Company and Hohener now desire to amend the Agreement to provide certain modified terms and conditions.

 

NOW THEREFORE, in consideration of the foregoing, and other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which the parties hereby acknowledge, the parties hereby agree to amend the Agreement as follows:

 

1. The Agreement is amended (i) to provide that Hohener first became employed by the Company as of November 13, 2004 and was appointed Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer as of November 15, 2004; (ii) to provide that the date of grant for the Initial Stock Option granted to Hohener (as evidenced by that certain Action by Unanimous Written Consent of the Board of Directors of the Company dated as of November 13, 2004) was November 13, 2004; and (iii) to increase the number of shares of the common stock of the Company subject to the Initial Stock Option from 240,000 to 250,000.

 

2. Entire Agreement; Inconsistency . The Agreement, as amended hereby, constitutes the entire agreement and understanding between the parties with respect to the subject matter thereof and hereof. To the extent that any provision of the Agreement is inconsistent with the amendments effected hereby, the provisions of this Amendment shall prevail.

 

3. Counterparts . This Amendment may be executed in one or more counterparts, all of which together shall constitute one document.

 

[REMAINDER OF THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK]

 


1 Terms with initial letters capitalized and not otherwise defined herein have their respective meanings as set forth in the Employment Agreement.

 


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, this Amendment is made as of the date first written above.

 

        BIOLASE Technology, Inc.
/ S /    J OHN W. H OHENER               By:   / S /    R OBERT E. G RANT        
    John W. Hohener, an individual      

Name:

  Robert E. Grant
           

Its:

  President & CEO

 

EXHIBIT 10.20

EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT

 

This Employment Agreement (the “Agreement”) is made and entered into on the 26 th day of October 2004 by and between BioLase Technology, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “Company”), and Robert E. Grant. The Company and Robert E. Grant are the only Parties to this Agreement.

 

Recitals

 

WHEREAS, the Company desires to employ as its President and Chief Executive Officer (“Executive”), and Executive is willing to accept such employment on certain terms and conditions;

 

WHEREAS, the Company and Executive desire to formalize the terms and conditions of such employment;

 

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the foregoing premises, the terms and conditions set forth herein, and other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, the parties agree as follows:

 

1. Employment and Duties .

 

(a) The Company will employ Executive as its President and Chief Executive Officer, and Executive accepts such employment. In such capacity, Executive shall report and be responsible to the Company’s Board of Directors (“Board”) and shall perform such duties and functions as may be assigned to Executive from time to time by the Board. Executive shall comply with all proper and reasonable directives and instructions of the Board. Subject to and in accordance with the terms and conditions of the Company’s Bylaws, Executive shall also serve as a member of the Board. Upon termination of Executive’s employment for any reason, upon the request of the Board, Executive shall resign as a member of the Board.

 

(b) Executive agrees during the term of his employment hereunder to devote his full business time, attention and energies and use his best efforts to promote the interest of the Company. Executive will perform his duties and responsibilities incident to his position hereunder and serve the Company diligently and to the best of his ability. Executive shall act in accordance with the lawful policies and directives of the Company as determined from time to time provided that such policies and directives do not conflict with any law, government regulation, generally accepted accounting policies or generally accepted practices of corporate governance.

 

(c) Executive’s employment with the Company shall be governed by the provisions of this Agreement for the period commencing on October 26, 2004 (the “Effective Date”), and continuing until this Agreement terminates pursuant to Section 7 of this Agreement. The period during which Executive provides services to the Company pursuant to this Agreement shall be referenced in this Agreement as the “Employment Period.”

 

Page 1


2. Compensation .

 

(a) For all services to be rendered by Executive during the Employment Period, the Company shall pay Executive a base salary at the annual rate of Two Hundred Seventy Five Thousand Dollars ($275,000) per year. Executive’s salary shall be paid on such basis as is the normal payment pattern for executive officers of the Company but no less frequently than monthly. The Company shall deduct and withhold from the compensation payable to Executive hereunder any and all applicable Federal, State and local income and employment withholding taxes and any other amounts required to be deducted or withheld by the Company under applicable statutes, regulations, ordinances or orders governing or requiring the withholding or deduction of amounts otherwise payable as compensation or wages during the Employment Period.

 

(b) In addition to his base salary, Executive will be eligible to receive an annual bonus of up to One Hundred Seventy-Five Thousand Dollars $175,000, commencing with the calendar year 2005, for each full calendar year of service during the Employment Period (the “Bonus”). The bonus calculation applicable for the Calendar year 2004 shall be as it exists prior to Executive entering this Agreement. Sixty percent (60%) of this Bonus will be based on the achievement of agreed upon revenue targets, the details of which will be decided upon by Executive and the Board before March 31, 2005. Forty percent (40%) of the annual Bonus will be based on the achievement of agreed upon net income targets, the details of which will be decided upon by Executive and the Board before March 31, 2005, and of which Executive will be eligible to receive up to Fifty Thousand Dollars ($50,000) paid quarterly based upon the achievement of the revenue and net income targets referenced in this Section 2(b) and split based upon the overall percentages assigned to each target. The remaining portion of the Bonus (up to $125,000) will not be paid until the Company’s filing Form 10-K for the previous SEC reporting year, and will be calculated in accordance with the same percentage split and objective targets described in this Section 2(b). The revenue and net income targets described in this Section 2(b) shall be set forth in writing by the Board at or near the beginning of each of the Company’s fiscal years during the Employment Period. Nothing herein is intended or shall be construed to entitle Executive to receive a minimum bonus.

 

3. Options .

 

(a) Upon commencement of Executive’s employment hereunder and subject to prior written approval by the Board, Executive shall be granted pursuant to the terms of the Company’s 2002 Stock Option Incentive Plan, as amended (the “Plan”), an option to purchase 400,000 shares of the common stock of the Company (the “Option”). Except as otherwise set forth herein, the Option will be governed by a separate Stock Option Agreement and the Plan. The Options will vest and become exercisable on a pro rata basis over three years, at the rate of Thirty Three Thousand Three Hundred Thirty-Three (33,333) per quarter, with the first such quarter ending December 31, 2004, and proceed to vest thereafter so long as Executive continues to provide service to the Company in accordance with the Plan. The exercise price of the Option will be equal to the fair market value of the common stock on the Effective Date.

 

Page 2


(b) Executive shall be eligible to receive awards under such Plan or other equity award plans or programs as are generally available from time to time to similarly situated executive employees of the Company; the awards shall be 100,000 options to purchase shares annually beginning on the third anniversary of the Effective Date, subject to and in accordance with the terms, conditions and overall administration of such plans or programs. Nothing herein is intended or shall be construed to require the institution or continuation of any stock option or other equity award plan or program, or to entitle Executive to receive any stock option or other equity award other than what is provided for in this Section 3(b).

 

4. Benefits . Executive shall be entitled to such fringe benefits, expenses and perquisites as are generally made available to executive officers of the Company from time to time. Executive shall be entitled to four weeks of paid vacation per annum subject to the terms and conditions of the Company’s vacation pay policy. Executive shall, throughout the Employment Period, be eligible to participate in any and all group term life insurance plans, accidental death and dismemberment plans and short-term disability programs and other executive perquisites which are made available to the Company’s executives and for which Executive qualifies. Additionally, throughout the Employment Period, Executive and his immediate family will be eligible to participate in any and all medical and dental plans which are made available to the Company’s executives and for which Executive qualifies. The premiums for such medical and dental plans will be borne by the Company. The Company will reimburse executive for out-of-pocket costs, fees, charges, or expenses associated with the aforementioned plans. In no event, however, shall the Company’s reimbursement of out-of-pocket costs, fees charges or expenses exceed a yearly cap of $3,000 without prior written approval of the Board. The Company agrees to assume or reimburse the costs associated with the lease of Executive’s vehicle; provided, however, that the exact terms of such arrangement will be determined by the Board, subject to an analysis and recommendation by tax and accounting advisors, no later than November 7, 2004.

 

5. Reimbursement of Expenses . The Company shall reimburse Executive for all reasonable business expenses incurred by Executive in connection with the performance of his duties hereunder during the Employment Period, provided that Executive furnishes to the Company receipts and other documentation evidencing such expenditures timely and in a form satisfactory to the Company (and if the expiration of the Employment Period has occurred, then within 45 days after such expiration date).

 

6. Non-Competition .

 

(a) Except with the prior written consent of the Company’s Board of Directors, Executive will not, while employed by the Company, or during any period during which Executive is receiving compensation or any other consideration from the Company, including, but not limited to, severance pay pursuant to Section 7(d) herein, Executive agrees not to compete with the Company or any of its subsidiaries in any manner whatsoever. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, Executive shall not, during the Employment Period, directly or indirectly (whether for compensation or otherwise), alone or as an agent, principal, partner, officer, employee, trustee, director, shareholder or in any other capacity, own, manage, operate, join, control or participate in the ownership,

 

Page 3


management, operation or control of or furnish any capital to or be connected in any manner with or provide any services as a consultant for any business which competes directly or indirectly with any of the businesses of the Company or any of its subsidiaries as they may be conducted from time to time.

 

(b) During Executive’s employment by the Company, Executive agrees not to acquire, assume or participate in, directly or indirectly, any position, investment or interest known by Executive to be adverse to or competitive with the Company, its business or prospects, financial or otherwise or in any company, person or entity that is, directly or indirectly, in competition with the business of the Company or any of its Affiliates. Ownership by Executive, as a passive investment, of less than one half of one percent of the outstanding shares of capital stock of any corporation with one or more classes of its capital stock listed on a national securities exchange or publicly traded on the Nasdaq Stock Market or in the over-the-counter market shall not constitute a breach of this Section 6(b).

 

(c) Executive may engage in civic, educational and charitable activities. Executive shall be entitled, with the written approval of the Board, to serve as a director of any corporation other than a corporation, which, in the good faith opinion of the Board, is in competition with the Company or a subsidiary of the Company. Executive shall be entitled to receive compensation from any corporation with respect to which he serves as a director in accordance with this Section 6(c). Notwithstanding anything to the contrary set forth herein, Executive shall not be entitled to engage in any of the activities set forth in this Section 6(c) if such activities, in the good faith opinion of the Board, interfere or could reasonably be expected to interfere in a material way with Executive’s performance of his duties and activities under this Agreement.

 

(d) Executive shall promptly disclose to the Company and shall use his best efforts to transfer to or hold for the benefit of the Company but in no event shall divert or exploit for his own personal profit or that of any other person except the Company, any business opportunity or other opportunity to acquire an interest in or a contractual relationship with any person or entity where such person or entity is in the same line of business as the Company or a subsidiary or where such contractual relationship would be considered a feasible and advantageous opportunity for the Company or a subsidiary, when such interest is competitive to the business of the Company.

 

(e) Solicitation of Employees. Executive hereby agrees that during the Employment Period and for two (2) years thereafter, Executive shall not, either on Executive’s own account or jointly with or as a manager, agent, officer, employee, consultant, partner, joint venturer, owner or stockholder or otherwise on behalf of any other person, firm or corporation, directly or indirectly (i) solicit or attempt to solicit away from the Company any of its officers or employees or (ii) offer employment to any person who, on or during the six (6) months immediately preceding the date of such solicitation or offer, is or was an employee of the Company; provided, however, that a general advertisement to which an employee of the Company responds shall in no event be deemed to result in a breach of this Section 6(e).

 

Page 4


7. Term of Agreement .

 

(a) The basic term of Executive’s employment with the Company hereunder shall commence on the Effective Date and, except in the event of earlier termination as provided for in this Section 7, shall end on October 23, 2007 (the “Term”). Following the expiration of the Term, the employment relationship under this Agreement shall continue on a calendar quarter to calendar quarter basis with the same remuneration, obligations for notice and corresponding compensation as shall apply during the final year of the term hereof, unless and until the employment relationship between Executive and the Company shall become governed by a written instrument executed by Executive and the Company subsequent to the date hereof, including an instrument amending, renewing or extending this Agreement.

 

(b) Executive’s employment with the Company shall be “at will,” and either Executive or the Company may terminate Executive’s employment at any time, for any reason, with or without Cause (as defined in Section 7(c)). Any contrary representations, which may have been made to Executive shall be superseded and voided by this Agreement. This Agreement shall constitute the full and complete agreement between Executive and the Company on the “at will” nature of Executive’s employment, which may only be changed in an express written agreement signed by Executive and a dully authorized officer or director of the Company, as approved in a written resolution of the Board or its Compensation Committee.

 

(c) For the purposes of this Agreement, the term with “Cause” shall mean: (i) Executive’s conviction by, or entry of a plea of guilty in, a court of competent jurisdiction for any crime (other than intoxication) involving any felony punishable by imprisonment in the jurisdiction involved; (ii) the repeated failure by Executive to perform his duties and functions hereunder in accordance with the instructions of the Board as embodied in written resolutions of the Board (provided that such instructions do not require Executive to take any actions that are unlawful or otherwise improper); (iii) the willful and material breach of this Agreement by Executive if Executive fails to cure such breach within 30 business days following Executive’s receipt of written notice from the Company; or (iv) Executive’s commission of any act of fraud in connection with his employment by the Company.

 

(d) In the event the Company terminates the employment of Executive without Cause (as specifically defined in Section 7(c)), the Company shall give to Executive as severance pay (i) an amount equal to six times the base monthly salary Executive was receiving immediately prior to the date of termination (the “Severance Payments”); provided, however, that Executive shall be required to execute a release of claims substantially in the form of Exhibit A and shall not be eligible to receive any such severance payment until said release shall become effective (Immediately upon execution of the Release, and provided that Executive does not exercise any right he may have to revoke the Release, Executive shall receive an initial payment of $5,000. The remaining portion of the Severance Payments will be paid in biweekly intervals for the remaining six month period subject to all applicable withholding requirements as set forth in Section 2 (a)); (ii) any COBRA premiums paid by him with respect to the six-month period following the effective date of such termination upon Executive’s request; (iii) the pro-rated portion of any performance bonus to which Executive would otherwise have been entitled for the performance period during which such termination becomes effective,

 

Page 5


such payment to be made within fifteen business days of the date on which it can first be determined that such bonus has been earned; and (iv) any stock options held by Executive, including the Initial Stock Option, shall continue to vest through the end of the quarter in which such termination becomes effective and all of Executive’s vested shares, regardless of the grant to which they apply, will become immediately exercisable at the time of termination. Additionally, subject to any other provision of any agreement evidencing any stock option held by Executive, including the Initial Stock Option, all stock options held by Executive shall be exercisable for a period of one year following the effective date of such termination or resignation, provided, however, that such extension is permissible and in accordance with the terms, conditions and overall administration of such plans or programs. All fully vested stock options earned by Executive, regardless of the grant under which such options fall, shall be exercisable at any time. Neither Executive’s voluntary resignation of his employment, or the termination of Executive’s employment with Cause shall give rise to Executive’s entitlement to any Severance Payments.

 

(e) Executive may resign with Good Reason on 30 days’ advance written notice to the Company of such resignation, provided that such notice is given by Executive within 90 days following the occurrence of any event constituting Good Reason (as defined below) and, provided further that the Company does not remedy the basis for such termination prior to the expiration of such 30 days notice period. As used in this Agreement, “ Good Reason ” shall mean (i) the assignment to Executive, without his consent, of duties inconsistent with Executive’s position so as to constitute a diminution of status with the Company, including an assignment of Executive to a position other than Chief Executive Officer of the ultimate parent company in the event the Company is acquired by, or otherwise becomes a subsidiary of, another company, (ii) a reduction by the Company in the base salary as in effect at any time without Executive’s consent, and (iii) a requirement that Executive relocate (or report on a regular basis) to an office outside of Orange County, California without Executive’s consent.

 

(f) In the event the Executive resigns with Good Reason, (i) the Company shall continue to pay to Executive his base salary for a six-month period following the effective date of such resignation, (ii) the Company shall reimburse Executive upon request for any COBRA premiums paid by him with respect to the six month period following the effective date of such resignation, (iii) the Company shall pay to Executive the pro-rated portion of any performance bonus to which Executive would otherwise have been entitled for the performance period during which such resignation becomes effective, such payment to be made within fifteen business days of the date on which it can first be determined that such bonus has been earned, and (iv) any stock options held by Executive, including the Initial Stock Option, shall continue to vest through the end of the quarter in which resignation with Good Reason becomes effective and all of Executive’s vested shares, regardless of the grant to which they apply, will become immediately exercisable at the time of termination (v) subject to any other provision of any agreement evidencing any stock option held by Executive, including the Initial Stock Option, all stock options held by Executive shall be exercisable for a period of one year following the effective date of such termination or resignation, provided, however, that such extension is permissible and in accordance with the terms, conditions and overall administration of such plans or programs. In addition to the foregoing, if any such

 

Page 6


termination or resignation is effective after the completion of a performance period for which Executive has earned a performance bonus but before such bonus has been paid, the Company shall pay such performance bonus to Executive as and when such bonus would have been paid absent such termination.

 

(g) Upon a Change in Control of the Company, as defined as a change in the majority of Board composition within a period of 60 consecutive days or the acquisition by a third party of greater than 50% of the outstanding shares of the Company, all stock options shall immediately become 100% vested and exercisable in full.

 

(h) Executive may voluntarily resign (i.e., without Good Reason) at any time on 30 days’ advance written notice to the Company of such resignation. In the event of any such resignation, the Company may by written notice to Executive, make such resignation effective immediately or as of any date prior to the expiration of the 30 days’ notice period, in which event such resignation shall be effective as of such earlier date; provided , however , that any stock options held by Executive, including the Initial Stock Option, shall continue to vest during the full 30 day notice period even if the Company elects to make such resignation effective immediately or as of any date prior to the expiration of such notice period. Subject to any other provision of any agreement evidencing any stock option held by Executive, including the Initial Stock Option, all stock options held by Executive as of the date of his resignation shall be immediately exercisable for a period of one year following the effective date of such resignation, provided, however, that such extension is permissible and in accordance with the terms, conditions and overall administration of such plans or programs. Except as otherwise agreed in writing (or as required by law), upon any such resignation, the Company shall have no further obligation to Executive under this Agreement by way of compensation or otherwise other than to pay Executive his base salary through the effective date of such resignation; provided , however , that if such resignation is effective after the completion of a performance period for which Executive has earned a performance bonus but before such bonus has been paid, the Company shall pay such performance bonus to Executive as and when such bonus would have been paid absent such termination. Notwithstanding any contrary provision in any agreement evidencing any stock option held by Executive, including the Initial Stock Option, all stock options held by Executive shall be exercisable for a period of one year following the effective date of such resignation.

 

(i) In the event of Executive’s death as covered by the Company’s life and accidental death plans, (i) the Company shall pay to Executive’s estate within thirty days of Executive’s death a lump-sum amount equal to the then effective six months of base salary, subject to the immediate offset from the insurance benefit paid subsequent to the qualifying death and (ii) the vested portion of the Initial Stock Option and any other vested stock options held by Executive shall be deemed vested as of the date of his death to the same extent as they would have been vested at the end of the quarter during which the death occurred had Executive remained employed by the Company during such quarter and all of Executive’s vested shares, regardless of the grant to which they apply, will become immediately exercisable at the time of termination. (iii) subject to any other provision of any agreement evidencing any stock option held by Executive, including the Initial Stock Option, all stock options held by Executive as of the date of his death shall be exercisable for a period of one year following the effective date of such death,

 

Page 7


provided, however, that such extension is permissible and in accordance with the terms, conditions and overall administration of such plans or programs. Except as required by law, no other compensation will be paid to Executive’s estate; provided, however, that if Executive dies after the completion of a performance period for which Executive has earned a performance bonus but before such bonus has been paid, the Company shall pay such performance bonus to Executive’s estate at such time as it would otherwise have been paid to Executive.

 

(j) The Company may terminate Executive’s employment on 30 days’ advance written notice to Executive in the event that he at any time becomes unable to perform his duties and responsibilities hereunder due to mental or physical disability, as covered by the Company’s long term disability plan. In the event of any such termination, (i) the Company shall continue to pay to Executive his base salary for a six month period following the effective date of such termination, subject to the immediate offset from the insurance benefit paid subsequent to the covered disability and (ii) the Initial Stock Option and any other stock options held by Executive shall be deemed vested as of the effective date of such termination to the same extent as they would have been vested at the end of the quarter during which the disability occurred and each such stock option shall be immediately exercisable (iii) subject to any other provision of any agreement evidencing any stock option held by Executive, including the Initial Stock Option, all stock options held by Executive as of the date of his termination shall be exercisable for a period of one year following the Effective Date of such termination, provided, however, that such extension is permissible and in accordance with the terms, conditions and overall administration of such plans or programs. Except as required by law, no other compensation will be paid to Executive upon such termination; provided, however, that if such termination is effective after the completion of a full calendar year in which Executive has earned an annual performance bonus but before such bonus has been paid, the Company shall pay such bonus to Executive as and when such bonus would have been paid absent such termination.

 

8. Proprietary Information and Confidentiality .

 

(a) As a condition of employment, Executive agrees to execute and abide by the Company’s standard Proprietary Information and Inventions Agreement, attached hereto as Exhibit B. Executive’s obligations under this Section 8 shall continue in effect after the termination of Executive’s employment with the Company, whatever the reason or reasons for such termination, and Executive acknowledges and agrees that the Company shall have the right to communicate with any future or prospective employer of Executive concerning Executive’s continuing obligations under this Section 8. Within ten (10) business days of the effective date of the cessation of Executive’s employment, Executive shall return any Confidential Information to the Company which Executive has in his possession, custody or control. However, that Executive shall not be obligated to treat as confidential, or return to the Company copies of any Confidential Information that (i) was publicly known at the time of disclosure to Executive, (ii) becomes publicly known or available thereafter other than by any means in violation of this Agreement or any other duty owed to the Company by any person or entity, or (iii) is lawfully disclosed to Executive by a third party. As used in this Agreement, the term “Confidential Information” means: information disclosed to Executive or known by Executive as a consequence of or through Executive’s relationship with the Company, about the

 

Page 8


products, research and development efforts, regulatory efforts, manufacturing processes, customers, employees, business methods, public relations methods, organization, procedures or finances, including, without limitation, information of or relating to customer lists, of the Company and its affiliates.

 

(b) The Company and Executive intend that the provisions of this Section 8 shall be fully enforceable as set forth herein. To the extent that any court of competent jurisdiction finds that any such provision is unenforceable by reason of its duration or scope, the Company and Executive agree that it shall be enforced insofar as it may be enforced within the limits of the law of that jurisdiction, but that the Agreement as a whole shall be unaffected elsewhere.

 

(c) The Executive agrees that it would be difficult to compensate Company fully for damages for any violation of the provisions of this Agreement, including, without limitation, the provisions of this Section 8. Accordingly, the Executive specifically agrees that the Company and its successors and assigns shall be entitled to temporary and permanent injunctive relief to enforce the provisions of this Agreement. This provision with respect to injunctive relief shall not, however, diminish the right of the Company to claim and recover damages in addition to injunctive relief.

 

(d) If Executive breaches any provision of Section 8, the rights of Executive to any benefits under the Agreement (including, but not limited to, any Severance Payments), shall be forfeited, unless the Board determines that such activity is not detrimental to the best interests of the Company and its affiliates. Such forfeiture shall be in addition to any other remedy of the Company under the Agreement or at law and in equity with respect to such breach. However, if Executive ceases such activity and notifies the Board of this action, Executive’s right to receive a benefit, may be restored within sixty (60) days of said notification, unless the Board in its sole discretion determines that the prior activity has caused serious injury to the Company and its affiliates, which determination shall be final and conclusive.

 

9. Miscellaneous .

 

(a) Executive represents and warrants to the Company that he is not now under any obligation of a contractual or other nature to any person, firm or corporation which is inconsistent or in conflict with this Agreement, or which would prevent, limit or impair in any way the performance by him of his obligations hereunder.

 

(b) The waiver by either party of a breach of any provision of this Agreement must be in writing and shall not operate or be construed as a waiver of any subsequent breach thereof.

 

(c) This Agreement, including Exhibits A and B, contains the complete, final and exclusive agreement of the Parties relating to the terms and conditions of Executive’s employment and the termination of such employment, and supersedes and voids all prior and/or contemporaneous oral and written employment agreements or arrangements between the Parties. To the extent this Agreement conflicts with the Proprietary Information and Inventions Agreement attached as Exhibit B hereto, the Proprietary

 

Page 9


Information and Inventions Agreement controls. The representations and warranties contained herein and the Executive’s obligations under Sections 6(d) and 8 shall survive termination of Employment Period and of the Agreement as provided herein.

 

(d) Any and all notices referred to herein shall be sufficiently furnished if in writing and personally delivered or sent by registered or certified mail, postage prepaid with return receipt requested, by facsimile transmission (if receipt is confirmed) or by courier to the Company at its principal executive office and to the Executive at his address as reflected in the Company’s employment records or such other address as a party may from time to time designate in writing in the manner set forth in this Section 9(d).

 

(e) If any portion or provision of this Agreement shall be invalid or unenforceable for any reason, there shall be deemed to be made such changes (and only such changes) in such provision or portion as are necessary to make it valid and enforceable. The invalidity or unenforceability of any provision or portion of this Agreement shall not affect the validity or enforceability of any other provision or portions of this Agreement. If any such unenforceable or invalid provision or provisions shall be rendered enforceable and valid by changes in applicable law, then such provision or provisions shall be deemed to read as they presently do in this Agreement without change.

 

(f) The rights and obligations of the parties shall inure to and be binding upon the parties’ respective heirs, successors and assigns. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, this Agreement shall be binding upon any successor to the Company whether by merger, acquisition of stock, purchase of all or substantially all of the Company’s assets, reorganization or otherwise. Executive may not assign his rights and duties hereunder, except with the prior written consent of the Company.

 

(g) This Agreement is intended to and shall be governed by, and interpreted under and construed in accordance with, the laws of the State of California applicable to contracts executed in and wholly performed with such state and without reference to any choice or conflict of laws principles. The payment of base compensation, bonus or benefits may be allocated to or made by such divisions or subsidiaries of the Company as appropriate.

 

(h) Any controversy, claim or dispute between the parties directly or indirectly concerning this Agreement, or the breach or subject matter hereof, shall be finally settled by arbitration held in Orange County, California. The arbitration will be held under the auspices of either the American Arbitration Association (“AAA”) or Judicial Arbitration & Mediation Services, Inc. (“ J•A•M•S ”), with the designation of the sponsoring organization to be made by the party who did not initiate the claim. The arbitration shall be in accordance with the AAA’s then-current employment arbitration procedures (if AAA is designated) or the then-current J•A•M•S employment arbitration rules (if J•A•M•S is designated). The arbitrator shall be either a retired judge, or an attorney licensed to practice law in the state in which the arbitration is convened (the “Arbitrator”). After the appointment of an Arbitrator, the parties to the arbitration shall have the right to take depositions and to obtain discovery regarding the subject matter of the arbitration. However, depositions for discovery shall not be taken unless leave to do so is first granted by the arbitrator or arbitrators. The Arbitrator shall have jurisdiction to hear and rule on pre-hearing disputes and is authorized to hold pre-hearing conferences

 

Page 10


by telephone or in person, as the Arbitrator deems necessary. The Arbitrator shall have the authority to entertain a motion to dismiss, demurrer, and/or a motion for summary judgment by any party and shall apply the standards governing such motions under the applicable rules of civil procedure. The Arbitrator shall render a written award and opinion which reveals, however briefly, the essential findings and conclusions on which the award is based. The arbitration shall be final and binding upon the parties, except as otherwise provided for by the law applicable to review of arbitration decisions/awards. Either party may bring an action in any court of competent jurisdiction to compel arbitration under this Agreement and/or to enforce an arbitration award. The Company will pay the Arbitrator’s fees and any other fees, costs or expenses unique to arbitration, including the filing fee, the fees and costs of the Arbitrator, and rental of a room to hold the arbitration hearing. However, if Executive is the party initiating the claim, Executive shall be responsible for contributing an amount equal to the filing fee to initiate a claim in the court of general jurisdiction in the state which Executive is (or was last) employed by the Company. Each party shall pay for its, his or her, own costs and attorneys’ fees, if any. However, if any party prevails on a statutory claim which entitles the prevailing party to attorneys’ fees and/or costs, or if there is a written agreement providing for fees and/or costs, the Arbitrator may award reasonable fees and/or costs to the prevailing party in accordance with such fee-shifting statute or agreement.

 

(i) Executive acknowledges (a) that he has consulted with or has had the opportunity to consult with independent counsel of his own choice concerning this Agreement and has been advised to do so by the Company, (b) Company shall reimburse Executive for his reasonable attorney fees associated with the independent counsel consultation, not to exceed $3000, and (c) that he has read and understands the Agreement, is fully aware of its legal effect, and has entered into it freely based on his own judgment

 

(j) No remedy conferred by any of the specific provisions of this Agreement is intended to be exclusive of any other remedy, except as expressly provided in this Agreement, and each and every remedy shall be cumulative and shall be in addition to every other remedy given hereunder or now or hereafter existing in law or in equity or by statute or otherwise. No failure by any party to exercise, and no delay in exercising, any rights will be construed or deemed to be a waiver thereof, nor shall any single or partial exercise by any party preclude any other or future exercise thereof or the exercise of any other right.

 

10. Indemnification.

 

The Company shall, to the maximum extent permitted under the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware, indemnify Executive against any expenses (including attorneys’ fees), judgments, fines and amounts paid in settlement (with the written consent of the Company which shall not be unreasonably withheld) actually and reasonably incurred by Executive in connection with any action, suit or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative, threatened or initiated against Executive by reason of the fact that he was serving as an officer, director, employee or agent of the Company or was serving at the request of the Company as an officer, director, employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise.

 

Page 11


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed this Agreement as of the day and year first above written.

 

BioLase Technology, Inc.

By

  /s/    F EDERICO P IGNATELLI            
Federico Pignatelli, Chairman of the Board

 

/s/    R OBERT E. G RANT
Robert E. Grant, an individual

 

Page 12


 

EXHIBIT A TO

ROBERT E. GRANT EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT OF OCTOBER 26, 2004

 

RELEASE AND WAIVER OF CLAIMS

 

In consideration of the payments and other benefits set forth in Section 7(c) of the Employment Agreement dated October 26, 2004 (the “Employment Agreement”), to which this form is attached, I, Robert E. Grant hereby furnish BioLase Technology, Inc. (the “Company” ), with the following release and waiver ( “Release and Waiver” ).

 

In exchange for the consideration provided to me by the Employment Agreement that I am not otherwise entitled to receive, I hereby generally and completely release the Company and its directors, officers, employees, shareholders, partners, agents, attorneys, predecessors, successors, parent and subsidiary entities, insurers, affiliates, and assigns from any and all claims, liabilities and obligations, both known and unknown, that arise out of or are in any way related to events, acts, conduct, or omissions occurring prior to my signing this Release and Waiver. This general release includes, but is not limited to: (1) all claims arising out of or in any way related to my employment with the Company or the termination of that employment; (2) all claims related to my compensation or benefits from the Company, including salary, bonuses, commissions, vacation pay, expense reimbursements, severance pay, fringe benefits, stock, stock options, or any other ownership interests in the Company; (3) all claims for breach of contract, wrongful termination, and breach of the implied covenant of good faith and fair dealing; (4) all tort claims, including claims for fraud, defamation, emotional distress, and discharge in violation of public policy; and (5) all federal, state, and local statutory claims, including claims for discrimination, harassment, retaliation, attorneys’ fees, or other claims arising under Title VII of the 1964 Civil Rights Act, as amended, the Age Discrimination in Employment Act, the California Fair Employment and Housing Act, the Equal Pay Act of 1963, as amended, the provisions of the California Labor Code, the Americans with Disabilities Act, the Fair Labor Standards Act, the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended (“ERISA”), and any other state, federal, or local laws and regulations relating to employment and/or employment discrimination. The only exceptions are claims I may have for unemployment compensation and worker’s compensation.

 

I also acknowledge that I have read and understand Section 1542 of the California Civil Code which reads as follows: “A general release does not extend to claims which the creditor does not know or suspect to exist in his favor at the time of executing the release, which if known by him must have materially affected his settlement with the debtor.” I hereby expressly waive and relinquish all rights and benefits under that section and any law of any jurisdiction of similar effect with respect to any claims I may have against the Company.

 

I acknowledge that, among other rights, I am waiving and releasing any rights I may have under ADEA, that this Release and Waiver is knowing and voluntary, and that the consideration given for this Release and Waiver is in addition to anything of value to which I was already entitled as an executive of the Company. I further acknowledge that I have been advised, as required by the Older Workers Benefit Protection Act, that: (a) the release and waiver granted herein does not relate to claims under the ADEA which may

 

Page 13


arise after this Release and Waiver is executed; (b) I have the right to consult with an attorney prior to executing this Release and Waiver (although I may choose voluntarily not to do so); and (c) I have twenty-one (21) days from the date of termination of my employment with the Company in which to consider this Release and Waiver (although I may choose voluntarily to execute this Release and Waiver earlier); (d) I have seven (7) days following the execution of this Release and Waiver to revoke my consent to this Release and Waiver; and (e) this Release and Waiver shall not be effective until the seven (7) day revocation period has expired.

 

I acknowledge my continuing obligations under my Proprietary Information and Inventions Agreement, a copy of which is attached to the Employment Agreement as Exhibit B. Nothing contained in this Release and Waiver shall be deemed to modify, amend or supersede the obligations set forth in that agreement. I understand and agree that my right to the Severance Payments I am receiving in exchange for my agreement to the terms of this Release and Waiver is contingent upon my continued compliance with my Proprietary Information & Inventions Agreement.

 

This Release and Waiver, including Exhibit B to the Employment Agreement, constitutes the complete, final and exclusive embodiment of the entire agreement between the Company and me with regard to the subject matter hereof. I am not relying on any promise or representation by the Company that is not expressly stated herein. This Release and Waiver may only be modified by a writing signed by both me and a duly authorized officer of the Company.

 

I agree that for a period of ten (10) years after my employment with the Company ceases, I will not, in any communication with any person or entity, including any actual or potential customer, client, investor, vendor, or business partner of the Company, or any third party media outlet, make any derogatory or disparaging or critical negative statements – orally, written or otherwise – against the Company, or against any of the Company’s directors, officers, agents, employees, contractors.

 

Dated:                                              

 

   
Robert E. Grant

 

Page 14

EXHIBIT 10.22

 

STOCK OPTION PLAN OF ENDO TECHNIC INTERNATIONAL CORPORATION

NON-QUALIFIED STOCK OPTION AGREEMENT

 

This Non-Qualified Stock Option Agreement (the “Agreement”) is made by and between Endo Technic International Corporation, a Delaware corporation (the “Company”), and                      (the “Optionee”) as of the date set forth on the signature page hereto.

 

RECITALS

 

A. The Board of Directors of the Company (the “Board”) has established the Stock Option Plan of the Company (the “Plan”), for the purpose of providing to Employees and Directors of the Company and others an opportunity to acquire shares of the Company’s $.001 par value common stock (the “Shares”); and

 

B. The Board of Directors or the Stock Option Committee of the Company’s Board of Directors (the “Committee”) appointed to administer the Plan has determined that it would be to the advantage and best interest of the Company and its shareholders to grant the non-qualified stock option provided for herein (the “Option”) to the Optionee as an inducement to remain in the service of the Company and as an incentive for increased efforts during such service, and has advised the Company thereof and instructed it to issue the Option.

 

AGREEMENT

 

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual covenants contained herein and other good and valuable consideration, receipt of which is hereby acknowledged, the parties hereto do hereby agree as follows:

 

ARTICLE I

 

DEFINITIONS

 

Whenever the following terms are used in this Agreement, they shall have the meaning specified below unless the context clearly indicate to the contrary. Capitalized terms used herein and not otherwise defined shall have the meaning set forth in the Plan. The masculine pronoun shall include the feminine and neuter, and the singular the plural, where the context so indicates.

 

Section 1.1 - Code

 

“Code” shall mean the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as - amended.

 

-1-


Section 1.2 - Company

 

“Company” shall mean Endo Technic International Corporation. In addition, “Company” shall mean any corporation assuming, or issuing new employee stock options in substitution for the Option and Incentive Stock Options (as defined in Section 1.7 of the -Plan), outstanding under the Plan, in a transaction to which Section 425 (a) of the Code applies.

 

Section 1.3 - Option

 

“Option” shall mean the non-qualified stock option to purchase $.001 par value common stock of the Company granted under this Agreement.

 

Section 1.4 - Plan

 

“Plan” shall mean the Stock Option Plan of the Company.

 

Section 1.5 - Secretary

 

“Secretary” shall mean the Secretary of the Company.

 

Section 1.6 - Securities Act

 

“Securities Act” shall mean the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.

 

Section 1.7 - Subsidiary

 

“Subsidiary” shall mean any corporation in an unbroken chain of corporations beginning with the Company if each of the corporations other than the last corporation in the unbroken chain then owns stock possessing 50% or more of the total combined voting power of all classes of stock in one of the other corporations in such chain.

 

Section 1.8 - Termination of Employment

 

“Termination of Employment” shall mean the time when the employee-employer relationship or directorship between the Optionee and the Company or a Subsidiary is terminated for any reason, with or without cause, including, but not by way of limitation, a termination by resignation, discharge, death or retirement, but excluding terminations where there is a simultaneous reemployment of the Optionee by the Company or a Subsidiary. The Committee, in its absolute discretion, shall determine the effect of all other matters and questions relating to Termination of Employment, including, but not by way of limitation, the question of whether a Termination of Employment resulted from a discharge for good cause, and all questions of whether particular leaves of absence constitute Termination of Employment.

 

-2-


ARTICLE II

 

GRANT OF OPTION

 

Section 2.1 - Grant of Option

 

In consideration of the Optionee’s agreement to render faithful and efficient services to the Company and for other good and valuable consideration, on the date set forth on the Signature Page hereof (the “Date of Grant”), the Company irrevocably grants to the Optionee the option to purchase any part or all of an aggregate of the number of Shares set forth on the Signature Page hereof and upon the terms and conditions set forth in this Agreement. The Options shall be Accelerated Options as defined in the Plan.

 

Section 2.2 - Purchase Price

 

The purchase price of the Shares covered by the Option shall be the amount set forth on the Signature Page hereof and shall be without commission or other charge (the “Purchase Price”).

 

Section 2.3 - Reservation of Rights

 

Nothing in the Plan or in this or any Stock Option Agreement shall confer upon the Optionee any right to continue in the employ of the Company or any Subsidiary or shall interfere with or restrict in any way the rights of the Company and its Subsidiaries, which are hereby expressly reserved, to discharge the Optionee at any time for any reason whatsoever, with or without cause.

 

Section 2.4 - Adjustments in Option

 

In the event that the outstanding Shares subject to the Option are changed into or exchanged for a different number or kind of shares of the Company or other securities of the Company by reason of merger, consolidation, recapitalization, reclassification, stock split up, stock dividend, or combination of shares, except for any reverse stock split, the Committee shall make an appropriate and equitable adjustment in the number and kind of shares as to which the Option, or portions thereof then unexercised, shall be exercisable, to the end that after such event the Optionee’s proportionate interest shall be maintained as before the occurrence of such event. Such adjustment in the Option shall be made without change in the total price applicable to the unexercised portion of the Option (except for any change in the aggregate price resulting from rounding-off of share quantities or prices) and with any necessary corresponding adjustment in the Purchase Price. Any such adjustment made by the Committee shall be final and binding upon the Optionee, the Company, the Subsidiaries and all other interested persons.

 

-3-


ARTICLE III

 

PERIOD OF EXERCISABILITY

 

Section 3.1 - Commencement of Exercisability

 

The Option shall become exercisable in full on the date hereof (the “Effective Date”). The Option shall lapse if the Optionee is not a director of the Company on the day the Company becomes a reporting company under Section 15(d) or 13 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934.

 

Section 3.2 - Assumption of Option; Acceleration of Exercisability

 

In the event of the merger or consolidation of the Company with or into another corporation, or the acquisition by another corporation or person of all or substantially all of the Company’s assets or eighty percent (80%) or more of the Company’s then out- ‘ standing voting stock, or the liquidation or dissolution of the Company, such Option shall be assumed or an equivalent option substituted by any successor corporation of the Company. The Company undertakes to make reasonable and adequate provision for such assumption or substitution of the Option upon or in connection with such merger, consolidation, acquisition, liquidation, or dissolution. The Committee may also, in its absolute discretion and upon such terms and conditions as it deems appropriate, by resolution adopted prior to such event, provide that at some time prior to the effective date of such event this Option shall be exercisable as to all of the Shares covered hereby, notwithstanding that this Option may not yet have become fully exercisable under Section 3.1.

 

Section 3.3 - Option Not Transferable

 

Neither the Option nor any interest or right therein or part thereof shall be liable for the debts, contracts, or engagements of the Optionee or his successors in interest or shall be subject to disposition by transfer, alienation, anticipation, pledge, encumbrance, assignment, or any other means whether such disposition be voluntary or involuntary or by operation of law, by judgment, levy, attachment, garnishment or any other legal or equitable proceedings (including bankruptcy), and any attempted disposition thereof shall be null and void and of no effect; provided, however, that this Section 3.3 shall not prevent transfers by will or by the applicable laws of descent and distribution.

 

-4-


ARTICLE IV

 

EXERCISE OF OPTION

 

Section 4.1 - Person Eligible to Exercise

 

During the lifetime of the Optionee, only he or she may exercise the Option or any portion thereof. After the death of the Optionee, any exercisable portion of the Option may, prior to the time when the Option becomes unexercisable, be exercised by his or her personal representative or by any person empowered to do so under the Optionee’s will or under the then applicable laws of descent and distribution.

 

Section 4.2 - Partial Exercise

 

Any exercisable portion of the Option or the entire Option, if then wholly exercisable, may be exercised in whole or in part at any time prior to the time when the Option or portion thereof becomes unexercisable under the Plan; provided, however, that each partial exercise shall be for not less than one hundred (100) - Shares (or minimum installment set forth in Section 3.1, if a - smaller number of Shares) and shall be for whole Shares only.

 

Section 4.3 - Manner of Exercise

 

The Option, or any exercisable portion thereof, may be exercised solely by delivery to the Secretary or the Secretary’s office of all of the following prior to the time when the Option or such portion becomes unexercisable under the Plan:

 

(a) Notice in writing signed by the Optionee or the other person then entitled to exercise the Option or portion thereof, stating that the Option or portion thereof is thereby exercised, such notice complying with all applicable rules established by the Committee; and

 

(b) (i) Full payment (in cash or by check) for the Shares with respect to which such Option or portion is exercised; or

 

(ii) Shares of any class of the Company’s stock owned by the Optionee duly endorsed for transfer to the Company with a fair market value on the date of delivery equal to the aggregate Option price of the Shares with respect to which such Option or portion is thereby exercised; or

 

(iii) With the consent of the Committee, a full recourse promissory note bearing interest (at least such rate as shall then preclude the imputation of interest under the Code or any successor provision) and payable upon such terms as may be prescribed by the Committee. The Committee may also prescribe the form of such note and the security to be given for such note. No Option may, however, be exercised by delivery of a promissory note or by a loan from the Company when or where such loan or other extension of credit is prohibited by law; or

 

-5-


(iv) Any combination of the consideration provided in the foregoing subsections (i), (ii), and (ii); and

 

(c) Full payment to the Company of all amounts which, under federal, state or local law, it is required to withhold upon exercise of the Option; and

 

(d) In the event the Option or portion thereof shall be exercised pursuant to Section 4.1 by any person or persons other than the Optionee, appropriate proof of the right of such person or persons to exercise the Option.

 

Section 4.4 - Conditions to Issuance of Stock Certificates

 

The Shares deliverable upon the exercise of the Option, or any portion thereof, may be either previously authorized but unissued Shares or issued Shares which have then been reacquired by the Company. Such Shares shall be fully paid and non-assessable. The Company shall not be required to issue or deliver any certificate or certificates for Shares purchased upon the exercise of the Option or portion thereof prior to fulfillment of all of the following conditions:

 

(a) The completion of any registration or other qualification of such Shares under any state or federal law or under rulings or regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission or of any other governmental regulatory body, which the Committee shall, in its absolute discretion, deem necessary or advisable;

 

(b) The obtaining of any approval or other clearance from any state or federal governmental agency which the Committee shall, in its absolute discretion, determine to be necessary or advisable;

 

(c) The payment to the Company of all amounts which, under federal, state, or local law, it is required to withhold upon exercise of the Option; and

 

(d) The lapse of such reasonable period of time following the exercise of the Option as the Committee may from time to time establish for reasons of administrative convenience.

 

It is understood that the Shares deliverable upon exercise of the Option have been registered under the Securities Act, and the Company shall use its best efforts to keep such registration current.

 

Section 4.5 - Rights as Stockholder

 

The holder of the Option shall not be, nor have any of the rights or privileges of, a stockholder of the Company in respect of any Shares purchasable upon the exercise of any part of the Option unless and until certificates representing such Shares shall have been issued by the Company to such holder.

 

-6-


ARTICLE V

 

OTHER PROVISIONS

 

Section 5.1 - Administration

 

The Committee shall have the power to interpret the Plan and this Agreement and to adopt such rules for the administration, interpretation and application of the Plan as are consistent - therewith and to interpret or revoke any such rules. All actions taken and all interpretations and determinations made by the Committee or the Special Committee in good faith shall be final and binding upon the Optionee, the Company, the Subsidiaries and all other interested persons. No member of the Committee or the Special Committee shall be personally liable for any action, determination or interpretation made in good faith with respect to the Plan or the Option. In its absolute discretion, the Board may at any time and from time to time exercise any and all rights and duties of the Committee under the Plan and this Agreement.

 

Section 5.2 - Shares to Be Reserved

 

The Company shall at all times during the term of the Option reserve and keep available such number of Shares as will be sufficient to satisfy the requirements of this Agreement.

 

Section 5.3 - Notices

 

Any notice to be given under the terms of this Agreement to the Company shall be addressed to the Company in care of its Secretary, and any notice to be given to the Optionee shall be addressed to him or her at the address set forth on the Signature Page hereof. By a notice given pursuant to this Section 5.3, - either party may hereafter designate a different address for delivery of notices. Any notice which is required to be given to the Optionee shall, if the Optionee is then deceased, be given to the Optionee’s personal representative if such representative has previously informed the Company of his status and address by written notice under this Section 5.3. Any notice shall be deemed duly given when enclosed in a properly sealed envelope or wrapper addressed as aforesaid and deposited (with postage prepaid) in a post office or branch post office regularly maintained by the - United States Postal Service.

 

Section 5.4 - Titles

 

Titles are provided herein for convenience only and are not to serve as a basis for interpretation or construction of this Agreement.

 

-7-


Section 5.5 - Construction

 

This Agreement shall be administered, interpreted, and enforced under the laws of the State of Delaware.

 

-8-


SIGNATURE PAGE

 

1990 STOCK OPTION PLAN OF ENDO TECHNIC INTERNATIONAL CORPORATION

 

NON-QUALIFIED STOCK OPTION AGREEMENT

 

I have read the Stock Option Agreement indicated above which was adopted for use in connection with the 1990 Stock Option Plan. As Optionee, I hereby agree to all of the terms of the Agreement.

 

Grant:                     

 

 
Optionee Name
 
 
Address
Optionee Social Security Number or Taxpayer Identification Number:
 
Number of Option Shares:             
Purchase Price Per Share: $             
 
Optionee Signature

 

The Company hereby agrees to all of the terms of the Agreement.

 

ENDO TECHNIC INTERNATIONAL CORPORATION

By:    

Its:

   

 

-9-

EXHIBIT 10.25

 

BIOLASE TECHNOLOGY, INC.

 

AMENDED AND RESTATED 2002 STOCK INCENTIVE PLAN

 

(As amended by the Board of Directors on April 28, 2004 and the stockholders on May 26, 2004)

 

ARTICLE ONE

 

GENERAL PROVISIONS

 

I. PURPOSE OF THE PLAN

 

The Plan is intended to promote the interests of the Corporation by providing eligible persons who are employed by or serve the Corporation or any Parent or Subsidiary with the opportunity to acquire a proprietary interest, or otherwise increase their proprietary interest, in the Corporation as an incentive for them to remain in such service.

 

Capitalized terms shall have the meanings assigned to such terms in the attached Appendix.

 

II. STRUCTURE OF THE PLAN

 

A. The Plan shall be divided into three separate equity incentive programs:

 

1. the Discretionary Option Grant Program under which eligible persons may, at the discretion of the Plan Administrator, be granted options to purchase shares of Common Stock;

 

2. the Stock Issuance Program under which eligible persons may, at the discretion of the Plan Administrator, be issued shares of Common Stock directly, either through the immediate purchase of such shares or as a bonus for services rendered the Corporation (or any Parent or Subsidiary); and

 

3. the Automatic Option Grant Program under which eligible non-Employee directors shall automatically receive option grants at designated intervals over their period of continued Board service.

 

B. The provisions of Articles One and Five shall apply to all equity programs under the Plan and shall govern the interests of all persons under the Plan.

 

III. ADMINISTRATION OF THE PLAN

 

A. Administration of the Automatic Option Grant Program shall be self-executing in accordance with the terms of that program, and no Plan Administrator shall exercise any discretionary functions with respect to any option grants made under that program.

 


B. The Primary Committee and the Board shall have concurrent authority to administer the Discretionary Option Grant and Stock Issuance Programs with respect to Section 16 Insiders. (However, grants made to Section 16 Insiders by the entire Board will not be exempt from the million-dollar compensation deduction limitation of Code Section 162(m).) Administration of the Discretionary Option Grant and Stock Issuance Programs with respect to all other persons eligible to participate in those programs may, at the Board’s discretion, be vested in the Primary Committee or a Secondary Committee, or the Board may retain the power to administer those programs with respect to all such persons. However, any discretionary option grants or stock issuances for members of the Primary Committee should be authorized by a disinterested majority of the Board.

 

C. Members of the Primary Committee or any Secondary Committee shall serve for such period of time as the Board may determine and may be removed by the Board at any time. The Board may also at any time terminate the functions of any Secondary Committee and reassume all powers and authority previously delegated to such committee.

 

D. Service on the Primary Committee or the Secondary Committee shall constitute service as a director, and members of each such committee shall accordingly be entitled to full indemnification and reimbursement as directors for their service on such committee. No member of the Primary Committee or the Secondary Committee shall be liable for any act or omission made in good faith with respect to the Plan or any option grants or stock issuances under the Plan.

 

E. Each Plan Administrator shall, within the scope of its administrative functions under the Plan, have full power and authority (subject to the provisions of the Plan) to establish such rules and procedures as it may deem appropriate for proper administration of the Discretionary Option Grant and Stock Issuance Programs and to make such determinations under, and issue such interpretations of, the provisions of those programs and any outstanding options or stock issuances thereunder as it may deem necessary or advisable. Decisions of the Plan Administrator within the scope of its administrative functions under the Plan shall be binding on all parties who have an interest in the Discretionary Option Grant and Stock Issuance Programs under its jurisdiction or any option or stock issuance thereunder.

 

IV. ELIGIBILITY

 

A. The persons eligible to participate in the Discretionary Option Grant and Stock Issuance Programs are as follows:

 

1. Employees,

 

2. non-Employee members of the Board or the board of directors of any Parent or Subsidiary, and

 

3. independent contractors who provide services to the Corporation (or any Parent or Subsidiary).

 

2


B. Only non-Employee directors shall be eligible to participate in the Automatic Option Grant Program. A non-Employee director who has previously been in the employ of the Corporation (or any Parent or Subsidiary) shall not be eligible to receive an initial option grant under the Automatic Option Grant Program at the time he or she first becomes a non-Employee director, but shall be eligible to receive annual option grants under the Automatic Option Grant Program while he or she continues to serve as a non-Employee director.

 

V. STOCK SUBJECT TO THE PLAN

 

A. The stock issuable under the Plan shall be shares of authorized but unissued or reacquired Common Stock, including shares repurchased by the Corporation on the open market. The maximum number of shares of Common Stock which may be issued over the term of the Plan shall not exceed 4,000,000 shares. Such authorized share reserve is comprised of (1) the initial share reserve for the Plan of 1,000,000 shares authorized by the Board on April 16, 2002 and approved by the stockholders on May 23, 2002, (2) the number of shares that remained available for issuance, as of May 23, 2002, under the Predecessor Plan as last approved by the Corporation’s stockholders, including the shares subject to outstanding options under the Predecessor Plan and (3) an additional increase of 1,000,000 shares of Common Stock authorized by the Board on April 28, 2004 and approved by the stockholders on May 26, 2004.

 

B. No one person participating in the Plan may receive stock options and direct stock issuances for more than 1,500,000 shares of Common Stock pursuant to the Plan in the aggregate per calendar year.

 

C. Shares of Common Stock subject to outstanding options (including options transferred to this Plan from the Predecessor Plan) shall be available for subsequent issuance under the Plan to the extent (1) those options expire or terminate for any reason prior to exercise in full or (2) the options are cancelled in accordance with the cancellation/regrant provisions of the Plan. Unvested shares issued under the Plan and subsequently cancelled or repurchased by the Corporation, at a price per share not greater than the original issue price paid per share, pursuant to the Corporation’s repurchase rights under the Plan shall be added back to the number of shares of Common Stock reserved for issuance under the Plan and shall accordingly be available for reissuance through one or more subsequent option grants or direct stock issuances under the Plan. However, should the exercise price of an option under the Plan be paid with shares of Common Stock or should shares of Common Stock otherwise issuable under the Plan be withheld by the Corporation in satisfaction of the withholding taxes incurred in connection with the exercise of an option or the vesting of a stock issuance under the Plan, then the number of shares of Common Stock available for issuance under the Plan shall be reduced by the gross number of shares for which the option is exercised or which vest under the stock issuance, and not by the net number of shares of Common Stock issued to the holder of such option or stock issuance.

 

D. If any change is made to the Common Stock by reason of any stock split, stock dividend, recapitalization, combination of shares, exchange of shares or other change affecting the outstanding Common Stock as a class without the Corporation’s receipt of consideration, appropriate adjustments shall be made by the Plan Administrator to (1) the maximum number and/or class of securities issuable under the Plan, (2) the maximum number and/or class of securities for which any one person may be granted options and direct stock issuances under the Plan per calendar year, (3) the number and/or class of securities and the exercise price per share in effect under each outstanding option under the Plan (including the options transferred to this Plan from the Predecessor Plan), and (4) the number and/or class of securities for which grants are subsequently to be made under the Automatic Option Grant Program. Such adjustments to the outstanding options are to be effected in a manner that shall preclude the enlargement or dilution of rights and benefits under such options. The adjustments determined by the Plan Administrator shall be binding.

 

3


ARTICLE TWO

 

DISCRETIONARY OPTION GRANT PROGRAM

 

I. OPTION TERMS

 

Each option shall be evidenced by one or more documents in the form approved by the Plan Administrator. However, each such document shall comply with the terms specified below. Each document evidencing an Incentive Option shall, in addition, be subject to the provisions of the Plan applicable to such options.

 

A. Exercise Price .

 

1. The exercise price per share shall be fixed by the Plan Administrator.

 

2. The exercise price shall become immediately due upon exercise of the option and shall, subject to the provisions of Section I of Article Five and the documents evidencing the option, be payable in one or more of the forms specified below:

 

(a) cash or check made payable to the Corporation,

 

(b) shares of Common Stock held for the requisite period necessary to avoid a charge to the Corporation’s earnings for financial reporting purposes and valued at Fair Market Value on the Exercise Date, or

 

(c) to the extent the option is exercised for vested shares, through a special sale and remittance procedure pursuant to which the Optionee shall concurrently provide irrevocable instructions to (a) a Corporation-designated brokerage firm to effect the immediate sale of the purchased shares and remit to the Corporation, out of the sale proceeds available on the settlement date, sufficient funds to cover the aggregate exercise price payable for the purchased shares plus all applicable income and employment taxes required to be withheld by the Corporation by reason of such exercise and (b) the Corporation to deliver the certificates for the purchased shares directly to such brokerage firm in order to complete the sale.

 

Except to the extent such sale and remittance procedure is utilized, payment of the exercise price for the purchased shares must be made on the Exercise Date.

 

B. Exercise and Term of Options . Each option shall be exercisable at such time or times, during such period and for such number of shares as shall be determined by the Plan Administrator and set forth in the documents evidencing the option. However, no option shall have a term in excess of 10 years measured from the option grant date.

 

4


C. Effect of Termination of Service .

 

1. The following provisions shall govern the exercise of any options granted pursuant to the Discretionary Option Grant Program that are outstanding at the time of the Optionee’s cessation of Service:

 

(a) Immediately upon the Optionee’s cessation of Service, the option shall terminate with respect to the unvested shares subject to the option.

 

(b) Should the Optionee’s Service be terminated for Misconduct or should the Optionee otherwise engage in Misconduct, then the option shall terminate immediately with respect to all shares subject to the option.

 

(c) Should the Optionee’s Service terminate for reasons other than Misconduct, then the option shall remain exercisable during such period of time after the Optionee’s Service ceases as shall be determined by the Plan Administrator and set forth in the documents evidencing the option, but no option shall be exercisable after its Expiration Date. During the applicable post-Service exercise period, the option may not be exercised in the aggregate for more than the number of vested shares for which the option is exercisable on the date of the Optionee’s Service ceased. Upon the expiration of the applicable exercise period or (if earlier) upon the Expiration Date, the option shall terminate with respect to any vested shares subject to the options.

 

2. Among its discretionary powers, the Plan Administrator shall have complete discretion, exercisable either at the time an option is granted or at any time while the option remains outstanding, to:

 

(a) extend the period of time for which the option is to remain exercisable following the Optionee’s cessation of Service, but in no event beyond the expiration of the option term, and/or

 

(b) permit the option to be exercised, during the applicable post-Service exercise period, not only with respect to the number of vested shares of Common Stock for which such option is exercisable at the time of the Optionee’s cessation of Service but also with respect to one or more additional installments in which the Optionee would have vested had the Optionee continued in Service.

 

The Plan Administrator should consider the tax and accounting consequences before exercising such discretion.

 

D. Stockholder Rights . The holder of an option shall have no stockholder rights with respect to the shares subject to the option until such person shall have exercised the option, paid the exercise price and become a holder of record of the purchased shares.

 

5


E. Repurchase Rights . The Plan Administrator shall have the discretion to grant options that are exercisable for unvested shares of Common Stock. Should the Optionee cease Service while such shares are unvested, the Corporation shall have the right to repurchase any or all of those unvested shares at a price per share equal to the lower of (1) the exercise price paid per share or (2) the Fair Market Value per share of Common Stock at the time of the repurchase. The terms upon which such repurchase right shall be exercisable (including the period and procedure for exercise and the appropriate vesting schedule for the purchased shares) shall be established by the Plan Administrator and set forth in the document evidencing such repurchase right.

 

F. Limited Transferability of Options . During the lifetime of the Optionee, Incentive Options shall be exercisable only by the Optionee and shall not be assignable or transferable other than by will or the laws of inheritance following the Optionee’s death. Non-Statutory Options shall be subject to the same restriction, except Non-Statutory Options may be assigned in whole or in part during the Optionee’s lifetime to one or more members of the Optionee’s family or to a trust established exclusively for one or more such family members or to the Optionee’s former spouse. The terms applicable to the assigned portion shall be the same as those in effect for the option immediately prior to such assignment and shall be set forth in such documents issued to the assignee as the Plan Administrator may deem appropriate.

 

II. INCENTIVE OPTIONS

 

The terms specified below shall be applicable to all Incentive Options. Except as modified by the provisions of this Section II, all the provisions of Articles One, Two and Five shall be applicable to Incentive Options. Options, which are specifically designated as Non-Statutory Options when issued under the Plan, shall not be subject to the terms of this Section II.

 

A. Eligibility . Incentive Options may only be granted to Employees.

 

B. Dollar Limitation . The aggregate Fair Market Value of the shares of Common Stock (determined as of the respective date) for which one or more options granted to any Employee pursuant to the Plan (or any other option plan of the Corporation or any Parent or Subsidiary) may for the first time become exercisable as Incentive Options during any one calendar year shall not exceed $100,000. To the extent that an Optionee’s options exceed that limit, they will be treated as Non-Statutory Options (but all of the other provisions of the option shall remain applicable), with the first options that were awarded to the Optionee to be treated as Incentive Options.

 

C. 10% Stockholder . If any Employee to whom an Incentive Option is granted is a 10% Stockholder, then the exercise price per share shall not be less than 110% of the Fair Market Value per share of Common Stock on the option grant date, and the option term shall not exceed five years measured from the option grant date.

 

6


III. CHANGE IN CONTROL

 

A. In the event a Change in Control occurs, the shares of Common Stock at the time subject to each outstanding option granted pursuant to this Discretionary Option Grant Program shall automatically vest in full so that each such option shall, immediately prior to the effective date of the Change in Control, become exercisable for all the shares of Common Stock at the time subject to such option and may be exercised for any or all of those shares as fully vested shares of Common Stock. However, an outstanding option shall not become vested on such an accelerated basis if and to the extent: (1) such option is to be assumed by the successor corporation (or parent thereof) or is otherwise to continue in full force pursuant to the terms of transaction or (2) such option is to be replaced with a cash incentive program of the successor corporation which preserves the spread existing at the time of the Change in Control on any shares for which the option is not otherwise at that time exercisable and provides for subsequent payout of that spread no later than the time the Optionee would vest in those option shares or (3) the acceleration of such option is subject to other limitations imposed by the Plan Administrator.

 

B. All outstanding repurchase rights under the Discretionary Option Grant Program shall automatically terminate, and the shares of Common Stock subject to those terminated rights shall immediately vest in full, immediately prior to the occurrence of a Change in Control, except to the extent: (1) those repurchase rights are to be assigned to the successor corporation (or parent thereof) or are otherwise to continue in full force pursuant to the terms of the transaction or (2) such accelerated vesting is precluded by other limitations imposed by the Plan Administrator.

 

C. Immediately following the consummation of the Change in Control, all outstanding options granted pursuant to the Discretionary Option Grant Program shall terminate, except to the extent assumed by the successor corporation (or parent thereof) or otherwise continued in full force and effect pursuant to the terms of the transaction.

 

D. Each option granted pursuant to the Discretionary Option Grant Program that is assumed or otherwise continued in effect in connection with a Change in Control shall be appropriately adjusted, immediately after such Change in Control, to apply to the number and class of securities which would have been issuable to the Optionee in consummation of such Change in Control had the option been exercised immediately prior to such Change in Control. Appropriate adjustments to reflect such Change in Control shall also be made to (1) the exercise price payable per share under each outstanding option, provided the aggregate exercise price payable for such securities shall remain the same, (2) the maximum number and/or class of securities available for issuance over the remaining term of the Plan and (3) the maximum number and/or class of securities for which any one person may be granted options and direct stock issuances pursuant to the Plan per calendar year. To the extent the holders of Common Stock receive cash consideration for their Common Stock in consummation of the Change in Control, the successor corporation may, in connection with the assumption of the outstanding options granted pursuant to the Discretionary Option Grant Program, substitute one or more shares of its own common stock with a fair market value equivalent to the cash consideration paid per share of Common Stock in such transaction.

 

7


E. Among its discretionary powers, the Plan Administrator shall have the ability to structure an option (either at the time the option is granted or at any time while the option remains outstanding) so that the option shall become immediately exercisable and some or all of the shares subject to that option shall automatically become vested (and some or all of the repurchase rights of the Corporation with respect to the unvested shares subject to that option shall immediately terminate) upon the occurrence of a Change in Control, a Proxy Contest or any other specified event or the Optionee’s Involuntary Termination within a designated period of time following any of these events. In addition, the Plan Administrator may provide that one or more of the Corporation’s repurchase rights with respect to some or all of the shares held by the Optionee at the time of such a Change in Control, a Proxy Contest, or any other specified event or the Optionee’s Involuntary Termination within a designated period of time following such an event shall immediately terminate and all of the shares shall become vested.

 

F. The portion of any Incentive Option accelerated in connection with a Change in Control or Proxy Contest shall remain exercisable as an Incentive Option only to the extent the $100,000 limitation described in Section II.B. above is not exceeded. To the extent such dollar limitation is exceeded, the accelerated portion of such option shall be exercisable as a Non-Statutory Option under the federal tax laws.

 

G. The outstanding options shall in no way affect the right of the Corporation to undertake any corporate action.

 

8


ARTICLE THREE

 

STOCK ISSUANCE PROGRAM

 

I. STOCK ISSUANCE TERMS

 

Shares of Common Stock may be issued under the Stock Issuance Program through direct and immediate issuances without any intervening option grants. Each stock issuance under this program shall be evidenced by a stock issuance agreement that complies with the terms specified below. Shares of Common Stock may also be issued under the Stock Issuance Program pursuant to awards that entitle the recipients to receive those shares upon the attainment of designated performance goals or the satisfaction of specified Service requirements.

 

A. Purchase Price .

 

1. The purchase price per share shall be fixed by the Plan Administrator.

 

2. Subject to the provisions of Section I of Article Five, shares of Common Stock may be issued under the Stock Issuance Program for any of the following items of consideration which the Plan Administrator may deem appropriate in each individual instance:

 

(a) cash or check made payable to the Corporation, or

 

(b) past services rendered to the Corporation (or any Parent or Subsidiary).

 

B. Vesting Provisions .

 

1. Shares of Common Stock issued under the Stock Issuance Program may, in the discretion of the Plan Administrator, be fully and immediately vested upon issuance or may vest in one or more installments over the Participant’s period of Service or upon attainment of specified performance objectives. The elements of the vesting schedule applicable to any unvested shares of Common Stock issued under the Stock Issuance Program shall be determined by the Plan Administrator and incorporated into the stock issuance agreement. Shares of Common Stock may also be issued under the Stock Issuance Program pursuant to awards that entitle the recipients to receive those shares upon the attainment of designated performance goals or the satisfaction of specified Service requirements.

 

2. Any new, substituted or additional securities or other property (including money paid other than as a regular cash dividend) which the Participant may have the right to receive with respect to the Participant’s unvested shares of Common Stock by reason of any stock dividend, stock split, recapitalization, combination of shares, exchange of shares or other change affecting the outstanding Common Stock as a class without the Corporation’s receipt of consideration shall be issued subject to such escrow arrangements as the Plan Administrator shall deem appropriate and shall be vested to the same extent the Participant’s shares of Common Stock are vested.

 

9


3. The Participant shall have full stockholder rights (other than transferability) with respect to any shares of Common Stock issued to the Participant pursuant to the Stock Issuance Program, whether or not the Participant’s interest in those shares is vested. Accordingly, the Participant shall have the right to vote such shares and to receive any regular cash dividends paid on such shares. Cash dividends constitute taxable compensation to the Participant are deductible by the Corporation (unless the Participant has made an election under Section 83(b) of the Code).

 

4. Should the Participant cease to remain in Service while holding one or more unvested shares of Common Stock issued under the Stock Issuance Program or should the performance objectives not be attained with respect to one or more such unvested shares of Common Stock, then those shares shall be immediately surrendered to the Corporation for cancellation, and the Participant shall have no further stockholder rights with respect to those shares. To the extent the surrendered shares were previously issued to the Participant for consideration paid in cash or cash equivalent (including the Participant’s purchase-money indebtedness), the Corporation shall repay the Participant, without interest, the lower of (a) the cash consideration paid for the surrendered shares or (b) the Fair Market Value of those shares at the time of cancellation and/or shall cancel the unpaid principal balance of any outstanding purchase-money note of the Participant attributable to the surrendered shares by the applicable clause (a) or (b) amount.

 

5. The Plan Administrator may in its discretion waive the surrender and cancellation of one or more unvested shares of Common Stock that would otherwise occur upon the cessation of the Participant’s Service or the non-attainment of the performance objectives applicable to those shares. Such waiver shall result in the immediate vesting of the Participant’s interest in the shares of Common Stock as to which the waiver applies. Such waiver may be effected at any time, whether before or after the Participant’s cessation of Service or the attainment or non-attainment of the applicable performance objectives.

 

6. Outstanding share right awards under the Stock Issuance Program shall automatically terminate, and no shares of Common Stock shall actually be issued in satisfaction of those awards, if the performance goals or Service requirements established for such awards are not attained or satisfied. The Plan Administrator, however, shall have the discretionary authority to issue shares of Common Stock under one or more outstanding share right awards as to which the designated performance goals or Service requirements have not been attained or satisfied.

 

II. CHANGE IN CONTROL

 

A. All of the Corporation’s outstanding repurchase rights under the Stock Issuance Program shall terminate automatically, and all the shares of Common Stock subject to those terminated rights shall immediately vest in full, immediately prior to the occurrence of a Change in Control, except to the extent (1) those repurchase rights are to be assigned to the successor corporation (or parent thereof) or are otherwise to continue in full force and effect pursuant to the terms of the transaction or (2) such accelerated vesting is precluded by other limitations imposed in the stock issuance agreement.

 

10


B. The Plan Administrator shall have the discretionary authority to structure one or more of the Corporation’s repurchase rights under the Stock Issuance Program so that those rights shall automatically terminate in whole or in part, and some or all of the shares of Common Stock subject to those terminated rights shall immediately vest, upon the occurrence of a Change in Control, a Proxy Contest or any other event, or the Participant’s Involuntary Termination within a designated period of time following any of these events.

 

11


ARTICLE FOUR

 

AUTOMATIC OPTION GRANT PROGRAM

 

I. OPTION TERMS

 

A. Automatic Grants . Option grants shall be made pursuant to the Automatic Option Grant Program in effect under this Plan as follows:

 

1. Initial Grant: Provided the non-Employee director has not previously been in the employ of the Corporation or any Parent or Subsidiary, each such individual who is first elected or appointed as a non-Employee director at any time on or after the Plan Effective Date shall automatically be granted, on the date of such initial election or appointment, a Non-Statutory Option. The number of shares of Common Stock subject to the option shall be equal to the product of (a) 2,500 shares and (b) (i) 12 minus (ii) the number of whole calendar months that have elapsed since the last Annual Stockholders’ Meeting or Special Meeting in lieu of an Annual Stockholders’ Meeting at which directors are elected.

 

2. Annual Grants: On the date of each Annual Stockholders’ Meeting (beginning with the 2002 Annual Stockholders’ Meeting) or Special Meeting in lieu of an Annual Stockholders’ Meeting at which directors are elected, each individual who is to continue to serve as a non-Employee director following an Annual Stockholders’ Meeting, whether or not that individual is standing for re-election to the Board at that particular Annual Stockholders’ Meeting, shall automatically be granted a Non-Statutory Option to purchase 30,000 shares of Common Stock. There shall be no limit on the number of such annual option grants any one non-Employee director may receive over his or her period of Board service, and non-Employee directors who have previously been in the employ of the Corporation (or any Parent or Subsidiary) or who have otherwise received one or more option grants from the Corporation shall be eligible to receive one or more such annual option grants over their period of continued Board service.

 

B. Exercise Price . The exercise price per share for each option grant made under the Automatic Option Grant Program shall be equal to 100% of the Fair Market Value per share of Common Stock on the option grant date.

 

C. Option Term . Each option grant under the Automatic Option Grant Program shall have a term of 10 years measured from the option grant date.

 

D. Exercise and Vesting of Options .

 

1. Each option under the Automatic Option Grant Program shall be immediately exercisable for any or all of the option shares. However, any unvested shares purchased under the option shall be subject to repurchase by the Corporation, at the lower of (a) the exercise price paid per share or (b) the Fair Market Value per share of Common Stock at the

 

12


time of repurchase, should the Optionee cease such Board service prior to vesting in those shares.

 

2. The shares subject to each initial option grant shall vest, and the Corporation’s repurchase right shall lapse, in monthly installments upon the Optionee’s completion of each month of service as a non-Employee director measured from the option grant date.

 

3. The shares subject to each annual option grant shall vest, and the Corporation’s repurchase right shall lapse, in four successive quarterly installments upon the Optionee’s completion of the each quarter of service as a non-Employee director measured from the grant date.

 

E. Termination of Service . The following provisions shall govern the exercise of any options granted to the Optionee pursuant to the Automatic Option Grant Program that are outstanding at the time the Optionee ceases to serve as a director:

 

1. The option shall be exercisable until the earlier to occur of (a) the Expiration Date or (b) the one-year anniversary of the date the Optionee’s Board service terminated.

 

2. During the post-Service exercise period, the option may not be exercised in the aggregate for more than the number of vested shares of Common Stock for which the option is exercisable at the time of the Optionee’s cessation of Board service.

 

3. Should the Optionee’s Board service cease due to death or Permanent Disability, then all shares at the time subject to the option shall immediately vest so that such option may be exercised for any or all of those shares as fully vested shares of Common Stock.

 

4. Upon the expiration of the one year exercise period or (if earlier) upon the Expiration Date, the option shall terminate for any vested shares for which the option has not been exercised. However, the option shall, immediately upon the Optionee’s cessation of Board service for any reason other than death or Permanent Disability, terminate to the extent the option is not otherwise at that time exercisable for vested shares.

 

F. Election to Decline Equity Incentive Grants . Notwithstanding anything to the contrary set forth in the Plan, each non-Employee director may elect to decline one or more of the option grants to which he or she may otherwise be entitled under the Automatic Option Grant Program, provided that any non-Employee director who elects to decline any such option grant shall not receive any other compensation in lieu of that option grant. Such election shall be made pursuant to written notice to the Corporation in which the non-Employee director specifically declines one or more such option grants and acknowledges that such director will not receive any other compensation from the Corporation in lieu of those option grants.

 

13


II. CHANGE IN CONTROL/PROXY CONTEST

 

A. In the event a Change in Control occurs while the Optionee remains a director, the shares of Common Stock at the time subject to each outstanding option that was granted pursuant to this Automatic Option Grant Program shall automatically vest in full so that each such option shall, immediately prior to the effective date of the Change in Control, become exercisable for all the shares subject to the option at that time as fully vested shares of Common Stock and may be exercised for any or all of those vested shares. Immediately following the consummation of the Change in Control, each automatic option grant shall terminate, except to the extent assumed by the successor corporation (or parent thereof) or otherwise continued in effect pursuant to the terms of the Change in Control transaction.

 

B. In the event a Proxy Contest occurs while the Optionee remains a director, the shares of Common Stock at the time subject to each outstanding option granted pursuant to this Automatic Option Grant Program shall automatically vest in full so that each such option shall, immediately prior to the effective date of the Proxy Contest, become exercisable for all the option shares as fully vested shares of Common Stock and may be exercised for any or all of those vested shares. Such option shall remain exercisable until the earliest to occur of (1) the Expiration Date, (2) the expiration of the one-year period measured from the date of the Optionee’s cessation of Board service, or (3) the termination of the option in connection with a Change in Control transaction.

 

C. All outstanding repurchase rights under this Automatic Option Grant Program shall automatically terminate, and the shares of Common Stock subject to those terminated rights shall vest in full, immediately prior to the occurrence of a Change in Control or a Proxy Contest that occurs while the Optionee remains a director.

 

D. Each option which is assumed or otherwise continued in effect in connection with a Change in Control shall be appropriately adjusted, immediately after such Change in Control, to apply to the number and class of securities which would have been issuable to the Optionee in consummation of such Change in Control had the option been exercised immediately prior to such Change in Control. Appropriate adjustments shall also be made to the exercise price payable per share under each outstanding option, provided the aggregate exercise price payable for such securities shall remain the same. To the extent the holders of Common Stock receive cash consideration for their Common Stock in consummation of the Change in Control, the successor corporation may, in connection with the assumption of the outstanding options granted pursuant to the Automatic Option Grant Program, substitute one or more shares of its own common stock with a fair market value equivalent to the cash consideration paid per share of Common Stock in such transaction.

 

E. The grant of options under the Automatic Option Grant Program shall in no way affect the right of the Corporation to undertake any corporate action.

 

14


III. REMAINING TERMS

 

The remaining terms of each option granted under the Automatic Option Grant Program shall be the same as the terms in effect for option grants made under the Discretionary Option Grant Program.

 

15


ARTICLE FIVE

 

MISCELLANEOUS

 

I. FINANCING

 

The Plan Administrator may permit any Optionee or Participant to pay the option exercise price under the Discretionary Option Grant Program or the purchase price of shares issued under the Stock Issuance Program by delivering a full-recourse, interest-bearing promissory note payable in one or more installments. After considering the tax and accounting consequences, the Plan Administrator shall establish the terms of any such promissory note (including the interest rate and the terms of repayment). In no event may the maximum credit available to the Optionee or Participant exceed the sum of (A) the aggregate option exercise price or purchase price payable for the purchased shares (less the par value of such shares) plus (B) any applicable income and employment tax liability incurred by the Optionee or the Participant in connection with the option exercise or share purchase. Prior to permitting the use of promissory notes as payment under the Plan, the Plan Administrator should consider the restrictions on doing so imposed by Regulation U.

 

II. TAX WITHHOLDING

 

A. The Corporation’s obligation to deliver shares of Common Stock upon the exercise of options or the issuance or vesting of such shares granted pursuant to the Plan shall be subject to the satisfaction of all applicable income and employment tax withholding requirements.

 

B. The Plan Administrator may, in its discretion, provide any or all holders of Non-Statutory Options or unvested shares of Common Stock issued pursuant to the Plan (other than the options granted to non-Employee directors or independent contractors) with the right to use shares of Common Stock in satisfaction of all or part of the Withholding Taxes to which such holders may become subject in connection with the exercise of their options or the vesting of their shares. Such right may be provided to any such holder in either or both of the following formats:

 

1. Stock Withholding : The election to have the Corporation withhold, from the shares of Common Stock otherwise issuable upon the exercise of such Non-Statutory Option or the vesting of such shares, a portion of those shares. So as to avoid adverse accounting treatment, the number of shares that may be withheld for this purpose may not exceed the minimum number needed to satisfy the applicable income and employment tax withholding rules.

 

2. Stock Delivery : The election to deliver to the Corporation, at the time the Non-Statutory Option is exercised or the shares vest, one or more shares of Common Stock

 

16


previously acquired by such holder (other than in connection with the option exercise or share vesting triggering the Withholding Taxes). So as to avoid adverse accounting treatment, the number of shares that may be withheld for this purpose may not exceed the minimum number needed to satisfy the applicable income and employment tax withholding rules.

 

III. SHARE ESCROW/LEGENDS

 

Unvested shares of Common Stock may, in the Plan Administrator’s discretion, be held in escrow by the Corporation until the Optionee’s or the Participant’s interest in such shares vests or may be issued directly to the Optionee or the Participant with restrictive legends on the certificates evidencing those unvested shares.

 

IV. CANCELLATION AND REGRANT OF OPTIONS

 

The Plan Administrator shall have the authority to effect, at any time and from time to time, with the consent of the affected option holders, the cancellation of any or all outstanding options under the Plan (including outstanding options incorporated from the Predecessor Plan) and to grant in substitution new options covering the same or a different number of shares of Common Stock.

 

V. EFFECTIVE DATE AND TERM OF THE PLAN

 

A. The Plan shall become effective on May 23, 2002. No options may be granted or stock issued under the Plan at any time before May 23, 2002.

 

B. The Plan shall serve as the successor to the Predecessor Plan, and no further option grants or direct stock issuances shall be made under the Predecessor Plan after May 23, 2002. All options outstanding under the Predecessor Plan on May 23, 2002 shall be transferred to the Plan at that time and shall be treated as outstanding options under the Plan.

 

C. Each outstanding option so transferred shall continue to be governed by the terms of the documents evidencing such option, and no provision of the Plan shall be deemed to automatically affect or otherwise modify the rights or obligations of the holders of such transferred options.

 

D. Notwithstanding the previous sentence, one or more provisions of the Plan, including, without limitation, the acceleration provisions of the Discretionary Option Grant Program relating to Changes in Control and Proxy Contests, may, in the Plan Administrator’s discretion, be extended to one or more options incorporated from the Predecessor Plans provided that such provision or provisions do not adversely affect the Optionee’s rights and obligations.

 

E. Unless terminated by the Board prior to such time, the Plan shall terminate upon the tenth anniversary of the Plan’s adoption by the Board. Should the Plan terminate when any options or unvested shares are outstanding, such awards shall continue in effect in accordance with the provisions of the documents evidencing such grants or issuances.

 

17


VI. AMENDMENT OF THE PLAN

 

The Board shall have complete and exclusive power and authority to amend the Plan or any awards made hereunder. However, no such amendment of the Plan shall adversely affect the rights and obligations with respect to options or unvested stock issuances at the time outstanding under the Plan unless the Optionee or the Participant consents to such amendment. In addition, certain amendments to the Plan shall required approval of the Corporation’s stockholders.

 

VII. USE OF PROCEEDS

 

Any cash proceeds received by the Corporation from the sale of shares of Common Stock under the Plan shall be used for any corporate purpose.

 

VIII. REGULATORY APPROVALS

 

A. The implementation of the Plan, the granting of any stock option under the Plan and the issuance of any shares of Common Stock (1) upon the exercise of any option or (2) under the Stock Issuance Program shall be subject to the Corporation’s procurement of all approvals and permits required by regulatory authorities having jurisdiction over the Plan, the stock options granted under it and the shares of Common Stock issued pursuant to it.

 

B. No shares of Common Stock or other assets shall be issued or delivered under the Plan unless and until there shall have been compliance with all applicable requirements of applicable securities laws, including the filing and effectiveness of the Form S-8 registration statement for the shares of Common Stock issuable under the Plan, and all applicable requirements of any stock exchange or the Nasdaq Stock Market on which Common Stock is then listed for trading or traded.

 

IX. NO EMPLOYMENT/SERVICE RIGHTS

 

Nothing in the Plan shall confer upon the Optionee or the Participant any right to continue in Service for any period of specific duration or interfere with or otherwise restrict in any way the rights of the Corporation (or any Parent or Subsidiary employing or retaining such person) or of the Optionee or the Participant, which rights are hereby expressly reserved by each, to terminate such person’s Service at any time for any reason, with or without cause.

 

X. CALIFORNIA BLUE SKY PROVISIONS

 

If the Corporation is not exempt from California securities laws, the following provisions shall apply to any sale of Common Stock or any option grant to an individual who is eligible to receive such grants pursuant to the Plan who resides in the State of California.

 

A. Option Grant Program.

 

1. The exercise price per share shall be fixed by the Plan Administrator in accordance with the following provisions:

 

(a) The exercise price per share applicable to each option shall not be less than 85% of the Fair Market Value per share of Common Stock on the date the option is granted.

 

18


(b) If the person to whom the option is granted is a 10% Stockholder, then the exercise price per share shall not be less than 110% of the Fair Market Value per share of Common Stock on the date the option is granted.

 

2. The Plan Administrator may not impose a vesting schedule upon any option grant or the shares of Common Stock subject to that option which is more restrictive than 20% per year vesting, with the initial vesting to occur not later than one year after the option grant date. However, such limitation shall not be applicable to any option grants made to individuals who are officers of the Corporation, non-Employee directors or independent contractors.

 

3. Unless the Optionee’s Service is terminated for Misconduct (in which case the option shall terminate immediately), the option (to the extent it was vested and exercisable at that the time Optionee’s Service ceased) must remain exercisable, following Optionee’s termination of Service, for at least (a) six months if Optionee’s Service terminates due to death or Permanent Disability or (b) thirty days in all other cases.

 

B. Stock Issuance Program .

 

1. The purchase price per share for shares issued under the Stock Issuance Program shall be fixed by the Plan Administrator but shall not be less than 85% of the Fair Market Value per share of Common Stock on the issue date. However, the purchase price per share of Common Stock issued to a 10% Stockholder shall not be less than 100% of such Fair Market Value.

 

2. The Plan Administrator may not impose a vesting schedule upon any stock issuance effected under the Stock Issuance Program which is more restrictive than 20% per year vesting, with initial vesting to occur not later than one year after the issuance date. Such limitation shall not apply to any Common Stock issuances made to the officers of the Corporation, non-Employee directors or independent contractors.

 

C. Repurchase Rights . To the extent specified in a stock purchase agreement or stock issuance agreement, the Corporation and/or its stockholders shall have the right to repurchase any or all of the unvested shares of Common Stock held by an Optionee or Participant when such person’s Service ceases. However, except with respect to grants to officers, directors, and consultants of the Corporation, the repurchase right must satisfy the following conditions:

 

1. The Corporation’s right to repurchase the unvested shares of Common Stock must lapse at the rate of at least 20% per year over five years from the date the option was granted under the Discretionary Option Grant Program or the shares were issued under the Stock Issuance Program.

 

19


2. The Corporation’s repurchase right must be exercised within ninety days of the date that Service ceased (or the date the shares were purchased, if later).

 

3. The purchase price must be paid in the form of cash or cancellation of the purchase money indebtedness for the shares of Common Stock.

 

20


 

APPENDIX

 

The following definitions shall be in effect under the Plan:

 

A. Automatic Option Grant Program shall mean the automatic option grant program in effect under Article Four of the Plan.

 

B. Board shall mean the Corporation’s Board of Directors.

 

C. Change in Control shall mean a change in ownership or control of the Corporation effected through any of the following transactions:

 

(i) a merger, consolidation or other reorganization approved by the Corporation’s stockholders, unless securities representing more than 50% of the total combined voting power of the voting securities of the successor corporation are immediately thereafter beneficially owned, directly or indirectly, by the persons who beneficially owned the Corporation’s outstanding voting securities immediately prior to such transaction, or

 

(ii) the sale, transfer or other disposition of all or substantially all of the Corporation’s assets, or

 

(iii) the acquisition, directly or indirectly, by any person or related group of persons (other than the Corporation or a person that directly or indirectly controls, is controlled by, or is under common control with, the Corporation), of beneficial ownership (within the meaning of Rule 13d-3 of the Exchange Act) of securities possessing more than 50% of the total combined voting power of the Corporation’s outstanding securities pursuant to a tender or exchange offer made directly to the Corporation’s stockholders.

 

D. Code shall mean the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.

 

E. Common Stock shall mean the Corporation’s common stock.

 

F. Corporation shall mean BioLase Technology, Inc., a Delaware corporation, and any corporate successor to all or substantially all of the assets or voting stock of BioLase Technology, Inc. which adopts the Plan.

 

G. Discretionary Option Grant Program shall mean the discretionary option grant program in effect under Article Two of the Plan.

 

H. Employee shall mean an individual who is in the employ of the Corporation (or any Parent or Subsidiary), subject to the control and direction of the employer entity as to both the work to be performed and the manner and method of performance.

 

A-1.


I. Exchange Act shall mean the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.

 

J. Exercise Date shall mean the date on which the option shall have been exercised in accordance with the appropriate option documentation.

 

K. Fair Market Value per share of Common Stock on any relevant date shall be determined in accordance with the following provisions:

 

(i) If the Common Stock is at the time traded on the Nasdaq Stock Market, then the Fair Market Value shall be the closing selling price per share of Common Stock on the date in question, as such price is reported by the National Association of Securities Dealers on the Nasdaq Stock Market and published in The Wall Street Journal . If there is no closing selling price for the Common Stock on the date in question, then the Fair Market Value shall be the closing selling price on the last preceding date for which such quotation exists.

 

(ii) If the Common Stock is at the time listed on any stock exchange, then the Fair Market Value shall be the closing selling price per share of Common Stock on the date in question on the stock exchange determined by the Plan Administrator to be the primary market for the Common Stock, as such price is officially quoted in the composite tape of transactions on such exchange and published in The Wall Street Journal . If there is no closing selling price for the Common Stock on the date in question, then the Fair Market Value shall be the closing selling price on the last preceding date for which such quotation exists.

 

(iii) If the Common Stock is at the time neither listed on any stock exchange or the Nasdaq Stock Market, then the Fair Market Value shall be determined by the Plan Administrator after taking into account such factors as the Plan Administrator shall deem appropriate.

 

L. Incentive Option shall mean an option that satisfies the requirements of Code Section 422.

 

M. Involuntary Termination shall mean the termination of the Service of any individual which occurs by reason of:

 

(i) such individual’s involuntary dismissal or discharge by the Corporation (or its Parent or Subsidiary) for reasons other than Misconduct, or

 

(ii) such individual’s voluntary resignation following (a) a change in his or her position with the Corporation (or any Parent or Subsidiary) which materially reduces his or her duties and responsibilities, (b) a reduction in his or her base salary by more than 15%, unless the base salaries of all similarly situated individuals are reduced by the Corporation (or any Parent or Subsidiary) employing the individual or (c) a relocation of such individual’s place of

 

A-2.


employment by more than fifty miles, provided and only if such change, reduction or relocation is effected by the Corporation (or any Parent or Subsidiary) without the individual’s consent.

 

N. Misconduct shall mean the commission of any act of fraud, embezzlement or dishonesty by the Optionee or Participant, any unauthorized use or disclosure by such person of confidential information or trade secrets of the Corporation (or any Parent or Subsidiary), or any other intentional misconduct by such person adversely affecting the business or affairs of the Corporation (or any Parent or Subsidiary) in a material manner. The foregoing definition shall not in any way preclude or restrict the right of the Corporation (or any Parent or Subsidiary) to discharge or dismiss any Optionee, Participant or other person in the Service of the Corporation (or any Parent or Subsidiary) for any other acts or omissions, but such other acts or omissions shall not be deemed, for purposes of the Plan, to constitute grounds for termination for Misconduct.

 

O. Non-Statutory Option shall mean an option not intended to be an Incentive Option.

 

P. Optionee shall mean any person to whom an option is granted under the Discretionary Option Grant or Automatic Option Grant Program.

 

Q. Parent shall mean any corporation (other than the Corporation) in an unbroken chain of corporations ending with the Corporation, provided each corporation in the unbroken chain (other than the Corporation) owns, at the time of the determination, stock possessing fifty percent (50%) or more of the total combined voting power of all classes of stock in one of the other corporations in such chain.

 

R. Participant shall mean any person who is issued shares of Common Stock under the Stock Issuance Program.

 

S. Permanent Disability or Permanently Disabled shall mean the inability of the Optionee or the Participant to engage in any substantial gainful activity by reason of any medically determinable physical or mental impairment which can be expected to result in death or has lasted or can be expected to last for a continuous period of 12 months or more. However, solely for purposes of the Automatic Option Grant Program, Permanent Disability or Permanently Disabled shall mean the inability of the non-Employee director to perform his or her usual duties as a director by reason of any medically determinable physical or mental impairment expected to result in death or to be of continuous duration of 12 months or more.

 

T. Plan shall mean the BioLase Technology, Inc. Amended and Restated 2002 Stock Incentive Plan.

 

U. Plan Administrator shall mean the particular entity, whether the Primary Committee, the Board or the Secondary Committee, which is authorized to administer the Discretionary Option Grant and Stock Issuance Programs with respect to one or more classes of

 

A-3.


eligible persons, to the extent such entity is carrying out its administrative functions under those programs with respect to the persons under its jurisdiction.

 

V. Plan Effective Date shall mean the date the Plan becomes effective and shall be coincidental with the date the Plan is approved by the Corporation’s stockholders. The Plan Effective Date is May 23, 2002.

 

W. Predecessor Plan shall mean the BioLase Technology, Inc. 1998 Stock Option Plan, as amended.

 

X. Primary Committee shall mean the committee comprised of one or more directors designated by the Board to administer the Discretionary Option Grant and Stock Issuance Programs with respect to Section 16 Insiders. To obtain the benefits of Rule 16b-3, there must be at least two members on the Primary Committee and all of the members must be “non-employee” directors as that term is defined in the Rule or the entire Board must approve the grant(s). Similarly, to be exempt from the million dollar compensation deduction limitation of Code Section 162(m), there must be at least two members on the Primary Committee and all of the members must be “outside directors” as that term is defined in Code Section 162(m).

 

Y. Proxy Contest shall mean a change in ownership or control of the Corporation effected through a change in the composition of the Board over a period of 36 consecutive months or less such that a majority of the directors ceases, by reason of one or more contested elections for directorship, to be comprised of individuals who either (i) have been directors continuously since the beginning of such period or (ii) have been elected or nominated for election as directors during such period by at least a majority of the directors described in clause (i) who were still in office at the time the Board approved such election or nomination.

 

Z. Secondary Committee shall mean a committee of one or more directors appointed by the Board to administer the Discretionary Option Grant and Stock Issuance Programs with respect to eligible persons other than Section 16 Insiders.

 

AA. Section 16 Insider shall mean an executive officer or director of the Corporation or the holder of more than 10% of a registered class of the Corporation’s equity securities, in each case subject to the short-swing profit liabilities of Section 16 of the Exchange Act.

 

BB. Service shall mean the performance of services for the Corporation (or any Parent or Subsidiary) by a person in the capacity of an Employee, a non-Employee member of the board of directors or independent contractor, except to the extent otherwise specifically provided in the documents evidencing the option grant or stock issuance.

 

CC. Stock Issuance Program shall mean the stock issuance program in effect under Article Three of the Plan.

 

DD. Subsidiary shall mean any corporation (other than the Corporation) in an unbroken chain of corporations beginning with the Corporation, provided each corporation (other

 

A-4.


than the last corporation) in the unbroken chain owns, at the time of the determination, stock possessing fifty percent (50%) or more of the total combined voting power of all classes of stock in one of the other corporations in such chain.

 

EE. 10% Stockholder shall mean the owner of stock (as determined under Code Section 424(d)) possessing more than 10% of the total combined voting power of all classes of stock of the Corporation (or any Parent or Subsidiary).

 

FF. Withholding Taxes shall mean the applicable income and employment withholding taxes to which the holder of a Non-Statutory Option or unvested shares of Common Stock under the Plan may become subject in connection with the exercise of those options or the vesting of those shares.

 

A-5.

Exhibit 10.26

 

NEW EMPLOYEES- initial grant

 

NOTICE OF GRANT OF STOCK OPTION

BIOLASE TECHNOLOGY, INC.

2002 STOCK INCENTIVE PLAN

Discretionary Option Grant Program

 

Notice is hereby given of the following grant (the “Option”) to purchase shares of the Common Stock of the Corporation:

 

Optionee               Employee ID#
Type of option   Non-Statutory        X   Incentive
Grant date        
Vesting Commencement Date   Same as grant date    
Expiration Date   Ten years from grant date    
Number of Option Shares        
Exercise Price per Share        

BioLase Technology, Inc.

    By

       
    Title   CEO    

Optionee

    Signature

       
    Address        

 

Exercise schedule : This Option shall become exercisable for one-third of the Option Shares upon Optionee’s completion of one year of Service measured from the Vesting Commencement Date. The Option shall become exercisable for the balance of the Option Shares in a series of eight successive three-month equal installments upon Optionee’s completion of each additional three months of Service over the twenty-four month period measured from the first anniversary of the Vesting Commencement Date. In no event shall the Option become exercisable for any additional Option Shares after Optionee’s cessation of Service.

 

Terms and conditions: Optionee understands and agrees that the Option is granted subject to and in accordance with the terms of the BioLase Technology, Inc. 2002 Stock Incentive Plan (the “Plan”). Optionee further agrees to be bound by the terms of the Plan

 

1


and the terms of the Option as set forth in the Stock Option Agreement attached hereto as Exhibit A . Optionee acknowledges that the right to exercise the options expires 90 days after termination of employment. Optionee hereby acknowledges the receipt of a copy of the official prospectus for the Plan in the form attached hereto as Exhibit B . A copy of the Plan is available upon request to the Corporate Secretary at the Corporation’s principal offices.

 

Prior Agreements . This Notice and Stock Option Agreement constitute the entire agreement and understanding of the Corporation and Grantee with respect to the terms of the Option and supersede all prior and contemporaneous written or verbal agreements and understandings between Optionee and the Corporation relating to such subject matter. Any and all prior agreements, understandings or representations relating to the Option are terminated and cancelled in their entirety and are of no further force or effect.

 

No Right to Continued Service . Nothing in this Notice or in the attached Stock Option Agreement or in the Plan shall confer upon Optionee any right to continue in Service for any period of specific duration or interfere with or otherwise restrict in any way the rights of the Corporation (or any Parent of Subsidiary employing or retaining Optionee) or of Optionee, which rights are hereby expressly reserved by each, to terminate Optionee’s Service at any time for any reason, with or without cause.

 

Definitions . All capitalized terms in this Notice shall have the meaning assigned to them in this Notice or in the attached Stock Option Agreement.

 

ATTACHMENTS

Exhibit A – Stock Option Agreement

Exhibit B – Prospectus

 

2


Discretionary Option Grant Program

 

BIOLASE TECHNOLOGY, INC.

2002 STOCK INCENTIVE PLAN

STOCK OPTION AGREEMENT

 

A. The Board has adopted the Plan for the purpose of retaining the services of selected Employees, non-Employee members of the Board (or the board of directors of any Parent or Subsidiary) and independent contractors who provide Services to the Corporation (or any Parent or Subsidiary).

 

B. Optionee is to render valuable services to the Corporation (or a Parent or Subsidiary), and this Agreement is executed pursuant to, and is intended to carry out the purposes of, the Plan in connection with the Corporation’s grant of an option to Optionee.

 

C. All capitalized terms in this Agreement shall have the meaning assigned to them in the attached Appendix.

 

Now, Therefore , it is hereby agreed as follows:

 

1. Grant of Option . The Corporation hereby grants to Optionee, as of the Grant Date, an option to purchase no more than the number of Option Shares specified in the Grant Notice. The Option Shares shall be purchasable from time to time during the option term specified in Paragraph 2 at the Exercise Price.

 

2. Option Term . This option shall expire on the Expiration Date, unless sooner terminated in accordance with this Agreement.

 

3. Limited Transferability . Except as otherwise provided in this Paragraph 3, this option shall be neither transferable nor assignable by Optionee other than by will or the laws of inheritance following Optionee’s death and may be exercised, during Optionee’s lifetime, only by Optionee. If this option is designated a Non-Statutory Option in the Grant Notice, then this option may be assigned in whole or in part during Optionee’s lifetime to one or more of Optionee’s family members (as such term is defined in the instructions to Form S-8), or to Optionee’s former spouse through a gift or domestic relations order. The terms applicable to the assigned portion shall be the same as those in effect for this option immediately prior to such assignment.

 

4. Dates of Exercise . This option shall become exercisable for the Option Shares as specified in the Grant Notice. If this option is exercisable in installments, then as this option becomes exercisable for such installments, those installments shall accumulate, and this option shall remain exercisable for the accumulated installments until the Expiration Date or sooner termination of this option pursuant to this Agreement.


5. Cessation of Service .

 

(a) Immediately upon Optionee’s cessation of Service for any reason while this option is outstanding, this option shall terminate with respect to any Option Shares for which this option is not otherwise exercisable.

 

(b) Should Optionee’s Service be terminated for Misconduct or should Optionee otherwise engage in any Misconduct while this option is outstanding, then this option shall terminate immediately with respect to all Option Shares.

 

(c) Should Optionee’s Service cease for any reason (other than death, Permanent Disability or Misconduct) while this option is outstanding, then this option shall be exercisable for the number of Option Shares for which this option was vested and exercisable at the time Optionee’s Service ceased and shall remain outstanding and exercisable until the earlier of (i) the Close of Business on the three month anniversary of the date Optionee’s Service ceased or (ii) the Expiration Date; provided, however, that if Optionee terminates Service voluntarily and does not give the Corporation at least (A) 30 days notice if Optionee is a manager or (B) 14 days notice if the Optionee is not a manager, then this option shall terminate immediately upon cessation of Service with respect to all Option Shares.

 

(d) Should Optionee’s Service cease due to death or permanent disability while this option is outstanding, then this option shall be exercisable for the number of Option Shares for which this option was exercisable at the time Optionee’s Service ceased and shall remain outstanding and exercisable until the earlier of (i) the Close of Business on the twelve month anniversary of the date Optionee’s Service ceased or (ii) the Expiration Date.

 

(e) Upon the expiration of such limited post-Service exercise period or (if earlier) upon the Expiration Date, this option shall terminate with respect to all Option Shares for which this option is exercisable.

 

6. Change in Contro l.

 

(a) Immediately prior to the effective date of a Change in Control, this option shall vest and become exercisable for all of the Option Shares and may be exercised for any or all of those Option Shares. However, this option shall not vest and become exercisable on an accelerated basis if and to the extent: (i) this option is to be assumed by the successor corporation (or parent thereof) or is otherwise to be continued in full force and effect pursuant to the terms of the Change in Control transaction or (ii) this option is to be replaced with a cash incentive program of the successor corporation which preserves the spread existing at the time of the Change in Control on the Option Shares for which this option is not otherwise at that time exercisable (the excess of the Fair Market Value of those Option Shares over the aggregate Exercise Price payable for such shares) and provides for subsequent payout of that spread no later than the time this option would have vested and become exercisable for those shares.

 

2


(b) Immediately following the consummation of the Change in Control, this option shall terminate, except to the extent assumed by the successor corporation (or parent thereof) or otherwise continued in effect pursuant to the terms of the Change in Control transaction.

 

(c) If this option is assumed or otherwise continued in effect in connection with a Change in Control, then this option shall be appropriately adjusted, upon such Change in Control, to apply to the number and class of securities which would have been issuable to Optionee in consummation of such Change in Control had this option been exercised immediately prior to such Change in Control, and appropriate adjustments shall also be made to the Exercise Price, provided the aggregate Exercise Price shall remain the same. To the extent that the holders of Common Stock receive cash consideration for their Common Stock in consummation of the Change in Control, the successor corporation (or its parent) may, in connection with the assumption of this option, substitute one or more shares of its own common stock with a fair market value equivalent to the cash consideration paid per share of Common Stock in such Change in Control.

 

(d) This Agreement shall not in any way affect the right of the Corporation to adjust, reclassify, reorganize or otherwise change its capital or business structure or to merge, consolidate, dissolve, liquidate or sell or transfer all or any part of its business or assets.

 

7. Other Transactions . Should any change be made to the Common Stock by reason of any stock split, reverse stock split, stock dividend, recapitalization, combination of shares, exchange of shares or other change affecting the outstanding Common Stock as a class without the Corporation’s receipt of consideration, appropriate adjustments shall be made to (a) the number and/or class of securities subject to this option and (b) the Exercise Price in order to reflect such change and thereby preclude a dilution or enlargement of benefits hereunder.

 

8. Stockholder Rights . The holder of this option shall not have any stockholder rights with respect to the Option Shares until such person shall have exercised this option, paid the Exercise Price and become the holder of record of the purchased Option Shares.

 

9. Manner of Exercising Option .

 

(a) In order to exercise this option with respect to all or any part of the Option Shares for which this option is at the time exercisable, Optionee (or any other person or persons permitted to exercise this option) must take the following actions:

 

(i) Execute and deliver to the Corporation a Notice of Exercise for the Option Shares for which this option is exercised;

 

(ii) Pay the aggregate Exercise Price for the purchased shares in one or more of the following forms:

 

(A) cash or check made payable to the Corporation;

 

3


(B) a promissory note payable to the Corporation, but only to the extent authorized by the Plan Administrator in accordance with Paragraph 14;

 

(C) shares of Common Stock (1) held by Optionee (or any other person or persons permitted to exercise this option) for the requisite period necessary to avoid a charge to the Corporation’s earnings for financial reporting purposes and (2) valued at Fair Market Value on the Exercise Date; or

 

(D) to the extent this option is exercised for vested shares, through a special sale and remittance procedure pursuant to which Optionee (or any other person or persons permitted to exercise this option) shall concurrently provide irrevocable instructions (1) to a Corporation-designated brokerage firm to effect the immediate sale of the purchased shares and remit to the Corporation, out of the sale proceeds available on the settlement date, sufficient funds to cover the aggregate Exercise Price payable for the purchased shares plus all applicable income and employment taxes required to be withheld by the Corporation by reason of such exercise and (2) to the Corporation to deliver the certificates for the purchased shares directly to such brokerage firm in order to complete the sale.

 

Except to the extent the sale and remittance procedure is utilized in connection with the option exercise, payment of the Exercise Price must accompany the Notice of Exercise.

 

(iii) Furnish to the Corporation appropriate documentation that the person or persons exercising this option (if other than Optionee) have the right to exercise this option.

 

(iv) Make appropriate arrangements with the Corporation (or Parent or Subsidiary employing or retaining Optionee) for the satisfaction of all income and employment tax withholding requirements applicable to the option exercise.

 

(b) As soon as practical after the Exercise Date, the Corporation shall issue to or on behalf of Optionee (or any other person or persons exercising this option) a certificate for the purchased Option Shares, with the appropriate legends affixed thereto.

 

(c) In no event may this option be exercised for any fractional shares.

 

4


10. No Right to Continued Service . Nothing in the Grant Notice, this Agreement or the Plan shall confer upon Optionee any right to continue in Service for any period of specific duration or interfere with or otherwise restrict in any way the rights of the Corporation (or any Parent or Subsidiary employing or retaining Optionee) or of Optionee, which rights are hereby expressly reserved by each, to terminate Optionee’s Service at any time for any reason, with or without cause.

 

11. Compliance with Laws and Regulations .

 

(a) The exercise of this option and the issuance of the Option Shares upon such exercise shall be subject to compliance by the Corporation and Optionee with all applicable requirements of law relating thereto and with all applicable regulations of any applicable stock exchange or quotation system on which the Common Stock may be traded at the time of such exercise and issuance. This option cannot be exercised if doing so would violate the Corporation’s internal policies, including, but not limited to, its insider trading policy.

 

(b) The inability of the Corporation to obtain approval from any regulatory body having authority deemed by the Corporation to be necessary to the lawful issuance and sale of any Common Stock pursuant to this option shall relieve the Corporation of any liability with respect to the non-issuance or sale of the Common Stock as to which such approval shall not have been obtained.

 

12. Successors and Assigns . Except to the extent otherwise provided in this Agreement, the provisions of this Agreement shall inure to the benefit of, and be binding upon, the Corporation and its successors and assigns and Optionee, Optionee’s permitted assigns, the legal representatives, heirs and legatees of Optionee’s estate, whether or not any such person shall have become a party to this Agreement or has agreed in writing to join herein and be bound by the terms hereof.

 

13. Notices . Any notice required to be given or delivered to the Corporation under the terms of this Agreement shall be addressed to the Corporation at its principal corporate offices. Any notice required to be given or delivered to Optionee shall be addressed to Optionee at the address indicated below Optionee’s signature line on the Grant Notice or at such other address as Optionee may designate by ten days advance written notice to the Corporation. Any notice required to be given under this Agreement shall be in writing and shall be deemed effective upon personal delivery or upon the third day following deposit in the U.S. mail, registered or certified, postage prepaid and properly addressed to the party entitled to such notice.

 

14. Financing . Provided that Optionee is not an executive officer or director of the Corporation, the Plan Administrator may, in its absolute discretion and without any obligation to do so, permit Optionee to pay the Exercise Price for the purchased Option Shares (to the extent such Exercise Price is in excess of the par value of those shares) by delivering a full-recourse, interest bearing promissory note secured by those Option Shares. The terms of any such promissory note (including the interest rate, the requirements for collateral and the terms of repayment) shall be established by the Plan Administrator in its sole discretion.

 

5


15. Entire Agreement . The Plan is hereby incorporated by reference. This Agreement (and any addendum hereto) and the Plan constitute the entire agreement between the parties hereto with regard to the subject matter hereof. To the extent there is a conflict between the terms of this Agreement and the terms of the Plan, the terms of this Agreement shall prevail. All decisions of the Plan Administrator with respect to any question or issue arising under the Plan or this Agreement shall be and binding on all persons having an interest in this option.

 

16. Amendments . This Agreement may only be amended in an instrument executed by both parties. Approval of the Plan Administrator is required for all material amendments to this Agreement.

 

17. Governing Law . The interpretation, performance and enforcement of this Agreement shall be governed by the laws of the State of Delaware without giving effect to that State’s choice-of-law or conflict-of-law rules.

 

18. Additional Terms Applicable to an Incentive Option . In the event this option is designated an Incentive Option in the Grant Notice, the following terms and conditions shall also apply to the grant:

 

(a) This option shall cease to qualify for favorable tax treatment as an Incentive Option if (and to the extent) this option is exercised for one or more Option Shares: (i) more than three months after the date Optionee ceases to be an Employee for any reason other than death or Permanent Disability or (ii) more than twelve months after the date Optionee ceases to be an Employee by reason of Permanent Disability.

 

(b) No installment under this option shall qualify for favorable tax treatment as an Incentive Option if (and to the extent) the aggregate Fair Market Value (determined at the Grant Date) of the Common Stock for which such installment first becomes exercisable hereunder would, when added to the aggregate value (determined as of the respective Grant Date or Grant Dates) of the Common Stock or other securities for which this option or any other Incentive Options granted to Optionee prior to the Grant Date (whether under the Plan or any other option plan of the Corporation or any Parent or Subsidiary) first become exercisable during the same calendar year, exceed $100,000 in the aggregate. Should such $100,000 limitation be exceeded in any calendar year, this option shall nevertheless become exercisable for the excess shares in such calendar year as a Non-Statutory Option.

 

(c) Should the exercisability of this option be accelerated upon a Change in Control, then this option shall qualify for favorable tax treatment as an Incentive Option only to the extent the aggregate Fair Market Value (determined at the Grant Date) of the Common Stock for which this option first becomes exercisable in the calendar year in which such acceleration occurs does not, when added to the aggregate value (determined as of the respective Grant Date or Grant Dates) of the Common Stock or other securities for which this option or one or more other Incentive Options granted to Optionee prior to the Grant Date (whether under the Plan or any other option plan of the Corporation or any Parent or Subsidiary) first become exercisable during the same calendar year, exceed $100,000 in the aggregate. Should the applicable $100,000 limitation be exceeded in the calendar year of such acceleration, this option may nevertheless be exercised for the excess shares in such calendar year as a Non-Statutory Option.

 

6


(d) Should Optionee hold, in addition to this option, one or more other options to purchase Common Stock which become exercisable for the first time in the same calendar year as this option, then the foregoing limitations on the exercisability of such options as Incentive Options shall be first applied to the option granted second.

 

(e) Optionee shall promptly notify the Corporation if Optionee sells or transfers the Option Shares prior to the second anniversary of the Grant Date and the first anniversary of the Exercise Date.

 

7


Exhibit I

Notice of Exercise

 

I hereby notify BioLase Technology, Inc. (the “Corporation”) that I elect to purchase                      shares of the Corporation’s common stock (the “Purchased Shares”) at the option exercise price of $              per share (the “Exercise Price”) pursuant to that certain option (the “Option”) granted to me under the BioLase Technology, Inc. 2002 Stock Incentive Plan on                          ,              .

 

Concurrently with the delivery of this Exercise Notice to the Corporation, I shall hereby pay to the Corporation the Exercise Price for the Purchased Shares in accordance with the provisions of my agreement with the Corporation (or other documents) evidencing the Option. In addition, I shall deliver whatever additional documents may be required by such agreement as a condition for exercise.

 

                     ,             

Date

 

   

_________________________________________

Optionee

    Address: _________________________________
Print name in exact manner it is to appear on the stock certificate:   _________________________________________
Address to which certificate is to be sent, if different from address above:   _________________________________________
    _________________________________________
Social Security Number:   _________________________________________


Appendix

 

The following definitions shall be in effect under the Agreement:

 

A. Agreement shall mean this Stock Option Agreement.

 

B. Board shall mean the Corporation’s Board of Directors.

 

C. Change in Control shall mean a change in ownership or control of the Corporation effected through any of the following transactions:

 

(i) a merger, consolidation or other reorganization approved by the Corporation’s stockholders, unless securities representing more than 50% of the total combined voting power of the voting securities of the successor corporation are immediately thereafter beneficially owned, directly or indirectly, by the persons who beneficially owned the Corporation’s outstanding voting securities immediately prior to such transaction, or

 

(ii) the sale, transfer or other disposition of all or substantially all of the Corporation’s assets, or

 

(iii) the acquisition, directly or indirectly, by any person or related group of persons (other than the Corporation or a person that directly or indirectly controls, is controlled by, or is under common control with, the Corporation), of beneficial ownership (within the meaning of Rule 13d-3 of the Exchange Act) of securities possessing more than 50% of the total combined voting power of the Corporation’s outstanding securities pursuant to a tender or exchange offer made directly to the Corporation’s stockholders.

 

D. Close of Business shall mean the close of business at the Corporation’s headquarters.

 

E. Code shall mean the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.

 

F. Common Stock shall mean the Corporation’s common stock.

 

G. Corporation shall mean BioLase Technology, Inc., a Delaware corporation, or the successor to all or substantially all of the assets or voting stock of BioLase Technology, Inc. that assumes this option.

 

H. Employee shall mean an individual who is in the employ of the Corporation (or any Parent or Subsidiary), subject to the control and direction of the employer entity as to both the work to be performed and the manner and method of performance.

 

I. Exchange Act shall mean the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.

 

J. Exercise Date shall mean the date on which this option shall have been exercised in accordance with this Agreement.

 

A-1


K. Exercise Price shall mean the exercise price payable per Option Share as specified in the Grant Notice.

 

L. Expiration Date shall mean the Close of Business on the date on which this option expires as specified in the Grant Notice.

 

M. Fair Market Value per share of Common Stock on any relevant date shall be determined in accordance with the following provisions:

 

(i) If the Common Stock is at the time traded on the Nasdaq Stock Market, then the Fair Market Value shall be the closing selling price per share of Common Stock on the date in question, as such price is reported by the National Association of Securities Dealers on the Nasdaq Stock Market and published in The Wall Street Journal . If there is no closing selling price for the Common Stock on the date in question, then the Fair Market Value shall be the closing selling price on the last preceding date for which such quotation exists.

 

(ii) If the Common Stock is at the time listed on any stock exchange, then the Fair Market Value shall be the closing selling price per share of Common Stock on the date in question on the stock exchange determined by the Plan Administrator to be the primary market for the Common Stock, as such price is officially quoted in the composite tape of transactions on such exchange and published in The Wall Street Journal . If there is no closing selling price for the Common Stock on the date in question, then the Fair Market Value shall be the closing selling price on the last preceding date for which such quotation exists.

 

(iii) If the Common Stock is at the time neither listed on any stock exchange or the Nasdaq Stock Market, then the Fair Market Value shall be determined by the Plan Administrator after taking into account such factors as the Plan Administrator shall deem appropriate but shall be determined without regard to any restrictions other than a restriction which, by its term, will never lapse.

 

(iv) For purposes of same day sales, the Fair Market Value shall be deemed to be the amount per share for which the shares of Common Stock were sold.

 

N. Grant Date shall mean the date of grant of this option as specified in the Grant Notice.

 

O. Grant Notice shall mean the Notice of Grant of Stock Option accompanying this Agreement.

 

P. Incentive Option shall mean an option that satisfies the requirements of Code Section 422.

 

Q. Misconduct shall mean the commission of any act of fraud, embezzlement or dishonesty by Optionee, any unauthorized use or disclosure by Optionee of confidential information or trade secrets of the Corporation (or any Parent or Subsidiary), or any other

 

A-2


intentional misconduct by Optionee adversely affecting the business or affairs of the Corporation (or any Parent or Subsidiary) in a material manner. The foregoing definition shall not in any way preclude or restrict the right of the Corporation (or any Parent or Subsidiary) to discharge or dismiss Optionee or other person in the Service of the Corporation (or any Parent or Subsidiary) for any other acts or omissions, but such other acts or omissions shall not be deemed, for purposes of the Plan or this Agreement to constitute grounds for termination for Misconduct.

 

R. Non-Statutory Option shall mean an option that does not qualify as an Incentive Option.

 

S. Notice of Exercise shall mean the notice of exercise in the form attached hereto as Exhibit I.

 

T. Option Shares shall mean the shares of Common Stock subject to this option.

 

U. Optionee shall mean the person to whom this option is granted as specified in the Grant Notice.

 

V. Parent shall mean any corporation (other than the Corporation) in an unbroken chain of corporations ending with the Corporation, provided each corporation in the unbroken chain (other than the Corporation) owns, at the time of the determination, stock possessing 50% or more of the total combined voting power of all classes of stock in one of the other corporations in such chain.

 

W. Permanent Disability shall mean the inability of Optionee to engage in any substantial gainful activity by reason of any medically determinable physical or mental impairment which can be expected to result in death or has lasted or can be expected to last for a continuous period of 12 months or more.

 

X. Plan shall mean the BioLase Technology, Inc. 2002 Stock Incentive Plan.

 

Y. Plan Administrator shall mean either the Board or a committee of the Board acting in its capacity as administrator of the Plan.

 

Z. Service shall mean Optionee’s performance of services for the Corporation (or any Parent or Subsidiary) in the capacity of an Employee, a member of the board of directors or an independent contractor.

 

AA. Subsidiary shall mean any corporation (other than the Corporation) in an unbroken chain of corporations beginning with the Corporation, provided each corporation (other than the last corporation) in the unbroken chain owns, at the time of the determination, stock possessing 50% or more of the total combined voting power of all classes of stock in one of the other corporations in such chain.

 

A-3

EXHIBIT 10.27

 

    LOGO    AMERICAN INDUSTRIAL REAL ESTATE ASSOCIATION

 

STANDARD INDUSTRIAL/COMMERCIAL SINGLE-TENANT LEASE — NET

(DO NOT USE THIS FORM FOR MULTI-TENANT BUILDINGS)

 

1. Basic Provisions (“Basic Provisions”).

 

1.1 Parties: This Lease ( Lease ) , dated for reference purposes only, March 14, 2001, is made by and between Pacific Consolidated Holdings, LLC (“ Lessor ”) and Biolase Technology, Inc., a Delaware Corporation (“ Lessee ”), (collectively the “ Parties ,” or individually a “ Party ”).

 

1.2 Premises: That certain real property, including all improvements therein or to be provided by Lessor under the terms of this Lease, and commonly known as 981 Calle Amanecer located in the County of Orange, State of California, and generally described as (describe briefly the nature of the property and, if applicable, the “ Project ”, if the property is located within a Project) an approximate 23,280 square foot building located on Assessor Parcel 688-151-10 (“ Premises ”). (See also Paragraph 2)

 

1.3 Term: Five (5) years and Three (3) days months (“ Original Term ”) commencing March 29, 2001 (“ Commencement Date ”) and ending March 31, 2006 (“ Expiration Date ”). (See also Paragraph 3)

 

1.4 Early Possession:                                                                   (“ Early Possession Date ”); (See also Paragraphs 3.2 and 3.3) .

 

1.5 Base Rent: $18,624.00 per month (“ Base Rent ”), payable on the first day of each month commencing April 1, 2001. (See also Paragraph 4)

 

þ If this box is checked, there are provisions in this Lease for the Base Rent to be adjusted.

 

1.6 Base Rent Paid Upon Execution: $20,426.00 as Base Rent for the period March 29, 2001 to April 30, 2001.

 

1.7 Security Deposit: $See Paragraph 52 (“ Security Deposit ”). (See also Paragraph 5)

 

1.8 Agreed Use: Assembly, sales and distribution of dental care products and other related uses as allowed by the City of San Clemente. (See also Paragraph 6)

 

1.9 Insuring Party: Lessee Lessor is the “ Insuring Party ” unless otherwise stated herein. (See also Paragraph 8)

 

1.10 Real Estate Brokers: (See also Paragraph 15)

 

(a) Representation: The following real estate brokers (collectively, the “ Brokers ”)’ and brokerage relationships exist in this transaction (check applicable boxes):

 

¨ _______________________________________________ represents Lessor exclusively (“ Lessor’s Broker ”);

 

¨ _______________________________________________ represents Lessee exclusively (“ Lessee’s Broker ”); or

 

¨ _______________________________________________ represents both Lessor and Lessee (“ Dual Agency ”).

 

(b) Payment to Brokers: Upon execution and delivery of this Lease by both Parties, Lessor shall pay to the Broker the fee agreed to in their separate written agreement (or if there is no such agreement, the sum of              % of the total Base Rent for the brokerage services rendered by said Broker).

 

1.11 Guarantor . The obligations of the Lessee under this Lease are to be guaranteed by                                                               (“ Guarantor ”). (See also Paragraph 37)

 

1.12 Addenda and Exhibits . Attached hereto is an Addendum or Addenda consisting of Paragraphs 50 through 5_ and Exhibits                                                                                                , all of which constitute a part of this Lease.

 

2. Premises.

 

2.1 Letting . Lessor hereby leases to Lessee, and Lessee hereby leases from Lessor, the Premises, for the term, at the rental, and upon all of the terms, covenants and conditions set forth in this Lease. Unless otherwise provided herein, any statement of size set forth in this Lease, or that may have been used in calculating rental, is an approximation which the Parties agree is reasonable and the rental based thereon is not subject to revision whether or not the actual size is more or less.

 

2.2 Condition. Lessor shall deliver the Premises to Lessee broom clean and free of debris on the Commencement Date or the Early Possession Date, whichever first occurs (“ Start Dat e ”), and, so long as the required service contracts described in Paragraph 7.1 (b) below are obtained by Lessee within thirty (30) days following the Start Date, warrants that the existing electrical, plumbing, fire sprinkler, lighting, heating, ventilating and air conditioning systems {“HVAC”), loading doors, if any, and all other such elements in the Premises, other than those constructed by Lessee, shall be in good operating condition on said date and that the structural elements of the roof, bearing walls and foundation of any buildings on the Premises (the “ Building ”) shall be free of material defects. If a non compliance with said warranty exists as of the Start Date, Lessor shall, as Lessor’s sole obligation with respect to such matter, except as otherwise provided in this Lease, promptly after receipt of written notice from Lessee setting forth with specificity the nature and extent of such non compliance, rectify same at Lessor’s expense. If, after the Start Date, Lessee does not give Lessor written notice of any non compliance with this warranty within: (i) one year as to the surface of the roof and the structural portions of the roof, foundations and bearing walls, (ii) six (6) months as to the HVAC systems, (iii) thirty (30) days as to the remaining systems and other elements of the Building, correction of such non compliance shall be the obligation of Lessee at Lessee’s sole cost and expense. Lessee accepts premises “as is” with all faults and defects.

 

2.3 Compliance. Lessor warrants that the improvements on the Premises comply with all. All applicable laws, covenants or restrictions of record, building codes, regulations and ordinances (“ Applicable Requirements ”) are in effect on the Start Date to the best of Lessee’s and Lessor’s knowledge. Said warranty does not apply to the use to which Lessee will put the Premises or to any Alterations or Utility installations (as defined in Paragraph 7.3(a)) made or to be made by Lessee. NOTE: Lessee is responsible for determining whether or not the zoning is appropriate for Lessee’s intended use, and acknowledges that past uses of the Premises may no longer be allowed. If the Premises do not comply with said warranty, Lessor shall, except as otherwise provided, promptly after receipt of written notice from Lessee setting forth with specificity the nature and extent of such non-compliance, rectify the same at Lessor’s expense. If Lessee does not give Lessor written notice of a non-compliance with this warranty within six (6) months following the Start Date, correction of that non compliance shall be the obligation of Lessee at Lessee’s sole cost and expense . If the Applicable Requirements are hereafter changed (as opposed to being in existence at the Start Date, which is addressed in Paragraph 6.2(e) below) so as to require during the term of this Lease the construction of an addition to or an alteration of the Building, the remediation of any Hazardous Substance, or the reinforcement or other physical

 

    Page 1 of 11   Initials    /s/    Illegible                /s/    Illegible        
© 1997 - American Industrial Real Estate Association   REVISED                FORM STN-6-2/97E


modification of the Building (“ Capital Expenditure ”), Lessor and Lessee shall allocate the cost of such work as follows:

 

(a) Subject to Paragraph 2.3(c) below, if such Capital Expenditures are required as a result of the specific and unique use of the Premises by Lessee as compared with uses by tenants in general, Lessee shall be fully responsible for the cost thereof, provided, however that if such Capital Expenditure is required during the last two (2) years of this Lease and the cost thereof exceeds six (6) months’ Base Rent, Lessee may instead terminate this Lease unless Lessor notifies Lessee, in writing, within ten (10) days after receipt of Lessee’s termination notice that Lessor has elected to pay the difference between the actual cost thereof and the amount equal to six (6) months’ Base Rent. If Lessee elects termination, Lessee shall immediately cease the use of the Premises which requires such Capital Expenditure and deliver to Lessor written notice specifying a termination date at least ninety (90) days thereafter. Such termination date shall, however, in no event be earlier than the last day that Lessee could legally utilize the Premises without commencing such Capital Expenditure.

 

(b) If such Capital Expenditure is not the result of the specific and unique use of the Premises by Lessee (such as, governmentally mandated seismic modifications), then Lessor and Lessee shall allocate the obligation to pay for such costs pursuant to the provisions of Paragraph 7.1(c); provided, however, that if such Capital Expenditure is required during the last two years of this Lease or if Lessor reasonably determines that it is not economically feasible to pay its share thereof, Lessor shall have the option to terminate this Lease upon ninety (90) days prior written notice to Lessee unless Lessee notifies Lessor, in writing, within ten (10) days after receipt of Lessor’s termination notice that Lessee will pay for such Capital Expenditure. If Lessor does not elect to terminate, and fails to tender its share of any such Capital Expenditure, Lessee may advance such funds and deduct same, with Interest, from Rent until Lessor’s share of such costs have been fully paid. If Lessee is unable to finance Lessor’s share, or if the balance of the Rent due and payable for the remainder of this Lease is not sufficient to fully reimburse Lessee on an offset basis, Lessee shall have the right to terminate this Lease upon thirty (30) days written notice to Lessor.

 

(c) Notwithstanding the above, the provisions concerning Capital Expenditures are intended to apply only to non-voluntary, unexpected, and new Applicable Requirements. If the Capital Expenditures are instead triggered by Lessee as a result of an actual or proposed change in use, change in intensity of use, or modification to the Premises then, and in that event, Lessee shall be fully responsible for the cost thereof, and Lessee shall not have any right to terminate this Lease.

 

2.4 Acknowledgements. Lessee acknowledges that: (a) it has been advised by Lessor and/or Brokers to satisfy itself with respect to the condition of the Premises (including but not limited to the electrical, HVAC and fire sprinkler systems, security, environmental aspects, and compliance with Applicable Requirements), and their suitability for Lessee’s intended use; (b) Lessee has made such investigation as it deems necessary with reference to such matters and assumes all responsibility therefor as the same relate to its occupancy of the Premises; and (c) neither Lessor, Lessor’s agents, nor any Broker has made any oral or written representations or warranties with respect to said matters other than as set forth in this Lease. In addition, Lessor acknowledges that: (a) Broker has made no representations, promises or warranties concerning Lessee’s ability to honor the Lease or suitability to occupy the Premises; and (b) it is Lessor’s sole responsibility to investigate the financial capability and/or suitability of all proposed tenants.

 

2.5 Lessee as Prior Owner/Occupant. The warranties made by Lessor in Paragraph 2 shall be of no force or effect if immediately prior to the Start Date Lessee was the owner or occupant of the Premises. In such event, Lessee shall be responsible for any necessary corrective work.

 

3. Term.

 

3.1 Term. The Commencement Date, Expiration Date and Original Term of this Lease are as specified in Paragraph 1.3.

 

3.2 Early Possession. If Lessee totally or partially occupies the Premises prior to the Commencement Date, the obligation to pay Base Rent shall be abated for the period of such early possession. All other terms of this Lease (including, but not limited to, the obligations to pay Real Property Taxes and insurance premiums and to maintain the Premises) shall, however, be in effect during such period. Any such early possession shall not affect the Expiration Date.

 

3.3 Delay in Possession . Lessee agrees to use its best commercially reasonable efforts to deliver possession of the Premises to Lessee by the Commencement Date. If, despite said efforts, Lessor is unable to deliver possession as agreed, Lessor shall not be subject to any liability therefor, nor shall such failure affect the validity of this Lease. Lessee shall not, however, be obligated to pay Rent or perform its other obligations until it receives possession of the Premises. If possession is not delivered within sixty (60) days after the Commencement Date, Lessee may, at its option, by notice in writing within ten (10) days after the end of such sixty (60) day period, cancel this Lease, in which event the Parties shall be discharged from all obligations hereunder. If such written notice is not received by Lessor within said ten (10) day period, Lessee’s right to cancel shall terminate. Except as otherwise provided, if possession is not tendered to Lessee by the Start Date and Lessee does not terminate this Lease, as aforesaid, any period of rent abatement that Lessee would otherwise have enjoyed shall run from the date of delivery of possession and continue for a period equal to what Lessee would otherwise have enjoyed under the terms hereof, but minus any days of delay caused by the acts or omissions of Lessee. If possession of the Premises is not delivered within four (4) months after the Commencement Date, this Lease shall terminate unless other agreements are reached between Lessor and Lessee, in writing .

 

3.4 Lessee Compliance. Lessor shall not be required to tender possession of the Premises to Lessee until Lessee complies with its obligation to provide evidence of insurance (Paragraph 8.5). Pending delivery of such evidence, Lessee shall be required to perform all of its obligations under this Lease from and after the Start Date, including the payment of Rent, notwithstanding Lessor’s election to withhold possession pending receipt of such evidence of insurance. Further, if Lessee is required to perform any other conditions prior to or concurrent with the Start Date, the Start Date shall occur but Lessor may elect to withhold possession until such conditions are satisfied.

 

4. Rent.

 

4.1 Rent Defined. All monetary obligations of Lessee to Lessor under the terms of this Lease (except for the Security Deposit) are deemed to be rent (“Rent”).

 

4.2 Payment. Lessee shall cause payment of Rent to be received by Lessor in lawful money of the United States, without offset or deduction (except as specifically permitted in this Lease), on or before the day on which it is due. Rent for any period during the term hereof which is for less than one (1) full calendar month shall be prorated based upon the actual number of days of said month. Payment of Rent shall be made to Lessor at its address stated herein or to such other persons or place as Lessor may from time to time designate in writing. Acceptance of a payment which is less than the amount then due shall not be a waiver of Lessor’s rights to the balance of such Rent, regardless of Lessor’s endorsement of any check so stating.

 

5. Security Deposit. Lessee shall deposit with Lessor upon execution hereof the Security Deposit as security for Lessee’s faithful performance of its obligations under this Lease. If Lessee fails to pay Rent, or otherwise Defaults under this Lease, Lessor may use, apply or retain all or any portion of said Security Deposit for the payment of any amount due Lessor or to reimburse or compensate Lessor for any liability, expense, loss or damage which Lessor may suffer or incur by reason thereof. If Lessor uses or applies all or any portion of said Security Deposit, Lessee shall within ten (10) days after written request therefor deposit monies with Lessor sufficient to restore said Security Deposit to the full amount required by this Lease. If the Base Rent increases during the term of this Lease, Lessee shall, upon written request from Lessor, deposit additional monies with Lessor so that the total amount of the Security Deposit shall at all times bear the same proportion to the increased Base Rent as the initial Security Deposit bore to the initial Base Rent. Should the Agreed Use be amended to accommodate a material change in the business of Lessee or to accommodate a sublessee or assignee, Lessor shall have the right to increase the Security Deposit to the extent necessary, in Lessor’s reasonable judgment, to account for any increased wear and tear that the Premises may suffer as a result thereof. If a change in control of Lessee occurs during this Lease and following such change the financial condition of Lessee is, in Lessor’s reasonable judgment, significantly reduced, Lessee shall deposit such additional monies with Lessor as shall be sufficient to cause the Security Deposit to be at a commercially reasonable level based on said change in financial condition. Lessor shall not be required to keep the Security Deposit separate from its general accounts. Within fourteen (14) days after the expiration or termination of this Lease, if Lessor elects to apply the Security Deposit only to unpaid Rent, and otherwise within thirty (30) days after the Premises have been vacated pursuant to Paragraph 7.4(c) below, Lessor shall return that portion of the Security Deposit not used or applied by Lessor. No part of the Security Deposit shall be considered to be held in trust, to bear interest or to be prepayment for any monies to be paid by Lessee under this Lease.

 

6. Use.

 

6.1 Use. Lessee shall use and occupy the Premises only for the Agreed Use, or any other legal use which is reasonably comparable thereto, and for no other purpose. Lessee shall not use or permit the use of the Premises in a manner that is unlawful, creates damage, waste or a nuisance, or that disturbs owners and/or occupants of, or causes damage to neighboring properties. Lessor shall not unreasonably withhold or delay its consent to any written request for a modification of the Agreed Use, so long as the same will not impair the structural integrity of the improvements on the Premises or the mechanical or electrical systems therein, is not significantly more burdensome to the Premises. If Lessor elects to withhold consent, Lessor shall within five (5) business days after such request give written notification of same, which notice shall include an explanation of Lessor’s objections to the change in use.

 

    Page 2 of 11   Initials    /s/    Illegible                /s/    Illegible        
© 1997 - American Industrial Real Estate Association   REVISED                FORM STN-6-2/97E


6.2 Hazardous Substances.

 

(a) Reportable Uses Require Consent. The term “ Hazardous Substance ” as used in this Lease shall mean any product, substance, or waste whose presence, use, manufacture, disposal, transportation, or release, either by itself or in combination with other materials expected to be on the Premises, is either: (i) potentially injurious to the public health, safety or welfare, the environment or the Premises, (ii) regulated or monitored by any governmental authority, or (iii) a basis for potential liability of Lessor to any governmental agency or third party under any applicable statute or common law theory. Hazardous Substances shall include, but not be limited to, hydrocarbons, petroleum, gasoline, and/or crude oil or any products, by-products or fractions thereof. Lessee shall not engage in any activity in or on the Premises which constitutes a Reportable Use of Hazardous Substances without the express prior written consent of Lessor and timely compliance (at Lessee’s expense) with all Applicable Requirements. “ Reportable Use ” shall mean (i) the installation or use of any above or below ground storage tank, (ii) the generation, possession, storage, use, transportation, or disposal of a Hazardous Substance that requires a permit from, or with respect to which a report, notice, registration or business plan is required to be filed with, any governmental authority, and/or (iii) the presence at the Premises of a Hazardous Substance with respect to which any Applicable Requirements requires that a notice be given to persons entering or occupying the Premises or neighboring properties. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Lessee may use any ordinary and customary materials reasonably required to be used in the normal course of the Agreed Use, so long as such use is in compliance with all Applicable Requirements, is not a Reportable unless such is done compliant to all applicable regulations Use , and does not expose the Premises or neighboring property to any meaningful risk of contamination or damage or expose Lessor to any liability therefor. In addition, Lessor may condition its consent to any Reportable Use upon receiving such additional assurances as Lessor reasonably deems necessary to protect itself, the public, the Premises and/or the environment against damage, contamination, injury and/or liability, including, but not limited to, the installation (and removal on or before Lease expiration or termination) of protective modifications (such as concrete encasements) and/or increasing the Security Deposit.

 

(b) Duty to Inform Lessor. If Lessee knows, or has reasonable cause to believe, that a Hazardous Substance has come to be located in, on, under or about the Premises, other than as previously consented to by Lessor, Lessee shall immediately give written notice of such fact to Lessor, and provide Lessor with a copy of any report, notice, claim or other documentation which it has concerning the presence of such Hazardous Substance.

 

(c) Lessee Remediation. Lessee shall not cause or permit any Hazardous Substance to be spilled or released in, on, under, or about the Premises (including through the plumbing or sanitary sewer system) and shall promptly, at Lessee’s expense, take all investigatory and/or remedial action reasonably recommended, whether or not formally ordered or required, for the cleanup of any contamination of, and for the maintenance, security and/or monitoring of the Premises or neighboring properties, that was caused or materially contributed to by Lessee, or pertaining to or involving any Hazardous Substance brought onto the Premises during the term of this Lease, by or for Lessee, or any third party.

 

(d) Lessee Indemnification. Lessee shall indemnify, defend and hold Lessor, its agents, employees, lenders and ground lessor, if any, harmless from and against any and all loss of rents and/or damages, liabilities, judgments, claims, expenses, penalties, and attorneys’ and consultants’ fees arising out of or involving any Hazardous Substance brought onto the Premises by or for Lessee, or any third party (provided, however, that Lessee shall have no liability under this Lease with respect to underground migration of any Hazardous Substance under the Premises from adjacent properties). Lessee’s obligations shall include, but not be limited to, the effects of any contamination or injury to person, property or the environment created or suffered by Lessee, and the cost of investigation, removal, remediation, restoration and/or abatement, and shall survive the expiration or termination of this Lease. No termination, cancellation or release agreement entered into by Lessor and Lessee shall release Lessee from its obligations under this Lease with respect to Hazardous Substances, unless specifically so agreed by Lessor in writing at the time of such agreement.

 

(e) Lessor Indemnification. Lessor and its successors and assigns shall indemnify, defend, reimburse and hold Lessee, its employees and lenders, harmless from and against any and all environmental damages, including the cost of remediation, which existed as a result of Hazardous Substances on the Premises prior to the Start Date or which are caused by the gross negligence or willful misconduct of Lessor, its agents or employees. Lessor’s obligations, as and when required by the Applicable Requirements, shall include, but not be limited to, the cost of investigation, removal, remediation, restoration and/or abatement, and shall survive the expiration or termination of this Lease.

 

(f) Investigations and Remediations. Lessor shall retain the responsibility and pay for any investigations or remediation measures required by governmental entities having jurisdiction with respect to the existence of Hazardous Substances on the Premises prior to the Start Date, unless such remediation measure is required as a result of Lessee’s use (including “Alterations”, as defined in Paragraph 7.3(a) below) of the Premises, in which event Lessee shall be responsible for such payment. Lessee shall cooperate fully in any such activities at the request of Lessor, including allowing Lessor and Lessor’s agents to have reasonable access to the Premises at reasonable times in order to carry out Lessor’s investigative and remedial responsibilities.

 

(g) Lessor Termination Option Hazardous Notice. If a Hazardous Substance Condition occurs during the term of this Lease, unless Lessee is legally responsible therefor (in which case Lessee shall make the investigation and remediation thereof required by the Applicable Requirements and this Lease shall continue in full force and effect, but subject to Lessor’s rights under Paragraph 6.2(d) and Paragraph 13), Lessor may, at Lessor’s option, either (i) investigate and remediate such Hazardous Substance Condition, if required, as soon as reasonably possible at Lessor’s expense, in which event this Lease shall continue in full force and effect, or (ii) if the estimated cost to remediate such condition exceeds twelve (12) times the then monthly Base Rent or $100,000, whichever is greater, give written notice to Lessee, within thirty (30) days after receipt by Lessor of knowledge of the occurrence of such Hazardous Substance Condition, of Lessor’s desire to terminate this Lease as of the date sixty (60) days following the date of such notice. In the event Lessor elects to give a termination notice, Lessee may, within ten (10) days thereafter, give written notice to Lessor of Lessee’s intention to continue occupancy with full knowledge of Hazardous Substance Condition. commitment to pay the amount by which the cost of the remediation of such Hazardous Substance Condition exceeds an amount equal to twelve (12) times the then monthly Base Rent or $100,000, whichever is greater, Lessee shall provide Lessor with said funds or satisfactory assurance thereof within thirty (30) days following such commitment . In such event, this Lease shall continue in full force and effect, and Lessor shall proceed to make such remediation as soon as reasonably possible after the required funds are available. If Lessee does not give such notice and provide the required funds or assurance thereof within the time provided, this Lease shall terminate as of the date specified in Lessor’s notice of termination.

 

6.3 Lessee’s Compliance with Applicable Requirements. Except as otherwise provided in this Lease, Lessee shall, at Lessee’s sole expense, fully, diligently and in a timely manner, materially comply with all Applicable Requirements, the requirements of any applicable fire insurance underwriter or rating bureau, and the recommendations of Lessor’s engineers and/or consultants which relate in any manner to the Premises, without regard to whether said requirements are now in effect or become effective after the Start Date. Lessee shall, within ten (10) days after receipt of Lessor’s written request, provide Lessor with copies of all permits and other documents, and other information evidencing Lessee’s compliance with any Applicable Requirements specified by Lessor, and shall immediately upon receipt, notify Lessor in writing (with copies of any documents involved) of any threatened or actual claim, notice, citation, warning, complaint or report pertaining to or involving the failure of Lessee or the Premises to comply with any Applicable Requirements.

 

6.4 Inspection; Compliance. Lessor and Lessor’s “Lender” (as defined in Paragraph 30 below) and consultants shall have the right to enter into Premises at any time, in the case of an emergency, and otherwise at reasonable times, for the purpose of inspecting the condition of the Premises and for verifying compliance by Lessee with this Lease. The cost of any such inspections shall be paid by Lessor, unless a violation of Applicable Requirements, or a contamination is found to exist or be imminent, or the inspection is requested or ordered by a governmental authority. In such case, Lessee shall upon request reimburse Lessor for the cost of such inspections, so long as such inspection is reasonably related to the violation or contamination.

 

7. Maintenance; Repairs, Utility Installations; Trade Fixtures and Alterations.

 

7.1 Lessee’s Obligations.

 

(a) In General. Subject to the provisions of Paragraph 2.2 (Condition), 2.3 (Compliance), 6.3 (Lessee’s Compliance with Applicable Requirements), 7.2 (Lessor’s Obligations), 9 (Damage or Destruction), and 14 (Condemnation), Lessee shall, at Lessee’s sole expense, keep the Premises, Utility Installations, and Alterations in good order, condition and repair (whether or not the portion of if the Premises requiring repairs, or the means of repairing the same, are reasonably or readily accessible to Lessee, and whether or not if the need for such repairs occurs as a result of Lessee’s use, any prior use , the elements or the age of such portion of the Premises), including, but not limited to, all equipment or facilities, such as plumbing, heating, ventilating, air-conditioning, electrical, lighting facilities, boilers, pressure vessels, fire protection system, fixtures, walls (interior and exterior ), foundations , ceilings, roofs, floors, windows, doors, plate glass, skylights, landscaping, driveways, parking lots, fences, retaining walls , signs, sidewalks and parkways located in, on, or adjacent to the Premises. Lessee, in keeping the Premises in good order, condition and repair, shall exercise and perform good maintenance practices, specifically including the procurement and maintenance of the service contracts required by Paragraph 7.1(b) below. Lessee’s obligations shall include only that property which is included on the subject property’s legal parcel and is not a responsibility of the Amanecer

 

    Page 3 of 11   Initials    /s/    Illegible                /s/    Illegible        
© 1997 - American Industrial Real Estate Association   REVISED                FORM STN-6-2/97E


Maintenance District Association and shall include restorations, replacements or renewals when necessary to keep the Premises and all improvements thereon or a part thereof in good order, condition and state of repair. Lessee shall not be responsible for payment of any third party management fees. Lessee shall, during the term of this Lease, keep the exterior appearance of the Building in a first-class condition consistent with the exterior appearance of other similar facilities of comparable age and size in the vicinity, including, when necessary, the exterior repainting of the Building.

 

(b) Service Contracts. Lessee shall, at Lessee’s sole expense, procure and maintain contracts, with copies to Lessor, in customary form and substance for, and with contractors specializing and experienced in the maintenance of the following equipment and improvements, if any, if and when installed on the Premises: (i) HVAC equipment, (ii) boiler, and pressure vessels , (iii) fire extinguishing systems, including fire alarm and/or smoke detection, (iv) landscaping and irrigation systems, (v) roof covering and drains, (vi) driveways and parking lots, (vii) clarifiers (viii) basic utility feed to the perimeter of the Building, and (ix) any other equipment, if reasonably required by Lessor.

 

(c) Replacement. Subject to Lessee’s indemnification of Lessor as set forth in Paragraph 8.7 below, and without relieving Lessee of liability resulting from Lessee’s failure to exercise and perform good maintenance practices, if the Basic Elements described in Paragraph 7.1(b) cannot be repaired other than at a cost which is in excess of 50% of the cost of replacing such Basic Elements, then such Basic Elements shall be replaced by Lessor, and the cost thereof shall be prorated between the Parties and Lessee shall only be obligated to pay, each month during the remainder of the term of this Lease, on the date on which Base Rent is due, an amount equal to the product of multiplying the cost of such replacement by a fraction, the numerator of which is one, and the denominator of which is the number of months of the useful life of such replacement as such useful life is specified pursuant to Federal income tax regulations or guidelines for depreciation thereof (including interest on the unamortized balance as is then commercially reasonable in the judgment of Lessor’s accountants), with Lessee reserving the right to prepay its obligation at any time.

 

7.2 Lessor’s Obligations. Subject to the provisions of Paragraphs 2.2 (Condition), 2.3 (Compliance), 9 (Damage or Destruction) and 14 (Condemnation), it is intended by the Parties hereto that Lessor have no obligation, in any manner whatsoever, to repair and maintain the Premises, except for those items excluded from Lessee’s obligations under Paragraph 7.1 which shall include exterior walls, structural and foundation aspects of the building, or the equipment therein, all of which obligations are intended to be that of the Lessee. It is the intention of the Parties that the terms of this Lease govern the respective obligations of the Parties as to maintenance and repair of the Premises, and they expressly waive the benefit of any statute now or hereafter in effect to the extent it is inconsistent with the terms of this Lease.

 

7.3 Utility Installations; Trade Fixtures; Alterations.

 

(a) Definitions; Consent Required. The term “ Utility Installations ” refers to all floor and window coverings, air lines, power panels, electrical distribution, security and fire protection systems, communication systems, lighting fixtures, HVAC equipment, plumbing, and fencing in or on the Premises. The term “ Trade Fixtures ” shall mean Lessee’s machinery and equipment that can be removed without doing material damage to the Premises. The term “ Alterations ” shall mean any modification of the improvements, other than Utility Installations or Trade Fixtures, whether by addition or deletion. “ Lessee Owned Alterations and/or Utility Installations ” are defined as Alterations and/or Utility Installations made by Lessee that are not yet owned by Lessor pursuant to Paragraph 7.4(a). Lessee shall not make any Alterations or Utility Installations to the Premises without Lessor’s prior written consent. Lessee may, however, make non-structural Utility Installations to the interior of the Premises (excluding the roof) without such consent but upon notice to Lessor, as long as they are not visible from the outside, do not involve puncturing, relocating or removing the roof or any existing walls, and the cumulative cost thereof during this Lease as extended does not exceed $50,000 $200,000 in the aggregate or $10,000 $50,000 in any one year.

 

(b) Consent. Any Alterations or Utility Installation that Lessee shall desire to make and which require the consent of the Lessor shall be presented to Lessor in written form with detailed plans. Consent shall be deemed conditioned upon Lessee’s: (i) acquiring all applicable governmental permits, (ii) furnishing Lessor with copies of both the permits and the plans and specifications prior to commencement of the work, and (iii) compliance with all conditions of said permits and other Applicable Requirements in a prompt and expeditious manner. Any Alterations or Utility Installations shall be performed in a workmanlike manner with good and sufficient materials. Lessee shall promptly upon completion furnish Lessor with as built plans and specifications. For work which costs an amount equal to the greater of one two month’s Base Rent, or $10,000 $50,000, Lessor may condition its consent upon Lessee providing a lien and completion bond in an amount equal to one and one-half times the estimated cost of such Alteration or Utility Installation and/or upon Lessee’s posting an additional Security Deposit with Lessor,

 

(c) Indemnification. Lessee shall pay, when due, all claims for labor or materials furnished or alleged to have been furnished to or for Lessee at or for use on the Premises, which claims are or may be secured by any mechanic’s or materialmen’s lien against the Premises or any interest therein. Lessee shall give Lessor not less than ten (10) days’ notice prior to the commencement of any work in, on or about the Premises, and Lessor shall have the right to post notices of non-responsibility. If Lessee shall contest the validity of any such lien, claim or demand, then Lessee shall, at its sole expense defend and protect itself, Lessor and the Premises against the same and shall pay and satisfy any such adverse judgment that may be rendered thereon before the enforcement thereof. If Lessor shall require, Lessee shall furnish a surety bond in an amount equal to one and one-half times the amount of such contested lien, claim or demand, indemnifying Lessor against liability for the same. If Lessor elects to participate in any such action, Lessee shall pay Lessor’s attorneys’ fees and costs.

 

7.4 Ownership; Removal; Surrender; and Restoration.

 

(a) Ownership. Subject to Lessor’s right to require removal or elect ownership as hereinafter provided, all alterations and utility installations made by Lessee which are permanently attached or required for operation of the building . Alterations and Utility Installations made by Lessee shall be the property of Lessee, but considered a part of the Premises. Lessor may, at any time, elect in writing to be the owner of all or any specified part of the Lessee Owned Alterations and Utility Installations. Unless otherwise instructed per Paragraph 7.4(b) hereof, all Lessee Owned Alterations and Utility Installations which are permanently attached or are required for operation of the building shall, at the expiration or termination of this Lease, become the property of Lessor and be surrendered by Lessee with the Premises.

 

(b) Removal. By delivery to Lessee of written notice from Lessor not earlier than ninety (90) and not later than thirty (30) days prior to the end of the term of this Lease, Lessor may require that any or all Lessee Owned Alterations or Utility Installations be removed by the expiration or termination of this Lease. Lessor may require the removal at any time of all or any part of any Lessee Owned Alterations or Utility installations made without the required consent.

 

(c) Surrender/Restoration. Lessee shall surrender the Premises by the Expiration Date or any earlier termination date, with all of the improvements, parts and surfaces thereof broom clean and free of debris, and in good operating order, condition and state of repair, ordinary wear and tear excepted. “Ordinary wear and tear” shall not include any damage or deterioration that would have been prevented by good maintenance practice. Lessee shall repair any damage occasioned by the installation, maintenance or removal of Trade Fixtures, Lessee Owned Alterations and/or Utility Installations, furnishings, and equipment as well as the removal of any storage tank installed by or for Lessee, and the removal, replacement, or remediation of any soil, material or groundwater contaminated by Lessee. Trade Fixtures shall remain the property of Lessee and shall be removed by Lessee. The failure by Lessee to timely vacate the Premises pursuant to this Paragraph 7.4(c) without the express written consent of Lessor shall constitute a holdover under the provisions of Paragraph 26 below.

 

8. Insurance; Indemnity.

 

8.1 Payment For Insurance. Lessee shall pay for all insurance required under Paragraph 8 except to the extent of the cost attributable to liability insurance carried by Lessor under Paragraph 8.2(b) in excess of $2,000,000 per occurrence. Premiums for policy periods commencing prior to or extending beyond the Lease term shall be prorated to correspond to the Lease term. Payment shall be made by Lessee to Lessor within ten (10) days following receipt of an invoice.

 

8.2 Liability Insurance.

 

(a) Carried by Lessee. Lessee shall obtain and keep in force a Commercial General Liability Policy of Insurance protecting Lessee and Lessor against claims for bodily injury, personal injury and property damage based upon or arising out of the ownership, use, occupancy or maintenance of the Premises and all areas appurtenant thereto. Such insurance shall be on an occurrence claims basis providing single limit coverage in an amount not less than $2,000,000 per occurrence with an “ Additional Insured-Managers or Lessors of Premises Endorsement ” and contain the “ Amendment of the Pollution Exclusion Endorsement ” for damage caused by heat, smoke or fumes from a hostile fire. The Policy shall not contain any intra-insured exclusions as between insured persons or organizations, but shall include coverage for liability assumed under this Lease as an ‘insured contract’ for the

 

    Page 4 of 11   Initials    /s/    Illegible                /s/    Illegible        
© 1997 - American Industrial Real Estate Association   REVISED                FORM STN-6-2/97E


performance of Lessee’s indemnity obligations under this Lease. The limits of said insurance shall not, however, limit the liability of Lessee nor relieve Lessee of any obligation hereunder. All insurance carried by Lessee shall be primary to and not contributory with any similar insurance carried by Lessor, whose insurance shall be considered excess insurance only.

 

(b) Carried by Lessor. Lessor shall maintain liability insurance as described in Paragraph 8.2(a), in addition to, and not in lieu of, the insurance required to be maintained by Lessee. Lessee shall not be named as an additional insured therein.

 

8.3 Property insurance - Building, improvements and Rental Value.

 

(a) Building and Improvements. The Insuring Party shall obtain and keep in force a policy or policies in the name of Lessor, with loss payable to Lessor, any groundlessor, and to any Lender(s) insuring loss or damage to the Premises. The amount of such insurance shall be equal to the full replacement cost of the Premises, as the same shall exist from time to time, or the amount required by any Lenders, but in no event more than the commercially reasonable and available insurable value thereof. If Lessor is the Insuring Party, however, Lessee Owned Alterations and Utility Installations, Trade Fixtures, and Lessee’s personal property shall be insured by Lessee under Paragraph 8.4 rather than by Lessor. If the coverage is available and commercially appropriate, such policy or policies shall insure against all risks of direct physical loss or damage (except the perils of flood and/or earthquake unless required by a Lender), including coverage for debris removal and the enforcement of any Applicable Requirements requiring the upgrading, demolition, reconstruction or replacement of any portion of the Premises as the result of a covered loss. Said policy or policies shall also contain an agreed valuation provision in lieu of any coinsurance clause, waiver of subrogation, and inflation guard protection causing an increase in the annual property insurance coverage amount by a factor of not less than the adjusted U.S. Department of Labor Consumer Price Index for All Urban Consumers for the city nearest to where the Premises are located. If such insurance coverage has a deductible clause, the deductible amount shall not exceed $1,000 $5,000 per occurrence, and Lessee shall be liable for such deductible amount in the event of an Insured Loss.

 

(b) Rental Value. The Insuring Party shall obtain and keep in force a policy or policies in the name of Lessor with loss payable to Lessor and any Lender, insuring the loss of the full Rent for one (1) year. Said insurance shall provide that in the event the Lease is terminated by reason of an insured loss, the period of indemnity for such coverage shall be extended beyond the date of the completion of repairs or replacement of the Premises, to provide for one full year’s loss of Rent from the date of any such loss. Said insurance shall contain an agreed valuation provision in lieu of any coinsurance clause, and the amount of coverage shall be adjusted annually to reflect the projected Rent otherwise payable by Lessee, for the next twelve (12) month period. Lessee shall be liable for any deductible amount in the event of such loss.

 

(c) Adjacent Premises. If the Premises are part of a larger building, or of a group of buildings owned by Lessor which are adjacent to the Premises, the Lessee shall pay for any increase in the premiums for the property insurance of such building or buildings if said increase is caused by Lessee’s acts, omissions, use or occupancy of the Premises.

 

8.4 Lessee’s Property/Business Interruption Insurance.

 

(a) Property Damage. Lessee shall obtain and maintain insurance coverage on all of Lessee’s personal property, Trade Fixtures, and Lessee Owned Alterations and Utility Installations. Such insurance shall be full replacement cost coverage with a deductible of not to exceed $1,000 $5,000 per occurrence. The proceeds from any such insurance shall be used by Lessee for the replacement of personal property, Trade Fixtures and Lessee Owned Alterations and Utility Installations. Lessee shall provide Lessor with written evidence that such insurance is in force.

 

(b) Business Interruption. Lessee shall obtain and maintain loss of income and extra expense insurance in amounts as will reimburse Lessee for direct or indirect loss of earnings attributable to all perils commonly insured against by prudent lessees in the business of Lessee or attributable to prevention of access to the Premises as a result of such perils.

 

(c) No Representation of Adequate Coverage. Lessor makes no representation that the limits or forms of coverage of insurance specified herein are adequate to cover Lessee’s property, business operations or obligations under this Lease.

 

8.5 Insurance Policies. Insurance required herein shall be by companies duly licensed or admitted to transact business in the state where the Premises are located, and maintaining during the policy term a “General Policyholders Rating” of at least B+, V, as set forth in the most current issue of “Best’s Insurance Guide”, or such other rating as may be required by a Lender. Lessee shall not do or permit to be done anything which invalidates the required insurance policies. Lessee shall, prior to the Start Date, deliver to Lessor certified copies of policies of such insurance or certificates evidencing the existence and amounts of the required insurance. No such policy shall be cancelable or subject to modification except after thirty (30) days prior written notice to Lessor. Lessee shall, at least thirty (30) days prior to the expiration of such policies, furnish Lessor with evidence of renewals or “insurance binders” evidencing renewal thereof, or Lessor may order such insurance and charge the cost thereof to Lessee, which amount shall be payable by Lessee to Lessor upon demand. Such policies shall be for a term of at least one year, or the length of the remaining term of this Lease, whichever is less. If either Party shall fail to procure and maintain the insurance required to be carried by it, the other Party may, but shall not be required to, procure and maintain the same.

 

8.6 Waiver of Subrogation. Without affecting any other rights or remedies, Lessee and Lessor each hereby release and relieve the other, and waive their entire right to recover damages against the other, for loss of or damage to its property arising out of or incident to the perils required to be insured against herein. The effect of such releases and waivers is not limited by the amount of insurance carried or required, or by any deductibles applicable hereto. The Parties agree to have their respective property damage insurance carriers waive any right to subrogation that such companies may have against Lessor or Lessee, as the case may be, so long as the insurance is not invalidated thereby.

 

8.7 Indemnity. Except for Lessor’s gross negligence or willful misconduct, Lessee shall indemnify, protect, defend and hold harmless the Premises, Lessor and its agents, Lessor’s master or ground lessor, partners and Lenders, from and against any and all claims, loss of rents and/or damages, liens, judgments, penalties, attorneys’ and consultants’ fees, expenses and/or liabilities arising out of, involving, or in connection with, the use and/or occupancy of the Premises by Lessee, if any action or proceeding is brought against Lessor by reason of any of the foregoing matters. Lessee shall upon notice defend the same at Lessee’s expense by counsel reasonably satisfactory to Lessor and Lessor shall cooperate with Lessee in such defense. Lessor need not have first paid any such claim in order to be defended or indemnified.

 

8.8 Exemption of Lessor from Liability. Lessor shall not be liable for injury or damage to the person or goods, wares, merchandise or other property of Lessee, Lessee’s employees, contractors, invitees, customers, or any other person in or about the Premises, whether such damage or injury is caused by or results from fire, steam, electricity, gas, water or rain, or from the breakage, leakage, obstruction or other defects of pipes, fire sprinklers, wires, appliances, plumbing, HVAC or lighting fixtures, or from any other cause, whether the said injury or damage results from conditions arising upon the Premises or upon other portions of the Building of which the Premises are a part, or from other sources or places. Lessor shall not be liable for any damages arising from any act or neglect of any other tenant of Lessor, Notwithstanding Lessor’s negligence or breach of this Lease, Lessor shall under no circumstances be liable for injury to Lessee’s business or for any loss of income or profit therefrom.

 

9. Damage or Destruction.

 

9.1 Definitions.

 

(a) Premises Partial Damage shall mean damage or destruction to the improvements on the Premises, other than Lessee Owned Alterations and Utility Installations, which can reasonably be repaired in six (6) months or less from the date of the damage or destruction. Lessor shall notify Lessee in writing within thirty (30) days from the date of the damage or destruction as to whether or not the damage is Partial or Total.

 

(b) Premises Total Destruction shall mean damage or destruction to the Premises, other than Lessee Owned Alterations and Utility Installations and Trade Fixtures, which cannot reasonably be repaired in six (6) months or less from the date of the damage or destruction. Lessor shall notify Lessee in writing within thirty (30) days from the date of the damage or destruction as to whether or not the damage is Partial or Total.

 

(c) Insured Loss shall mean damage or destruction to improvements on the Premises, other than Lessee Owned Alterations and Utility Installations and Trade Fixtures, which was caused by an event required to be covered by the insurance described in Paragraph 8.3(a), irrespective of any deductible amounts or coverage limits involved.

 

(d) Replacement Cost shall mean the cost to repair or rebuild the improvements owned by Lessor at the time of the occurrence to their condition existing immediately prior thereto, including demolition, debris removal and upgrading required by the operation of Applicable Requirements, and without deduction for depreciation.

 

(e) Hazardous Substance Condition shall mean the occurrence or discovery of a condition involving the presence of, or a contamination by, a Hazardous Substance as defined in Paragraph 6.2(a), in, on, or under the Premises.

 

9.2 Partial Damage - Insured Loss. If a Premises Partial Damage that is an Insured Loss occurs, then Lessor shall, at Lessor’s expense, repair such damage (but not Lessee’s Trade Fixtures or Lessee Owned Alterations and Utility Installations) as soon as reasonably possible and this Lease shall continue in full force and effect; provided, however, that Lessee shall, at Lessor’s election, make the repair of any damage or destruction the total cost to repair of which is $10,000 or less, and, in such event, Lessor shall make any applicable insurance proceeds available to Lessee on a reasonable basis for

 

    Page 5 of 11   Initials    /s/    Illegible                /s/    Illegible        
© 1997 - American Industrial Real Estate Association   REVISED                FORM STN-6-2/97E


that purpose. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if the required insurance was not in force or the insurance proceeds are not sufficient to effect such repair, the Insuring Party shall promptly contribute the shortage in proceeds (except as to the deductible which is Lessee’s responsibility) as and when required to complete said repairs. In the event, however, such shortage was due to the fact that, by reason of the unique nature of the improvements, full replacement cost insurance coverage was not commercially reasonable and available, Lessor shall have no obligation to pay for the shortage in insurance proceeds or to fully restore the unique aspects of the Premises unless Lessee provides Lessor with the funds to cover same, or adequate assurance thereof, within ten (10) days following receipt of written notice of such shortage and request therefor. If Lessor receives said funds or adequate assurance thereof within said ten (10) day period, the party responsible for making the repairs shall complete them as soon as reasonably possible and this Lease shall remain in full force and effect. If such funds or assurance are not received, Lessor may nevertheless elect by written notice to Lessee within ten (10) days thereafter to: (i) make such restoration and repair as is commercially reasonable with Lessor paying any shortage in proceeds, in which case this Lease shall remain in full force and effect, or have this Lease terminate thirty (30) days thereafter. Lessee shall not be entitled to reimbursement of any funds contributed by Lessee to repair any such damage or destruction. Premises Partial Damage due to flood or earthquake shall be subject to Paragraph 9.3, notwithstanding that there may be some insurance coverage, but the net proceeds of any such insurance shall be made available for the repairs if made by either Party.

 

9.3 Partial Damage - Uninsured Loss. If a Premises Partial Damage that is not an Insured Loss occurs, unless caused by a negligent or willful act of Lessee (in which event Lessee shall make the repairs at Lessee’s expense), Lessor may either: (i) repair such damage as soon as reasonably possible at Lessor’s expense, in which event this Lease shall continue in full force and effect, or (ii) terminate this Lease by giving written notice to Lessee within thirty (30) days after receipt by Lessor of knowledge of the occurrence of such damage. Such termination shall be effective sixty (60) days following the date of such notice. In the event Lessor elects to terminate this Lease, Lessee shall have the right within ten (10) days after receipt of the termination notice to give written notice to Lessor of Lessee’s commitment to pay for the repair of such damage without reimbursement from Lessor. Lessee shall provide Lessor with said funds or satisfactory assurance thereof within thirty (30) days after making such commitment. In such event this Lease shall continue in full force and effect, and Lessor shall proceed to make such repairs as soon as reasonably possible after the required funds are available. If Lessee does not make the required commitment, this Lease shall terminate as of the date specified in the termination notice.

 

9.4 Total Destruction. Notwithstanding any other provision hereof, if a Premises Total Destruction occurs, this Lease shall terminate sixty (60) days following such Destruction. If the damage or destruction was caused by the gross negligence or willful misconduct of Lessee, Lessor shall have the right to recover Lessor’s damages from Lessee, except as provided in Paragraph 8.6.

 

9.5 Damage Near End of term If at any time during the last six (6) months of this Lease there is damage for which the cost to repair exceeds one (1) month’s Base Rent, whether or not an Insured Lose Lessor may terminate this Lease- effective sixty (60) days following the date of occurrence) of such damage by giving a written termination notice to Lease within thirty (30) days after the date of occurrence of such damage. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if Lessee at that time has an exercisable option to extend this Lease or to purchase the Promises, then Lessee may preserve this Lease by, (a) exercising such option and (b) providing Lesser with any shortage in insurance proceeds (or adequate assurance thereof) needed to make the repairs on or before the earlier of (i)’ the date which is ten days after Lessee’s receipt of Lessor’s written notice purporting to terminate this Lease, or (ii) the day prior to the date upon which such option expires. If Lessee duly exercises such option during such period and provides lesser with funds (or adequate assurance thereof) to cover any shortage in insurance proceeds, Lessers shall, at Lesser’s commercially reasonable expense, repair such damage as soon as reasonably possible and this Lease shall continue in full force and effect. If Lessee fails to exercise such option and provide such funds or assurance during such period, then this Lease shall terminate on the date specified in the termination notice and Lessee’s option shall be extinguished.

 

9.6 Abatement of Rent; Lessee’s Remedies.

 

(a) Abatement. In the event of Premises Partial Damage or Premises Total Destruction or a Hazardous Substance Condition for which Lessee is not responsible under this Lease, the Rent payable by Lessee for the period required for the repair, remediation or restoration of such damage shall be abated in proportion to the degree to which Lessee’s use of the Premises is impaired, but not to exceed the proceeds received from the Rental Value insurance. All other obligations of Lessee hereunder shall be performed by Lessee, and Lessor shall have no liability for any such damage, destruction, remediation, repair or restoration except as provided herein.

 

(b) Remedies. If Lessor shall be obligated to repair or restore the Premises and does not commence, in a substantial and meaningful way, such repair or restoration within ninety (90) days after such obligation shall accrue. Lessee may, at any time prior to the commencement of such repair or restoration, give written notice to Lessor and to any Lenders of which Lessee has actual notice, of Lessee’s election to terminate this Lease on a date not less than sixty (60) days following the giving of such notice. If Lessee gives such notice and such repair or restoration is not commenced within thirty (30) days thereafter, this Lease shall terminate as of the date specified in said notice. If the repair or restoration is commenced within said thirty (30) days, this Lease shall continue in full force and effect. “Commence” shall mean either the unconditional authorization of the preparation of the required plans, or the beginning of the actual work on the Premises, whichever first occurs.

 

9.7 Termination - Advance Payments. Upon termination of this Lease pursuant to Paragraph 6.2(g) or Paragraph 9, an equitable adjustment shall be made concerning advance Base Rent and any other advance payments made by Lessee to Lessor. Lessor shall, in addition, return to Lessee so much of Lessee’s Security Deposit as has not been, or is not then required to be, used by Lessor.

 

9.8 Waive Statutes. Lessor and Lessee agree that the terms of this Lease shall govern the effect of any damage to or destruction of the Premises with respect to the termination of this Lease and hereby waive the provisions of any present or future statute to the extent inconsistent herewith.

 

10. Real Property Taxes.

 

10.1 Definition of “Real Property Taxes.” As used herein, the term “Real Property Taxes” shall include any form of assessment; real estate, general, special, ordinary or extraordinary, or rental levy or tax (other than inheritance, personal income or estate taxes); improvement bond; and/or license fee imposed upon or levied against any legal or equitable interest of Lessor in the Premises, Lessor’s right to other income therefrom, and/or Lessor’s business of leasing, by any authority having the direct or indirect power to tax and where the funds are generated with reference to the Building address and where the proceeds so generated are to be applied by the city, county or other local taxing authority of a jurisdiction within which the Premises are located. The term “Real Property Taxes” shall also include any tax, fee, levy, assessment or charge, or any increase therein, imposed by reason of events occurring during the term of this Lease, including but not limited to, a change in the ownership of the Premises.

 

10.2

 

(a) Payment of Taxes. Lessee shall pay the Real Property Taxes applicable to the Premises during the term of this Lease. Subject to Paragraph 10.2(b), all such payments shall be made at least ten (10) days prior to any delinquency date. Lessee shall promptly furnish Lessor with satisfactory evidence that such taxes have been paid. If any such taxes shall cover any period of time prior to or after the expiration or termination of this Lease, Lessee’s share of such taxes shall be prorated to cover only that portion of the tax bill applicable to the period that this Lease is in effect, and Lessor shall reimburse Lessee for any overpayment. If Lessee shall fail to pay any required Real Property Taxes, Lessor shall have the right to pay the same, and Lessee shall reimburse Lessor therefor upon demand.

 

(b) Advance Payment. In the event Lessee incurs a late charge on any Rent payment, Lessor may, at Lessor’s option, estimate the current Real Property Taxes, and require that such taxes be paid in advance to Lessor by Lessee, either: (i) in a lump sum amount equal to the installment due, at least twenty (20) days prior to the applicable delinquency date, or (ii) monthly in advance with the payment of the Base Rent. If Lessor elects to require payment monthly in advance, the monthly payment shall be an amount equal to the amount of the estimated installment of taxes divided by the number of months remaining before the month in which said installment becomes delinquent. When the actual amount of the applicable tax bill is known, the amount of such equal monthly advance payments shall be adjusted as required to provide the funds needed to pay the applicable taxes. If the amount collected by Lessor is insufficient to pay such Real Property Taxes when due, Lessee shall pay Lessor, upon demand, such additional sums as are necessary to pay such obligations. All monies paid to Lessor under this Paragraph may be intermingled with other monies of Lessor and shall not bear interest. In the event of a Breach by Lessee in the performance of its obligations under this Lease, then any balance of funds paid to Lessor under the provisions of this Paragraph may, at the option of Lessor, be treated as an additional Security Deposit.

 

10.3 Joint Assessment. If the Premises are not separately assessed, Lessee’s liability shall be an equitable proportion of the Real Property Taxes for all of the land and improvements included within the tax parcel assessed, such proportion to be conclusively determined by Lessor from the respective valuations assigned in the assessor’s work sheets or such other information as may be reasonably available.

 

10.4 Personal Property Taxes. Lessee shall pay, prior to delinquency, all taxes assessed against and levied upon Lessee Owned Alterations, Utility installations, Trade Fixtures, furnishings, equipment and all personal property of Lessee. When possible, Lessee shall cause such property to be assessed and billed separately from the real property of Lessor. If any of Lessee’s said personal property shall be assessed with Lessor’s real property, Lessee shall pay Lessor the taxes attributable to Lessee’s property within ten (10) days after receipt of a written statement.

 

11. Utilities. Lessee shall pay for all water, gas, heat, light, power, telephone, trash disposal and other utilities and services supplied to the Premises,

 

    Page 6 of 11   Initials    /s/    Illegible                /s/    Illegible        
© 1997 - American Industrial Real Estate Association   REVISED                FORM STN-6-2/97E


together with any taxes thereon. If any such services are not separately metered to Lessee, Lessee shall pay a reasonable proportion, to be determined by Lessor, of all charges jointly metered.

 

12. Assignment and Subletting.

 

12.1 Lessor’s Consent Required.

 

(a) Lessee shall not voluntarily or by operation of law assign, transfer, mortgage or encumber (collectively, “assign or assignment”) or sublet all or any part of Lessee’s interest in this Lease or in the Premises without Lessor’s prior written consent.

 

(b) A change in the control of Lessee shall constitute an assignment requiring consent. The transfer, on a cumulative basis, of twenty-five percent (25%) or more of the voting control of Lessee shall constitute a change in control for this purpose.

 

(c) The involvement of Lessee or its assets in any transaction, or series of transactions (by way of merger, sale, acquisition, financing, transfer, leveraged buy-out or otherwise), whether or not a formal assignment or hypothecation of this Lease or Lessee’s assets occurs, which results or will result in a reduction of the Net Worth of Lessee by an amount greater than twenty-five percent (25%) of such Net Worth as it was represented at the time of the execution of this Lease or at the time of the most recent assignment to which Lessor has consented, or as it exists immediately prior to said transaction or transactions constituting such reduction, whichever was or is greater, shall be considered an assignment of this Lease to which Lessor may withhold its consent. “Net Worth of Lessee” shall mean the net worth of Lessee (excluding any guarantors) established under generally accepted accounting principles.

 

(d) An assignment or subletting without consent shall, at Lessor’s option, be a Default curable after notice per Paragraph 13.1 (c), or a noncurable Breach without the necessity of any notice and grace period. If Lessor elects to treat such unapproved assignment or subletting as a noncurable Breach, Lessor may either: (i) terminate this Lease, or (ii) upon thirty (30) days written notice, increase the monthly Base Rent to one hundred ten percent (110%) of the Base Rent then in effect. Further, in the event of such Breach and rental adjustment, (i) the purchase price of any option to purchase the Premises held by Lessee shall be subject to similar adjustment to one hundred the percent (110%) of the price previously in effect, and (ii) all fixed and non-fixed rental adjustments scheduled during the remainder of the Lease term shall be increased to One Hundred Ten Percent (110%) of the scheduled adjusted rent.

 

(e) Lessee’s remedy for any breach of Paragraph 12.1 by Lessor shall be limited to compensatory damages and/or injunctive relief.

 

12.2 Terms and Conditions Applicable to Assignment and Subletting.

 

(a) Regardless of Lessor’s consent, any assignment or subletting shall not: (i) be effective without the express written assumption by such assignee or sublessee of the obligations of Lessee under this Lease; (ii) release Lessee of any obligations hereunder; or (iii) alter the primary liability of Lessee for the payment of Rent or for the performance of any other obligations to be performed by Lessee.

 

(b) Lessor may accept Rent or performance of Lessee’s obligations from any person other than Lessee pending approval or disapproval of an assignment. Neither a delay in the approval or disapproval of such assignment nor the acceptance of Rent or performance shall constitute a waiver or estoppel of Lessor’s right to exercise its remedies for Lessee’s Default or Breach.

 

(c) Lessor’s consent to any assignment or subletting shall not constitute a consent to any subsequent assignment or subletting.

 

(d) In the event of any Default or Breach by Lessee, Lessor may proceed directly against Lessee, any Guarantors or anyone else responsible for the performance of Lessee’s obligations under this Lease, including any assignee or sublessee, without first exhausting Lessor’s remedies against any other person or entity responsible therefore to Lessor, or any security held by Lessor.

 

(e) Each request for consent to an assignment or subletting shall be in writing, accompanied by information relevant to Lessor’s determination as to the financial and operational responsibility and appropriateness of the proposed assignee or sublessee, including but not limited to the intended use and/or required modification of the Premises, if any, together with a fee of $1,000 or ten percent (10%) of the current monthly Base Rent applicable to the portion of the Premises which is the subject of the proposed assignment or sublease, whichever is greater, as consideration for Lessor’s considering and processing said request. Lessee agrees to provide Lessor with such other or additional information and/or documentation as may be reasonably requested.

 

(f) Any assignee of, or sublessee under, this Lease shall, by reason of accepting such assignment or entering into such sublease, be deemed to have assumed and agreed to conform and comply with each and every term, covenant, condition and obligation herein to be observed or performed by Lessee during the term of said assignment or sublease, other than such obligations as are contrary to or inconsistent with provisions of an assignment or sublease to which Lessor has specifically consented to in writing.

 

12.3 Additional Terms and Conditions Applicable to Subletting. The following terms and conditions shall apply to any subletting by Lessee of all or any part of the Premises and shall be deemed included in all subleases under this Lease whether or not expressly incorporated therein:

 

(a) Lessee hereby assigns and transfers to Lessor all of Lessee’s interest in all Rent payable on any sublease, and Lessor may collect such Rent and apply same toward Lessee’s obligations under this Lease; provided, however, that until a Breach shall occur in the performance of Lessee’s obligations, Lessee may collect said Rent. Lessor shall not, by reason of the foregoing or any assignment of such sublease, nor by reason of the collection of Rent, be deemed liable to the sublessee for any failure of Lessee to perform and comply with any of Lessee’s obligations to such sublessee. Lessee hereby irrevocably authorizes and directs any such sublessee, upon receipt of a written notice from Lessor stating that a Breach exists in the performance of Lessee’s obligations under this Lease, to pay to Lessor all Rent due and to become due under the sublease. Sublessee shall rely upon any such notice from Lessor and shall pay all Rents to Lessor without any obligation or right to inquire as to whether such Breach exists, notwithstanding any claim from Lessee to the contrary.

 

(b) In the event of a Breach by Lessee, Lessor may, at its option, require sublessee to attorn to Lessor, in which event Lessor shall undertake the obligations of the sublessor under such sublease from the time of the exercise of said option to the expiration of such sublease; provided, however, Lessor shall not be liable for any prepaid rents or security deposit paid by such sublessee to such sublessor or for any prior Defaults or Breaches of such sublessor.

 

(c) Any matter requiring the consent of the sublessor under a sublease shall also require the consent of Lessor.

 

(d) No sublessee shall further assign or sublet all or any part of the Premises without Lessor’s prior written consent.

 

(e) Lessor shall deliver a copy of any notice of Default or Breach by Lessee to the sublessee, who shall have the right to cure the Default of Lessee within the grace period, if any, specified in such notice. The sublessee shall have a right of reimbursement and offset from and against Lessee for any such Defaults cured by the sublessee.

 

13. Default; Breach; Remedies.

 

13.1 Default; Breach. A “Default” is defined as a failure by the Lessee to comply with or perform any of the terms, covenants, conditions or rules under this Lease. A “Breach” is defined as the occurrence of one or more of the following Defaults, and the failure of Lessee to cure such Default within any applicable grace period:

 

(a) The abandonment of the Premises; or the vacating of the Premises without providing a commercially reasonable level of security, or where the coverage of the property insurance described in Paragraph 8.3 is jeopardized as a result thereof, or without providing reasonable assurances to minimize potential vandalism.

 

(b) The failure of Lessee to make any payment of Rent or any Security Deposit required to be made by Lessee hereunder, whether to Lessor or to a third party, when due, to provide reasonable evidence of insurance or surety bond, or to fulfill any obligation under this Lease which endangers or threatens life or property, where such failure continues for a period of three (3) business days following written notice to Lessee.

 

(c) The failure by Lessee to provide (i) reasonable written evidence of compliance with Applicable Requirements, (ii) the service contracts, (iii) the rescission of an unauthorized assignment or subletting, (iv) a Estoppel Certificate, (v) a requested subordination, (vi) evidence concerning any guaranty and/or Guarantor, (vii) any document requested under Paragraph 42 (easements), or (viii) any other documentation or information which Lessor may reasonably require of Lessee under the terms of this Lease, where any such failure continues for a period of ten (10) days following written notice to Lessee.

 

(d) A Default by Lessee as to the terms, covenants, conditions or provisions of this Lease, or of the rules adopted under Paragraph 40 hereof, other than those described in subparagraphs 13.1 (a), (b) or (c), above, where such Default continues for a period of thirty (30) days after written notice; provided, however, that if the nature of Lessee’s Default is such that more than thirty (30) days are reasonably required for its cure, then it shall not be deemed to be a Breach if Lessee commences such cure within said thirty (30) day period and thereafter diligently prosecutes such cure to completion.

 

(e) The occurrence of any of the following events: (i) the making of any general arrangement or assignment for the benefit of creditors; (ii) becoming a “debtor” as defined in 11 U.S.C. § 101 or any successor statute thereto (unless, in the case of a petition filed against Lessee, the same is dismissed within sixty (60) days); (iii) the appointment of a trustee or receiver to take possession of substantially all of Lessee’s assets located at the Premises or of Lessee’s interest in this Lease, where possession is not restored to Lessee within thirty (30) days; or (iv) the attachment, execution or other judicial seizure of substantially all of Lessee’s assets located at the Premises or of Lessee’s interest in this Lease, where such seizure is not discharged

 

    Page 7 of 11   Initials    /s/    Illegible                /s/    Illegible        
© 1997 - American Industrial Real Estate Association   REVISED                FORM STN-6-2/97E


within thirty (30) days; provided, however, in the event that any provision of this subparagraph 13.1 (e) is contrary to any applicable law, such provision shall be of no force or effect, and not affect the validity of the remaining provisions.

 

(f) The discovery that any financial statement of Lessee or of any Guarantor given to Lessor was materially false.

 

(g) if the performance of Lessee’s obligations under this Lease is guaranteed: (i) the death of a Guarantor; (ii) the termination of a Guarantor’s liability with respect to this Lease other than in accordance with the terms of such guaranty; (iii) a Guarantor’s becoming insolvent or the subject of a bankruptcy filing; (iv) a Guarantor’s refusal to honor the guaranty; or (v) a Guarantor’s breach of its guaranty obligation on an anticipatory basis, and Lessee’s failure, within sixty (60) days following written notice of any such event, to provide written alternative assurance or security, which, when coupled with the then existing resources of Lessee, equals or exceeds the combined financial resources of Lessee and the Guarantors that existed at the time of execution of this Lease.

 

13.2 Remedies. If Lessee fails to perform any of its affirmative duties or obligations, within ten (10) days after written notice (or in case of an emergency, without notice), Lessor may, at its option, perform such duty or obligation on Lessee’s behalf, including but not limited to the obtaining of reasonably required bonds, insurance policies, or governmental licenses, permits or approvals. The costs and expenses of any such performance by Lessor shall be due and payable by Lessee upon receipt of invoice therefor. If any check given to Lessor by Lessee shall not be honored by the bank upon which it is drawn, Lessor, at its option, may require all future payments to be made by Lessee to be by cashier’s check. In the event of a Breach, Lessor may, with or without further notice or demand, and without limiting Lessor in the exercise of any right or remedy which Lessor may have by reason of such Breach:

 

(a) Terminate Lessee’s right to possession of the Premises by any lawful means, in which case this Lease shall terminate and Lessee shall immediately surrender possession to Lessor. In such event Lessor shall be entitled to recover from Lessee: (i) the unpaid Rent which had been earned at the time of termination; (ii) the worth at the time of award of the amount by which the unpaid rent which would have been earned after termination until the time of award exceeds the amount of such rental loss that the Lessee proves could have been reasonably avoided; (iii) the worth at the time of award of the amount by which the unpaid rent for the balance of the term after the time of award exceeds the amount of such rental loss that the Lessee proves could be reasonably avoided; and (iv) any other amount necessary to compensate Lessor for all the detriment proximately caused by the Lessee’s failure to perform its obligations under this Lease or which in the ordinary course of things would be likely to result therefrom, including but not limited to the cost of recovering possession of the Premises, expenses of reletting, including necessary renovation and alteration of the Premises, reasonable attorneys’ fees, and that portion of any leasing commission paid by Lessor in connection with this Lease applicable to the unexpired term of this Lease. The worth at the time of award of the amount referred to in provision (iii) of the immediately preceding sentence shall be computed by discounting such amount at the discount rate of the Federal Reserve Bank of the District within which the Premises are located at the time of award plus one percent (1%). Efforts by Lessor to mitigate damages caused by Lessee’s Breach of this Lease shall not waive Lessor’s right to recover damages under Paragraph 12. If termination of this Lease is obtained through the provisional remedy of unlawful detainer, Lessor shall have the right to recover in such proceeding any unpaid Rent and damages as are recoverable therein, or Lessor may reserve the right to recover all or any part thereof in a separate suit. If a notice and grace period required under Paragraph 13.1 was not previously given, a notice to pay rent or quit, or to perform or quit given to Lessee under the unlawful detainer statute shall also constitute the notice required by Paragraph 13.1. In such case, the applicable grace period required by Paragraph 13.1 and the unlawful detainer statute shall run concurrently, and the failure of Lessee to cure the Default within the greater of the two such grace periods shall constitute both an unlawful detainer and a Breach of this Lease entitling Lessor to the remedies provided for in this Lease and/or by said statute.

 

(b) Continue the Lease and Lessee’s right to possession and recover the Rent as it becomes due, in which event Lessee may sublet or assign, subject only to reasonable limitations. Acts of maintenance, efforts to relet, and/or the appointment of a receiver to protect the Lessor’s interests, shall not constitute a termination of the Lessee’s right to possession.

 

(c) Pursue any other remedy now or hereafter available under the laws or judicial decisions of the state wherein the Premises are located. The expiration or termination of this Lease and/or the termination of Lessee’s right to possession shall not relieve Lessee from liability under any indemnity provisions of this Lease as to matters occurring or accruing during the term hereof or by reason of Lessee’s occupancy of the Premises.

 

13.3 Inducement Recapture. Any agreement for free or abated rent or other charges, or for the giving or paying by Lessor to or for Lessee of any cash or other bonus, inducement or consideration for Lessee’s entering into this Lease, all of which concessions are hereinafter referred to as “Inducement Provisions,” shall be deemed conditioned upon Lessee’s full and faithful performance of all of the terms, covenants and conditions of this Lease. Upon Breach of this Lease by Lessee, any such Inducement Provision shall automatically be deemed deleted from this Lease and of no further force or effect, and any rent, other charge, bonus, inducement or consideration theretofore abated, given or paid by Lessor under such an Inducement Provision shall be immediately due and payable by Lessee to Lessor, notwithstanding any subsequent cure of said Breach by Lessee. The acceptance by Lessor of Rent or the cure of the Breach which initiated the operation of this paragraph shall not be deemed a waiver by Lessor of the provisions of this paragraph unless specifically so stated in writing by Lessor at the time of such acceptance.

 

13.4 Late Charges. Lessee hereby acknowledges that late payment by Lessee of Rent will cause Lessor to incur costs not contemplated by this Lease, the exact amount of which will be extremely difficult to ascertain. Such costs include, but are not limited to, processing and accounting charges, and late charges which may be imposed upon Lessor by any Lender. Accordingly, if any Rent shall not be received by Lessor within five (5) business days after such amount shall be due, then, without any requirement for notice to Lessee, Lessee shall pay to Lessor a one-time late charge equal to ten percent (10%) of each such overdue amount. The Parties hereby agree that such late charge represents a fair and reasonable estimate of the costs Lessor will incur by reason of such late payment. Acceptance of such late charge by Lessor shall in no event constitute a waiver of Lessee’s Default or Breach with respect to such overdue amount, nor prevent the exercise of any of the other rights and remedies granted hereunder. In the event that a late charge is payable hereunder, whether or not collected, for three (3) consecutive installments of Base Rent, then notwithstanding any provision of this Lease to the contrary, Base Rent shall, at Lessor’s option, become due and payable quarterly in advance.

 

13.5 Interest. Any monetary payment due Lessor hereunder, other than late charges, not received by Lessor, when due as to scheduled payments (such as Base Rent) or within thirty (30) days following the date on which it was due for non-scheduled payment, shall bear interest from the date when due, as to scheduled payments, or the thirty-first (31st) day after it was due as to non-scheduled payments. The interest (“Interest”) charged shall be equal to the prime rate reported in the Wall Street Journal as published closest prior to the date when due plus four percent (4%), but shall not exceed the maximum rate allowed by law. Interest is payable in addition to the potential late charge provided for in Paragraph 13.4.

 

13.6 Breach by Lessor.

 

(a) Notice of Breach. Lessor shall not be deemed in breach of this Lease unless Lessor fails within a reasonable time to perform an obligation required to be performed by Lessor. For purposes of this Paragraph, a reasonable time shall in no event be less than thirty (30) days after receipt by Lessor, and any Lender whose name and address shall have been furnished Lessee in writing for such purpose, of written notice specifying wherein such obligation of Lessor has not been performed; provided, however, that if the nature of Lessor’s obligation is such that more than thirty (30) days are reasonably required for its performance, then Lessor shall not be in breach if performance is commenced within such thirty (30) day period and thereafter diligently pursued to completion.

 

(b) Performance by Lessee on Behalf of Lessor. In the event that neither Lessor nor Lender cures said breach within thirty (30) days after receipt of said notice, or if having commenced said cure they do not diligently pursue it to completion, then Lessee may elect to cure said breach at Lessee’s expense and offset from Rent an amount equal to the greater of one month’s Base Rent or the Security Deposit, and to pay an excess of such expense under protest, reserving Lessee’s right to reimbursement from Lessor. Lessee shall document the cost of said cure and supply said documentation to Lessor.

 

14. Condemnation. If the Premises or any portion thereof are taken under the power of eminent domain or sold under the threat of the exercise of said power (collectively “ Condemnation ”), this Lease shall terminate as to the part taken as of the date the condemning authority takes title or possession, whichever first occurs. If more than ten percent (10%) of any building portion of the Premises, or more than twenty-five percent (25%) of the land area portion of the Premises not occupied by any building, is taken by Condemnation, Lessee may, at Lessee’s option, to be exercised in writing within ten (10) days after Lessor shall have given Lessee written notice of such taking (or in the absence of such notice, within ten (10) days after the condemning authority shall have taken possession) terminate this Lease as of the date the condemning authority takes such possession. If Lessee does not terminate this Lease in accordance with the foregoing, this Lease shall remain in full force and effect as to the portion of the Premises remaining, except that the Base Rent shall be reduced in proportion to the reduction in utility of the Premises caused by such Condemnation. Condemnation awards and/or payments shall be the property of Lessor, whether such award shall be made as compensation for diminution in value of the leasehold, the value of the part taken, or for severance damages; provided, however, that Lessee shall be entitled to any compensation for Lessee’s relocation expenses, loss of business goodwill and/or Trade Fixtures, without regard to whether or not this Lease is terminated pursuant to the provisions of this Paragraph, All Alterations and Utility Installations made

 

    Page 8 of 11   Initials    /s/    Illegible                /s/    Illegible        
© 1997 - American Industrial Real Estate Association   REVISED                FORM STN-6-2/97E


to the Premises by Lessee, for purposes of Condemnation only, shall be considered the property of the Lessee and Lessee shall be entitled to any and all compensation which is payable therefor. In the event that this Lease is not terminated by reason of the Condemnation, Lessor shall repair any damage to the Premises caused by such Condemnation.

 

15. Brokers’ Fee.

 

15.1 Additional Commission. In addition to the payments owed pursuant to Paragraph 1.10 above and unless Lessor and the Brokers otherwise agree in writing, Lessor agree that: (a) if Lessee exercise any Option, (b) if Lessee acquires any rights to the Premises or other premises owned by Lessor and located within the same Project, if any, within which the Premises is located, (c) if Lessee remains in possession of the Premises, with the consent of Lessor, after the expiration of this Lease, or (d) if Base Rent is increased, whether by agreement or operation of an escalation clause herein, then, Lessor shall pay Brokers a fee in accordance with the schedule of said Brokers in effect at the time of the execution of of this Lease.

 

15.2 Assumption of Obligations . Any buyer or transferee of Lessor’s interest in this Lease shall be deemed to have assumed Lessor’s obligation hereunder. Each Broker shall be a third party beneficiary of the provisions of Paragraphs 1, 10, 15, 22 and 31. If Lessor fails to pay to a Broker any amounts due as and for commissions pertaining to this Lease when due, then such amounts shall accrue Interest. In addition, if Lessor fails to pay any amounts to Lessee’s Broker when duo, Lessee’s Broker may send written notice to Lessor and Lessee of such failure and if Lessor fails to pay such amounts within ton (10) days after said notice, Lessee shall pay said monies to its Broker and offset such amounts against Rent. In addition, Lessee’s Broker shall be deemed to be a third party beneficiary of any commission agreement entered into by and/or between Lessor and Lessor’s Broker .

 

15.3 Representations and Indemnities of Broker Relationships. Lessee and Lessor each represent and warrant to the other that it has had no dealing with any person, firm ; broker or finder (other than the Brokers, if any) in connection with this Lease, and that no one other than said named Brokers is entitled to any commission or finder’s fee in connection herewith. Lessee and Lessor do each hereby agree to indemnify, protect, defend and hold the other harmless from and against liability for compensation or charges which may be claimed by any such unnamed broker, finder or other similar party by reason of any dealings or actions of the indemnifying Party, including any costs, expenses, and/or attorney’s fees reasonably incurred with respect thereto.

 

16. Estoppel Certificates.

 

(a) Each Party (as Responding Party ) shall within ten (10) days after written notice from the other Party (the Requesting Party ) execute, acknowledge and deliver to the Requesting Party a statement in writing in form similar to the then most current Estoppel Certificate form published by the American Industrial Real Estate Association, plus such additional information, confirmation and/or statements as may be reasonably requested by the Requesting Party.

 

(b) If the Responding Party shall fail to execute or deliver the Estoppel Certificate within such ten day period, the Requesting Party may execute an Estoppel Certificate stating that: (i) the Lease is in full force and effect without modification except as may be represented by the Requesting Party, (ii) there are no uncured defaults in the Requesting Party’s performance, and (iii) if Lessor is the Requesting Party, not more than one month’s Rent has been paid in advance. Prospective purchasers and encumbrances may rely upon the Requesting Party’s Estoppel Certificate, and the Responding Party shall be estopped from denying the truth of the facts contained in said Certificate.

 

(c) If Lessor desires to finance, refinance, or sell the Premises, or any part thereof, Lessee and all Guarantors shall deliver to any potential lender or purchaser designated by Lessor such financial statements as may be reasonably required by such lender or purchaser, including, but not limited to, Lessee’s financial statements for the past three (3) years. All such financial statements shall be received by Lessor and such lender or purchaser in confidence and shall be used only for the purposes herein set forth.

 

17. Definition of Lessor. The term Lessor as used herein shall mean the owner or owners at the time in question of the fee title to the Premises, or, if this is a sublease, of the Lessee’s interest in the prior lease in the event of a transfer of Lessor’s title or interest in the Premises or this Lease, Lessor shall deliver to the transferee or assignee (in cash or by credit) any unused Security Deposit held by Lessor. Except as provided in Paragraph 15, upon such transfer or assignment and delivery of the Security Deposit, as aforesaid, the prior Lessor shall be relieved of all liability with respect to the obligations and/or covenants under this Lease thereafter to be performed by the Lessor. Subject to the foregoing, the obligations and/or covenants in this Lease to be performed by the Lessor shall be binding only upon the Lessor as hereinabove defined. Notwithstanding the above, and subject to the provisions of Paragraph 20 below, the original Lessor under this Lease, and all subsequent holders of the Lessor’s interest in this Lease shall remain liable and responsible with regard to the potential duties and liabilities of Lessor pertaining to Hazardous Substances as outlined in Paragraph 6 above.

 

18. Severability. The invalidity of any provision of this Lease, as determined by a court of competent jurisdiction, shall in no way affect the validity of any other provision hereof.

 

19. Days. Unless otherwise specifically indicated to the contrary, the word “days” as used in this Lease shall mean and refer to calendar days.

 

20. Limitation on Liability. Subject to the provisions of Paragraph 17 above, the obligations of Lessor under this Lease shall not constitute personal obligations of Lessor, the individual partners of Lessor or its or their individual partners, directors, officers or shareholders, and Lessee shall look to the Premises, and to no other assets of Lessor, for the satisfaction of any liability of Lessor with respect to this Lease, and shall not seek recourse against the individual partners of Lessor, or its or their individual partners, directors, officers or shareholders, or any of their personal assets for such satisfaction.

 

21. Time of Essence. Time is of the essence with respect to the performance of all obligations to be performed or observed by the Parties under this Lease.

 

22. No Prior or Other Agreements; Broker Disclaimer. This Lease contains all agreements between the Parties with respect to any matter mentioned herein, and no other prior or contemporaneous agreement or understanding shall be effective. Lessor and Lessee each represents and warrants to the Brokers that it has made, and is relying solely upon, its own investigation as to the nature, quality, character and financial responsibility of the other Party to this Lease and as to the nature, quality and character of the Premises. Brokers have no responsibility with respect thereto or with respect to any default or breach hereof by either Party. The liability (including court costs and Attorneys’ fees), of any Broker with respect to negotiation, execution, delivery or performance by either Lessor or Lessee under this Lease or any amendment or modification hereto shall be limited to an amount up to the fee received by such Broker pursuant to this Lease; provided, however, that the foregoing limitation on each Broker’s liability shall not be applicable to any gross negligence or willful misconduct of such Broker.

 

23. Notices.

 

23.1 Notice Requirements. All notices required or permitted by this Lease shall be in writing and may be delivered in person (by hand or by courier) or may be sent by regular, certified or registered mail or U.S. Postal Service Express Mail, with postage prepaid, or by facsimile transmission, and shall be deemed sufficiently given if served in a manner specified in this Paragraph 23. The addresses noted adjacent to a Party’s signature on this Lease shall be that Party’s address for delivery or mailing of notices. Either Party may by written notice to the other specify a different address for notice, except that upon Lessee’s taking possession of the Premises, the Premises shall constitute Lessee’s address for notice. A copy of all notices to Lessor shall be concurrently transmitted to such party or parties at such addresses as Lessor may from time to time hereafter designate in writing.

 

23.2 Date of Notice. Any notice sent by registered or certified mail, return receipt requested, shall be deemed given on the date of delivery shown on the receipt card, or if no delivery date is shown, the postmark thereon. If sent by regular mail the notice shall be deemed given forty-eight (48) hours after the same is addressed as required herein and mailed with postage prepaid. Notices delivered by United States Express Mail or overnight courier that guarantee next day delivery shall be deemed given twenty-four (24) hours after delivery of the same to the Postal Service or courier. Notices transmitted by facsimile transmission or similar means shall be deemed delivered upon telephone confirmation of receipt, provided a copy is also delivered via delivery or mail. If notice is received on a Saturday, Sunday or legal holiday, it shall be deemed received on the next business day.

 

24. Waivers. No waiver by Lessor of the Default or Breach of any term, covenant or condition hereof by Lessee, shall be deemed a waiver of any other term, covenant or condition hereof, or of any subsequent Default or Breach by Lessee of the same or of any other term, covenant or condition hereof. Lessor’s consent to, or approval of, any act shall not be deemed to render unnecessary the obtaining of Lessor’s consent to, or approval of, any subsequent or similar act by Lessee, or be construed as the basis of an estoppel to enforce the provision or provisions of this Lease requiring such consent. The acceptance of Rent by Lessor shall not be a waiver of any Default or Breach by Lessee. Any payment by Lessee may be accepted by Lessor on account of monies or damages due Lessor, notwithstanding any qualifying statements or conditions made by Lessee in connection therewith, which such statements and/or conditions shall be of no force or effect whatsoever unless specifically agreed to in writing by Lessor at or before the time of deposit of such payment.

 

25. Recording. Either Lessor or Lessee shall, upon request of the other, execute, acknowledge and deliver to the other a short form memorandum of this Lease for recording purposes. The Party requesting recordation shall be responsible for payment of any fees applicable thereto.

 

26. No Right To Holdover. Lessee has no right to retain possession of the Premises or any part thereof beyond the expiration or termination of this Lease. In the event that Lessee holds over, then the Base Rent shall be increased to one hundred fifty percent (150%) of the Base Rent applicable during the month immediately preceding the expiration or termination. Nothing contained herein shall be construed as consent by Lessor to any holding over by Lessee.

 

27. Cumulative Remedies. No remedy or election hereunder shall be deemed exclusive but shall, wherever possible, be cumulative with all other remedies at law or in equity.

 

    Page 9 of 11   Initials    /s/    Illegible                /s/    Illegible        
© 1997 - American Industrial Real Estate Association   REVISED                FORM STN-6-2/97E


28. Covenants and Conditions; Construction of Agreement. All provisions of this Lease to be observed or performed by Lessee are both covenants and conditions. In construing this Lease, all headings and titles are for the convenience of the Parties only and shall not be considered a part of this Lease. Whenever required by the context, the singular shall include the plural and vice versa. This Lease shall not be construed as if prepared by one of the Parties, but rather according to its fair meaning as a whole, as if both Parties had prepared it.

 

29. Binding Effect; Choice of Law. This Lease shall be binding upon the parties, their personal representatives, successors and assigns and be governed by the laws of the State in which the Premises are located. Any litigation between the Parties hereto concerning this Lease shall be initiated in the county in which the Premises are located.

 

30. Subordination; Attornment; Non-Disturbance.

 

30.1 Subordination. This Lease and any Option granted hereby shall be subject and subordinate to any ground lease, mortgage, deed of trust, or other hypothecation or security device (collectively, “ Security Device ”), now or hereafter placed upon the Premises, to any and all advances made on the security thereof, and to all renewals, modifications, and extensions thereof. Lessee agrees that the holders of any such Security Devices (in this Lease together referred to as “Lessor’s Lender”) shall have no liability or obligation to perform any of the obligations of Lessor under this Lease. Any Lender may elect to have this Lease and/or any Option granted hereby superior to the lien of its Security Device by giving written notice thereof to Lessee, whereupon this Lease and such Options shall be deemed prior to such Security Device, notwithstanding the relative dates of the documentation or recordation thereof.

 

30.2 Attornment. Subject to the non-disturbance provisions of Paragraph 30.3, Lessee agrees to attorn to a Lender or any other party who acquires ownership of the Premises by reason of a foreclosure of a Security Device, and that in the event of such foreclosure, such new owner shall not: (i) be liable for any act or omission of any prior lessor or with respect to events occurring prior to acquisition of ownership; (ii) be subject to any offsets or defenses which Lessee might have against any prior lessor; or (iii) be bound by prepayment of more than one (1) month’s rent.

 

30.3 Non-Disturbance. With respect to Security Devices entered into by Lessor after the execution of this Lease, Lessee’s subordination of this Lease shall be subject to receiving a commercially reasonable non-disturbance agreement (a “ Non-Disturbance Agreement ”) from the Lender which Non-Disturbance Agreement provides that Lessee’s possession of the Premises, and this Lease, including any options to extend the term hereof, will not be disturbed so long as Lessee is not in Breach hereof and attorns to the record owner of the Premises. Further, within sixty (60) days after the execution of this Lease, Lessor shall use its commercially reasonable efforts to obtain a Non-Disturbance Agreement from the holder of any pre-existing Security Device which is secured by the Premises. In the event that Lessor is unable to provide the Non-Disturbance Agreement within said sixty (60) days, then Lessee may, at Lessee’s option, directly contact Lessor’s lender and attempt to negotiate for the execution and delivery of a Non-Disturbance Agreement.

 

30.4 Self-Executing. The agreements contained in this Paragraph 30 shall be effective without the execution of any further documents; provided, however, that, upon written request from Lessor or a Lender in connection with a sale, financing or refinancing of the Premises, Lessee and Lessor shall execute such further writings as may be reasonably required to separately document any subordination, attornment and/or Non-Disturbance Agreement provided for herein.

 

31. Attorneys’ Fees. If any Party or Broker brings an action or proceeding involving the Premises to enforce the terms hereof or to declare rights hereunder, the Prevailing Party (as hereafter defined) in any such proceeding, action, or appeal thereon, shall be entitled to reasonable attorneys’ fees. Such fees may be awarded in the same suit or recovered in a separate suit, whether or not such action or proceeding is pursued to decision or judgment. The term, “ Prevailing Party ” shall include, without limitation, a Party or Broker who substantially obtains or defeats the relief sought, as the case may be, whether by compromise, settlement, judgment, or the abandonment by the other Party or Broker of its claim or defense. The attorneys’ fees award shall not be computed in accordance with any court fee schedule, but shall be such as to fully reimburse all attorneys’ fees reasonably incurred. In addition, Lessor shall be entitled to attorneys’ fees, costs and expenses incurred in the preparation and service of notices of Default and consultations in connection therewith, whether or not a legal action is subsequently commenced in connection with such Default or resulting Breach.

 

32. Lessor’s Access; Showing Premises; Repairs. Lessor and Lessor’s agents shall have the right to enter the Premises at any time, in the case of an emergency, and otherwise at reasonable times for the purpose of showing the same to prospective purchasers, lenders, or lessees, and making such alterations, repairs, improvements or additions to the Premises as Lessor may deem necessary. All such activities shall be without abatement of rent or liability to Lessee. Lessor may at any time place on the Premises any ordinary “ For Sale ” signs and Lessor may during the last six (6) months of the term hereof place on the Premises any ordinary “ For Lease ” signs. Lessee may at any time place on or about the Premises any ordinary “ For Sublease ” sign.

 

33. Auctions. Lessee shall not conduct, nor permit to be conducted, any auction upon the Premises without Lessor’s prior written consent. Lessor shall not be obligated to exercise any standard of reasonableness in determining whether to permit an auction.

 

34 . Signs. Except for ordinary “For Sublease” signs, Lessee shall not place any sign upon the Premises without Lessor’s prior written consent. All signs must comply with all Applicable Requirements.

 

35. Termination; Merger. Unless specifically stated otherwise in writing by Lessor, the voluntary or other surrender of this Lease by Lessee, the mutual termination or cancellation hereof, or a termination hereof by Lessor for Breach by Lessee, shall automatically terminate any sublease or lesser estate in the Premises; provided, however, that Lessor may elect to continue any one or all existing subtenancies. Lessor’s failure within ten (10) days following any such event to elect to the contrary by written notice to the holder of any such lesser interest, shall constitute Lessor’s election to have such event constitute the termination of such interest.

 

36. Consents. Except as otherwise provided herein, wherever in this Lease the consent of a Party is required to an act by or for the other Party, such consent shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed. Lessor’s actual reasonable costs and expenses (including, but not limited to, architects’, attorneys’, engineers’ and other consultants’ fees) incurred in the consideration of, or response to, a request by Lessee for any Lessor consent, including, but not limited to, consents to an assignment, a subletting or the presence or use of a Hazardous Substance, shall be paid by Lessee upon receipt of an invoice and supporting documentation therefor. Lessor’s consent to any act, assignment or subletting shall not constitute an acknowledgment that no Default or Breach by Lessee of this Lease exists, nor shall such consent be deemed a waiver of any then existing Default or Breach, except as may be otherwise specifically stated in writing by Lessor at the time of such consent. The failure to specify herein any particular condition to Lessor’s consent shall not preclude the imposition by Lessor at the time of consent of such further or other conditions as are then reasonable with reference to the particular matter for which consent is being given. In the event that either Party disagrees with any determination made by the other hereunder and reasonably requests the reasons for such determination, the determining party shall furnish its reasons in writing and in reasonable detail within ten (10) business days following such request .

 

37. Guarantor.

 

37.1 Execution. The Guarantors, if any, shall each execute a guaranty in the form most recently published by the American Industrial Real Estate Association, and each such Guarantor shall have the same obligations as Lessee under this Lease.

 

37.2 Default. It shall constitute a Default of the Lessee if any Guarantor fails or refuses, upon request to provide: (a) evidence of the execution of the guaranty, including the authority of the party signing on Guarantor’s behalf to obligate Guarantor, and in the case of a corporate Guarantor, a certified copy of a resolution of its board of directors authorizing the making of such guaranty, (b) current financial statements, (c) a Tenancy Statement, or (d) written confirmation that the guaranty is still in effect.

 

38. Quiet Possession. Subject to payment by Lessee of the Rent and performance of all of the covenants, conditions and provisions on Lessee’s part to be observed and performed under this Lease, Lessee shall have quiet possession and quiet enjoyment of the Premises during the term hereof .

 

39. Options.

 

39.1 Definition. Option ” shall mean: (a) the right to extend the term of or renew this Lease or to extend or renew any lease that Lessee has on other property of Lessor; (b) the right of first refusal or first offer to lease either the Premises or other property of Lessor; (c) the right to purchase or the right of first refusal to purchase the Premises or other property of Lessor.

 

39.2 Options Personal To Original Lessee. Each Option granted to Lessee in this Lease is personal to the original Lessee, and cannot be assigned or exercised by anyone other than said original Lessee and only while the original Lessee is in full possession of the Premises and, if requested by Lessor, with Lessee certifying that Lessee has no intention of thereafter assigning or subletting.

 

39.3 Multiple Options. In the event that Lessee has any multiple Options to extend or renew this Lease, a later Option cannot be exercised unless the prior Options have been validly exercised.

 

39.4 Effect of Default on Options.

 

(a) Lessee shall have no right to exercise an Option: (i) during the period commencing with the giving of any notice of Default and continuing until said Default is cured, (ii) during the period of time any Rent is unpaid (without regard to whether notice thereof is given Lessee), (iii) during the time Lessee is in Breach of this Lease, or (iv) in the event that Lessee has been given three (3) or more notices of separate Default, whether or not the Defaults are cured, during the twelve (12) month period immediately preceding the exercise of the Option.

 

    Page 10 of 11   Initials    /s/    Illegible                /s/    Illegible        
© 1997 - American Industrial Real Estate Association   REVISED                FORM STN-6-2/97E


(b) The period of time within which an Option may be exercised shall not be extended or enlarged by reason of Lessee’s inability to exercise an Option because of the provisions of Paragraph 39.4(a).

 

(c) An Option shall terminate and be of no further force or effect, notwithstanding Lessee’s due and timely exercise of the Option, if, after such exercise and prior to the commencement of the extended term, (i) Lessee fails to pay Rent for a period of thirty (30) days after such Rent becomes due (without any necessity of Lessor to give notice thereof), (ii) Lessor gives to Lessee three (3) or more notices of separate Default during any twelve (12) month period, whether or not the Defaults are cured, or (iii) if Lessee commits a Breach of this Lease.

 

40. Multiple Buildings. If the Premises are a part of a group of buildings controlled by Lessor, Lessee agrees that it will observe all reasonable rules and regulations which Lessor may make from time to time for the management, safety, and care of said properties, including the care and cleanliness of the grounds and including the parking, loading and unloading of vehicles, and that Lessee will pay its fair share of common expenses incurred in connection therewith.

 

41. Security Measures. Lessee hereby acknowledges that the rental payable to Lessor hereunder does not include the cost of guard service or other security measures, and that Lessor shall have no obligation whatsoever to provide same. Lessee assumes al! responsibility for the protection of the Premises, Lessee, its agents and invitees and their property from the acts of third parties.

 

42. Reservations. Lessor reserves to itself the right, from time to time, to grant, without the consent or joinder of Lessee, such easements, rights and dedications that Lessor deems necessary, and to cause the recordation of parcel maps and restrictions, so long as such easements, rights, dedications, maps and restrictions do not unreasonably interfere with the use of the Premises by Lessee. Lessee agrees to sign any documents reasonably requested by Lessor to effectuate any such easement rights, dedication, map or restrictions.

 

43. Performance Under Protest. If at any time a dispute shall arise as to any amount or sum of money to be paid by one Party to the other under the provisions hereof, the Party against whom the obligation to pay the money is asserted shall have the right to make payment “under protest” and such payment shall not be regarded as a voluntary payment and there shall survive the right on the part of said Party to institute suit for recovery of such sum. If it shall be adjudged that there was no legal obligation on the part of said Party to pay such sum or any part thereof, said Party shall be entitled to recover such sum or so much thereof as it was not legally required to pay.

 

44. Authority. if either Party hereto is a corporation, trust, limited liability company, partnership, or similar entity, each individual executing this Lease on behalf of such entity represents and warrants that he or she is duly authorized to execute and deliver this Lease on its behalf. Each Party shall, within thirty (30) days after request, deliver to the other Party satisfactory evidence of such authority.

 

45. Conflict. Any conflict between the printed provisions of this Lease and the typewritten or handwritten provisions shall be controlled by the typewritten or handwritten provisions.

 

46. Offer. Preparation of this Lease by either Party or their agent and submission of same to the other Party shall not be deemed an offer to lease to the other Party. This Lease is not intended to be binding until executed and delivered by all Parties hereto.

 

47. Amendments. This Lease may be modified only in writing, signed by the Parties in interest at the time of the modification. As long as they do not materially change Lessee’s obligations hereunder, Lessee agrees to make such reasonable non-monetary modifications to this Lease as may be reasonably required by a Lender in connection with the obtaining of normal financing or refinancing of the Premises.

 

48. Multiple Parties. If more than one person or entity is named herein as either Lessor or Lessee, such multiple Parties shall have joint and several responsibility to comply with the terms of this Lease.

 

49. Mediation and Arbitration of Disputes. An Addendum requiring the Mediation and/or the Arbitration of all disputes between the Parties and/or Brokers arising out of this Lease ¨ is þ not attached to this Lease.

 

LESSOR AND LESSEE HAVE CAREFULLY READ AND REVIEWED THIS LEASE AND EACH TERM AND PROVISION CONTAINED HEREIN, AND BY THE EXECUTION OF THIS LEASE SHOW THEIR INFORMED AND VOLUNTARY CONSENT THERETO. THE PARTIES HEREBY AGREE THAT, AT THE TIME THIS LEASE IS EXECUTED, THE TERMS OF THIS LEASE ARE COMMERCIALLY REASONABLE AND EFFECTUATE THE INTENT AND PURPOSE OF LESSOR AND LESSEE WITH RESPECT TO THE PREMISES.

 

ATTENTION: NO REPRESENTATION OR RECOMMENDATION IS MADE BY THE AMERICAN INDUSTRIAL REAL ESTATE ASSOCIATION OR BY ANY BROKER AS TO THE LEGAL SUFFICIENCY, LEGAL EFFECT, OR TAX CONSEQUENCES OF THIS LEASE OR THE TRANSACTION TO WHICH IT RELATES. THE PARTIES ARE URGED TO:

 

1. SEEK ADVICE OF COUNSEL AS TO THE LEGAL AND TAX CONSEQUENCES OF THIS LEASE.

 

2. RETAIN APPROPRIATE CONSULTANTS TO REVIEW AND INVESTIGATE THE CONDITION OF THE PREMISES. SAID INVESTIGATION SHOULD INCLUDE BUT NOT BE LIMITED TO: THE POSSIBLE PRESENCE OF HAZARDOUS SUBSTANCES, THE ZONING OF THE PREMISES, THE STRUCTURAL INTEGRITY, THE CONDITION OF THE ROOF AND OPERATING SYSTEMS, AND THE SUITABILITY OF THE PREMISES FOR LESSEE’S INTENDED USE.

 

WARNING: IF THE PREMISES IS LOCATED IN A STATE OTHER THAN CALIFORNIA, CERTAIN PROVISIONS OF THE LEASE MAY NEED TO BE REVISED TO COMPLY WITH THE LAWS OF THE STATE IN WHICH THE PREMISES IS LOCATED.

 

The parties hereto have executed this Lease at the place and on the dates specified above their respective signatures.

 

Executed at:

 

Illegible

     

Executed at:

   

on:

 

Illegible

     

on:

 

March 23, 2001

By LESSOR:

     

By LESSEE:

Pacific Consolidated Holdings, LLC

     

Biolase Technology, Inc., a Delaware Corporation

 

By:

  / S /    D AVID R OSE              

By:

  /s/    S TEPHEN R. T ARTAMELLA        

Name Printed:

  David Rose      

Name Printed:

   

Title:

  Trustee      

Title:

  V.P. / CFO

 

By:

         

By:

   

Name Printed:

         

Name Printed:

   

Title:

         

Title:

   

Address:

         

Address:

   
                 

Telephone: (          )

         

Telephone: (          )

   

Facsimile: (          )

         

Facsimile: (          )

   

Federal ID No.

         

Federal ID No.

   

 

NOTE:  These forms are often modified to meet the changing requirements of law and industry needs. Always write or call to make sure you are utilizing the most current form: AMERICAN INDUSTRIAL REAL ESTATE ASSOCIATION, 700 So. Flower Street, Suite 600, Los Angeles, California 90017. (213) 687-8777. Fax No. (213) 687-8616

 

    Page 11 of 11                 
© 1997 - American Industrial Real Estate Association   REVISED                FORM STN-6-2/97E


LOGO

RENT ADJUSTMENT(S)

STANDARD LEASE ADDENDUM

 

    Dated    March 14, 2001
    By and Between (Lessor)    Pacific Consolidated Holdings, LLC
    (Lessee)    Biolase Technology, Inc., a Delaware Corporation
    Address of Premises:    981 Calle Amanecer, San Clemente, CA 92672

 

Paragraph 50

 

A. RENT ADJUSTMENTS :

 

The monthly rent for each month of the adjustment period(s) specified below shall be increased using the method(s) indicated below:

 

(Check Method(s) to be Used and Fill in Appropriately)

 

þ I. Cost of Living Adjustments) (COLA)

 

a. On (Fill in COLA Dates): April 1, 2002, April 1, 2003, April l, 2004 and April 1, 2005 the Base Rent shall be adjusted by the change, if any, from the Base Month specified below, in the Consumer Price Index of the Bureau of Labor Statistics of the U.S. Department of Labor for (select one): ¨ CPI W (Urban Wage Earners and Clerical Workers) or þ CPI U (All Urban Consumers), for (Fill in Urban Area): Los Angeles, Riverside and Orange Counties ,

 

All Items (1082 1-9841 - 100), herein referred to as “CPI” with a minimum increase of 2% and a maximum increase of 5% per year.

 

b. The monthly rent payable in accordance with paragraph A.l.a. of this Addendum shall be calculated as follows: the Base Rent set forth in paragraph 1.5 of the attached Lease, shall be multiplied by a fraction the numerator of which shall be the CPI of the calendar month 2 months prior to the month(s) specified in paragraph A.l.a. above during which the adjustment is to take effect, and the denominator of which shall be the CPI of the calendar month which is 2 months prior to (select one): þ the first month of the term of this Lease as set forth in paragraph 1.3 (“Base Month”) or ¨ (Fill in Other “Base Month”): ______________________________ . The sum so calculated shall constitute the new monthly rent hereunder, but in no event, shall any such new monthly rent be less than the rent payable for the month immediately preceding the rent adjustment.

 

c. In the event the compilation and/or publication of the CPI shall be transferred to any other governmental department or bureau or agency or shall be discontinued, then the index most nearly the same as the CPI shall be used to make such calculation. In the event that the Parties cannot agree on such alternative index, then the matter shall be submitted for decision to the American Arbitration Association in accordance with the then rules of said Association and the decision of the arbitrators shall be binding upon the parties. The cost of said Arbitration shall be paid equally by the Parties.

 

¨ II. Market Rental Value Adjustment(s) (MRV)

 

a. On (Fill in MRV Adjustment Date(s): ________________________________________________________________

 

_________________________________________________________________________________________________________

 

the Base Rent shall be adjusted to the “Market Rental Value” of the property as follows:

 

1) Four months prior to each Market Rental Value Adjustment Date described above, the Parties shall attempt to agree upon what the new MRV will be on the adjustment date. If agreement cannot be reached within thirty days, then:

 

(a) Lessor and Lessee shall immediately appoint a mutually acceptable appraiser or broker to establish MRV within the next 30 days. Any associated costs will be split equally between the Parties, or

 

(b) Both Lessor and Lessee shall each immediately make a reasonable determination of the MRV and submit such determination, in writing, to arbitration in accordance with the following provisions;

 

(i) Within 15 days thereafter, Lessor and Lessee shall each select an ¨ appraiser or ¨ broker (“ Consultant ” - check one) of their choice to act as an arbitrator. The two arbitrators so appointed shall immediately select a third mutually acceptable Consultant to act as a third arbitrator.

 

(ii) The 3 arbitrators shall within 30 days of the appointment of the third arbitrator reach a decision as to what the actual MRV for the Premises is, and whether Lesser’s or Lessee’s submitted MRV is the closest thereto. The decision of a majority of the arbitrators shall be binding on the Parties. The submitted MRV which is determined to be the closest to the actual MRV shall thereafter be used by the Parties,

 

(iii) If either of the Parties falls to appoint an arbitrator within the specified 15 days, the arbitrator timely appointed by one of them shall reach a decision on his or her own, and said decision shall be binding on the Parties.

 

(iv) The entire cost of such arbitration shall be paid by the party whose submitted MRV is not selected, ie. the one that is NOT the closest to the actual MRV.

 

2) Notwithstanding the foregoing, the new MRV shall not be lose than the rent payable for the month immediately preceding the rent adjustment.

 

Initials:

  ________________      

Initials:

  /s/    Illegible        
    ________________   RENT ADJUSTMENT(S)       /s/    Illegible        
        Page 1 of 2        
© 2000 - American Industrial Real Estate Association   REVISED       FORM RA-3-8/00E


b. Upon the establishment of each New Market Rental Value:

 

1) the new MRV will become the new “Base Rent” for the purpose of calculating any further Adjustments, and

 

2) the first month of each Market Rental Value term shall become the new ‘Base Month’ for the purpose of calculating any further Adjustments.

 

¨ III.      Fixed Rental Adjustment(s) (FRA)

 

The Base Rent shall be increased to the following amounts on the dates sot forth below:-

 

      

On (Fill in FRA Adjustment Date(s)):


   The New Base Rent shall be:

-      ____________________________________    $ ____________
-      ____________________________________    $ ____________
-      ____________________________________    $ ____________
-      ____________________________________    $ ____________

 

B. NOTICE:

 

Unless specified otherwise herein, notice of any such adjustments, other than Fixed Rental Adjustments, shall be made as specified in paragraph 23 of the Lease.

 

C. BROKER’S FEE:

 

The Brokers shall be paid a Brokerage Fee for each adjustment specified above in accordance with paragraph 15 of the Lease.

 

NOTE: These forms are often modified to meet changing requirements of law and needs of the industry. Always write or call to make sure you are utilizing the most current form: AMERICAN INDUSTRIAL REAL ESTATE ASSOCIATION, 700 S. Flower Street, Suite 600, Los Angeles, Calif. 90017

 

Initials:

  ________________      

Initials:

  /s/    Illegible        
    ________________   RENT ADJUSTMENT(S)       /s/    Illegible        
        Page 2 of 2        
© 2000 - American Industrial Real Estate Association   REVISED       FORM RA-3-8/00E


LOGO

 

OPTION(S) TO EXTEND

STANDARD LEASE ADDENDUM

 

    Dated    March 14, 2001
    By and Between (Lessor)    Pacific Consolidated Holdings, LLC
    (Lessee)    Biolase Technology, Inc., a Delaware Corporation
    Address of Premises:    981 Calle Amanecer, San Clemente, CA 92672

 

Paragraph 51

 

A. OPTION(S) TO EXTEND:

 

Lessor hereby grants to Lessee the option to extend the term of this Lease for one (1) additional sixty (60) month period(s) commencing when the prior term expires upon each and all of the following terms and conditions:

 

(i) In order to exercise an option to extend, Lessee must give written notice of such election to Lessor and Lessor must receive the same at least 6 months but not more than 9 months prior to the date that the option period would commence, time being of the essence. If proper notification of the exercise of an option is not given and/or received, such option shall automatically expire. Options (if there are more than one) may only be exercised consecutively.

 

(ii) The provisions of paragraph 39, including those relating to Lessee’s Default set forth in paragraph 39.4 of this Lease, are conditions of this Option.

 

(iii) Except for the provisions of this Lease granting an option or options to extend the term, all of the terms and conditions of this Lease except where specifically modified by this option shall apply.

 

(iv) This Option is personal to the original Lessee, and cannot be assigned or exercised by anyone other than said original Lessee and only while the original Lessee is in full possession of the Premises and without the intention of thereafter assigning or subletting.

 

(v) The monthly rent for each month of the option period shall be calculated as follows, using the method(s) indicated below: (Check Method(s) to be Used and Fill in Appropriately)

 

¨ I. Cost of Living Adjustment(s) (COLA)

 

a. On (Fill in COLA Dates):                                                                                                                                                                     ___________________________________________________________________________________________________________ the Base Rent shall be adjusted by the change, if any, from the Base Month specified below, in the Consumer Price Index of the Bureau of Labor Statistics of the U.S. Department of Labor for (select one): ¨ CPI W (Urban Wage Earners and Clerical Workers) or ¨ CPI U (All Urban Consumers), for (Fill in Urban Area):

 

___________________________________________________________________________________________________________

All Items (1982-1984 = 100), herein referred to as “CPI”.

 

b. The monthly rent payable in accordance with paragraph A.I.a. of this Addendum shall be calculated as follows: the Base Rent set forth in paragraph 1.5 of the attached Lease, shall be multiplied by a fraction the numerator of which shall be the CPI of the calendar month 2 months prior to the month(s) specified in paragraph A.I.a. above during which the adjustment is to take effect, and the denominator of which shall be the CPI of the calendar month which is 2 months prior to (select one): ¨ the first month of the term of this Lease as set forth in paragraph 1.3 (“Base Month”) or ¨ (Fill in Other “Base Month”):                                                                                                . The sum so calculated shall constitute the new monthly rent hereunder, but in no event, shall any such new monthly rent be less than the rent payable for the month immediately preceding the rent adjustment.

 

c. In the event the compilation and/or publication of the CPI shall be transferred to any other governmental department or bureau or agency or shall be discontinued, then the index most nearly the same as the CPI shall be used to make such calculation. In the event that the Parties cannot agree on such alternative index, then the matter shall be submitted for decision to the American Arbitration Association in accordance with the then rules of said Association and the decision of the arbitrators shall be binding upon the parties. The cost of said Arbitration shall be paid equally by the Parties.

 

þ II. Market Rental Value Adjustment(s) (MRV)

 

a. On (Fill in MRV Adjustment Date(s)) April 1, 2006 the Base Rent shall be adjusted to the “Market Rental Value” of the property as follows:

 

1) Six Four months prior to each Market Rental Value Adjustment Date described above, the Parties shall attempt to agree upon what the new MRV will be on the adjustment date. If agreement cannot be reached, within thirty days, then:

 

(a) Lessor and Lessee shall immediately appoint a mutually acceptable appraiser or broker to establish the new MRV within the next 30 days. Any associated costs will be split equally between the Parties, or

 

(b) Both Lessor and Lessee shall each immediately make a reasonable determination of the MRV and submit such determination in writing,

 

Initials:

  ________________      

Initials: 

  /s/    Illegible        
    ________________           /s/    Illegible        
        Page 1 of 2        
© 2000 - American Industrial Real Estate Association   REVISED       FORM OE-3-8/00E

EXHIBIT 10.28

 

BASIC SUBLEASE TERMS

 

THIS SUBLEASE (the “Sublease”) is made and entered into as of the 19th day of February, 2004 by and between Legacy Electronics, Inc., (“Sublandlord”) and Biolase Technology, Inc., a Delaware corporation (“Subtenant”), and is applicable to the building of approximately 14,350 rentable square feet located and commonly described as 1001 Calle Amanecer, in the City of San Clemente, County of Orange, California (“Subject Property” or “Premises”) legally described in Exhibit A attached Standard Sublease Provisions incorporated herein by this reference.

 

NOW, THEREFORE, for and in consideration of the foregoing recitals and the mutual covenants and agreements set forth in this Sublease, Sublandlord and Subtenant hereby agree as follows: .

 

BASIC SUBLEASE PROVISIONS

 

The following is a summary of Sublease provisions (“ Basic Sublease Provisions’ ) intended for convenient use by Sublandlord and Subtenant. In addition to the Basic Sublease Provisions, the parties hereto agree to the attached Standard Sublease Provisions. Unless expressly modified in this Sublease, the following terms, words and figures set forth in the Basic Sublease Provisions are part of this Sublease wherever reference is made to them in this Sublease, whether capitalized or lower case;

 

1 . Subtenant: Biolase Technology, Inc.

 

2 . Description of Premises:

 

The term Premises or Subject Property shall mean the following:

 

(a) The Land and all easements or other rights or interests appurSubtenant to the Land; and

 

(b) All improvements constructed on the Land including, without limitation, the Building, landscaping and parking areas. The Building consists of approximately 14,350 rentable square feet of floor area located in a one (1) story building.

 


3. ANNUAL RENT

 

Basic Annual Rent: The Basic Annual Rent on a triple net basis for the term of the Sublease is $180,810.00 payable in monthly installments of $15,067.50 beginning on March 1, 2004. However, the first monthly installment and the Security Deposit shall be payable upon execution of the Sublease.

 

  3.1. Operating Expenses: In addition to the Basic Annual Rent, Subtenant shall pay all “Operating Expenses” of the Subject Property. The term “Operating Expenses” shall include, but not be limited to (1) real property taxes assessed on the Subject Property; (2) insurance that fully insures the Subject Property for any casualty, not to exceed the insurable value of the building; (3) association dues; (4) utilities of all types, including but not limited to electrical, water, sewage and HVAC; (5) security services, including an automatic connection to the local fire authority; (6) maintenance of the Building’s interior and exterior, utilities and utility and other services running to and from the building, (including but not limited to water main, sewage and electrical conduits), and the parking areas, if any, except for major structural damage covered by insurance.

 

Sublandlord shall pay the Real Property Taxes and the Casualty Insurance directly, and Subtenant shall pay all other Operating Expenses directly and before they become delinquent Sublandlord shall make a good faith estimate of the Real Property Taxes and the Casualty Insurance annually and shall advise Subtenant of the calculation. Subtenant shall pay 1/12 of such estimated annual Real Property Taxes and the Casualty Insurance with each installment of Basic Rent. At least once during each year while this Sublease is in effect, Sublandlord shall provide Subtenant with the actual amounts paid by Sublandlord for such Real Property Taxes and the Casualty Insurance, and shall make the necessary changes in the monthly reimbursement by Subtenant so that the actual costs of Real Property Taxes and the Casualty Insurance are passed on to Subtenant.

 

It is the intent of Sublandlord and Subtenant that Sublandlord’s only cost related to the Subject Property is to service any notes secured by Deeds of Trust on the Subject Property and such other debt is Sublandlord in his sole discretion places on the Property, and that all other costs of maintaining and operating the Subject Property are borne by Subtenant. Except that in the event that Sublandlord should convey title to another entity and where such conveyance results in increased Real Property Taxes, the amount of increase in the Real Property Taxes caused by such conveyance shall not be reimbursed by Subtenant.

 

  3.2. Payment of Rent: All payments payable under this Sublease shall be sent to Sublandlord at the address specified under Paragraph 7 of the Basic Sublease Provision “Addresses for Notices”, or to such other address as Sublandlord may designate from time to time.

 


  3.3. Security Deposit: Fifteen thousand, sixty seven dollars and fifty cents ($15,067.50) shall be paid by Subtenant upon execution of the Sublease as security for its faithful and timely discharge of each and every of its obligations pursuant to this Sublease (“Security Deposit”). No interest shall be paid on the Security Deposit. Upon the expiration or other termination of this Sublease, the Security Deposit shall be returned to Subtenant, after deducting all lawful amounts payable to Sublandlord for damages to the Subject Property, except for normal wear and tear, and for any other obligations owed by Subtenant to Sublandlord.

 

4. Term: Commencing March 1, 2004 through and including February 28, 2006.

 

  4.1 Early Termination: Effective from and after March 1, 2005, either party may terminate this Sublease upon the giving of ninety (90) days written notice.

 

4.1.1 In the event that the Sublandlord terminates this Sublease, effective prior to February 28, 2006, Sublandlord shall then reimburse Subtenant for its unamortized, (over a 24 month period), actual, out-of-pocket cost of its approved Subtenant improvements, which Subtenant improvement costs shall not exceed $20,000.00. For example, in the event Sublandlord elects to terminate this Sublease, effective March 1, 2005 and Subtenant had incurred $20,000.00 in Sublandlord approved Subtenant improvement costs, Sublandlord would be obligated to reimburse Subtenant, $10,000.00, upon Sublease termination. In the event Sublandlord elects to terminate this Sublease effective September 1, 2005 by giving notice to Subtenant no later than June 1, 2005, then Sublandlord would be obligated to reimburse Subtenant, $5,000.00 upon Sublease termination.

 

5. Commencement Date: The term “Commencement Date” shall mean the earlier of first date that Subtenant occupies the Subject Property or March 1, 2004. However, Subtenant may not occupy the Subject Property until it has paid the rent for the initial month of the Sublease along with the Security Deposit and has provided Sublandlord, at Subtenant’s expense, with a certificate of insurance naming Sublandlord as an additional named insured under a policy of liability insurance that provides no less than two million dollars ($2,000,000) of insurance coverage.

 

6. Permitted Use: Manufacturing, assembly, testing, storage, design, sales and marketing of electronic components, lasers, fiber, handpiece and tip manufacturing and administrative offices to facilitate any of these, and such other uses as may be permitted by applicable laws in effect from time to time.

 


7. Addresses for Notices:

 

To: Subtenant

 

Biolase Technology, Inc.

981 Calle Amanecer

San Clemente, CA 92652

Att: Robert Grant, COO

Copy to: General Counsel

 

To: Sublandlord

 

Legacy Electronics, Inc.

Attn: Jason Engle

211 Avenida Fabricante

San Clemente, Ca. 92673

 

8. Representation. Sublandlord represents and warrants to Subtenant that it has not been represented in its negotiations leading to the within Sublease by any broker or real estate agent. Similarly, Subtenant represents and warrants to Sublandlord that it has not been represented in its negotiations leading to the within Sublease by any broker or real estate agent.

 

  8.1 Sublandlord further represents and warrants that it has the right to enter into this Sublease pursuant to a lease between Sublandlord and Amanecer 1001, LLC, (“Master Landlord”), and has obtained all consents and approvals from the Masterlandlord, Amanecer 1001 LLC, as well as Sublandlord’s board of directors as they may relate to this Sublease.

 

  8.2 Subtenant further represents and warrants that it has obtained all consents and approvals from Subtenant’s board of directors as they may relate to this Sublease.

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Sublease, consistent with foregoing recitals, Basic Sublease Provisions (comprised of paragraphs 1 through 8), the provisions of the Standard Sublease Provisions (“Standard Provisions”) (consisting of Sections 1 through 16 which follow) and Exhibits A & B, all of which are incorporated herein by this reference. In the event of any conflict between the provisions of the Basic

 


Sublease Provisions and the provisions of the Standard Sublease Provisions, the Basic Sublease Provisions shall control.

 

Biolase Technology, Inc.

     

Legacy Electronics, Inc.

By:   /s/    J EFFREY W. J ONES               By:   /s/    H OWARD F. K LINE        

Name:

  Jeffrey W. Jones      

Name:

  Howard F. Kline
    (Print Name)            

Title:

  President & CEO      

Title:

  V.P. Contract Administration & Legal Affairs

 

By:   /s/    E DSON J. R OOD        

Name:

  Edson J. Rood
    (Print Name)

Title:

  Secretary
Amanecer 1001, LLC hereby consents to said Sublease:
AMANECER 1001, LLC
By:   /s/    J ASON E NGLE        

Name:

  Jason Engle
    (Print Name)

Title:

  Managing Partner

 

Exhibit 21.1

 

Subsidiaries

 

Societe Endo Technic (FRENCH)

BIOLASE Europe GmbH (GERMAN)

BL Acquisition II Inc. (Delaware)

BL Acquisition Corp. (Delaware)

Exhibit 23.1

 

Consent of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

 

We hereby consent to the incorporation by reference in the Registration Statement on Form S-3 (No. 333-58329, 333-89692 and 333-106260) and Form S-8 (No. 33-51234, 33-73300, 333-09093, 333-112173 and 33-54876) of BIOLASE Technology, Inc. of our report dated July 15, 2005 relating to the consolidated financial statements, financial statement schedule, management’s assessment of the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting and the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting, which appears in this Form 10-K.

 

/s/  Pricewaterhouse LLP

 

PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP

Orange County, California

July 15, 2005

Exhibit 31.1

 

CERTIFICATION OF THE CHIEF EXECUTIVE OFFICER

PURSUANT TO SECTION 302 OF THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002

FOR THE PERIOD ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2004

 

I, Robert E. Grant, certify that:

 

1. I have reviewed this Annual Report on Form 10-K of Biolase Technology, Inc.;

 

2. Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this report;

 

3. Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the Registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this report;

 

4. The Registrant’s other certifying officer and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) for the Registrant and have:

 

a) designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the Registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this annual report is being prepared;

 

b) designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial reporting to be designed under our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles; and

 

c) evaluated the effectiveness of the Registrant’s disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and

 

d) disclosed in this report any change in the Registrant’s internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the Registrant’s most recent fiscal quarter (the Registrant’s fourth fiscal quarter in the case of an annual report) that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the Registrant’s internal control over financial reporting; and

 

5. The Registrant’s other certifying officer and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the Registrant’s auditors and the audit committee of Registrant’s board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent functions):

 

a) all significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the Registrant’s ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and

 

b) any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the Registrant’s internal control over financial reporting.

 

Date: July 19, 2005

By:

 

/s/    R OBERT E. G RANT        


   

Robert E. Grant

   

President and Chief Executive Officer

   

(Principal Executive Officer)

Exhibit 31.2

 

CERTIFICATION OF THE CHIEF FINANCIAL OFFICER

PURSUANT TO SECTION 302 OF THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002

FOR THE PERIOD ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2004

 

I, John W. Hohener, certify that:

 

1. I have reviewed this Annual Report on Form 10-K of Biolase Technology, Inc.;

 

2. Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this report;

 

3. Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the Registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this report;

 

4. The Registrant’s other certifying officer and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) for the Registrant and have:

 

a) designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the Registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this annual report is being prepared;

 

b) designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial reporting to be designed under our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles; and

 

b) evaluated the effectiveness of the Registrant’s disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and

 

c) disclosed in this report any change in the Registrant’s internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the Registrant’s most recent fiscal quarter (the Registrant’s fourth fiscal quarter in the case of an annual report) that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the Registrant’s internal control over financial reporting; and

 

5. The Registrant’s other certifying officer and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the Registrant’s auditors and the audit committee of Registrant’s board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent functions):

 

a) all significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the Registrant’s ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and

 

b) any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the Registrant’s internal control over financial reporting.

 

Date: July 19, 2005

By:

 

/s/    J OHN W. H OHENER        


   

John W. Hohener

   

Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer

   

(Principal Financial Officer)

Exhibit 32.1

 

CERTIFICATION OF THE CHIEF EXECUTIVE OFFICER

PURSUANT TO 18 U.S.C. § 1350

AS ADOPTED PURSUANT TO SECTION 906 OF THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002

 

I, Robert E. Grant, President and Chief Executive Officer of Biolase Technology, Inc. (the “Company”), certify, pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, that, to the best of my knowledge:

 

(i) the Annual Report of the Company on Form 10-K for the period ended December 31, 2004 (the “Report”), fully complies with the requirements of section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, and

 

(ii) the information contained in the Report fairly presents, in all material respects, the financial condition and results of operations of the Company.

 

By:

 

/s/    R OBERT E. G RANT


   

Robert E. Grant

   

President and Chief Executive Officer

July 19, 2005

Exhibit 32.2

 

CERTIFICATION OF THE CHIEF FINANCIAL OFFICER

PURSUANT TO 18 U.S.C. § 1350

AS ADOPTED PURSUANT TO SECTION 906 OF THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002

 

I, John W. Hohener, Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer of Biolase Technology, Inc. (the “Company”), certify, pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, that, to the best of my knowledge:

 

(i) the Annual Report of the Company on Form 10-K for the period ended December 31, 2004 (the “Report”), fully complies with the requirements of section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, and

 

(ii) the information contained in the Report fairly presents, in all material respects, the financial condition and results of operations of the Company.

 

By:

 

/s/    J OHN W. H OHENER


   

John W. Hohener

   

Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer

July 19, 2005